image
THE GUARDIANS: FIGHT FOR POWER

THE GUARDIANS: FIGHT FOR POWER

By somkhid in 24 Jun 2015 | 04:48
share
somkhid somkhid

somkhid somkhid

Student
Faithful User
Forums Best User
Forum Loyal User
Posts: 1412
Member since: 1 Sep 2014
teen
[b]
The story below is an exclusive work of the
author, Mynd_44. All forms of reproduction in
parts or full without prior written permission
of the author is un-allowed. No part of this
story may be reproduced, stored in or
introduced into a retrieval system or
transmitted in any form orby any means
(electronic, mechanical or otherwise)
This is a work of fiction. A result of my
boredom and crazy imagination. Names,
characters, Places and incidents are the
results of said imagination and any
resemblance to actual persons, living or
dead,business organization, events or locales
is entirely coincidental.
Bullcrap aside, this is a result of my thinking,
it does not have any truth in it. I know how a
lot of people roll so please don’t think any
part of this actually happened or will happen
[/b]
[b] click Below For Episodes Link [/b]
Episode 1&2
Episode 3
Episode 4&5
Episode 6&7
Episode 8&9&10
Episode 11
Episode 12
Episode 13&14
Episode 15&16
Episode 17&18
Episode 19
Episode 20
Episode 21&22
Episode 23&24
Episode 25
Episode 26
Episode 27&28
Episode 29
Episode 30
Episode 31
Episode 32
Episode 33
Episode 34&35
Episode 36
Episode 37
Episode 38
Episode 39
Episode 40
Episode 41
Episode 42
Episode 43
Episode 44
Episode 45
Episode 46
Episode 47
Episode 48
Episode 49
Episode 50
Episode 51
Episode 52
Episode 53
Episode 54
Episode 55
Episode 56
Episode 57
Episode 58
Episode 59
Episode 60
Episode 61
Episode 62
Episode 63
Episode 64
Episode 65
Episode 65
Episode 66
Episode 67
Episode 68
Episode 69
Episode 70
Episode 71
Episode 72
Episode 73
Episode 74
Episode 85
Episode 86
Episode 87
Episode 88
Episode 89
Episode 90
Episode 91
Episode 92
Episode 93
Episode 94
Episode 95
Episode 96
Episode 97
Episode 98
Episode 99
Episode 100
24 Jun 2015 | 04:48
0 Likes
 
 
****episode 1**** It was a hot morning in Ketu; the type of morning which makes everyone wish it would rain or better still that a massive cloud would cover the sky and block out the sun completely but there was no respite for everyone. The traders at the ever busy Kosofe market were already about business and the fact that it is a Thursday made them more vigorous in their attempt to get the attention of their customers. It was just a couple of minutes past 10 in the morning and the market was beginning to fill out. The customers were already coming in and the traders were in a mad rush to display their wares. It is always like this during opening hours and this Thursday morning in April is not any different. The market opened late today due to a directive from the Lagos state government that says that all markets must clean their environments before 10am every Thursday or risk closure. A lot of markets have been shut down due to this directive and top on the list include the Automobile market at Ladipo and the popular fruit market at Mile 12 so the traders battle every Thursday to keep their environment clean before the Lagos state waste management authority (LAWMA) inspection agents show up at their door. The cleaning process that morning went the way it should have gone with each of the traders showing up as early as 6am to clean his/her immediate surrounding and then gathering the flit in a dump made available by the government. The earliest customers were pouring in from buses bringing them in from one side of the Ikorodu road while the rest coming from the other side of the road came through the pedestrian bridge. The commercial buses on the side of the market were already set up for business as the time before trading commenced had been dull but now, the day is just beginning. The few who had managedto display their wares were already shouting on top of their voice in a form of oral advertisement; calling on customers to come buy what they had. Some were basic and some just so interesting that even if you were not interested in buying what they had, you would be pulled to look at the person advertising. The noise from the sellers combines with the noise from the old rickety buses most of whose engine did not completely burn the Premium Motor Spirit (PMS) they used as fuel created a feeling of chaos from all around. The fact that the conductors of the buses were also screaming and calling out their routes did not help the noise situation one bit. In the course of the night, it rained making the floor muddy and that was even an added disadvantage to everyone but still as though the cosmic conspiracy against everyone was not enough, the sun was beating down on every one. The market was along the ever busy ikorodu road expressway which ran from Yaba to Ikorodu making it one of the longest state operated roads in the country and keeping the sanity there traffic wise is the dreaded Lagos State Traffic management Authority (LASTMA). Their men are always on ground here to make sure the traffic keeps moving asthe road is one of the most important ones not just on mainland Lagos but in the whole state. Some meters away from the market stands a branch of Cadios bank, one of the most profitable and financially stable bank in the country. The bank had opened the branch forbusiness besides the market more that 5 years ago just after the re- capitalization business by the then Central bank governor Sanusi Lamido Sanusi. The bank is big and occupies a space that is the envy of other banks. Even the banks in the area envied it due to its distance from the market. The queues at the ATM gallery is always filled and even the banking hall is always filled with customers either depositing or withdrawing money so they acquired more ATM machines. It was a great idea because it reduced the number of customers coming into the banking hall to withdraw but it did not help those who wanted to deposit money into thebank. These consist mainly of traders who prefer putting money in the bank’s vaults than their houses.
24 Jun 2015 | 06:04
0 Likes
Lemme also make some calls............... @Japhola, @Daintyshewa @komh @Babi @victoriouschild @lawman @pizzaro @charliebryn @charliewizzy @SeniorG @Borwerleh @Mr Fabulous @Blesinlayla @barmedhele @D00zie @Mosesmichael @Felzy @Emmazzy @Simzy @kholade @petraify @Valentine @mike carter @Blessed @GeeAdore @Allan jr @Zainet @IAmDrake @Oyefestus @John walter @shola aba @Benedict @Romanus @Oladoja Muhammed. Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ko easy, cwedit exausted nd my mouth is paining me.
24 Jun 2015 | 06:05
0 Likes
*****episode 2***** The fact that there is always a large population of customers withdrawing money makes sure that there is always a high amount of cash exchanged by the bank. Most times, the bank, gives out more than it takes in and such money is brought in by heavily guarded armored vehicles from the central bank branch. The bank made money and business is always good and this Thursday is not any different. There is an entrance for customers and a “back door” for taking in and bringing out money. The entrance to this back door is always locked and armed police men could usually be seen at the entrance as they always stop non staff of the bank from venturing near that entrance. When the vans bringing in money are about to enter or depart, the whole place would be shut down and nobody would go in or out until the money has made its designated route. That is the standard procedure taken by the bank in a bid to avoid mistakes and prevent a Vehicular . Inside the banking hall was spacious. The counter had cubicles for more than 12 cashiers but they are not always filled with them. On the right, were the offices of the head of banking operations and some other offices for some of the staff. On the left was the customer care department where more than 5 staff attended to the various issues and complaints of the customers. It is supposed to work more like an avenue for customers to ask questions about the services the bank provided that they did not understand but they dealt more with complains of customer who had issues with their ATM cards. In front of the counter is a huge space where the customers queue up mostly as they wait their turn. There are three long chairs that can naturally contain 3 people comfortable at a corner opposite a section of the corner for customers who would rather sit while waiting their turn to be served. In front of the customer care section, there is a walkway that leads to the bulk room which is used to handle large sums of money. At the opposite side of the busy expressway, the bank acquired a plot of land just for its customers to park their cars as it was becoming difficult to drive to the next point and turn just because they want to do some transaction so they would easily park there, make use of the pedestrian bridge to cross the road and carry out what ever transaction they want to carry out and this morning, a silver colored Toyota Hiace pulled up into the parking space and three men got out of it while the driver remained in the car. Security at the space barely took notice of the bus and its passenger because they assumed that the driver was a designated one bringing in his bosses to the bank. Almost immediately, a Nissan Serena pulled up into the front of the bank and blocked the entrance to the car park of the bank itself. A traffic official walked up to the car to see why the bus was parking there and to suggest other spaces to park when two men (one sitting beside the driver on front and another beside the door) got out of the minivan clutching automatic rifles and started firing into the air indiscriminately. The door on the other side opened and the remaining 5 passengers got down leaving only the driver in the car all of them holding the same match grade rifle as the men who alighted previously. While the two men were shooting, everyone around scampered for safety and that included both customers and sellers at the market close by. One of the men who got out earlier walked towards the road and stood there with the gun pointing parallel to his feet now and shouted; “Everybody get down or you will get killed” and he opened fire. Some people who were peeping and trying to see what was happening got hot pieces of lead shot into them as suddenly, the ever busy Ikorodu road became empty. Cars had turned around with accuracy that could only be imagined as they all scampered to safety. The traffic officials controlling traffic at the bus stop also lay down with their faces in the muddy water while some who were fast ran into the market complex. The market at this time was now a ghost of itself. There was screams from people who have been struck by stray bullets and those who were not hit had found somewhere to hide. Even the disabled beggars who sat at the entrance of the market were nowhere to be found. The remaining 5 men who had got out of the car later ran into the bank’s compound and within seconds, everyone making a transaction at the ATM machines were on the ground one of them said calmly; “We don’t want to hear your phones ring and we don’t want you looking up. All you should do is lay down as you are and stay down or else, you will be killed right there.” story continues*****
24 Jun 2015 | 06:08
0 Likes
Make una show nw ooo @Tenniebenson @khola46 @Anitcham @Stephanie @Mray @Lollybabe1 @Dahcutebae @Delight @Rhennyjay @GeeAdore @Tonia @Hameyeenat @InemLove @Promzy @Mohjisolah @Charliebryn @Charlywizzy @Japhola @Jencute @Jenny @Doublewealth @John451 @Kniphemi @VibratingWind @Emmanesth @Horpheyehmy @Valking1 @Pweety @Kpumpy @Justify @Gracy @Olami @Promise @Sylvia @Besty @Bsam @Youngestprince @Simzy @DonMikie @Portable @Olaking3 @Harddy @Henry @Hardeywummy2 @Blakstudd @Prince @Kingsbest @Flames @Mhzzrblayse @Azeeco @Temmymofrosh @Sandra @Escysegzy @Olusegun @Sandy @Adewunmi @Adesewa200 @Adesewa @Kaysmart22 @Cherryserah @SexyNikky1994 @Tenniebenson @Anitcham @Stephanie @Mray @Lollybabe1 @Dahcutebae @Delight @Rhennyjay @GeeAdore @Tonia @Hameyeenat @InemLove @Promzy @Mohjisolah @Charliebryn @Charlywizzy @Japhola @Jencute @Jenny @Doublewealth @John451 @Kniphemi @VibratingWind @Emmanesth @Horpheyehmy @Valking1 @Pweety @Kpumpy @Justify @Gracy @Olami @Promise @Sylvia @Besty @Bsam @Youngestprince @Simzy @DonMikie @Portable @Olaking3 @Harddy @Henry @Hardeywummy2 @Blakstudd @Prince @Kingsbest @Flames @Mhzzrblayse @Azeeco @Temmymofrosh @Sandra @Escysegzy @Olusegun @Sandy @Adewunmi @Adesewa200 @Adesewa @Kaysmart22 @Cherryserah @SexyNikky1994 @Tenniebenson @Anitcham @Stephanie @Mray @Lollybabe1 @Dahcutebae @Delight @Rhennyjay @GeeAdore @Tonia @Hameyeenat @InemLove @Promzy @Mohjisolah @Charliebryn @Charlywizzy @Japhola @Jencute @Jenny @Doublewealth @John451 @Kniphemi @VibratingWind @Emmanesth @Horpheyehmy @Valking1 @Pweety @Kpumpy @Justify @Gracy @Olami @Promise @Sylvia @Besty @Bsam @Youngestprince @Simzy @DonMikie @Portable @Olaking3 @Harddy @Henry @Hardeywummy2 @Blakstudd @Prince @Kingsbest @Flames @Mhzzrblayse @Azeeco @Tenniebenson @Anitcham @Stephanie @Mray @Lollybabe1 @Dahcutebae @Delight @Rhennyjay @GeeAdore @Tonia @Hameyeenat @InemLove @Promzy @Mohjisolah @Charliebryn @Charlywizzy @Japhola @Jencute @Jenny @Doublewealth @John451 @Kniphemi @VibratingWind @Emmanesth @Horpheyehmy @Valking1 @Pweety @Kpumpy @Justify @Gracy @Olami @Promise @Sylvia @Besty @Bsam @Youngestprince @Simzy @DonMikie @Portable @Olaking3 @Harddy @Henry @Hardeywummy2 @Blakstudd @Prince @Kingsbest @Flames @Mhzzrblayse @Azeeco @Temmymofrosh @Sandra @Escysegzy @Olusegun @Sandy @Adewunmi @Adesewa200 @Adesewa @Kaysmart22 @Cherryserah @SexyNikky1994 @calisto @hbk @frank @davick @whistler @sirp081 @kristen @liciacutes @whistler @murshan @wind @mojhisolar @charlywizzy @scholes junior @seyifunmi @kingsengine @aaron @tony @ruth @besty @shaxee @kemkit @jenny @leo @john @williams @softtouch @hoelhay @christopher @opeyemii @oluchi @maurice @abdulseries @olamy4fun @hameyeenat @stanny39 @harnuholuwa @jhorlade @somkhid @ruth @flames @loveth @peace @chinanza @ty @mrsolace @kingsbest @ib_dreams @frankkie @crusher @wind @maxblaze @jclash @pholaryemmie @dozzle @donvalley @donpaschalo @joseph @fridex @davin @nash @kuks @ewomazeal @nizzy @ebube @okklad @justify @funmilayo1 @loveth @donb @iksqueency @smilie @borwerleh @hollar @kolababs @ogbara @franklin @vasty @walexidey @damzitayo @chikere @anita @iamchris @wisdom @thankmic @christopher @jummy @maurice @herbyhorlarh @magdalene @esejerro @roes @pearl @chernor @priceocity @mature @swissy @omodunbi @sam @ibrams @dhemilade1 @oyindamola1 @samdee @others u are invited
24 Jun 2015 | 06:12
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmm......wiveses? U v got some explanation t do on dat @Somkhid. Nice beginning!
24 Jun 2015 | 06:34
0 Likes
@bsam @shugarlips @murshan @olaswag3 @otumala Israel @taiwo @jummybabe @nizzy @lawman @davick @davin @emmabrous @chiwendu @ebube @kemkit @victotiouschild @richiebill @treasure @soniamimi @mosesmicheal @japhola @ibrams @holaryinkhar @itzpweety ify @swissbliss @ayomi @mae-d @ivie @fherahoney @emmazzy @iog_tosinlee @kelvinmag @ibn bashir @donpaschalo @joseph @dexterity @hilary @oludear @IOG_tosinlee Thanks @somkhid Make una come its hot and fresh. lyk pepper the thing dey pepper my eyes lyk honey the thing dey sweet me lyk konji d thing dey..... ..................... ? fill am your self. No miss am oh A must read for every reader. The guardians fight for power.
24 Jun 2015 | 06:35
0 Likes
@swtharyomi
24 Jun 2015 | 06:36
0 Likes
Robbery case. I thought as much cause I was wondering what's so peculiar about the bank.
24 Jun 2015 | 06:45
0 Likes
Thanks for d invite @mray
24 Jun 2015 | 07:11
0 Likes
Wc @victoriouschild
24 Jun 2015 | 07:14
0 Likes
Check diz out @Starlet
24 Jun 2015 | 07:16
0 Likes
U suppose t dey sell herbs 4 molue @T-DAK. U ar soooooooo gud in advertising
24 Jun 2015 | 07:20
0 Likes
i don land ooo tanks@mray
24 Jun 2015 | 07:35
0 Likes
nyc one@somkhid
24 Jun 2015 | 07:36
0 Likes
dis robbery tinz fear me,ride on @somkhid
24 Jun 2015 | 07:53
0 Likes
Whao! ℓ̊ got like three invitations(Eminikan tan) Α̲̅♍ blushing right иσω @somkhid Α̲̅πϑ @T-DAK tenx for †ђε̲̣̣̣̥ invites U̶̲̥̅̊na get mouth Seems dis is gonna be interesting as usual, ♍ά̲̣̣kε̲̣̣ ℓ̊ jux d̶̲̥̅̊ε̲̣̣̣̥γ look first*comment reserved*
24 Jun 2015 | 07:53
0 Likes
@mray lolz i will explain better i thank all of u following my story
24 Jun 2015 | 07:57
0 Likes
Thanks @mray & @somkhid
24 Jun 2015 | 09:12
0 Likes
I'm here ride on..
24 Jun 2015 | 09:33
0 Likes
Alright. I'm here now.
24 Jun 2015 | 10:10
0 Likes
am here
24 Jun 2015 | 10:34
0 Likes
Yes! yes!! yes!!! i have landed in the land of the guardians. thanx miss @mray **muah** love u @somkid nice one thanx too i have grab my seat just fire the go.
24 Jun 2015 | 11:45
0 Likes
Thanks for notifyinq mhe @Mray Wonderful start @Somkhid Am Excited abt viz....Entertain us as usual......
24 Jun 2015 | 12:04
0 Likes
***episode 3***** Almost as he was saying that, about two policemen ran out of the backdoor and were shot down without a moment’s hesitation while the two men outside continued shoot sporadically. Three of the men ran through the back door and followed it down until they reached the door where the money enters. The first person to get there looked up and saw a particularly fat man jumping over the fence through the security wire and paid no attention to him. “He is probably a customer scared out of his mind” he thought to himself as his two companions left him there to keep watch and walked back. “How is the back door?” one of those left asked “All clear” and two men went over to the bank’s security door. There were people lying down all around the door as they were those trying to get inside before the armed men came. One man had a bag beside him and was clutching hard to it sweating profusely like he was on heat. He was notice by one of the remaining two walking around the compound and he collected the bag from him. “What is inside the bag?” he demanded. “Erm…. Sir sir sir” was all the man could say as there was a mixture of fear, shock and confusion in his voice. The bag was opened and the contents turned out to be money. The man was left unharmed but the bag was carried and put at the gate where the two men were still shooting at irregular intervals to scare people. “Okay Sunday and Monday, get started” and two of them went to the door and started lining the edges with some strange material. They worked for about 60 seconds and they walked back. Some seconds later, a loud explosion rocked the whole area and the door to the bank went crashing into the ground with cement fragments from the door falling around the people lying down around. The security door was so strong that no part of the glass body was broken but since it was cemented into the wall, the explosion blew the wall and weakened the joint hence the door fall outwards. All four of them then entered the banking hall. “Everybody get down” the first man to enter screamed but he really did not have to have done that as the people inside had already laid down on their faces. Some were completely quiet and some were breathing soheavily, you could hear amidst the orders by one of the armed men. Another series of gunshot was heard from the road and another from the area of the back door as the men there continued to keep watch over this places and tell intending‘visitors’ to stay away. “Where are the bank’s staff? If you are a staff here, move to my left” one of them shouted but no one responded. “Seems we have a set of disloyal staff here another said. If you don’t obey us now, we will just have to search your pockets and anyone we find anything on will be shot” 6 men and 2 ladies moved cautiously but slowly towards the left of the banking hall as the armed man smiled to himself. “Where is the manager? We are his guests today and he has to entertain us” While that was said, one of them moved towards the bulk room and threw a kick into it. The door flew open and he entered. Some seconds later, his indiscriminate and incoherent voice was heard as well as some shooting from the rifle he carried. One of the remaining three asked; “Where is the manager? We want your safe opened or we will kill all of you right now” One of the staff trembling managed to respond to this question as he said; “He should be in his office right now” “Good, Wednesday and Tuesday, go with him,get the manager and bring us the money and let’s get out of here. Monday should be able to get the money from the bulk room too” From the bulk room, they heard the voice of the man who went in earlier; “Start filling those bags with cash right now or I will kill you right there” his voice boomedwith anger and seriousness. About a minute later, the men came back with the staff who said the manager was in his office and said; “It seems the manager had gone out through the side entrance and went over the fence. We would not be able to open the safe now, we must get the cash we can get here and leave” “ARRRRGGGHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !” he screamed and said; “Get some bags and start getting everything you can get your hands on fast, we are running out of time” At the other side of the road, the men who got out of the Hiace laid down too but they carried a bag which no one around them noticed. Everyone thought that the bank’s security all stayed inside the compound but some stay outside and when they saw that the two men with the gun had relaxed and the intervals between the gunshots had increased, 4 policemen came out of a shed and started towards the entrance of the park. The two men got up, pulled the same rifles the men inside the bank had and shot down all 4 policemen immediately as one of them screamed; “Are you boys not done yet? We have to move real quickly
24 Jun 2015 | 12:12
0 Likes
Wc @komh @simzy @pizzaro @charliebryn. Take ya seat. Zobo n groundnut on d house!!!!!
24 Jun 2015 | 12:48
0 Likes
<strong>Soo many ppul like me..... Firstly Thanks my @Mray.....Thanks also @somkhid et @T-DAK for d invite.....</strong> Shuuuuu!!!!! see as my heart deh beat fast like say na me deh rob for Bank........ Thumbs Up @Somkhid..... BT when you marry all dose babes u deh clam????
24 Jun 2015 | 14:24
0 Likes
Na so dem dey kill people like goat....
24 Jun 2015 | 14:32
0 Likes
Thumbs up, my man, bro Somkhid
24 Jun 2015 | 15:17
0 Likes
Hope am not late abeg any sit 4 me here? Abi all of una don occupy d sit,ok lemme seat beside T-DAK den. @T-DAT thanks 4 d invitation. kiss kiss. @somkhid oya com continue oo
24 Jun 2015 | 16:05
0 Likes
Jex landing hre bro......nice one, more power to yhur elbow
24 Jun 2015 | 16:27
0 Likes
tanks @t-dak nd somkid.....
24 Jun 2015 | 17:21
0 Likes
fanks my ogas for the IV's @somkhid and @T-DAK i dey gbadun dis tori wella,see as i sight my aunties and uncles in the house.....i dey hail una,abeg make i rush reach dis road buy two can of ORIJIN and SUYA for me and...........Uuuuuuu
24 Jun 2015 | 17:28
0 Likes
yes ooo@mray
24 Jun 2015 | 17:43
0 Likes
Nice nice work... Carry on we dey ur back like sticker
24 Jun 2015 | 18:29
0 Likes
dis one na yam pepper scatter scatter oh. chai I beg make I go carry my yam and custard b4 d thing cold.
24 Jun 2015 | 19:20
0 Likes
Na so so blood i dey see since.... Eleyi bad ooo... I dnt pray 2 experience robbery..expecially in a bank.. Ha! Na die tnk ya 4 calling.... Pave way...i need 2 sit dwn
24 Jun 2015 | 19:51
0 Likes
@tennie benson. Mama oh u are welcome
24 Jun 2015 | 19:54
0 Likes
@OLUWABUNMI
24 Jun 2015 | 19:56
0 Likes
we don come though you no call my name
25 Jun 2015 | 02:48
0 Likes
SORRY I INVITED MYSELF IN UR PARTY BUT IT IS INTERESTING PLS CARI ON
25 Jun 2015 | 03:21
0 Likes
****episode 4**** They got up as the driver pulled the bus out of the park and parked it along the expressway and opened all door to the bus including the one at the back. Some minutes later, all 5 men walked out of the bank’s compound and then the driver to the Serena joined them. They were all carrying bags which they had some difficulty carrying but managed to carry them all to the Hiace and loaded it inside. As they were putting the bags in the car, one of the two men who stood at the park went to the middle of the road and started shooting just in the same way the other men were shooting earlier while another climbed the pedestrian bridge and looked ahead. All of a sudden, from the distance, a low sound was heard and the sound increase with each second. It did not take anyone an inch of intelligence to realize that the noise was that of sirens used by the police and from the sound of it, it was not just one, they were much coming in the direction of the bank. The man on the bridge looked towards that direction and could count more than 5 police Hilux coming their way but their path was blocked by cars which were parked by the owners in a bid to get away from the area quickly. “We have to move quickly” he shouted as he saw that the policemen were getting off the trucks and were running towards them on feet. At the same time, he opened fire in that direction and the man on the ground too did the same thing. There was a return of fire by the advancing policemen and he was struck in the shoulder. He tried to the get off the bridge quickly as the others had gotten into the Hiace with the money and the driver was waiting impatiently for him. He got to the stair of the bridge and another bullet hit him in the back and he fell down rolling along the path of the stairs until he got to the bottom. “We have to go” The driver screamed as the other one who previously stood in the middle of the road saw the policemen closing in and he ran towards the bus and was almost there when a bulled broke the back glass of the buss. Another buried itself in his left thigh making him immobile as the bus started and zoomed off leaving him lying on the floor at the mercy of the advancing police officers. The advancing policemen kept firing at the bus which by the time they got closer to make any impact had put some distance between the crime scene and themselves. They drove off towards Ikorodu and kept driving fast with the intention of getting away and getting away fast. Inside the bus, the men kept quiet in anticipation of the bullets razing the back glass. When they had put some distance between them and the police, there were screams of joy as they were glad that they had escaped the crime and they did so with their loot in place and not a lot of causalities. It was not everyday anyone decides to rob a bank and especially not in Lagos but they had done it and at the moment, gotten away with it. The first of the police personnel that arrived at the scene first went to secure the two members of the gang who had been shot and they discovered that the one that fell from the bridge had died but the second man was on the ground bleeding and in pains. He was surrounded and received a couple of hits and kicks from the men who first got there as they attempted to get him on his feet and he got more beatings. Some other agents went over to the bank to assess the bank itself as the customers and staff began to come out cautiously. They had fear written all over them as they were told to stop by the policemen approaching the bank. The police told them they wanted to do a damage assessment of the bank and also interview all the people inside the bank itself. An ambulance was called as the market became lively too with some people running away towards there house and the others running away in the opposite direction for fear that the incident was not over yet but some of the traders still had the mind to opentheir stalls and shops in the hopes of continuing the business of the day. To those ones, the robbery had nothing to do with them and it should not stop them from doingwhat they set out to do from the start. The traffic was getting light again as the drivers who ran off leaving their cars on the road return and started moving them with the traffic officials doing their best to make sure the road became clear. A couple of bystanders were blaming the success of the robbery on the late arrival of the police and some even said the police knew about the whole operation
25 Jun 2015 | 05:05
0 Likes
****episode 5*** IBK got out of the small sedan he was driving and walked slowly towards the bank without stopping to look at either side. He passed through the crowd of eager on lookers who were trying to get a glimpse of what was happening inside the bank while the policemade the crowd stand some distance away from the bank so they would be able to gather whatever information they could gather which might help to catch the robbers. IBK walked towards the bank and when he got to the front of the crowd, he was stopped by a young policeman clutching an automatic rifle; “You cannot go beyond this point” IBK smiled at him and said; “I just want another look at what happened here, nothing else” The officer now getting impatient said; “The orders here are that no one should cross this line so move back or you would be looking for more trouble than you can handle” IBK knew within himself that the police officer was acting a script but he just enjoys playing with people and trying to get them angry at him because most people tend to reveal who they really are while angry. He reached into his pocket and brought out an identity cad card and handed it over to the young officer. The officer initially refused to collect the card but he did eventually and without inspecting it twice, moved out of IBK’s way as IBK kept walking. He walked up to another officer and asked; “Who is in charge here?” he spoke and brought out the same identity card at the same time as the officer pointed to a large man with a protruding belly standing in one corner barking orders to everyone and IBK said........ “That is him?” “The officer stared at IBK nervously and said; “Yes sir, that’s him” “Okay. Carry on with whatever it is you are doing” IBK walked to the large man and walked through the entrance of the bank. He looked inside and shook his head sadly as he saw the security door on the ground. He thought to himself; “These people have been taught how better to install their darned doors but they never listen. This is what they get in return but at least the bank is insured and they will get their money back” He got to the front of the leader of the team who was shouting into his phone to someone who sounded like a reporter; “I have told you earlier, this is an ongoing investigation and for now, I have no comment. If you want a briefing, you can speak with the commissioner. I am sure he will be glad to answer any question you have for him” He hung up and looked at IBK; “Yes, who are you and what do you want? You’d better not be another new reporter or I will have you locked up” IBK shook his head and said; “If I was a reporter, you have no right to lock me up; the worst you can do if have me removed from the crime scene and nothing else. If you lock me up, it is an abuse of office and an infringement of my rights as a citizen because I am only doing my job to inform the citizens as to what is happening and what the police is doing to catch the criminals and make sure this sort of thing does not happen again” The large man saw the sense in what he said but he was not about to be swayed by the words of a reporter; “By the time I lock you up for a week, you will cry all you want and there is nothing anyone will do to me” “That’s what you think. I can always get a lawyer and sue the Nigerian police in which case you are likely to get fired or at least, suspended. But that is not the point of me coming here neither am I a reporter. I just need some information from you concerning what happened here” The police office looked at the man in front of him surprised that he could be referred to in that tone and he said; “Who are you? And why do you want to know about the robbery? You better start talking now young man before I have you arrested for obstruction of justice” IBK thought to himself; “Not a very smart man but he would be of use anyway” He pulled his identity card from his pocket and handed it to the officer and the man looked at the picture to compare it with that of the person standing in front of him. “Okay so you are a State Security Service agent, what do you want to know? Or you want to take over this investigation? I would like it if you do as I will go home and go spend the remaining of this day on my bed” IBK smiled. “I am not taking over but I was just curious about something” “And what will that be?” the police shot back “I saw that you shot some of the robbers andI am hoping that they left their guns behind” The officer did not allow him finish before cutting in; “If you want the guns, you will have to apply through my superiors. I am not about to hand over those guns to you just because you waived an identity card in my face” IBK was not even pissed at the officer neitherwas he surprised at his behavior, he got this kind of treatment a lot from policemen and he was used to it. “I don’t want those guns, I just want their manufacturer’s number at I am good. I realize that you might not want to give them to me now because let’s face it, my ID card might be fake but I will drop my number and you can call my office. When you have done your confirmation, you can send the numbers to me through the contacts they give you. But a word of advice, better not play around with this else it will be the end of your career” That said, IBK handed a card to the man and he turned back and walked away in the direction of his car. He did not really concern himself with if they caught the robbers or notas that was not his concern but in the past few months, he had been tracking a series of high profile robberies and they all seemed to use the same type of guns. He wanted to see if where the guns were made was identical so he would be able to draw a pattern. He barely got to his car when his phone rang.He pulled up along the road and checked who it was and saw that it was the deputy director in charge of the South Western operations, “Mr Hassan, good morning” “Good morning Ibukun, how is your day going?” IBK thought he was asking about the bank robbery and he said; “I am coming from the scene of the robbery, the police shot two of them but one of them is alive, I asked for the number on the guns they dropped so I can compare with what I have with me, it seems it is the same guns in circulation and that is true, then it means Chief Jegede has been selling guns imported in the name of the Police to criminals”
25 Jun 2015 | 05:09
0 Likes
hmmmmmmm eleyi gidi gan
25 Jun 2015 | 05:43
0 Likes
y u guys dey invite some pple nd u no dey invite some(like me)anyways ah don do mogbo Mo branch,dis robbers re funny see dere names,sunday,Monday,Tuesday,wednesday.
25 Jun 2015 | 06:03
0 Likes
Hmm, crime story. Something like the killer. Nice story, somkhid.
25 Jun 2015 | 06:19
0 Likes
i like dhiz kind story wella Action film(story) Weldone@somkhid
25 Jun 2015 | 07:10
0 Likes
Well done @somkhid.... OK na.. Ride on..... D robber no thick as-in if na some, dem go kill their self coz deh don't want to b arrested....
25 Jun 2015 | 08:18
0 Likes
Hmmm next
25 Jun 2015 | 10:44
0 Likes
Who will teach me aw 2 handle a gun?
25 Jun 2015 | 11:39
0 Likes
Yeye boi *sowie man ℓ̊ mean* @somkhid Jux continue Α̲̅πϑ let's see Whɑ̤̥̈̊† U̶̲̥̅̊ a̶̲̥̅̊я̲̅ε̲̣̣̣̥ ,,,,,,,,, Hmmnn
25 Jun 2015 | 12:11
0 Likes
Watin u wan u gun do?..
25 Jun 2015 | 12:15
0 Likes
Sounding interesting... Abeg make I go buy pop corn and zobo
25 Jun 2015 | 15:13
0 Likes
thanks @T-DAK
25 Jun 2015 | 17:47
0 Likes
Ride on somkhid
25 Jun 2015 | 18:25
0 Likes
Am very gud in handling guns. Cum lemme teach yhu @tenniebenson. My kid bro av so many toy guns nd am d 1 dat taught him aw t handle it.
25 Jun 2015 | 18:59
0 Likes
Ride on SOMKWID
25 Jun 2015 | 19:00
0 Likes
Ride on @somhkid
25 Jun 2015 | 19:10
0 Likes
Ah! Thriller. Nice one. Everything is not about sex...
25 Jun 2015 | 19:44
0 Likes
Awwww....... Rilli cool..... All about action....... Ride on somhkid
26 Jun 2015 | 03:09
0 Likes
Cotinue
26 Jun 2015 | 03:47
0 Likes
UR STORIES AR REALLY INTERESTING MAN PLS WRITE ON
26 Jun 2015 | 04:11
0 Likes
Thanks for d invitations. @Somhkid,u have a very interesting story here.
26 Jun 2015 | 04:22
0 Likes
*****episode 6***** “I did not call you about the robbery Ibukun, I called you to inform you that you have been summoned to Abuja by the director himself. You are to report to Abuja today and as a matter of fact, immediately. Seems something very urgent came up” “What can be more important than making a very huge gun running breakthrough sir?” “I don’t make the rules young man, you are wanted in Abuja immediately and he even said there is a plane waiting for you at the Lagos airport so that should tell you that this is top priority” Then the line went dead. He did not understand what the director who he has never met would want him but it sounded too urgent to be ordinary. A plane waiting forhim means he was wanted immediately and he had no time to waste. He turned his ignition and started driving towards Maryland. He would make an exit there and head for the airport but still he wasnot happy about leaving his case behind to chase some case he was not sure he could help with. *************************** The sun was coming out on Ponle street Egbeda. The time for the weekly sanitation had passed and the few shops here had opened. The whole area was more or less a residential one hence there was less trading and most of the residents had gone to their various places of work. Primary and secondary schools were also in session so the school kids had gone to school leaving the street sort of deserted. The street was nota really long one as it had just 20 houses on either side. A transformer stood about midway into the street and the street had been tarred during the administration of the former governor, Bola Tinubu. Life here was quiet and it rarely saw violent crime. It was not a really rich neighborhood but most of the residents were middle class who worked most of daylight. Where the transformer stood could be called midway into the street and a bumb divided the street. Upwards towards the end of the street was an area popularly called “Ponle 1” because most of the richer people stayed there and the area was filled with flat and an estate of is also built there. The wall of the estate is long and gave the impression of an official complex but it was residential. After the estate was an hospital and a set of duplexes. The road upwards led to Ikotun road and on the other side of the road stood Gowon estate which is one of the largest government owned estates in the country. On the other side of the bump however werehouses which are not a fanciful as the others. Most of them are one room apartments but they are really cleaned and this part is fondly called “Ponle 2”. But even with this demarcation, the residents live in peace and apart from the rare menace of armed robbersis was common in most parts of Lagos, everything went well. Cars are parked along the road since it is wide; it caused no problems to the inflow of traffic. The other side leads directly to Fajumobi Street which isa link to Micoom bus stop and which lies on Akowonjo road. The only resemblance to any official complex on the street is a warehouse which has not been used in a long while. The owner had built it and hoped to rent it out but the place where is is situated has no economic value and no one came to inquire about it for yearsuntil someone came a year ago and the owner was more than happy to rent it out. What they stored inside the warehouse was no business of anybody and goods were usually brought in with vans while workers there rarely came to work. One a week, someone would just come, open the gates and disappear into the place and everyone assumes that they came for inventory but in the past few weeks, there had been an increase in the activity at the warehouse as workers worked there round the clock and what was more strange was that the workers rarely mixed with the residents on the street. A Toyota Hiace brought them in the morning and took them home. Some people once even said some of them slept within the warehouse itself. This Thursday morning, a car was parked some distance away from the warehouse andit just stayed there. There were two people inside the car and they engaged themselves in a conversation between themselves. To everyone passing through, it looked innocentenough as they did not do anything that should arouse suspicion from anyone and occasionally, they looked up in front of them as if they were expecting something to happen. They were there for some minutes and then acar pulled out of the compound which housed the warehouse. The warehouse had its own gate so there no doubt to where the car was from. The car drove forward and oneof the two men who sat beside the drive spoke into a radio he held; “A car with a single passenger and registration number AH777FST just pulled outof the warehouse, should we follow? Please advise”
26 Jun 2015 | 04:54
0 Likes
*****episode 7**** There was silence for some seconds and thena voice replied; “Intelligence is picking something up but for now, follow it gently, it seems they about to move” “No problem, just keep us posted” The other man who was behind the wheel immediately turned on the ignition as the car came to life and they followed the car. They drove casually behind the car as though they had stopped to get some refreshment and discuss a business plan and they were done as the car they were following went through Fajumobi through Nimod the formerNimod Appetizers and headed towards Miccom bus stop when someone spoke through the radio; “Izu, we have reasons to believe that the car in front of you contains explosives and they intend to blow something up so don’t let it out of your sight. We will send a squad into the warehouse for a raid but whatever you do, don’t make yourselves too obvious” Izu looked to the driver, took up the radio and said; “Erm……can you please repeat what you just said” “I am not playing games here, the report we have just told us that the terrorist group ‘The Liberators’ which we have been following intend to strike today with some explosives. Monitored some of their calls and we learnt that the registration number of the car to be used” Before the person could finish, Izu broke in; “Let me guess, the registration number matches the one we just reported” “You are perfectly right” “So do you have any idea where they intend to set this bomb off or are we just to follow it?” “We have no idea where the bomb will go offwe just know it will be a high profile place with a lot of crowd” The driver spoke for the first time since the conversation started; “It might be the third mainland bridge you know” The voice replied over the radio; “We don’t think so setting a car bomb off on the bridge will barely have any effect. I think if they would attack it will be somewhere they would be able to kill a lot of people so asto get attention” “Erm you do realize we can’t follow this car alone. We will need back up. A lot of back up at that” “We have already drafted more personnel towards chasing down the car. Do not attempt to stop the car in a crowded environment as he might be tempted to set the bomb off and please it will be better if we can get the driver alive for questioning but the objective is to stop the blast and save lives. Get it?” “Loud and clear boss. I suggest you call the Lagos State Transport Management Authority(LATSMA) to clear the roads so our guy might not feel threatened” “Already done. I am opening communication links between you and reinforcement so you would know where one another is and also sending in an helicopter to help out” “A voice which is different from the one that has been speaking said said; “I think the chopper is a bad idea, if this guy hears the helicopter he might feel like he is being followed and get trigger happy” Izu asked; “Sorry but who is this?” The voice answered; “This is agent Yemi, I am right under the dopemu bridge waiting further instructions sir” “Okay sir, I agree with Yemi, keep the chopper until we really need it. I doubt he would be able to disappear especially with the traffic not heavy” “Okay but don’t lose him the voice said and make sure you watch yourselves out there” At this time, the car being tracked had reached the roundabout that enters Sasha and the car turned left and drove through as he got on the Lagos-Abeokuta expressway and drove towards Oshodi. “I have seen him and I am following” came Yemi’s voice over the radio “I see you” Izu said. “Let’s keep this guy in sight without him knowing we are there.” The car drove slowly at first until its driver looked back and saw a car behind him. He had seen the same car on the street and the car seem to be keeping at a distance just 3 cars behind and trying to stay hidden and thedriver stepped on the accelerator. “Oh oh…” The guy driving the car Izu was in said “What’s wrong John?” Izu said looking towards him and taking his eyes off the car they were trailing “I think you better radio back and request for that eye in the sky. Seems we might be needing it after all” “Why would we?” replied Yemi over the communicator “This guy just increased his speed. I think he noticed that he is being followed. The chopper can just come out just in case we need it” “The chopper is already in the air boys, we are just keeping it away until we need it. Replied the voice. He continued; “The raid on the warehouse is on going and there are reports of traces of an Improvised Explosive device and they can’t find it anywhere on the building. They also think the car might have left with it so double up. The Police have been drafted to watch this and also provide support” Izu was silent for a minute and then he said; "You want us to keep this guy on the highwayand out of crowded neighborhoods’ right? Then we need to know where his destination is. He might be headed for the island or the ports for all we know and we can do nothing except he runs out of fuel or we stop him in his tracks and doing that on these roads might be a problem” “So what do you want us to do?” “If he does not know we are on his tail already, it is time we told him and put him on some roads we can actually control with ease. If he keeps going straight, he might get stuck in the traffic at Ladipo and he lose his head. Let’s rough him up a bit and send him our way” Yemi said; “I like the idea but I don’t fully understand it” Izu continued; “Let’s send him out of the expressway and throw him towards Maryland. We know that the roads on Mobolaji Bank Anthony roads have traffic lights so we can ensure easy passage for him through that road without obstruction and we can cut him off just before he gets to the exit at Maryland. Cut him off with spikes before he gets to the Ikorodu expressway” The voice over the radio answered; “What do you need me to do?” “Put all the traffic lights on that road at green,and block the Abeokuta expressway just afterthe airport bridge. That can be done by parking a couple of police trucks and make it seem like they are waiting to kill him. with luck, he will take the bait and get on the bridge there” Yemi cut in; “it is a great idea but block the exit into the airport roads else this could get really messy” “If the car gets anywhere near the airport, I have men there who have been ordered to open fire; some risks cannot be taken” “Okay here we come. Make sure that diversion is there before we get there sir” The traffic was light and this gave the the car and the two trailing it the chance to move swiftly as they passed through Mangoro bus-stop and headed for Ikeja along. The driver looked behind him and noticed that the car he suspected had been trying to keep up with him and another had joined him in the chase. He was not sure he was being followed but when he increased his speed, they also did and this gave him reason to worry. He considered calling the warehouse but he had been told that there was no need for further communication and so he kept driving an dkeeping the two cars behind it at bay. He got under the pedestrian bridge at Ikeja and notice that there was a road block aheadof him just in front of the First bank there. The road block did not look ordinary as there were actually trucks of heavily armed police men standing in the trucks and closing the road thereby allowing just a few cars pass. He thought about pushing the button but remembered that he was told to do that only when he could guarantee that there would be maximum damage. His target was still very far off in Lekki and the road being blocked is the sure bet. If he had any doubt that they were on to him, they were cleared as he saw policemen standing along the road too. The trap had been set and the cars on the road were slowing downdue to the partial block ahead and he was forced to slow down too. He reached the filling station as he approached the overhead bridge and saw the policemen point their guns towards him. “Would this be the end?” he thought to himself as he drove under the bridge. He was sure they would not open fire; not with the number of cars on the road as they might hit someone else. He the sun’s rays was blocked by the bridge and he his brain went into hyper drive as he thought of what next to do.The traffic was moving very slowly, he looked in his rear view mirror and saw that the cars behind him were being cleared but traffic officials and they were giving the cars chasing him gain on him and then an idea crept into his head. The exit to the bridge was left unmanned except for two policemen who stood guard and when he got some space in front of him, he stepped on the accelerator as he moved towards the exit.
26 Jun 2015 | 04:56
0 Likes
hmmmm
26 Jun 2015 | 06:58
0 Likes
Vhiz is breathtakinq...........it seems the quy beinq followed by the police is a suicide bomber.......Hmmm personally i would say the chances of the police qettinq viz man alive/unharmed wid no explosion is very slim.......*shruqs*Well Lemme jex watchout and view how it qoes.......
26 Jun 2015 | 07:45
0 Likes
Utò story emi ekeme ndi nam iyib owo odoq......
26 Jun 2015 | 07:47
0 Likes
Yikes....... O.M.G, dis z rilli gonna end n a bad way
26 Jun 2015 | 09:29
0 Likes
Following..........
26 Jun 2015 | 10:11
0 Likes
Nice & actin pack
26 Jun 2015 | 10:46
0 Likes
Hmmm... I need to take a sit in the first row coz this story is superb
26 Jun 2015 | 10:57
0 Likes
Nice one Somkhid...tnx for Ur calls buh......
26 Jun 2015 | 11:03
0 Likes
mehn dis guy can NARRATE! #ThumbsUp dou
26 Jun 2015 | 11:10
0 Likes
Suspens........
26 Jun 2015 | 11:20
0 Likes
ride on
26 Jun 2015 | 11:23
0 Likes
REALLY INTERESTING CARI ON
26 Jun 2015 | 13:20
0 Likes
Observing nd following
26 Jun 2015 | 14:21
0 Likes
He pain me say I no fit clap for here oo... I for clap for did Somkhid for d story and d names of d road.....
26 Jun 2015 | 17:22
0 Likes
press am,press am......ok oga e don enta....guy,yes u,u wey get the explosives wetin u the wait for,press the button make everybodi payaka for there....@somkhid i hope say u no the dey area wey dey bomb go explode koh!!
26 Jun 2015 | 18:41
0 Likes
This one na action film ooo
26 Jun 2015 | 18:49
0 Likes
@Ibrams press wetin? No let me talk wetin dey my mouth...... D story is making sense... Lotz of explanation... Abeg na which tym i post reach dis number? When did i post? Abi coolval dey add number ni? I sure sey @Khola46 own go don reach 3000 ... Nd i'm sure mine is nt more dan 79...dere is a mistake somewhere o
27 Jun 2015 | 01:42
0 Likes
****episode 8****** The policemen did not look like they were expecting him to do that as they jumped out of the way just in time for him to miss them as he sped on the over head bridge. He noticed that the paths that lead to the airports were blocked and he was not bothered, “Fools” he thought to himself as he got on the overhead bridge and drove towards the end of the bridge. He went towards the bridge and noticed that there was security presence at the bridge in front of the General Hospital too and he began to doubt if he had made the right decision. He began to feel trapped as though he was being led into a trap and he started to panic. The road going straight that led to the second bridge was left opened while the one that led down where he could gain access to the road leading to the Police College was closed and he decided to surprise them. He looked back and saw the cars chasing him behind and approaching fast as so he sped inthe direction of the road opened but just as he was about to pass the blockade, he drove into a small gap at the edge of the blockade. His car could barely pass through the gap as the body crashed against the road divider buthe pushed through and he had access to the road straight. He turned left towards the road in front of the Computer Village and sped off. Izu watched as the traffic slowed down and he told john; “We have to stay close to him. See if you can clear a path. Yemi, you are awfully quiet, are you with us?” “I am here” Came Yemi. “Do you think we can get out of this traffic before he gets on the bridge?” Almost immediately, they saw some policemen and Izu called to them and at the same time pulling out his ID card. “SSS, I am in charge of this operation and we need you to create a path for us” The policemen took one look at his identification and started clearing the cars in front of them. John looked at the car they were supposed to be following and saw that it was making for the entrance of the bridge as the road in front of him was being cleared and he could move forward. “Seems he took the bait” Yemi’s voice said over the radio. “We just have to manage this well from here on and hope nothing goes wrong” The car got off the expressway and went on the bridge and the two cars followed it. They made their way there too and sped into the empty bridge and just as they got overhead the road, they saw that the car did not take the other bridge which would take it towards Mobolaji Bank Anthony road but he went down and they followed him. The gap the carpassed had been widened by it and they had no problem passing through as they followed with some police cars joining them. they saw it turn left and also followed and the car made a right when it linked up with Awolowo road as it headed toward Allen Roundabout. The part of Awolowo road close to the bridge naturally is always busy whatever time of the day you choose to drive through there exceptin the early hours of the morning and it was not different today as the car fleeing and those in pursuit found it not so easy to navigate the traffic. Izu spoke to his boss over the radio; “He just got on Awolowo road sir, what do we do?” “How in the world did he manage that?” “The police did not manage the blockage well in front of the general Hospital and he went through. We need to stop this guy before this thing gets out of hand sir.” The radio went dead for a few seconds and then the voice came back; “What do you think we should do now?” “I suggest we take the car down with force sir. This roads leads to a lot of places we don’t want them getting to. If he turns at and gets into Allen, he could drive into a bank, if he goes straight, he could make a turn and head towards Ojota which will be a disaster and if he keeps going straight, he would be heading straight for ….Oh my God….” “He could be heading where Izu? Answer me” But Izu did not answer as the answer scared him. The answer came from John; “He would be heading for Ikeja mall. The place is a huge shopping centre complete with movie screens and a population that willsurely make headlines all over sir. This guy has to be stopped” “What do you suggest? How do we take him down without harming innocent civilians?” Yemi replied him; “We can slow him down when he passes Allen roundabout. LASTMA officials have spikes which they threaten drivers with, they can block the exit towards Allen, block the one that leads to Ojota and lay the spikes after the traffic light. With his tires gone, he would be forced to slow down and we can try to run him off the road” The Operations leader said over the radio; “Izu, do you agree with this plan?” “Yes sir, that is a good plan and a good bet too. Other cars should also be told to stay away as if he loses his tires, he might try something we don’t want to happen” “Okay, I will get in touch with the LASTMA command center and tell them what we need.” The car sped off towards Allen round about and was happy when he noticed that the traffic lights were showing green. He did not notice that the exit towards Allen was blocked as he had just one plan in his head. His target had been either the Silverbird Cinemas on Victoria Islan or The Palms shopping centre on Lekki but since they might not be achievable, then he would blow himself up in Ikeja mall. “The causality there might not be as high as we want but it will be high enough for the government to take notice of us and listen to our demands.” He sped past the roundabout and continued. He passed the exit to Ojota and noticed that other cars had been stopped behind him except for the two cars which lead a long line of police trucks as they attempted to catch him. “They can never catch me now” he thought to himself As he passed the exit, he heard a loud noise as he felt his car lift off the road. He had run over spikes laid by the LASTMA officials and the sudden burst of tires caused the car to tumble. The speed he was going at did not help one bit as the car was lifted and it rolled in the air twice before crashing into the road up ahead.
27 Jun 2015 | 03:15
0 Likes
*****episode 9***** “Was that supposed to happen?” John asked as they watched the car tumble and fall in front of them. Izu said; “That was not the plan but we did get him to stop didn’t we? And that was the goal” John parked the car about a hundred feet away from the car as Yemi also pulled up beside them. the police trucks were arriving at the scene and they parked behind them and the John looked beside him and said, “What do we do now? We are not sure the driver is alive or not. And he might want to detonate the explosives if we approach him. Are you hearing this command? What should we do? Wait for the bomb squad?” John had barely finished when Izu went out of the car, pulled his gun and walked towards the car whose tires were still rolling. The car had hit the ground upside down and the belly was up. Smoke was coming from its exhaust and no one could tell if the engine was still running or if the driver was conscious. John saw his partner get down and he called out to him; “Where do you think you are going? That car can explode at anytime” He looked beside him and saw that Yemi was also out of his car but made no attempt to approach the vehicle in front of them. Izu looked back towards them and said; “There is a chance he had been knocked out by the crash, if we decide to wait here and wait until we are sure, we might be giving him time to recover and he might just detonate the IED. I will go up to the car and check while you guys stay back and keep the perimeter” “Damn it Izu, this is not time to be a hero. You could be blown to bits” Izu heard but was already walking towards the car but slowly. His gun was drawn and his hands held them out in front of him as he reached the back of the crashed car. He moved sideways as if he was walking away from it and walked more cautiously this time as he approached the driver’s side of the car. He got the driver’s side and he noticed that there was no movement, he looked back at his partner and saw that everyone was out oftheir car and were watching him nervously. “They must think I am extremely brave or really silly for doing this” he thought to himself. He moved directly in front of the driver’s side and bent down with his gun till drawn but this time with his right hand as he out his lefton the ground to support his body. The driver had passed out immediately the car hit the ground as a result of shock. The driver was not wearing the seat belts so the air bags were not activated and he had hit his head around the space above him. When the car landed on the ground, he hit his head on the roof of the car and he slumped on it but gradually, his consciousness started to come back. The first thing he saw was the light from outside the car, there was glass fragments from a mirror of glass that broke all over him and blood seemed to be dripping from his head and nose. He closed his eyes again as the world seemed to be upside down and he shook his head in a bid to clear it a little. When he opened his eyes again, he saw that the light coming in from the window was partially blocked by an object he could not immediately make out. He focused on the object and found that he was looking into the nozzle of a State issued 9mm and a voice rang out; “Put your hands where I can see them, you asmuch as think of doing anything silly, I will bepumping hot pieces of lead into your head” Fifteen minutes later, the man had been pulled out of the car; the bomb squad were already working on getting the bomb out of the car while a truck had been parked by the LASTMA official to move the car off the road once the bomb squad was done with the IED inside. “That was a very dangerous thing you did back there” John said to Izu when they had put the driver in a police van where he was guarded by half a dozen heavily armed mobile policemen and waiting for him to be transferred to the SSS holding facility in Ojota. “It was dangerous but someone had to do it. if we had waited for the bomb squad to arrive he might he detonated the bombs and we would have lost a potential bird.” Yemi cut into their conversation; “Do you think any of the people caught will talk to us about their activities?” Izu said, “I know a very good interrogator who can make anyone sing like a canary once he gets a hold of him” They were still discussing the incident when Izu’s phone rang, he picked it up and the number was that of the Operation director and he answered; “Sir, you could have just spoken over the radio. What is going on” The reply was fast; “Hold on, I am putting you through with the deputy director in charge of the south west. He seems to have some information he wouldlike to share with you” “Okay, No problem” The voice of the deputy director sounded more like that of someone who was hurrying somewhere he was late for and he was quickto business
27 Jun 2015 | 03:18
0 Likes
*****episode 10**** “Agent Izu where are you right now?” “Ikeja sir. We just arrested a man who attempted to drive into a mall with his car filled with explosives and secured the whole place” “Good, congratulations on that but I am afraid I will have to pull you away from that now. You are to get to the Lagos airport right now and get on a plane heading to Abuja within thirty minutes” “is anything wrong sir?” “it is a matter of extreme urgency and I don’t think I need to remind you to keep this to yourself. There is an air force jet waiting for you at the airport to take you and another agent to Abuja and you are expected to be on it. The plane leaves in thirty minutes so I advice to start moving right now. you don’t need to park anything and this is a military plane so there is no point dropping your weapon, just come as you are right now” Twenty five minutes later, Izu found himself walking on the tarmac of the domestic wing of the Lagos towards a Boeing jet that sat on the runway. Just one thought had ran through his mind as he drove towards the airport; “What could be so important that I had to be dragged away from one of my biggest cases yet? It is either someone wants to stop the investigation of something big came up. Either way, I guess I will know when I get to the airport.” He was not expecting to see a jet waiting for him there too. He was told by the deputy director that a jet was in standby but he took it that it was a commercial flight but when hegot to the airport, security personnel were already waiting for him at the entrance and they led him directly the tarmac. The door to the jet also doubled as the stair as he paused,took a deep breath and said a quiet prayer ashe got on the plane. He when he got to the top, he looked inside and saw that it was empty except for someone sitting in one of the seats, the pilot was standing at the end ofthe stair dressing in Air Force uniform and greeted him; “Good afternoon sir, I am the pilot, if you would please take your seat, we should be taking to the sky immediately” and with that, he locked the door and walked into the cockpit. Izu looked at the other man seated in the plane just as the man turned around and sawhim “Agent Izu, so you are the one who had kept me waiting all this while” Izu recognized the face well, IBK was once his partner but they were separated when IBK was transferred to Osun on some Narcotics case. “If memory serves me right Ibukun, you are supposed to be hunting down crackheads in Osun state, what in the world are you doing in Lagos?” “I was on some gun running case and the investigations brought me here. Then I got a call and I found myself in this really comfortable jet. Who would have thought the SSS can provide such means of transportation” “Well no one would have guessed but the sudden call I got is worrying to me. I just stopped a suicide attack” IBK sat up when he heard that; “Did you say suicide? And I thought I was having all the fun when I walked into a bank robbery in ketu, I know you won’t be able to tell me the details but that is some major stuff. The crime scene in Lagos is moving up don’t you think?” “Yeah moving up but we are being summoned far away from it. What do you think this is about?” Izu asked Ibukun was about to answer when the pilot appeared and told him to take his seat as the plane was about to take off. He strapped himself to a seat and seconds later, they heard the twin engines come alive as the plane made its way done the runway and into the sky. The story just began,stay tuned for d next episode
27 Jun 2015 | 03:21
0 Likes
Wow........IBK and Izu are very qood at their jobs......maybe they are qoinq on a more danqerous one viz time around......#Crime all the way
27 Jun 2015 | 03:40
0 Likes
@tenniebenson na why me self dey look for khola make I see im number...... I pray nothing happens to either IBK et Izu coz in movie one of them will be killed...... Well let's see/read how it goes
27 Jun 2015 | 04:50
0 Likes
getting interesting
27 Jun 2015 | 07:17
0 Likes
loving every bit of vis story,ride on bro.
27 Jun 2015 | 07:28
0 Likes
really loving it ,and jus lyk Oliver twist "I wnt more"
27 Jun 2015 | 07:28
0 Likes
Definitely.... D story jez began!!!!
27 Jun 2015 | 08:40
0 Likes
Kam nukwa na dis story no dy sweet die....... More grease 2 ua elbow somhkid
27 Jun 2015 | 08:46
0 Likes
A journey of death, where they will needs to be extra-careful so that they can make it out alive
27 Jun 2015 | 09:20
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmm. Next epi
27 Jun 2015 | 09:44
0 Likes
Staying tuned
27 Jun 2015 | 10:20
0 Likes
Am on seat, ready 2 see dis 2 d end
27 Jun 2015 | 10:34
0 Likes
Wow!!! What have I miss??? The Author realy need some query...just a little time, he has already made me felt like the story don has uncountable episodes...but mah gonna read it no matter how..... . . . Chaaiii... Parot deh here ooo...see how much post weh she don post.....and she deh talk say mistake deh.....chaaii... seems people don know parrot like that... abi ah lie? @Tenniebenson
27 Jun 2015 | 11:58
0 Likes
E be like say @Tenniebenson no like say mistake deh this thing ooo...nah real mistake deh there...for detecting the mistake in time...hifive dear...
27 Jun 2015 | 12:00
0 Likes
Hope Dis Urgent Call Wil Nt Lead To Sometin Easy. Ummmmm, Am Watching Sha
27 Jun 2015 | 13:44
0 Likes
hmmm interesting stil following
27 Jun 2015 | 14:15
0 Likes
Nyc story@somkhid
27 Jun 2015 | 15:35
0 Likes
Izu and IBK go fit vry wel
27 Jun 2015 | 16:20
0 Likes
Lolzzzz see who is talking.... Afefe ti fé ati ri furo adiye nita (wind has blow..nw we've seen d chicken ass)... Evrybdy can now detect talkative.... Make ppl help us judge na... Dat tym wey i dey call u parrot..u dey follow me argue... Hahahahaha Val don open ur yansh nw nw #tongue out# @Khola46
27 Jun 2015 | 16:54
0 Likes
Lol... @Tenniebenson You sef know say mistake deh the thing...nah partial the thing deh do jhor...ah know say nah you and Val plan the thing...me ah no go take ahm......
27 Jun 2015 | 17:43
0 Likes
@Khola46 i think u also need 2 support me o... Check my last post on #The Activist# b4 things gets out of hand.... Cos some comments re begining 2 disgust me.. Do am sharp sharp.. Coolval needs 2 do something...
27 Jun 2015 | 18:17
0 Likes
Nice... Naija action film dey always dey interesting
27 Jun 2015 | 18:52
0 Likes
Interesting
27 Jun 2015 | 18:59
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmm
27 Jun 2015 | 19:10
0 Likes
Y d sudden call when they are getting 2 d peak of an important investigation.. I guess is just 2 delay them
27 Jun 2015 | 19:13
0 Likes
Dix kal iz suscipious... Anyway ltx watch nd c... Sincerely @somhkid dix ix ur first story av taken ma tym 2 read nd i must confess it ix wowww... Abi na wetin dem de kal dat soap???
28 Jun 2015 | 04:21
0 Likes
****episode 11**** The conference room was filled with al sort of men and a few women, most of them in different uniforms while some were plainly dressed. They had all come with their personal assistants but soon, those had to go outside the room as they were not cleared for the information that would be shared inside the conference room. The conference room was huge and it was rarely used and never had it been this full no matterwhat meeting they were having simply because no meeting which is as important as the one they were about to have has been held here. On the floor of the reception was a huge inscription of the Nigerian coats of arms and the walls were painted in a cool milky color togive the impression of coolness but those who worked behind the desks knew there was nothing cool about what goes in the building. It is a place where most of the difficult decisions were taken and the amount of backbiting and politicking that happens is staggering. The participants started arriving about 15 minutes before 12 when the meeting is supposed to start. There was no room for lateness in this business and when a meetingis called with such urgency and secrecy, time is f the upmost importance as lateness could cost a lot of lives or a lot of materials might be lost. The building was guarded by uniformed men drawn from a selection of the Army, Navy and Air force. Almost at every angle, there was something to remind visitors that the building belongs to the military and they did everything to keep it that way. From the exterior painting to the flags flying. From the gates where inspectionswere carried out to the constant salutation by everyone. The first guest to arrive was the Chief of Army staff General Buba Rasak. A retired soldier who had served the Nigerian army in the Civil war and different missions both inside and outside the country. Buba is a tall and bulky man whose appearance screams command. His face carried a scar which is evidence of a bullet that smeared his face during a peace mission somewhere in east Africa. He is dark in complexion and a man who rarely talk. His life has been that of receiving orders and he learnt of listening a lot before giving anyone replies. His car pulled up at the entrance to the reception and he did not wait for his driver or any of his escorts to come and open the door before he opened it and got down by himself. His aide came to his side carrying a file and Buba made his way to the door and itwas opened from within. The guard who opened it saluted him and he did not respond. He walked over to the reception and before he spoke, the receptionist answered “Good morning sir. Welcome to the Defence head quarters sir” “Where is the Minister? She dragged me out of a very important briefing for some meeting and it better make sense or she will be hearing from me to the fullest” The minister might be his senior in position but when you are the head of the largest Army on the continent, you feel the power he feels. His uniform has had so many decorations that he did not have space to puthis medals anymore. The new ones he receives, he just puts inside his drawer back at the office. “The conference room is already prepared sir .Right this way” Someone came to his front and Buba looked at him “Is this not the same Head quarters I am used to? I am very capable of finding the conference room by myself and I need no usher. He looked back and saw the Chief of Naval staff Admiral Emeka Johnson walk through the same doors he had walked through someseconds ago and he walked up to him to greet him. They exchanged salutes and Buba said; “What are you doing here Emeka?” “I was called here to meet the MinDef (Minister of Defence) here by noon for an emergency meeting. I was about heading to Port Harcourt for some inspections when I got thecall so I came over to see what it is about. Don’t tell me you got the same call” “Well I am here and it is almost noon so I am here for that too and seems like it is for the same thing. I just hope she did not call us here to discuss Budget cuts else she is going to hear it” Emeka smiled and said; “We should wait and see what she wants to say. The day is still young and this is just October 10. I doubt they want to start talking budget things now.” Together, they walked into the conference room. When they entered, the room was empty except for people arranging bottled waters in front of each chair. They took a seatbesides and got into a discussion when the Director General of the SSS Tope Adesanya entered.
28 Jun 2015 | 04:33
0 Likes
*****episode 12**** Tope had never been in the army neither had he been in any missions outside the country. He had joined the police straight from university where he studied Electrical engineering. He was with the police for 15 years and then someone decided that he had an eye for investigation and he was interviewed by the SSS. The rest was history. In the corridors of power, Tope is feared all over the country as he coordinates investigation into all crimes that ranges from bank robberies to internal aggressions. His agency investigates high profile robberies as well as provide security to top politician including governors and ministers and naturally, he had their ears and so whatever he says mostly flies. After Tope walked in, a lean man with a serious face strolled in wearing. The Chief of Air staff Vice Marshal Tony Udais. His history is simple. Started his career as a supply pilot, then a fighter pilot during the civil war ad hasrisen to his recent post. Slowly, the room began to fill out as each person walked in and took a seat, among them the Minister of Foreign Affairs Mr. Afe Olaoye,the National Security Adviser, General Peter Ogbonna, the Commandant of the Palace Guards General Victor Umeh and the Inspector general of Police Quadri Muhammad. When the commandant of the Palace guards Victor Umeh walked in, a silence fell in the room as most people wondered when he was doing in the meeting. He was normally not seen in the gathering of military wigs as his only duties were that the Presidential Villa was secured. He is a hard man and his looks did not betray that. His eyes full along with his face and he always walked with his hands behind him as if in obedience but the rumor is that he does so after years of having to clutch his gun in anticipation of an assassination of his principal which is the Comander in Chief of the Federation. The last people to walk in were the Minister of Defence Admiral Ifeoma Nwachukwu alonside the Director General of the Directorate of Military Intelligence. The minister was a small lady physically but the position she holds makes everyone else blind to her statue. Her voice is coarse and almost manlike. She had learnt to live in a world ruled by men as she rose through the ranks of a world which is mostly dominated by mento become the head of one of the most important ministries on the continent. She oversees peace missions, draws up budgets and sometimes, serves as overseeing officer to top secret missions both outside and inside the country. There had been rumors that she is sleeping with the DG of the DMI Kuyi Aliyu and that’s why she could have risen to the post she holds but she was not on to care. Kuyi on the other hand did not really care about rumors because as the person who sits on top of the DMI, he had dirt on everyone inside the room. He has been involved in intelligence gathering since he was in his early twenties which is more that 30 years and he does his job well. Kuyi who is always quiet and always wearing a smile sat down on the far side of the room as Ifeoma walked to the front and said; “Gentlemen, can you please ask yous personal assistants to wait outside as we have important things to discuss here” Tony replied her saying; “Who decides clearance here ma’am? You have summoned us here without reason and you ask our assistants to walk out? Do you realize that whatever we discuss here might still be heard by these same assistants?” Victor spoke this time; “With what is happening right now, I doubt any of your assistants will even want to know what we are about to discuss” Ifeoma cut in; “Please, let’s get this over with as fast as possible as w have to decide what we want to do and do that fast” She waited for sometime as the assistants walked out and she invited Kuyi to come up and address the gathering. Kuyi walked quickly in front and started; “You have all been called here because we have an emergency on our hands. One that has never happened before and one I doubt will ever happen in our history. This event willtest us in ways we cannot believe or imagine but we have to think and also act fast so as to avoid it getting worse that it already is right now.” A few of those in the room shifted uncomfortably in their seats as all eyes were on the spy. They did not know what was happening but they knew it was serious. No one gives that sort of speech except when he has real bad news to share. The minds of those seated went to the most evil thing as a couple of them thought a coup has been carried out and they were been forced to joinor be executed and this increased the discomfort in the room Kuyi continued; “As most of us are aware, the President has taken a trip to Tetuan on a three day workingvisit to discuss how our military can further help the peace efforts and also help to hastentalks between the rebels in the south and the government there. The president left yesterday, October 8 and she was expected to return to the country tomorrow but that cannot happen as of now. The reason for that is why we are gathered here right now because the government of Tetuan is holdingthe President and Comander in chief of the Federal Republic of Nigeria captive in the presidential Palace there. The president LucasRadonsolema sent us this message four hours ago and said he will be giving us more information later
28 Jun 2015 | 04:38
0 Likes
Observing d observables
28 Jun 2015 | 05:00
0 Likes
Wat does dat means
28 Jun 2015 | 07:12
0 Likes
Continue
28 Jun 2015 | 07:29
0 Likes
y iz tetuan iz holding them.......luking forward
28 Jun 2015 | 07:36
0 Likes
Still following
28 Jun 2015 | 07:39
0 Likes
Gosh! God help me 2 keep my calm over sometinz here... I jez hope i wont get 2 provoked 2 say sometinz... Now dat dey all re gathered i was expecting 2 see IBK nd Izu....seems dia part isn't here yet... All diz names sef.. Abeg where is Tetuan? Abi wetin be dat name aqain?
28 Jun 2015 | 09:21
0 Likes
@Tenniebenson will you please do me a favour...the favour na small thing..just to siddon for one side and dey watch .... i wonder why people comment when you've got nothing to say... @Coolval abeg come remove this thing na... when did i become member that my post don reach this?
28 Jun 2015 | 09:40
0 Likes
hmmmmm
28 Jun 2015 | 10:06
0 Likes
@charliebryn aiite dear (make i talk am 4 d last tym sha).. dis tin dey annoy me na.. Nd i dey quick vex.. Its really pissing me off... Is it a must 2 comment? Haha kilode na? Whatz d meaning of hmmmm? Must u post "following"? If u gat nothing reasonable 2 post why not jez use ur fingers 2 scratch d wall?. I wonder aw some ppl think sef.. Mtcheew
28 Jun 2015 | 13:40
0 Likes
Hmmm
28 Jun 2015 | 13:53
0 Likes
Huh
28 Jun 2015 | 15:54
0 Likes
PLS CARI ON
28 Jun 2015 | 16:48
0 Likes
As their saying it, they keep doing it...... Just tired of it..... shey no be war dem wan fight like this....President!!!!!
28 Jun 2015 | 19:19
0 Likes
where is ibk nd izu hope ntn appen to den becos dy ar nt in d meeting,to solve everytin day ar stil gonna b war fight
29 Jun 2015 | 00:43
0 Likes
how person wan take remember all vhiz name sef???....i tink ibk nd izu gat no bizness dere,, na dem oga dey yarn now.
29 Jun 2015 | 01:46
0 Likes
****episode 13***** The minister for Foreign affairs coughed somewhere in the room out of disbelief but he had learnt to keep his mouth shut when it came to military matters. He heard what the spy chief just said and to him it sounded like the worst joke in the world but he sat still and continued watching since he was one of the few civilians in the conference room. The remaining civilians were mainly just risk management teams who although had military training they were really not involved in the handling of arms. The COAS Rasak stirred in his seat which was more of trying to break the stifling silence in the room. Every eye was trained at the Kuyi and they all watched him without breaking their stare but for occasional blinking which they could not do without. The water in front of each person was untouched as a mixture of shock and disbelief ran through the room. Kuyi walked to the front and a thin part of the wall moved sideways to reveal a screen as the lights in the room was dimmed. The screen came on to show a man in foreign military uniform sitting on a large chair. He was flanked by two men; one on either side carrying automatic rifles. Behind him was a wall covered with the Purple and gold flag of the Republic of Tetuan. The man had his eyes on the camera in front of him and five seconds after the screen came on, he started speaking. ‘This is a message to the leaders of the Federal Republic of Nigeria. As you are aware,your president is visiting my country and he will be here for the next two days but there will be a slight change of plans. The presidentalthough came into this country a free man and a respected member of the international community is as of this moment, my prisoner.He has not committed any crimes but Nigeria has. There is a list of demands I have and I will be telling you about them as time progresses. I will like for this to be resolved very fast and quietly but I hope you realize that sending in your military will be a wrong decision since I have my men all around him and if I get the slightest hint that there is a military offensive, he will die. Have a pleasant morning.” The screen went off and the lights in the room came back on as everyone continued their silence except this time, most of them were not looking at Kuyi but at Quadri since the protection of the President is the responsibility of his office and they are underoath to rather die than whoever occupied that office is hurt. Afe was the first to speak up; “I hope Mr Kuyi is not actually expecting any of us to actually believe that because I am not for a second going to believe that the President is being held against his wish in Tetuan” Before Kuyi could reply, Quadri answered from his seat his voice filled with emotions and regret as the feeling of failure took over him; “I am sorry but that is true. I have been trying to get in touch with the guards with the president ever since the message was received and their communication sets have been turned off. I have people watching the palace as part of protocol and they have reported that the president is being held within the Palace and his movements have been restricted to the chamber they gave to him. His guards are with him but they have been disarmed and they can’t reach out to call for help.” He paused to look around the room and then said; “With the current events, I am turning my resignation as I have failed in my duties and Ijust hope this issue can be resolved without harm to the president” Kuyi replied; “Forget all thoughts about your resignation for now. Let’s get this issues sorted out and you can then decide to resign” The COAS (Chief of Army Staff) said; “I never knew Lucas Radonsolema is mad. When I met him, I knew he sounded crazy but this is just madness. How do you hold the president of another nation captive? Ignoringthe fact that we already have troops on his home soil keeping the peace there and keeping the rebels from the south from bringing a reign of terror on him and his cabinet” Afe replied; “This can’t be true. I really still believe it is a big joke. I still spoke with the president and was on conference call with him and the President of Tetuan last night before going to bed and everything was fine. Maybe we should get in contact with him and clarify this issue” Ifeoma answered; “This is beyond clarification. We have noticed military movement around the palace since this message was sent to us. He is not playingaround and he has fortified the palace to ensure that we don’t make any moves to rescue him” “Okay, let’s slow down a little and not talk of a rescue mission until we have gotten all the specifications right: the NSA Peter Ogbonna answered
29 Jun 2015 | 01:53
0 Likes
****episode 14**** He continued; “We should talk with Lucas one more time and let him see reason and let him know that this path he has taken is not a really smart one. This is in the range of a declaration of war and I don’t think Tetuan has the resources to go to war with Nigeria right now” Afe’s voice came through at this point; “Hold on a minute people, we are talking about what to do next and the NSA is here hinting war, has anyone talked about chain of command here? Has the Vice President been notified? Because unless I missed something, he is supposed to be in charge of this situation” Ifeoma replied; “The Vice president was in Kano when this came in and he has been told. He is on his way to Abuja right and the law might state that the vice president is in charge but he still has to take advice from the military chiefs on what to do.” “Okay so what do we do?” Afe said. “Because I still believe this is the biggest joke in all history. No one holds captive the Commander in Chief of a country which is capable of turning your country into an inhabitable desert. It defiles logic” They were still arguing when Ifeoma’s phone rang and the room fell quiet. Her voice over the phone was almost a whisper as she said; “Are you sure of what you are saying?” she paused as her eyes roamed around the room and she said; “Patch him in” She hung up and she said; “Lucas Randolosema wants to speak with us via satellite. I have requested that the call be routed here so we can all hear what he has to say” The screen came on and the image of Lucas came on the screen and he said; “Good afternoon. I do believe it is afternoon there” There was no reply from the conference room as they were not sure what to say as Lucas spoke again; “I understand the situation here and you must think I am unserious and have no idea what I am doing but believe me, I do. I have planned this well and I don’t intend to fail” Then Kuyi replied; “Okay we get your point, you have the president and all, what is it you want exactly?” “Well I don’t think I am familiar with who I am talking to so if you don’t mind, I think introductions will be necessary” Kuyi who was calm sat back in his chair and said; “I don’t think introductions are necessary right now. Your not knowing me is no fault of mine neither is it yours. Let’s just get this over with as soon as possible and we can go back to not knowing one another” “Well you should watch how you talk to me. Whether you like it or not, I still have your Commander in Chief and I can do whatever I like with his” The COAS cut in; “You think you can do whatever you like but you actually can’t. you do realize that we can decide to flatten your palace with you in it right now” Lucas smiled and said; “I like how you threaten but remember that doing so will also get your president killed and I don’t think that is something any of us wants” “Okay everybody keep calm” The NSA said. “What exactly do you want?” “What I want is quite simple. Your country has more than 7,500 troops, tanks, and a couple of military helicopters on Tetuan soil and I want them gone” “That’s it?” Buba said. “We should up and leave? You could have just said that before the President came there and this whole issue would not come up” “You seem to be missing the point here, when I say I want your troops gone, I mean I want them gone with the exception of their weapons. They are to drop all their weapons and materials and they will be allowed to get on planes and they will be allowed to get on transport planes back home without harm and the president will also be released. I understand the difficulty in what I have askedfor and hence I give you two hours to come to a decision. Please do this fast. Thank you” With that, the screen went blank again and the room fell into an unusual silence The NSA was the first person to talk as he sat back into his chair and said; “At least we now know for certain that Lucas Radosolema has lost what little mind he has left. He expects us to just drop our guns, tanks and move out of his country like that? He must have had something slipped into his drink.” Ifeoma stood and walked to the front of the room as she looked around the faces of everyone there she wished one of the Generals will at least say something but they remained quiet and deep in thought then the Commandant of the Palace Guards spoke up’ “Is there a way we can give him what he wants? Like is it possible we concede to his demands and just pull out like that so he can release the president?” Buba replied him cooly; “His demands are unreasonable. A major deployment like that can only be done under the orders of the office of the president and even at that, it is silly at best.” One of the members of the Risk managementteam in the room said; “If the order can only be given by the president, then the Vice President could act in his stead and give the order since it is to prevent the loss of the president’s life” Buba replied him without looking back; “It will be better if you do not talk in matters like this. It will be even better if you think through anything you say before saying themso you don’t say things which make you appear brainless” “And why is the suggestion brainless?” The Inspector general of police asked The Chief of Air staff answered “The same reason you do not sell the guns given to you to protect the citizen to the same criminals you are protecting them from.The same reason every military personnel is taught to watch over his weapon with all diligence and make sure he does not lose it” Kuyi cut in; “Lucas has always spoke about crushing the rebels and launching an offensive against them. he even tried to get us to join his plans and fight beside him as he marches into their stronghold in the south so he can have total control of the country but we have always decided to maintain the peace and bring both parties to negotiate peace and if he getshis hands on the weapons we have on his Tetuan soil, we might have helped him achieve his dream not forgetting the thousand s of innocent lives that will be lost, how the entire West Africa might be destabilized and we might be looking at an humanitarian crises bigger that anything we have handled except this time we will be part of the problem.” Then Afe added his part; “Not to talk of the fact that our official policy is not to negotiate with terrorists, mad men and war lords. With what I am seeing, Lucas fits into the category of the three of them so I personally will not advise we do that.” The member of the risk assessment team said; “Can’t we play along and act like we have handed them over and then when the president is released we go back there and get them back?” Now Buba was getting pissed; “It will make more sense if we don’t put ourselves in that situation for now as the situation will get messy if we do that. But on a more serious note, where do they find you people anyway?” Ifeoma spoke up at this point; “I sent a recording of the demands to the Vice president. He should be here any minute from now” Afe said; “I don’t get this, why did we not wait for him to get here before starting this meeting in the first place?” “Because it will be a lot better if he came and we already have solutions for him. This is something we have not seen before and it will be better if we knew how to deal with it.” Tope Adesanya the Director General of the SSS cut in; “This might sound like something you have never handled to you before but to me, it is all the same. I deal with situations like this every day and they are the same but one thing is sure here and it is the fact that we cannot, allow Lucas dictate what we do to him. somehow we have to take charge of this situation and we have to turn the tables around if this issues is to end well” He finished and the door to the conference opened as the Vice President entered.
29 Jun 2015 | 01:56
0 Likes
Stay tuned for d next episode,getting more intresting with each episode
29 Jun 2015 | 01:58
0 Likes
U're doinq qreat here....... Am sure Lucas would not release the president if the troopz were 2 be withdrawn........ Itz lyk they av even forqotten he said they are a list of demandz here and he'll state them as time proqresses so i dnt think them surrendrinq their arms would be the bst option now....... Expectinq more thrillinq epic's sha...
29 Jun 2015 | 02:29
0 Likes
Its getting more interesting... But why did the director general of SSS send for ibk and izu.... Does he intend on sending them to go and retrieve the president
29 Jun 2015 | 04:01
0 Likes
keep it rolling
29 Jun 2015 | 04:29
0 Likes
Rilli trailing
29 Jun 2015 | 04:45
0 Likes
I go with the SSS.... This guy is trying with the names, the strong words and all.... Well-done bro
29 Jun 2015 | 05:23
0 Likes
They must not surrender I think this Lucas is mad.....how can he xpect them to surrender dier arms just lyk dhat They must find a solution to this problem Wel done @somkhid
29 Jun 2015 | 06:12
0 Likes
Kip it rolling, am enjoying dis more nd more
29 Jun 2015 | 06:33
0 Likes
Getting mur interesting
29 Jun 2015 | 06:38
0 Likes
We r waiting 4 d nxt episode
29 Jun 2015 | 07:12
0 Likes
Na d kind story i lyk b dis wos waitin 4 d nxt episode
29 Jun 2015 | 07:37
0 Likes
tough
29 Jun 2015 | 08:06
0 Likes
Nice work
29 Jun 2015 | 08:11
0 Likes
This is where IBK and IZU come in to play an undercover
29 Jun 2015 | 08:16
0 Likes
Lt the president die...so that war can break out wit d troops stil wit dia weapons nd d vice president sworn in...
29 Jun 2015 | 13:34
0 Likes
Cox diaz no point wit d president living while thousands die...
29 Jun 2015 | 13:35
0 Likes
This Lucas is very sick. d troops shouldn't drop their weapon, it's better if d president can pay d price or dey should find means to rescue d president.
29 Jun 2015 | 15:15
0 Likes
Na wah o
29 Jun 2015 | 17:49
0 Likes
d military should attack d country and turn it to dessert....lobatan......vice President becomes president....matter don settle.....
29 Jun 2015 | 19:32
0 Likes
Even d writer knws its gettn intresting by each episode.... I dnt think i need any1 2 remind me dat #rolling my eyes# i guess i shld start expecting flow of blood..... Cos dis is a tight corner...
30 Jun 2015 | 02:24
0 Likes
****episode 15***** Jeremiah Kuje; the Vice president of the Federal republic of Nigeria is a person a lot ofpeople would call intelligent even though he does not appear to be the most attractive. With a bloated belly and flared up nose he didnot allow those qualities stop his carrer as a politician. Prior to his appointment as the running mate, he had been a senator and he could be remembered for his bright or inspiring arguments. He played his part in theelections and got the president the votes she needed. He came from one the country’s top names in regional politics and when the elections came up; his family had threatened to support the opposition unless one of them was picked for an office. The party saw the threat and knew that if the family withdraws their support, they might as well kiss the presidential elections goodbye and they bowed to their demands. Most of his speeches are written by him and he rarely reads the as he reads and memorizes them. He rarely takes speeches written by his aides as he enjoys writing his speeches and he is known by the press as he is a delight to any member of them who interviews him. He walked in with an entourage of guards and assistants and walked towards an empty seat as everyone stood up and as he sat down, they sat down’ “So where are we right now?” the president asked Ifeoma replied; “Good afternoon sir. Before anything, I would like to ask that your assistants wait outside. You also would not be needing your guards in here sir as scary as this situation is, this is the defense headquarters and you are well protected” Buba looked around as slowly, the entourage got up and walked out with the exception of two of them; his personal bodyguard and his special assistant. “I am sorry, but you two will have to wait outside. Thank you very much” Ifeoma said with authority as they both made for the door. Jeremiah started; “Okay now can someone tell me exactly what we intend to do in this situation? How is it possible that he could hold the president hostage without us even suspecting and how are we going to give in to his demands?” Ifeoma wanted to reply but Kuyi cut in; “Well sir, we have just had contact with the Head of State of Tetuan and heard his demands. I am sure you also did as a recording was sent to you and we are discussing the right way to respond to this taking into account the safety of the president” Jeremiah replied looking towards Afe; “So what do you think we do?” Afe said; “There are a lot we can do sir. We could give him what he wants and pull out our troops or we can tell him to go to hell and tell him that if the president is not released within a time frame, we would send our troops in to get her by ourself. I personally think the second option is a lot better as our policy on negotiations rules out the first option” Deliberations went on for some hours longer and the more they argued, the more they realized that the situation was something they had never thought of and hence had no immediately reply for. While they were all confident that they could not had weapons over to a warlord, the life of the president seemed to be in the balance and no one was willing to make a call until Tope Adesanya, the DG of the SSS said; “Ladies and gentlemen, this event might have not been envisaged but that does not mean we should be clueless. We have two choices but there is still a third choice” The room fell quiet and he continued; “If I understand this well, we already have 7,500 men on Tetua soil and among those are men trained to battle in extreme situations and also intelligence officers. The commandant of the Palace guards has told usthat he has some men around the Palace there and I am sure the DMI also does. I would like to believe that right now, their men has the palace under surveillance which is standard procedure before the president even walks into a conflict zone and with all these, I believe we can take a third choice. Wecould tell Lucas Randolosema that we have agreed to his demands and we could send an extraction team in their to get the president out” Afe replied; “This sounds good but this is not some militants we are facing here were we can easily outgun and your hostage rescue team move in and trap, we are talking of invading the presidential quarters of another country. The chances are steep not to talk of the chances that if we fail, the life of the president might be lost” Quadri said; "He might be right. There are guards all around the Palace there but gaining access into the palace is not too difficult if we can do that in secret and we can have the DMI give us support with their men down there”
30 Jun 2015 | 06:03
0 Likes
****episode 16**** Buba said; “I hope we all realize the consequences here” “Which are?” Quadri asked “A slight mistake and we could be responsible for the death of the president. Just one slip up somewhere, a shot fired where it should not be and Lucas might just decide to execute her” Tony said; “He executes her and this takes a different side Buba, if he as much as touches her, we have troops down there and make sure he pays for this. We have planes down there anda naval ship is in the area. This is a decision that we have to take and make sure we execute fast. You have to agree that with the amount of troops we have down there the most difficult part will be getting in and getting to the president and getting her out. Once they have done that, we can have troops move into the palace move her behind our lines and send her back home. Then we cn see how tough Lucas thinks he is.” Buba said; “All these sound good but we are here making plans already without hearing for theperson who should make the necessary arrangements. The DMI has to be confident that they can carry this out first” All eyes fell on Kuyi and he did not seem bothered at all. He starred back at them and said; “We have already set up a team from the troops in Tetuan studying the Blueprints of the presidential palace. We have also contacted members of the hostage rescue team from the SSS and will be flying them to Tetuan soon.” The Vice president said; “I am sure we all realize that you must have made plans to do this immediately you heard but what we need to know is if this can happen with minimal risk to the President” “I am sure that is the job of the Risk management team sir but with the resources at my disposal, it will be a piece of cake to walk into the presidential palace in Tetuan and get her out but after that, things might go south as the army might come after the men and that is where we will need the troops down there. Since Lucas wants them out, we could get them prepped up as thought they are packing but make them pack to march out. Our planes should be ready to take to the air in seconds because once the men get out of the palace, hell should be let loose against Tetuan so Lucas does not have the will to follow us.” Kuyi paused and he looked towards Ifeoma and then towards the NSA. Ifeoma said; “All these is subject to your approval sir as right now, you are the only one with the authority to give a go ahead” The Vice president looked towards the NSA and said; “Peter, your military advises have helped this nation a lot, what do you think?” Peter took no time to respond; “If Kuyi thinks he can get her out, then I am confident he can. But the Army and air force will have to do a really good job of covering them once they are out of that palace which I think they are capable of doing. So if you ask me, I will confidently advise that we do that sir” The Vice president took a deep breathe and said; “Who will be in charge of this operation if we decide to go forward with it?” Ifeoma answered; “It will be a DMI operation but they will be supervised by my office and I will also ensure the perfect synchronization of the Army and Air force for support and I will report to you directly. I will have a command center from here which you can monitor from the state house directly”. Afe cut in; “You sir will also have to maintain a face in front of the press as we don’t want this blown out of propotion” The Vice president sat back into his chair andsaid; “Okay go ahead. Bring her back home” and he got up from the chair as he walked out As the vice President walked out, a calmness envelope the room as each official thought deeply about the mission ahead and the part they will be playing in the events that would follow. No one spoke for some seconds and then Buba broke the silence; “You mentioned you have a team being prepared already, when do they touch down in Tetuan and how do they go about their duties? I would love to know the logistics so I can get prepared for this whole thing. We have a map of the Tetuan capital and can describe the best way to get in and out of thecity but the palace will be the issue of the DMI completely" he said looking towards the Minister for Defence. “I don’t think you need to worry about that General; Kuji replied. My men will touch down there, we have pulled a team consisting of the DMI, SSS and the DSS to carry out the extraction, what we will need the army to is provide cover for them once they are out of the palace. As you are aware some of my menare already in Tetuan and they will be joined there” “The Chief of Naval Staff said; “But would it not be better if the Men of the Army took the lead here? I mean they are trained in war and tactics for things like this. We can even have the special forces carry thisout instead of wasting time assembling a new team briefing them and sending them over to Tetuan” Tope said; “But you seem to forget that the special forces might have been trained in hostage situations but they don’t have the experience the members of this squad will have; the advantage they have is experience in fightingand their chance will come but this extractionhas to be kept as quiet as possible and with the smallest error, a shot when it is not needed, someone being where he should not be could cost the president her life and that might cause the lives of a lot of people on Tetuan because I know that would lead to a declaration of war; that’s if a declaration of war does not happen the moment she gets back home” “This mission will be a joint one, with everyone playing a part but majorly, it will be the DMI running things until she is safe and then you military boys, can take over and do your thing” Ifeoma said. She looked towards Tony Udais and said “We will be needing some transport at the Abuja airport immediately as we need to fly some boys to the war ship off the coast of Tetuan immediately. From there they can get to the coast by boats and meet up with the team from already on ground there” “When will you be needing the transport ma’am?” “As soon as possible.” She said and she turned to face everyone else; “Please lets all work together here and this is beyond being an order. This has to go without error and let’s keep the Chief of Defence staff in our prayers; I was told he goes to surgery today” With that, the room started getting empty as ifeoma went to seat down. One after the other they walked out each of them knowing tht the next few days would be very demanding and they have to put up their best performance. Once outside the conference room, the personal assistants each went towards their bosses and there was little conversation everywhere. The only two people who remained in the conference room were Kuyi and Ifeoma. Ifeoma said; “The team has being arranged right?” “The last two are the SSS boys and they should have touched down at the Nnamdi Azikwe airport from where they will pick up some other members including supplies and head out for the NNS Owuro. The will be briefed during the flight there” “What of the DMI agents in Liberia? Will they be involved in this mission?” “I wish they could Ify, but those agents can’t just leave that country like that, the last message we got from them told me something huge might happen soon and they still don’t know what or when it will happen” “So you want to put the security of another country over your CiC’s life?” “I can’t do that, but they can’t be pulled out immediately, if Liberia falls back into a civil war, it will take a lot of lives and resources to bring it back. but don’t worry, these guys will do just fine, we already have the blueprints to the presidential palace in Tetuan and the Palace guards have found out where she is held so it is just a matter of get in and get out” “And you are sure your boys can snatch her without them knowing?” “It won’t be their first time of grabbing a human being from somewhere and I don’t see this one being any different.” Kuyi said. He got up and walked towards the door, looked back and said; “Go home Ifeoma and get some rest, your face is beginning to shrink” and he walked out closing the door gently behind him. Ifeoma looked around the room and said to herself; “you have no idea how much I would love to do that Kuyi and perhaps have you come along but sleep is not in my program right now. I just hope this does not become something deeper” as she relaxed into the seat of her chair, her assistant entered and said;
30 Jun 2015 | 06:08
0 Likes
following vhis stowie like twitter
30 Jun 2015 | 07:16
0 Likes
Oboy the rescue mission will be tiqht....... It seems IBK and Izu are amonq the members of the DMI OR DSS dat are on their way to the country and would be briefed as the fliqht qoes on......orr?? The president here is a Woman ooh.......ladies are u in the house???
30 Jun 2015 | 07:28
0 Likes
Let go 4 d mission cn u pls add agent horgzy to d mission
30 Jun 2015 | 09:38
0 Likes
Finally my war plane has landed, Am going to follow them to tetuan
30 Jun 2015 | 09:59
0 Likes
eh eh,....this wan no go easy at all at all Letz watch sha
30 Jun 2015 | 10:44
0 Likes
Abeg sell dis story to nollyhood for filming.
30 Jun 2015 | 12:53
0 Likes
If agent Frank is not among the leaders of that group, hmmmmm, u better add agent Frank from NIA as d leader
30 Jun 2015 | 13:49
0 Likes
@hollar... Nollywood wil spoil d story... Hmmm... Am suspecting dat buba or wotx dat hiz name... It sims he wil sabotage d nations plan... Bt ltx kip reading
30 Jun 2015 | 13:51
0 Likes
Hmmmmmm........diz na war oooo
30 Jun 2015 | 14:14
0 Likes
INTERESTING
30 Jun 2015 | 14:58
0 Likes
Dis rescue mission wl b tough. Y wl Lucas take a country's number 1 hostage? He must really b mad, I hope he is prepared 4 d damage dis his action wl cause his country
30 Jun 2015 | 15:13
0 Likes
wow.... This is really strong!! When IBK and IZU hear the big mission their in, they would just be silent cracking their brains on the mission and d formula to use....
30 Jun 2015 | 17:14
0 Likes
@crusher i was abt saying dat too o... Nollywood wont make it intresting d way it is as we re reading it hia.... But it would av been a gr8 movie if it was acted out... @Pizzaro yes oooo... I even thought it was a mistake... But i jez kept seeing "Her" 'she" ... O make sense!! I jez hope it wont get extra bloody more dan what i expect...
30 Jun 2015 | 19:36
0 Likes
Interesting... Ibk and izu will see better case to get involved in
30 Jun 2015 | 20:07
0 Likes
dis war isnt going to b easy ooo
30 Jun 2015 | 23:52
0 Likes
stil waiting for nxt epd make it snappy
1 Jul 2015 | 11:23
0 Likes
****episode 17***** Ma’am, those file you asked for are ready. *************************** For some time, the two men in the plane said nothing to one another as they were both caught in their thoughts, Izu could not really understand why he was suddenly being called to the capital from the headquarters as it all seemed strange to him. he had just averted a terrorist attack which could spark actions all around the country and now was not the time to give him another assignment which is what this call sounded like to him. Perhaps they had found another terrorist cell somewhere in Abuja and wanted him to come take a look but he was not comfortable with it. he wished he could be the person to interrogate the driver and those caught in the warehouse but it looked like it was not going to happen. The presence of IBK gave more reason to his belief. Maybe his investigations into the arms movement was getting somewhere and there was a link between the two but there was no point flying him to Abuja to tell him that, he could just do all that and compare the instances from Lagos. He was excited that there might be a connection between the arms trafficking and the terrorists as that would help a lot in not only bringing down the terrorists but also the arms traders and a whole lot of crimes can either be solved or prevented in the process. Everything was so connected to one another now and just a slip up in one case might mean a slip up in a whole lot of investigations he did not know about. Ibukun on the other hand was not impressedwith his being called off his case, he had traced some guns from Osun state to Lagos before he heard of the bank robbery and wasalmost sure that it was the same guns he saw being moved that were used. If his theory turned out to be true, he could would just need to pin the movement back to the personhe knows is behind it and it is over, he also knows that the criminals know he is on their tails and with some of those guns in the custody of the police, they might move them or try to cover their tracks and he was hoping for it. The was no way they could cover their tracks and do so quietly so he would hear about it and he can easily slip behind their lines and get the evidence he wanted but it was all ideaand going well until he was called off. That was one thing he did not think of “What if the culprits are actually in it with his bosses and calling him is a way to cover the whole thing? Pull him off the case and put someone who was corrupt on it just long enough for them to go under and ensure they are never caught” That is a possibility he knows is true but he thinking about it hurts. He is so close to wrapping up the case and he could not afford to lose it. he looked out the window and saw the capital city down below. He had being there a couple of times but he had never been summoned there. “Maybe this will be something different from what I have been thinking” He looked towards Izu to notice that he was also in deep thought and something told him his former partner knows what was going on as the pilot came back and told them to prepare for landing. The jet landed and the both of them walked out to meet some military officials waiting forthem, there were cars already waiting too and they got in thinking they were about to be driven outside the airport but they the car headed to one of the hangers in the Air force wing and drove in. They both looked at one another confused as they got down and were greeted by an air force personnel; “Agent Izu, Agent ibukun, welcome to Abuja, the others have been waiting for you for the meeting to start” Ibukun looked towards Izu who looked just as confused as he was and he said; “Meeting? What meeting?” The young lady simply looked at them and said; “Please come with me” They walked past the guards who all looked and different personnel who were moving all sort of crates and boxes to a corner and walked to a door. The officer stood at the entrance and beckoned to them to enter while she stood outside. IBK opened the doorand held it as Izu walked in first. The room behind the door looked like a normal room except there were men sitting and some guy was standing in front of them apparently making a speech and Izu stood beside the door as IBK walked beside him and the man address the group looked towards him and said; “Welcome, you two can take a seat and we will bring you two up to speed as to what is happening” IBK looked around the room and said; “And what exactly is happening? I was pulled off an investigation and I was at least expecting someone from the SSS not the Air force” “Well, this is a joint operation and let me assure you, nobody here is actually Air force, there are just here to transport you to where you are supposed to be” “And where will that be? I am a little lost and what do you mean nobody here is Air force? This is an air force hanger right?” IBK said.
1 Jul 2015 | 12:09
0 Likes
***episode 18***** The man looked straight at them and said; “Did you not get any message during your flight here?” They both shook their heads “No one told you anything, like a video message anything?” Again they shook their heads And then he said, okay, that means I will have to tell you myself, please take your seats and Iwill try to move as fast as I can as your transport leaves in 65 minutes” He continued while IBK got a bottled water from a table nearby and took it to his mouth; “Well some hours ago, the president of this Country took a trip to the Republic of Tetuan, and in the course of the visit, she is being held hostage there” He abruptly stopped as IBK found it difficult to swallow the water he took to his mouth and the water made a sound in his throat that distracted the entire room. he took the bottle away and muttered a “sorry” The man continued; “The president of Tetuan is holding her in the Presidential palace and has made some unreasonable demands so everyone in this room is part of a carefully selected crew to goget the president out of there and ensure her safety” Izu coughed a little and put up his hand; “Agent Izu, I think you should wait until I finish before you ask your questions” Izu replied; “Sorry but I think there is something wrong here, we are SSS agents and not the presidential guards or the DMI, so I don’t see why we should be part of this team” “And this s a combined team consisting of the DMI, DSS and SSS. You will be covered by the armed forces in Tetuan and back up will also be given to you. You two were picked from the SSS because of your long standing investigations and your proven records in hostage situations so if you feel like walking out and not taking part in this operation, please walk out” The man waited for about a minute as the room was quiet and then he continued
1 Jul 2015 | 12:11
0 Likes
*deep sigh* Serious case at their front..... They can see it now that its a big case and need to be extraordinary careful.... Next Plz
1 Jul 2015 | 14:12
0 Likes
Hmmmm...... Carry on somhkid
1 Jul 2015 | 14:34
0 Likes
Thank God the plane is still in Nigeria. Agent Samuel from Coolval reporting to duty permission to fall in sir!!!!!
1 Jul 2015 | 18:17
0 Likes
wen d president is a female......y won't dey hold her hostage???d story is getting more interesting.... I tink dey(forces)shld also send an invitation to boko haram.....
2 Jul 2015 | 01:16
0 Likes
It wont be possible 2 jez walk out like dat... Its like calling demselves a coward nd saying dey re nt 2 be chosen... Even dia wrks will be @ stake..... Nw its tym 4 action... Ghen ghen
2 Jul 2015 | 07:04
0 Likes
Lol I didn't see my name, hmmmmm!
2 Jul 2015 | 07:17
0 Likes
Following up
2 Jul 2015 | 08:19
0 Likes
Roll On
2 Jul 2015 | 10:57
0 Likes
nxt plz izu nd ibk just stay calm nd all wil b well
2 Jul 2015 | 11:16
0 Likes
Kip moving we dey ur back
2 Jul 2015 | 13:23
0 Likes
****episode 19***** Black Water The forests of Africa around the equator are not called the tropical rain forest for nothing; they are characterized by one thing, rain and a lot of it. Tetuan falling into this belt was not different from the other places that was in this vegetation range, forest that was green all year round and trees that grow so tall, thatthey almost hide the volcanic hills that characterize the small country which made the terrain difficult to walk or pass through except by people who are used to the country’s terrain. There are a few roads through the forest even though the country is blessed with diamonds and other precious stones. The stones which had the potentials to bring the country out of obscurity and poverty turned out to be a curse on it like most countries in the world. Years of blissful leadership under a citizen oriented military rule was thrown away as external influences forced the military to relinquish power to a democratic rule and that’s when the problems started. The military leaders came from training that the people were the most important people in the society and were trained to respect and out the citizens ahead of their own selfish interest. During this time, Tetuan grew to be one of the pride of West African and although did not exact much political authority outside its borders, it was acountry which had a strong internal trade, a rich culture and citizens who were proud of the purple flag. Water and electricity was provided for its population which was not too much and food was grown from their own land as the government subsidized fertilizer and provided seedlings for the farmers, they wereexporters of cocoa seeds and banana. Tobacco was also a valuable export and they had an upcoming oil palm industry. A lot of their citizens were educated and ended up working in the country as they were conservative and did not ask for much. The military although lacked the vision to set up home grown corporations and companies knew enough to give the citizens what they need. They ensure that the mines were sourcing for the majority of their employees from the local work force and also that the funds from their resources were put to good use. Corruption was discouraged as a short drop from the hang man’s noose made sure it was not attractive to people who wanted togo into it. The military had big neigh ours like Nigeria and Ghana running her finances as they did not have banks to run it. The country was an active member of ECOWAS and OAU as it paid its dues as at when due and did not have problems with their neighbors until the citizens who the military government sent outside on scholarship came back and started pushing for a democratically elected government. The protested and backed by the imperials from outside the continent, they fought the military government with propaganda, the battle between the idealist and the government was peaceful but long, the companies which handled the mines were hoping the military government would relinquish power as they had t pay heavy fines to the government and they did not like that. They also paid for environment degradation and were forced toemployed people they did not want to as they preferred to bring their own staff from outside and they pitched their tents with the so called “progressives” and they financed them heavily. They paid for television and radio commercials which sent messages to the people that democracy was better than military rule and showed pictures from foreign countries as they said that was the dividends of democracy and that the then government was mismanaging their funds and their lives would be better if they had a democratically elected government. Western governments which were spreading their gospel of democracy being the savior of the new world also joined their pressure on the people to reject the government. Eventually, the government bowed to the pressure as it did not want to be unpopular with the people and because they saw the civil wars breaking out in the nations surrounding it as it turned the people’s lives around and threw countries into hell and caused massive humanitarian issues. The military government organized elections which were majorly between the western educated politicians with their new ideas andthe ones who were educated back home. Theforeign one who had a better understanding of how politics work and knew that basics of elections swept the offices and resumed power of the country’s economy and resources but there was a problem. During their campaigns against the military government, they made some promises to the mining companies and also to the foreigncountries who helped them out and the countries came back to collect.
2 Jul 2015 | 13:43
0 Likes
****Episode 20**** First the mining companies wanted a reduction in the revenue sharing formulas between government and companies and they got it. There was also an agreement to stop compensating the people for damages to their lands and this greatly affected the farms and employment for those who are notmine workers. As the issues of unemployment grew, crime also grew and the country had a problem on their hands. The destruction of the farmlands also made staying back in the farming area unattractive to those who stayed there and this resulted in rural-urban migrations which saw populations in the urban areas soar while the mining companies used that excuse to bring in more expatriates who chose to live above every other person in the country. The locals saw the way the foreigners lived and they wanted that as they suddenly realized that their standards were lower than that of the foreigners and they strived for it but there were no jobs as the mining companies were not employing. The western countires also collected theirs in form of finances as they encouraged the country to ignore its West African neighbors and put its finances in their countries more and more. By the time the first democratic term was over, the country was going down economically and socially as greed and envy grew. The new leaders started amassing wealth to themselves and kept it abroad. Theyalso built mansions back home which were like rubbing their wealth in the people’s facesas every sector of the economy was abandoned. The foreign companies paid less and less into government accounts as they paid off accountants and changed their records to reflect what they paid in. the government did not really care as they were paid off and corruption did not just grow at the top, it simmered down to the ordinary people. Custom officials increased taxes at the ports and borders and so the prices of goodsincreased without an increase in the income of the ordinary people. Poverty which was previously a rare thing in Tetuan became common as firms closed up and unemployment grew. With that crime grew and the youth grew frustrated. With that frustration, they lashed out at the people they could which were the few among them which still had jobs and hate grew. There were elections after 4 years and the same government took power and the circle continued but it grew darker. Power failures started as the government had a shortage of funds and a population shift from rural to urban made the demand in certain areas more than usual. With all this problem, the locally educated politicians decided to fight back and they started campaigns to take backtheir country to what it used to be but when the government saw that it might be kicked out and possibly tried, they arrested the leaders and accused them of plotting to take over the government and summarily hanged. The hanging of the opposition leaders’ sparked riots all over the country as the poor majority fought back burning structures and setting up road blocks but where fought back by the same military that their interest barely 8 years back. The same rot in the country had crept into the military and that made they took the sidesof the government but they were those among them who did not share the corruption either because they had commanders who was too selfish to ensure that everyone had a share or because they refused and they planned a coup against the president. The coup failed and a lot of them took to the forest were they launched attackson the government from there. They took mines from the companies and bought weapons with the funds as they fought the government and the government fought back. This made the government put more of its money into the acquisition of weapons and the western countries which were too glad to sell guns did not hesitate to take sides as long as the money flowed. Soon the officers which were tagged rebels had enough funds to also get weapons as they struck deals with mining companies which operated the mines they controlled and provided them with funds. Soon, Tetuan the shining light of the sub region was engulfin a civil war that left no one untouched The war was fought on two fronts; the mediaand the battle fields. The government had the backing of foreign countries because of the presence of the precious stones and the mining companies put pressure on their government to support the government forces even though it was obvious that they were not popular among the citizenry. The government had more funds and so had more weapons which were supplied by some western countries but the rebels had money from the mines they held and could buy weapons from China and Russia. The fight went on just like any civil war on the continent and lives were lost as well as limbs. The government knew it was not popular and that a lot of people were aligning with the opposition forces and they did all they could to get the back on their side. This included intimidation and threats. It also included making them fear as examples weremade of people who even showed signs of not liking the government as they were hanged in public places without trial, their wives and children taken to detention camps where survival was implausible and the chances of escaping was not existing. The government had hoped that this would turn the people against the opposition and make them give up their support but it made the people hate the government more and more. After years of fighting and tens of thousands of lives had been lost, the African union called both parties to a meeting with the hops that they would find a solution to the problem but neither side wanted to shift grounds. The government demanded that the opposition surrendered and its army disbanded. The opposition also wanted something the government did not want to give as they asked that elections be held but by a neutral body to decide who rules the country. The government forces knew that elections would see it being thrown out of office so they turned it down and they continued their confrontation and fighting until something happen which both sides did not envisage. The government during the war started putting more and more money in accounts outside the country as they saw that they might eventually have to leave office and so the principal officials decided to gather as much as they could and escaped if that ever happened at that was at the cost of weapons. While the opposition used their funds to make the areas they controlled livable and also buy weapons, the government took their funds to private accounts outside the countryand neglected the military and this lead to the opposition gaining more territories and the military suffered the shame and also losses inpersonnel as most of them fought with insufficient weapons and there were times they lacked food which affected their morale. The military chiefs did not really care about this as long as they got their share of the lootand they turn the other way as their men were sent out to die and most times captured by the lesser trained opposition army who were better fed and had more access to weapons and this led to a mutiny. The junior officers decided they had had enough and they took over the government. The junior officers killed or jailed most of the members of the previous government and the international community had hoped that they will agree to have elections but the government led by Lucas Radonsolema had seen it all before. He feared that elections would bring a government which might be as corrupt as the one they overthrew and so he refused asking that the opposition forces dropped their weapons and stop their campaign. He demanded that the opposition troops would be absolved into the main army and their leaders will be given top seats in the government until the country is stable and infrastructure was good enough to carryout elections but Lucas had plans of his own. He said the African Union brokered meetings were not achieving results and he asked that they meet in Tetuan to discuss the problems of the country as they were the ones facing the challenges and in his words, “Know where the shoe bites”. A venue was picked for the meetings and all parties were to come without arms as they were just going to discuss the issues faced by the country but Lucas had paid a group of mercenaries to attack the venue and act like it was something he did not know about. As the meeting went on, the building came under attack and a lot of people both on Lucas’s side and the opposition were killed including his own chiefs.
2 Jul 2015 | 13:48
0 Likes
Hmmmm.. This is serious.... Politics!!!!! (Kòkòrò tó n jèfó ìdí èfó ló wà).....
2 Jul 2015 | 16:10
0 Likes
I admire the historical combo of Naija and Tetuan. Its quite exhilarating!!
3 Jul 2015 | 03:20
0 Likes
Lucas. That crazy bastard son of a thousand fathers. Just dey dere, Agent Fherahoney is on the way to absorb the freaking fucking ''you''. Ride on. author. I dey una back like spinal cord. Where my garri??? Person no go die of hunger o jere. Ehn ehn! I don see am. Make i chop, i no be tetuan junior militants wey dey starve to death. #sigh #winks
3 Jul 2015 | 03:42
0 Likes
Wow! See as dis our writer analyse history.... Diz Lucas is really a devil incarnate...
3 Jul 2015 | 06:01
0 Likes
@somkhid sey nar history u go study ni........ diz story nar die abeg........ carry on for us jawe
3 Jul 2015 | 07:56
0 Likes
Oboy u try,see naration u be history teacher?
3 Jul 2015 | 14:30
0 Likes
Its not easy to be a developed nation as Rome was not built in a day.
3 Jul 2015 | 16:10
0 Likes
see history lesson......make ah no lie I no read dis episodes well,cos d tin no gree enta ma head.....
4 Jul 2015 | 01:36
0 Likes
****episode 21**** Lucas survived as planned and forged medical reports that he sustained some injuries during the attacks but the opposition did not buy his claim. They did not trust that Lucas was not behind it or perhaps people within his own government who wanted to take over from him and so they attacked the government troops more as people rose up to take over the positions of those that were killed and the fighting took a different dimension as the opposition got more cruel and did not spare the government troops. Lucas on his own side, got better weapons for his army and unlike the previous government, he made sure they got everything they wanted and this worked in his favor as the army were better equipped and were more prepared to follow commands. There was continuous bickering as to what side was responsible for the attacks during the peace talks as Lucas denied any involvement and the war raged on with innocent civilians mostly women and children being caught in the cross fire. The effects of the war was not just felt in Tetuan alone but soon it spilled into the sub-region as civilians fled the fighting and moved into the surrounding countries. These countries had to set up camps and also guard their borders as guns from Tetuan found their wayinto their country and increased crime there too and so the Economic Community of West African States ECOWAS got involved in the issue and started having meetings with both parties. The Nigerian government observed that a cease fire had to exist and they were successful in brokering one and they sent troops to enforce it as both side kept sneaking up and attacking one another. The Nigerian troops just had one objective which was to stay between the government troops and the opposition until a lasting solution was found. The Nigerian president was delegated by ECOWAS to help find a solution and she met with both parties frequently; sometimes together and sometimes alone. She took tripsto talk to them in their territories and everyone thought the meetings were going fine until Lucas Radonsolema decided to up the stakes and take her captive in his presidential palace. *************************** *************************** One hour after walking into the briefing room, Izu, IBk and the other 7 men in the room which were drawn from the DSS and DMI walked out and walked towards a military helicopter which was waiting for them. During the hour long briefing, they were informed of the situation in Tetuan and they were briefed about the mission. It was top secret and only a few people would even hear about it if it was successful. They were to sneak into the presidential palace in Tetuan and get the president out. Izu had thought the DMI official telling them had lost his mind when he mentioned that they would be sneaking into the presidential quarters of another country and he said; “Excuse me but is the army not more equipped to handle such issues?” The officer replied; “You think the army is better but the army is more suited for ground assaults and not moving into hot spots to free hostages. This mission has to go according to plan or we might be in deep poo so we need people who are experienced in being discreet and still as efficient” IBK had hoped there would be a talk about them saying they were not interested but nothing of that nature was said. He had reservations about going to Tetuan, and sneaking into a presidential palace seemed tohim like something which was impossible even though they had the plans to the place and the complete layout of the entire palace. It just sounded to him like a suicide mission but he knew Izu and him were probably familiar with missions like that. They had been involved in helping a lot of hostages and sometimes without the knowledge of thecaptors so this seemed the same way except that the stakes were bigger and there was no way they could afford to make mistakes. The Nine of them sat down in the military helicopter as they were introduced. 5 DMI officials who were trained in fire arms, explosives and capable of getting in and out of a lot of security situations and the other two were from the DMI and were involved in the Militancy in the North east. Apparently, everyone involved had an experience of two which made them stand out even though they looked ordinary. There was a woman among them and she was a DMI agent but she did not look one bit scared. IBK had reservations about her more because he did not think women had the strength and perseverance for missions but he kept the thoughts to himself as they were hand picked and if she was picked out of the DMI, she hadto hav some special qualities. The team leader was an agent who had worked in Tetuan before as part of an investigation to see how the weapons were going in and out of the countries and he had also gotten some Nigerian nationals out of the country when they were trapped along with two of the members of the present teamso he knew the terrain and this time, this was more of going back to somewhere he was comfortable with. They had gone through the capital city and seen the routes that they should take and also the plans to the presidential had also been provided so they knew exactly where to pass and how to go through it. They were to land on a Nigerian warship off the coast of Tetuan as they were sure all aircrafts coming into Tetuan would be monitored and from there, they would get to shore on speed boats and move through the rest of the journey. *************************** ************************** Ifeoma had decided she was not going home until the mission was over. Kuyi had said she needed rest but she could not sleep. Al her years of training had not prepared her for something of this nature and she had no ideahow it would go. She looked at the watch on her huge desk and saw that the helicopter carrying the men to Tetuan should be leaving any moment, she had requested that she addressed the agents going but Kuyi had said it was not so important. He mind went back to Kuyi. He was probably the most dangerous person in the country but he rarely showed it. he has something oneveryone and he knew about everything. It is his job to keep the military from going off the edge and he is feared for it. She in turn respects him especially how he seems to be in control of everything. They had grown closer since she was the minister for defence and every time the troops were going out fora mission outside, he always had information about the country and always had men on ground to provide initial support and information. Kuyi dealt in information and that made him dangerous. She looked into the large TV screen hanging on the wall in a far side and the 4’O clock news was on Channels television and they were talking about some bank robbery in Lagos. They had earlier spoken about a foiled terrorist attack in that same Lagos and she wondered how the country came to a situation like this. She walked towards the television to switch it off; she never got used to the remote control and she mostly had her assistants operate it but this time she walked over with her phone in her pocket. When she got close to the Television, the screen got distorted and then it rang. .She picked the call and a voice said; “Ma’am, they have left the Abuja airport” She replied with an “Okay” but wondered why her phone acted so strangely when close to the television. Most times, the phone gets no interference but she ignored and went back to her chair as she drafted a mail to Kuyi
4 Jul 2015 | 04:23
0 Likes
*****episode 22**** She put her phone besides her and the screen of the laptop fluttered and had some lines on it but she was too tired to notice. Shestarted typing the message she had drafted in her head a long time ago when the phone rang and this time, it was from Kuyi himself. “Hello Kuyi, I was just about to mail you. I just got reports that the helicopter had left for the coast of Tetuan so I wanted to make sure all other plans were going according to plans” “E-mail? Does anyone still use that? I don’t even remember my address; all I know is thatI get a notification when I get one. My phone works better. I was at the airport With Tope Adesanya to watch them lift off and we are in contact with the Admiral. From the ship, they would make their way to the shore and the mission will take place in the early hours of tomorrow” “But Kuyi, don’t you think the men might be tired? Flying to the ship then the hourney to the presidential palace and still moving in on it tonight? We should allow them get some rest before pushing them in” “Ifeoma, don’t worry, these people are trained for that and we have to move fast too so Lucas does not smell we are planning something. If we moved against him as planned, he would not believe we already have a plan like that and that would work butif we delay, he might sell a rat and besides if we intend to keep the media out of this, we really should get the president back home fast” Ifeoma paused for a bit and said; “I hope this goes well else we are all going to be in deep…..” She barely finished when Kuyi cut in “Don’t worry, it will go well. We have this under control, now get some rest; I will inform you when we are moving in” “Okay, I will call the admiral and ask Buba to get his people ready but Kuyi, please get her back safely” Kuyi was silent for a while and then he replied; “Is that an order from the Minister of Defence?” “That is an appeal from a close friend of the Commander in Chief to another close friend. At this point, we have gone beyond orders” “She will be back home by tomorrow ma’am. That I can guarantee” And the phone went dead. Ifeoma looked to her screen again and closed the page to her mail address. She thought of how the president would feel right now; she could notsay if Lucas would be a nice host or perhaps her just let her sit down all on her own but if one thing was sure, it would be that Lucas had just bitten more than he could chew because if this plan succeeds or fails, he is going to be at the receiving end of a lot of issues from very angry men and in her case woman. She opened a file on her PC showing the plans which was drafted by Kuyi and Tope and she went through it again as she was oblivious of her surroundings and did not notice when her assistant walk in and then she heard a cough. Ifeoma almost jumped out of her skin but she maintained her cool and looked up slowly to see the assistant standing above her and said “You should learn to knock you know” The assistant who did not expect her boss to be caught unawares and said; “Sorry ma’am, I knocked but got no reply” “Fine what do you want? The assistant said; “I just got a call from a reporter from Channels Television ma’am, they want to havean interview with you to discuss the military operations outside the country” She replied without raising her head; “Tell them you could not reach me and keep them away from yourself and me for the time being” and she said the rest to herself “The last thing I want right now is to be asked silly questions by some nosy reporter” As the assistant walked towards the door, she remembered something important; how would they explain this to the citizens and the rest of the world even after the president is rescued? It will cause ripples in every aspect of their lives she was sure and some serious dusts will be raised but that was secondary. The most important thing was getting the president back” *************************** *************************** The helicopter touched down on the warshipoff the coast of Tetuan 2 hours later and the occupants got off without anyone on the ship even looking at them twice. The crew was already used to people coming and leaving and they thought this was just a normal. The ship was always used to transport things to land to the peace keeping troops for supplies that cannot be flown in directly. All nine of them got off the helicopter and they were directed into a briefing room by the captain of the ship himself.
4 Jul 2015 | 04:25
0 Likes
*Finqers crossed* I beleive the team would be able to carry out the rescue mission successfully......Goodluck!
4 Jul 2015 | 04:56
0 Likes
Hmmmm.... The president is funny.... That Lucas is wise ooo.... so na the things for war he want..... ——— The 9 _____(fill it) on their way to save the President ....... Lolz... The press self don deh notice somethingz self...well they are doing their work.....
4 Jul 2015 | 05:16
0 Likes
vhiz is really going to b an interesting battle..... cos going into the presidential villa ain't an easy task oo...
4 Jul 2015 | 06:21
0 Likes
This is a real rescue mission to be accomplished.may God see u 2ru
4 Jul 2015 | 07:56
0 Likes
Hmm... To my knowledge, there is only one device that will cause a ripple of radio waves, when juxtaposed with either a phone or maybe a television. That device is a recorder!! I'm, although skeptical, that a recorder was attached to a place close to the t.v. Or even in the t.v. Itself
4 Jul 2015 | 08:41
0 Likes
Hm work dn start hm
4 Jul 2015 | 08:43
0 Likes
dnt worry mrs president u will be rescued
4 Jul 2015 | 08:54
0 Likes
Good luck
4 Jul 2015 | 10:06
0 Likes
@kedike Thanks for the understanding
4 Jul 2015 | 10:34
0 Likes
i just pray u shuld succeed wit dis mission because dis isnt a easy task at all
4 Jul 2015 | 10:55
0 Likes
Action wil sn begin
4 Jul 2015 | 11:10
0 Likes
This is death mission
4 Jul 2015 | 12:30
0 Likes
Waiting for the action
4 Jul 2015 | 16:27
0 Likes
dis is xtremely breathtaking! By d way, special agent Grays asking for permission to join d team!
4 Jul 2015 | 19:18
0 Likes
i feel there is a recorder in dhat house Maybe lucas even knw abt d mission..... But i stil trust ibk and izu
5 Jul 2015 | 02:30
0 Likes
****episode 23***** They entered with the lady among them went last behind the two SSS agents like she was looking out for them and IBK was not happy about that. He was used to being in charge ofall his operations and even with hostage situations in the Niger Delta where he would probably have his head blown off, he lead but here he was with a woman who was acting like she had more testosterone than him and he was disgusted. To him, women should not be in this type of jobs, not when mistakes or failure cannot be tolerated. He could not hesitate looking around the frigate as they moved towards out of the landing pod into the ship itself though. The ship NNS Owuro is one of the many frigates owned by the Nigerian Navy operating in the gulf of Guinea; most of the other ones are stationed across the oil installation platforms or around the territorialwaters to protect against oil thieves or pirates which seem to be increasing around the area. The country’s navy being the most sophisticated one in the sub region also helps in protecting the waters of its closest neighbors since the criminals who run such operations will have a free access into the country if they are allowed to run freely in theother countries so the other ships are scattered all over the sub region. Most other the other frigates however operate deeper into sea so as not to disrupt the activities of the other countries except there is a special use for them. in a lot of crises situations, these ships are called upon to provide support to the troops from the country of the troop from the country where they watch in terms of fire power, arrest of ships used for criminal purposes or in some cases, as a way to transport troops to shore in case the army needs to create a base on the shore. The beach assault team are mostly responsible for this and they include a specially trained unit which are trained in the use of hand guns and to make sure they create a space on the beach for the troops to set up camp but in this case. The NNS Owuro is one of such ships but it has berthed close to the Tetuan’s waters to support the troops in terms of launching helicopters for air support and communications and its position made it perfect for the mission at hand; it was apparent that Lucas Radonsolema would be tracking the air space over Tetuan and shouldany helicopter or airplane lands anywhere, they will most likely be aware and that could affect the success of the mission so they intend to go by speed boats towards the beach and then go into one of the rivers that empties into the Atlantic and go up river fromthere which will take them just hours away from the presidential palace. They were to getsome rest on the ship so fatigue would not be an issue while the palace guards around the presidential palace get more information as to the location where the president was being held and only communicate with the team when they get close to the palace. The team on the other hand had been instructed not to discuss their mission with anyone and after a three hour rest, they were on the boats and on the Atlantic towards Tetuan. The left with enough guns and ammunition to start a mini war as each agent was handed their weapon of choice and but also a back up and enough supplies. They were armed for any eventualities. The female among them lieutenant Shade was the communications officer while another DMI agent captain Charles was in charge of medical. Although they did not think they would have a problem relating to the need of a medical officer but someone had to care for them in case one of them got shot or they need an emergency. They had the supplies just for that reason. They had communications with one another to communicate with one another but if they needed to get a call out, it would go directly to the ship which was just in range and then it would be redirected to the office of the director of the DMI. They were ordered not to break radio silence unless it was an emergency as their messages might be picked by the wrong people. While in the boat, each member concentrated on their individual thought as they had no idea what to expect once they got near the palace. They knew there would be troops watching the palace and that’s whythey were to go in at night. Most of the electricity to the city had been cut out as a result of years of war but the palace had installed a gas plant to supply it power which meant sneaking in would be almost impossible. There were men situated all around the palace and there was no way they could get in without being seen but their mission said they should be 30 minutes away from the palace at midnight and they were going towards that.
5 Jul 2015 | 03:45
0 Likes
****episode 24**** Lucas Radonsolema sat down in his office scared inside him but doing a good job of showing the opposite to his men. He knew the Nigerian government would try something. They had sent a message that they agree to his demands to pack up and leave but he did not believe it one bit. They would not just leave their weapons, get back to their ships and go without at least trying to save the president and so he kept his men on 24 hour duty. For the past 6 months, the Nigerian troops had watched over the palace but now his men had to guard it against them. He had double the number of men around the palace and more on the streets, there were roadblocks everywhere and a lot of troops were combing the streets around the palace and all the houses were being watched. Some of his generals had questioned the rationale behind holding the Nigerian president captive but he had his reasons and those reasons only made sense to him. He knew the Nigerians would make a move on him soon and he was prepared for it. They would not move in with heavy artillery for fear of hitting their president and they sure would not but something still told him they would not just leave without putting up a fight. It was not right. One of his generals entered his office and said, “Sir, we have noticed that the Nigerians are beginning to move. Their troops are pulling back and backing up” Lucas smiled inside and thought; “Finally” “Which of their troops are moving first?” “Those in the south sir and they seem to be moving fast too. Do you think they have agreed to leave and do as we wish?” Lucas got off his seat and looked out the window and said; “So it would seem for now. Get in touch with our troops, immediately, they move out, take positions there, we don’t want the Nigerians to leave and the rebels take those positions” The general nodded his head thoughtfully and was about to walk out the door when the phone on Lucas’s table rang. He picked it up and said; “Hello, what’s going on?” “Sir, something does not add up” “What does not?” he said looking at the general in front of him “A detachment just left their camp and is heading towards the palace. They sneaked on foot and just across the corner; they got into trucks and are driving towards the palace sir. They just stopped not far from the river to pick up another set of men who seem to have been waiting for them close to the river” Lucas paused for a while and said; “What are you really telling me?” “Sir, I think they are planning an attack on the palace through the east wing” Lucas looked around the room and for some seconds, he felt the room move around him and his head felt light and he felt a strange feeling he had not felt in a long while creep up his spine. Goose pimples took over his skin and his brain seemed not to control his body functions well as beads of sweat broke on his skin. He looked around the office and he almost did not recognize him as the reality hit him that the Nigerian army might be coming over to get the president themselves but he pulled himself together and he said; “keep them in sight and report everything you see” He hung up, looked straight at the general in front of him and said; “The Nigerians are going to hit us from the east wing, get the men around there fast to help the guards out”
5 Jul 2015 | 03:49
0 Likes
nigeria wil surely win i think u knw dat lucas,nd u ar goin to pay for it
5 Jul 2015 | 06:55
0 Likes
All the agents following dis thread tat asked for permission to fall in,just knw dat where u will b fixed in will b very tough(where d battle is hot)
5 Jul 2015 | 07:39
0 Likes
Ride on....... Lucas go no say nigeria no dy carry last.....
5 Jul 2015 | 08:29
0 Likes
The battle line between both country have been drawn.. Waitin for the outcome. Next episode pls
5 Jul 2015 | 09:58
0 Likes
diz is a serious war.......... let d march begins
5 Jul 2015 | 10:46
0 Likes
Nice nice... Carry on
5 Jul 2015 | 10:55
0 Likes
I pray they are able to get the president alyf.
5 Jul 2015 | 11:11
0 Likes
That's another strategies to deceive them.
5 Jul 2015 | 11:31
0 Likes
i pray dy succeed to sneak in d country b4 d guard reach d east wing
5 Jul 2015 | 12:08
0 Likes
world war 2 loading.....
5 Jul 2015 | 12:21
0 Likes
Dis Lucas ll surely loose
5 Jul 2015 | 13:15
0 Likes
Hmmmmm vhiz people av already qotten the information that the Niqerian men would attack from the East.......am nt sure the mission will succeed aqain ooo
5 Jul 2015 | 14:15
0 Likes
I am HAWK EYES permission 2 fall in sir
5 Jul 2015 | 14:19
0 Likes
Its high time lucas is thought a lesson
5 Jul 2015 | 18:53
0 Likes
*****episode 25**** Team Leader Micheal Olowo was used to operations in Tetuan and most of them has been about to find out enemy tactics and where they would likely hit so as to prevent the cease fire being breached. That usually involved getting behind the lines of both parties and trying to listen in on their conversations and sometimes; twisting the arms (literarily and implied) Lucas Radonsolema of people he makes contact with as long as it gets the job done. He had learnt the ways both sides think and who makes the decisions. He has also been involved in blocking the arms trading to both sides from the outside world to an extent and has a lot of human assets in the country but the major reason he was chosen to lead the operation is that he had lead an operation of the magnitude once. A group of Students from the Obafemi Awolowo students who were studying the effects of civil war were once kidnapped by a group of soldiers who broke away from the government and were looking to use the students to get money from their parents. The soldiers had hoped to use the to collect money and move out of the country but they did not think there was a team of DMI agents running an operation on gun import from nearby Liberia and their attention was drawndue to the phone calls they traced. The students were rescued without even their parents knowing and since then, Michael had been trained in weapons handling and after years of dealing with warlords and gun runners, he learnt to survive in places where no one else would. He had learnt to run operations either as a member of a team or as a single agent and he tended to blend in where ever he went and that worked for hima lot as in Tetuan, a stranger would be killed just because he is suspected to be spying on behalf of the enemy. They sat down in the safe house just minutesaway from the palace and he looked out into the dark night with the moon just barely illuminating the place. They did not use any light except a little candle in the corridor so as not to attract attention. The authorities of Tetuan did not know the Nigerian government had a house just minutes away from them as although they secured Lucas, they kept a series of houses around the country to coordinate their mission there which majorly involved the control of weapons and narcotics around the country as an increase in the number of those in one troubled spot in the sub region would lead toan increase in fire arms all over and they might just end up on the streets in Nigeria. Michael did not have any doubt in his mind that the mission would turn well even thoughhe had no idea how it will happen. The director had said they palace would be empty by the time they got to the palace and he believed that, he just wondered how that would happen. He looked towards his team members who looked calm on the outside but he knew within them, they were as worried as him. The time was approaching fast and soon they would move towards the palace and they had no chance of failing. Shade had never had an operation in Tetuan before but she was used to hostage situations. Her operations are majorly held onships and against pirates who kidnap the crew of ships on the high seas and she enjoyed doing just that primarily because it mostly involve high gun operations and the precision involved. She had been part of the team and was already used to being part of acrew as she always had people to fall back onif all else fails. She once did a programme in telecoms while she was with the navy and that put her in charge of the communicationson most of the ships she served on and when one day, her captain put her in an operation with some agents, she knew she did not want to go back to the closed communications room of any ship again. The reason she made the team was probably because she was one of the best in communications and she is used to wiring and fixing gadgets together. Once she and her team had been stuck on some ship which had lost power and there was no way to contact the base even as the ship was drifting out to sea gradually and they had to sit out with the hostages they rescued and the pirates in the middle of the cold season She is used to tough weather and also used to sudden missions which had no margin for error and it involved a lot of men which people would normally call tough and hard but she always held her own and sometimes save their backsides once or twice but something about this mission made her jittery because as much as the mission seem so foolproof, she is a believer in team work toher, a team can be put together in 5 seconds and absolute loyalty would be found between them and this was because they were all sworn to one common identity which was to protect but this team made her wary not because she did not know them or because itwas a joint team but the SSS agent looked at her funny. The way she was looked at while she was with the navy At the navy, very few female officers actually did field work, and even fewer are accepted into the ranks. She joined as a graduate in telecommunications engineering fresh from school and fell in love with the sea. Her superiors never saw how a woman would fit into a ship’s crew so for some years she was stuck in an office designing communications options between naval installations across the country until she had the opportunity one day. She was at the Lagos port and a naval coast guard boat had some problems with its equipment and she was the only one available. She fixed it in no time and chance had it that a captain of a newly commissioned frigate was visiting the harbor to see a friend of his and he took notice of her but said nothing. Two weeks later, the orders came to Shade that she was to join a crew on a ship in their communications. She was first jittery of the thought of being stuck in one ship for weeks but she accepted and worked there for months until there was a situation where they were short of men. Most of the men were fighting it out on a pirate ship and they was a fishing boat which looked suspicious so Shade was given a handgun which everyone was trained to use and put in a hurriedly assembled team. The fishing boat turned out to be transporting weapons to some war torn West African country and a gun fight broke. When reinforcement would get to the boat, the team had made a good account of themselves and during the brief, Shade was praised for her bravery under fire and that got the attention of the DMI who contacted her as a field agent. She was first bothered about joining but the experience on the fishing boat was exciting to her; she got to shoot at people and make arrests which she never had done but what she really liked about the new job at the DMI was that she would be seen as a member and not someone to use when there is no one else. They would use her as a human and not put her behind because she was a woman and she would not be considered as a weakling. She also had the added advantage of having a background in communications and the DMI knew this would help the team. Shade’s appraisal after the mission on the fishing boat told them she had the natural ability to fit into a team and also hold her own in the face of danger. That was all years ago and she never had to deal with sexism again until the SSS agent looked at her with some disgust in his face. He had looked at her as if he was looking at someone who he was better than and he even told her to go rest while the rest of them planned on what to do. She was jolted out of her thoughts when Michael said; “I hope you all are alive and awake. The Director told us we will be moving in at a half past midnight which is 30 minutes away and you should all stay sharp and check your weapons and your ear pieces” All around him, the members sat up and adjusted their weapons each with little doubts in their minds. They checked their back packs to make sure they were not leaving anything behind as Izu went to the corridor to replace the candle. And as he walked back towards the room, he heard the sounds of firearms in the distance. He walked back into the room and saw that the other members had heard it too but they were not all bothered by it. They had been briefed about the plan and were ready to go with it. *************************** *************************** Lucas Radonsolema walked out of his office slowly in company of his two bodyguards and when he got to the corridor, there were men running around as they were all runningtowards the exit as they had been called out to defend against the incoming attack. He had expected them to come soon but he was not expecting them to come so soon and definitely not that night and he felt Unclad. He knew he did not have enough guards to keep them out if an all assault came against his palace but he also knew that if it came to it, he could use the president as a ticket out of there. The plan was working so far and it better work.
6 Jul 2015 | 01:08
0 Likes
It won't work. U ar going down LUcas
6 Jul 2015 | 02:21
0 Likes
Lucas U R A Loser
6 Jul 2015 | 04:59
0 Likes
surely u ar goin to die lucas......... ..... ..... U ar evil....... .. ..next
6 Jul 2015 | 07:40
0 Likes
So u self they fear niger army.
6 Jul 2015 | 17:44
0 Likes
Lucas a loser
6 Jul 2015 | 19:16
0 Likes
*****episode 26**** He picked his phone and dialed a number on it, there was connection on the other side and he said; “What’s new?” The person on the other side answered him; “They are still headed this way sir and it does not seem like they know we are aware. Some of them got out of the trucks some seconds ago and are setting up a perimeter not far from the gates” “Keep them in sight and try to stay as hidden as you can” “Sir there is a little problem” He did not have time for problems. He was too tired and too scared to think of anything right then and he replied coldly; “What is the problem?” “I got some reports that the trucks are mounted with 100mm guns and the men are packing a lot of fire power. If they intend to make a move against us, we will need a lot more men then the guards there right now.” “I will have men come from our installations but it will take some time before they get there o you will have to hold on” “We will try sir” He felt his anger grow; “Don’t try, hold them off. That is an order” and he hung up. He knew the issue of men would be a problem but if they could hold on for a couple of minutes, he can get reinforcements from those holding off the rebels and that could work. That moment, he started regretting that he had the president in the palace but hewas sure they would not try to come in, the most they would do is to surround the palaceand see how long he can tough it out for but he had alternative plans; if they have him surrounded, he would use the road in the bush and take the president with him and that thought made him smile. Maybe he can buy himself a little time until more men arrives. He and his men walked back as he picked his phone and dialed a number Kuyi had driven to the defence headquarters with Tope and they met most of the other members of the previous meeting there. The mission was about starting and Ifeoma had decided to have the command center in her office so they could monitor everything they and so each chief could know what was expected of them. On the loud speakers, the voice of the peace keeping force in Tetuan’s voice came over the radio; “Abuja, we are in position, and I think they know we are here” Tope said; “How are you so sure they know you are moving against them?” Kuyi did not wait for the voice to reply as he answered the question, “There is no way we can move that many men near that palace without the finding out and as a matter of fact, it is impossible” Ifeoma added; “Okay captain, just keep your men there and light some flares at least then we can be sure they know we are there” “And fire some shots in the air so they know you mean business” Buba added Ifeoma looked towards Buba and said; “Shoot some rounds? You do realize the president is in there” “They would fire into the air, they can’t hit anyone” She replied; “We cannot do that” Then Ifeoma’s phone rang and she looked at the number calling her, she looked up and said; ‘It’s Lucas” “Put him on speaker” Tope who had more experience in hostage situations than everyone in the room said Ifeoma answered the phone and said; “Good morning Lucas. I hope you are well” “I am well ma’am and I am also aware that your army is moving against my palace. I thought we had an agreement that they would leave not come after me” She answered; “We had an agreement but you don’t really think we would sit on our hands and take your word for it did you? You have 15 minutes to release her Lucas and then we willcome and get her by ourselves” “If you as much as step into this complex, you will be burying a president” Kuyi answered him; “Maybe we prefer that to handing a whole lot of guns to you” “Mr anonymous again” Lucas said “I am beginning to enjoy your cool voice; do you think we can see a movie together?” Kuyi answered; “Yeah I can watch you locked in one of our holding facilities in Tetuan and you can watcha lot of well armed Nigerian soldiers take your country down. Nice movie don’t you think?” “All I asked for is some guns since you have blocked my supplies” Ifeoma answered; “Then it will be better you just give up and lether go” Lucas laughed and said; “Then what? We make a deal, you don’t kill me or what?” Buba answered; “We don’t make deals with terrorists Lucas, you know that already” “Okay then, I guess I have to make sure I don’tget caught by your troops then. Lucas said and he hung up” Ifeoma looked towards Kuyi and then at Buba and then Tope and she asked; “What next?” “We give the order ma’am” Buba said Ifeoma put her hand on the communicator that linked straight to the troops in Tetuan and the voice answered immediately, “We are in position Abuja and waiting for a go” Ifeoma looked around the room and the heads nodded. She taped her fingernails on the huge and thick table for some seconds and said; “Proceed with black water Captain”
7 Jul 2015 | 14:58
0 Likes
Wheew!!!! Plz dear writer....save us d long histories nd give us d actions we re waiting 4....
7 Jul 2015 | 18:11
0 Likes
Too many questions dat require answers? But I will be patient and flow along wit d story. Pls d suspense is killing, and des episode was too short
8 Jul 2015 | 01:39
0 Likes
Action time.......letz see how vhiz qoes and plz the president must nt die in the process o....she must come out alive....
8 Jul 2015 | 04:29
0 Likes
Continue plss
8 Jul 2015 | 05:32
0 Likes
Nice nice....... Fire dy go
8 Jul 2015 | 05:51
0 Likes
i would have loved to comment bt i jst restrain,i want to see the end bfor commenting officially.....
8 Jul 2015 | 07:02
0 Likes
Thanks for the invite @smokhid and @T-Dak.. This story is gonna b mind blowing
8 Jul 2015 | 07:14
0 Likes
War he wants and war he surely get!
8 Jul 2015 | 07:16
0 Likes
Ride on...we need action
8 Jul 2015 | 07:37
0 Likes
Lucas u r a looser
8 Jul 2015 | 08:14
0 Likes
Too much history for the gods to read Pls being need action
8 Jul 2015 | 09:15
0 Likes
U re in 4 it lucas
8 Jul 2015 | 11:01
0 Likes
nxt plz
8 Jul 2015 | 11:46
0 Likes
Lucas go hear ween, he go know say his decision to hold a president of anoda nation captive was sheer madness. Dance to d beat u are drumming Lucas
8 Jul 2015 | 14:41
0 Likes
It's getting boring o
8 Jul 2015 | 16:42
0 Likes
*****episode 27**** The captain put down the receiver and looked in front of him. The road ahead was partly lit up and he knew his men and him are walking into something that would soon become a battle field. He had not been told to invade the palace but to go there with his troops and just keep the guards there busy. He did not know what that meant and since he was told that it was a covert mission, he did not bother sharing the details with the men. He was just to go there to loiter but if need be, they could also use guns and engage the Tetuan troops in their mission to loiter. They were under strict instructions not to use heavy artillery on the palace itself but to use it to defend themselves ban under no circumstances were they to go near the west wing. He knew the west wing was where something was going on and the shelling of the east wing was just what it was; a smoke screen which from what he was seeing the Tetuans did not see. The whole battalion had left camp and his squadron had broken off while the rest while the remaining would keep driving and take a turn where they would do the same thing from the north wing. He looked to the front and gave the order for the squad to move forward. They were to provoke the Tetuans until they opened fire first and that would also help the other guys at the north to reach their destination before the fighting starts. He got back into the truck as the car moved forward but slowly towards the palace when they got to a check point which looked undermanned and they stopped. A poorly dressed soldier walked towards them with an AK 47 swung over his shoulder and he looked at the company “This is a restricted location, peacekeepers are allowed this far” The captain got down and walked towards him smiling as he looked into the distance and saw soldiers scrambling towards them and taking positions around and he said; “We are dropping by to say hello on you folks, I hope y’all don’t mind” The guard looked at the captain carefully under the dimly lit lights and said; “Please turn your vehicles around” “That is not really possible son, you and your partner there either allow us pass or you will have to shoot at us. You know how it is when you wake up in the middle of the night and you suddenly feel the need to take a stroll into somewhere you are not allowed. That’s how we are right now.” He looked back to one of his men who got down and walked towards him. The soldier walked to him and whispered into his ears; “They are in position sir” The captain looked at the guard and saw his partner coming out of the booth with his guntrained on them and he felt bad for them. He knew what he would have to do and he still did not like it. his briefing had come directly from the defence headquarters and they had been told to treat the Tetuans as hostiles which meant they could kill any of them they wanted but that did not make him feel any better but he had been trained for this and just because he had spent months in the country protecting both sides did not really matter. He looked towards the soldier beside him and nodded, with blinding speed and knock out force, the soldier landed a blow to the jaw of the guard and the guard hit the ground. The force, speed and precision of the blow gave a perfect combination as the guard lost consciousness before he even hit the ground. His partner saw him drop to the ground and pulled his gun on the both of them; “Stop, stay where you are or else……” The captain said; “Or else what, you are going to shoot us?” He turned his back to the guard and started walking towards the rest of the company andthen he saw in the distance that more trucks were coming their way. He looked back at theguard and said; “There are more men here than you can handle, you should go meet your people, I am sure they will need as much men as possible or you can just surrender and we can let you go without harm. Both ways, it remains your choice” The guard looked at the trucks which just joined the company and looked back at the Tetuan troops taking positions some distance away and he made his choice. He dropped hisgun and quickly walked away passing between the trucks and towards the end. He got to the last truck, took one last look back and started running into the shadows. The soldier walked up to the captain and said; “Seems like the Tetuan army is falling apart without us even attacking them yet” “A lot of the guards that man these posts are just commoners without military training so what do you expect? The poor guy probably has a kid and a wife somewhere and he is out here in the cold watching over a leader who does not care about him” The soldier said; “So what are we doing here once again sir?” “I can’t tell you” “You can’t tell me or you don’t know sir?” 1
8 Jul 2015 | 19:10
0 Likes
Lolzzz see sharp corner.... "u cnt tell me or u dnt knw sir" I hope d next episode will be gun battle....
9 Jul 2015 | 01:51
0 Likes
Ride on
9 Jul 2015 | 04:58
0 Likes
****episode 28**** “The order we have is to cause a disturbance and loiter until further instructions, order than that; I have no idea why we are attacking this place like this. If we really want to take it, we could just send in the Air force to bomb them and we mop up the pieces” The captain walked back towards the rest, looked back at the soldier and said; “Take care of that guard on the ground and let’s move forward, we are on a schedule” *************************** ************************* Lucas Radonsolema was sitting in his chair behind his desk and trying to look as brave as he could and was doing a good job of it. He had his legs on the desk as he was in deep thoughts as to what to do next, he could not just wait and let the Nigerians come and grab the president but just disappearing right now would not be good thing and his men might lose confidence and desert their posts. One thing was sure and it was that if they came for the president, he would not be able to stop them but he could always take her somewhere else through another route. His phone rang and he picked it up; “What is the matter?” he queried “Sir, another squadron of Nigerians just showed up at the north wing and they are headed straight for the gate” For a few seconds, Lucas lost consciousness while holding the phones as blood flowed away from his brain and he felt his feet almost tremble. The north gate too? “Get men there right now and why are you just allowing them advance towards you? Open fire on them before they get close enough to take you out before can do anything” The voice replied not sure he wanted to carryout the order; “You want us to open fire on them sir?” “If you don’t, they will fire on you so get them back or at least make them stop and I have called for reinforcement from our main troops and they will be here in 2 hours so just hold them back. You don’t even have to fight them back” “Yes sir” was the reply he got. When the line went dead, he got up and went towards the window which faced the north wing and wondered how it was out there. Troops facing one another and all of them because of one woman when loads of them die all over Tetuan everyday Seconds later, he heard a gunshot, followed with a burst and continuous burst of guns from all directions. He got away from the window, went back to his chair and said to himself; “I hope this ends well” *************************** *************************** In the house, the team heard the first shots and all went for their weapons instinctively. Michael looked at his watch which read 11;54and he looked back towards the team; “Okay people, grab everything you should grab; we head out in 6 minutes” Izu checked his back pack and made sure he was packing everything right because as much as he wanted to make the mission a success. He looked around him and everyone had such high hopes about the mission but he was not so sure; the whole idea of walking into another presidential palace was beginning to sound so impossible and the gunshots in the background made him lose more believe in the mission but he could not do much as he had already signed in. At midnight, all nine of them stepped out of the house dressed in clothing that blended perfectly with the night. There was no other sound except that of gunfire in the distance and they started a cautious walk towards the presidential palace. They avoided the streets when they could and the remaining times, they moved through the road without guns drawn as they looked like a set of people taking a late night jog. They kept running with none of them falling behind and this surprised IBK as he was expecting Shade to have asked for some timeto but she kept up with the rest of them and some times, she was actually in front of the group. They passed the dark streets and saw the lights from the palace in the distance and they went towards it, in the distance was a road block and Michael told the rest to wait behind a car as he walked towards it, a guard came out and said; “Who are you and where are you going?” Another two guards sat at the back watching what was happening around a little fire made of firewood. Michael looked and wondered if there were more guards behind but something told him there won’t be any. He put his hands behind him and walked towards them; “I was taking a late night stroll and my walk brought in this direction” Some distance away, there was another burst of guns as the shots in the distance increased. The guard looked at him suspiciously and said; “What sort of stroll at this time of the night?” “Well I just thought I should see the presidential palace” The guards looked at him suspiciously and walk closer to him as he tried to understand the stranger well. Michael continued; “You see, my team and I intend to break into the palace and we thought this way would be easier to pass than the remaining gates” The other guards sitting by the fire called out to their colleague wondering what was keeping their colleague and one of them walked towards them. Michael looked and saw them come and smiled inwardly. He looked behind him and then walked closer towards the guards. The first guard still thought Michael was joking said; “Look, this is protected territory and I am not in the mood for jokes right now so run along before we have to arrest you” The other two guards came there and one said; “What’s going on here?” The guard said; “This man here said something about breaking into the palace” The three of them looked at Michael who just looked back smiling at them sheepishly and the second guard said; “Young man, do you know what you are getting yourself into? This is not something to joke with” Michael said; “I am pretty sure I know what I am saying and you are wasting my time as I and my companions are supposed to be on our way now” “What companions?” Michael looked back in the direction where the other members of the team were looking and the guards followed his eyes in that direction but they did not see anyone so the second guard said; “I don’t see anyone back there pal, you better speak up or else you might be asking for a beating” “I don’t think I will be the one getting a beating tonight pal” The guard pulled his gun from his back and shoved it into Michael’s face and he heard a muffled sound as a sharp pain rang through the back of his head and he dropped to the ground. the first guard who had confronted Michael initially looked around him and saw that the third was holding a pistol which he held with his arms stretched out. The first guard’s eyes open wide and even in the moon lit night, his surprise was evident as the guard shot at him twice and he fell to the ground. Michael did not move from where he stood ashe watched the guards hit the cold asphalt dead and the guard who shot them lowered the firearm and walked towards him. “I don’t know what you want inside that palace but I know you better not be caught inside. They called out everyone to the east and north gates so it is possible that you would not meet another guard until you are at the doors so you better hurry” “Fine, well how about the truck you were supposed to get for us?” Michael said He pointed into the dark and said; “The keys are in it and there is a full tank of fuel in it just as was agreed. I will advice you do whatever you do in there fast before you are caught” “Well that will be our business” Michael raised his hand and was talking into the communicator while the guard stood wondering what he meant when he said ‘we’. He had not been told what the plan was. All he was told was that they needed to get past the guards at his point and he was to provide a truck and in turn, safe passage will be provided for he and his family out of the war torn country with a sizable amount of money to start a new life with far away from Tetuan and he was more than pleased to agree to the plan. He looked up and saw eight other people coming towards him and he got scared. He looked at Michael and said; “I hope you are not trying to kill the president” Michael said; “If that was the case, he would be dead already. We want something a lot more worthy of our time than your crazy war lord” At this time, the remaining members had walked to them and Michael said; “Shade, link this guy with some comm. And let’s move on” The guard looked around surprised and as Shade fitted him with a set of ear and mouth piece he said; “Why exactly am I being wired?” Michael said without looking back; “You will be our eyes right here, if you notice anything different, call us” “Why do I have to wait?” He asked. His face a combination of fear and confusion “Because they might have called everyone back but some might come back and we will need to know when that happens”
9 Jul 2015 | 13:28
0 Likes
more episode to come ur way.stay tuned for d next episode
9 Jul 2015 | 13:30
0 Likes
d mission will be a success
9 Jul 2015 | 17:54
0 Likes
pls make it snappy, do not buy time 4 lucas troops.
9 Jul 2015 | 20:17
0 Likes
am gbadun u @somkhid
9 Jul 2015 | 22:22
0 Likes
i of d best story av eva read
10 Jul 2015 | 06:00
0 Likes
*****episode 29**** The rest of them walked towards the truck and they all got in as they drove towards the Palace. They passed various road blocks but they were unmanned as they have all been called out to streng then the guards and the team drove until they arrived at the gate. The gate was more or less a back door to the palace as it was used mainly by the workers and they use it to bring in supplies, food other necessary items into the palace. The distance from the gate to the entrance was also not more than a hundred meters which made it easier for the team to walk in without fear of been seen. The gate was hinged to a 15 foot wall which ran both sides of the gate and a quick look left and right showed the team that no one was in sight; even the security stand at the gate itself seemed deserted and except for the small issue that it was locked, it was almost as if nothing of importance was happening within the walls the gate was hinged on. In the distance, there were sounds of automatic gun fire and occasional sounds of heavy guns and some cannons. The moon stillshone down at them making the night visible and the silver color of the gate shone and reflected the moonlight back at them. they had rode without headlights in the truck so as to make sure they were not detected but so far, they were glad they did not see anyone and so far, the mission was going according to plan. The truck was parked along the wall some distance away from the gate and they all got down and walked cautiously towards the gate. They discovered that it had been locked with chain from the inside and a look through the gate showed that there was no one to be seen. Michael said into his communicator as he wassure everyone could hear him; “Okay people, this is what we came here for, there cannot be any mistakes.” He looked back and saw that they were all behind him on a straight line and he raised his right hand and said; “John, Dare. Get on those locks; you have less than two minutes. Shade, send a message back home so they know we are starting. The rest of, stay with me and keep your eyes peeled” Two members of the team put back their guns and went to work on the gates while Shade got on one knee trying to get a message sent to the NNS Owuro which will be transmitted back to the defense headquarters. She got reception quickly and as she rose to her feet she said; “Message sent. Now we just have to wait until the gate is opened” All of them looked towards the two working on the gate and John said; “That was almost too easy but this is Tetuan; I was not expecting the locks to be any more difficult” Micheal said; “Okay. John, stay behind and watch our backs. The rest of you, I hope you still remember the schematics of the building as we don’t have the time for mistakes. We can just go in and come out within ten minutes” The remaining eight of them walked into the compound and started a run towards the closest door which stood in front of them. They had their weapons drawn and trained towards the door waiting for anyone to come out of the house but no one came out. The only sounds they heard was from the guns in the distance and the closer they got, the louder the guns were but that did not stopped them. They got in front of the door and they surrounded it as Michael stretched his hand and opened the door slowly while he put his head into the room within. He saw two men probably cooks, busy over a stove and a third some feet away carrying a bowl of flower. They were dressed in old military uniforms and the man with the bowl looked up to see Michael walk into the kitchen. His eyes brightened and he tried to say something buthe feel to the ground as Michael shot him between the eyes and he did not know what killed him. The remaining two looked towards the man who fell to the ground and the flour in the bowl he was carrying had spilled to the ground covering his face in the white color of the flour. They moved towards him as Michael swung the door opened and they looked towards him. Michael stepped in with his gun drawn followed by the remaining members of his team walked behind him as one of the cooks attempted to run towards a door. He stoppedand he fell to the ground under the influence of bullets from Izu’s silenced gun. The other cook raised his hand in the air and Shade who had walked slowly behind him took him down and tied his arms behind his back and tapped his mouth shut. They secured the bodies of the two dead men and the tied cook inside one of the stores, left another man in the kitchen and then the remaining seven rushed into the palace with guns drawn with all readiness to shoot and kill. The kitchen lead them to the dining room which was empty and then through the mainhall where they met some guns touting guards but they were also taken down before they could even blink. They change their clothes as they put on the uniforms of the guards the kill until they were all wearing the uniform of the Tetuan army and went through the main hall and towards the staircase. They were dressed in the uniforms of the army and when they walked through the various rooms, they did not have to kill anyone, they just walked past and gave nods to the various guards they met on the way as their made their way as a group up the stairs and towards the towers which served as bedrooms. *************************** *************************** The office complex was another building attached to the living quarters and in one of the offices, Lucas was worried in his office asthe information he got from his men fighting back the Nigerians was not encouraging. They were not enough in numbers and he had almost emptied out the palace leaving justa handful of men to protect the palace itself. He had tried to call the Nigerians to try to threaten them in order to buy him some time but he could not get through to them and he thought communications might have been jammed by the Nigerians and he felt more afraid than he was before as although this was all part of his plan, he thought of what might happen if he failed the result will be catastrophic. He got up and sat down on his chair more than twenty times and continued speaking to his men at the entrances that were under attack and prayed they could hold on long enough for reinforcement to arrive. He knew that he would have to move the Nigerian president soon but he wanted to doso when his men came so his subordinates will not look at him like he was deserting the and running away. He kept barking orders into his communicators and once a while look out the window. *************************** ********************** The team went up the stair way until they reached the floor where they were told the president was held and they were stopped by guards “Where are you going?” “General Lucas asked us to bring the president as she is to be moved out immediately before the fighting gets too intense” Michael said The guard looked at them suspiciously as he had not seen them before but the army was always drafting new members and the guards of General Lucas was changed almost weekly as he had issues trusting old one so he led them towards the room the president was held.
10 Jul 2015 | 11:38
0 Likes
Beautiful!!!!! Fire on @Somkhid sweet@
10 Jul 2015 | 14:24
0 Likes
U quyz are makinq proqress...... Ride on bro
10 Jul 2015 | 16:12
0 Likes
Haaaaaaaaaaaa thunder don fire una today.
10 Jul 2015 | 18:23
0 Likes
nice 1
10 Jul 2015 | 22:47
0 Likes
*****episode 30**** Back in Abuja, the conference room which was now the mission control room was filled with nervous humans who strained their necks at every sound coming from each person present. A lot of them are used to late night meetings and the lack of sleep did not bring fatigue but the nervousness did and they all tried to stay sharp. The captains of thetwo squadrons attacking the Tetuan presidential palace was always in touch with them and also had visual feedback to tell them how their mission was progressing andsome wrote down on their pads while othersjust sat back, watching and waiting. There was radio silence between the actual team going in to get the president and them as although there was no evidence that messages sent between them could be tracedand intercepted, it was too great a risk to take and hence, they were not to communicate unless something really important came up but during certain stages,they were to send messages similar to bleepsto tell what stage they were so when the firstcame in, they knew what it meant. As the mission went on, they had received three of such messages and with the time they were running with, they knew the mission was going according to plan They had some human asset in the Tetuan government and some of them were guards and they had arranged for a truck and also some to be their eyes and ears. The assets don’t know one another and it was better that way so if one of them is compromised, the others can remain. There were also some DMI agents who watched the palace but were not involved in the mission. These just watched as things progressed and reported back what they saw, The first message the Team sent was sent when they left the safe house for the presidential palace, the second was sent when they got the truck that had been arranged and the third when they gained access into the palace building itself. Both Ifeoma and Kuyi had gone through the interpretation of each message since a large part of the mission itself had not been discussed with some of the members of the service chiefs either due to time of because the DMI and Palace guards did not want to share it. When the third message came in, Ifeoma allowed Kuyi explain the interpretation while she excused herself and went into the bathroom. She used the urinal and when she got out, she looked into the mirror and saw that her feature were turning out as her face was turning white. She had watched Kuyi explain the message which was that since the team had gotten into the palace, the next thing to do is to locate the president and get her out of the palace and she had felt her stomach contract out of fear. The mission was at that moment out of everyone’s hands and depends on how the team was able to handle themselves inside the palace. They were to send an emergency message if things within the palace does not go as they planned and the army would push forward towards the palace to help. They had some agents who had slipped through from the army on grounds who could attack the palacedirectly too but that would depend on the success of the team itself and that made her cringe. She had no control and even though Kuyi seemed to be confident that his men would get her out, she was scared out of her senses. She knew she could not show her concerns and fears in front of everyone else so she washed her face and opened a box above her head and brought out a makeup kit she had kept there for situations such as this andshe went to work with it. Kuyi saw the fear in not just Ifeoma but everyone present. As the head of the DMI, he was also good at reading people’s emotion and facial gestures and he knew a lot of people around were scared but some were just too afraid for his comfort and he began to wonder if a lot of the people in the room had psychological evaluations before appointed into the office they occupy. The NSA had opted to stay back in Aso Rock with the Vice President where he said he was more useful as he can advice the Vice President on what to do in case a serious decision had to be made and Kuyi had an idea what the decision would be. The NSA had never supported Nigerian troops in Tetuan as he saw Lucas as someone who should be removed. He did notthink about the sovereignty of Tetuan and had even said Nigeria should support the rebels and help them win the fight. He knowsthat his advice would be that the army moves against Tetuan immediately the president was out and he was not so bothered. He had other things on his mind. Things which he feared within himself but he did not speak out because the picture was still forming.
11 Jul 2015 | 04:01
0 Likes
I pray d president makes it out alive
11 Jul 2015 | 05:47
0 Likes
Do not panick, God is in control. D president will be rescued
11 Jul 2015 | 06:38
0 Likes
Hmmm ride on
11 Jul 2015 | 09:18
0 Likes
The Vice President should be wise enouqh to know that the NSA are with the rebel's and shld keep them at arms lenqth.....
11 Jul 2015 | 10:33
0 Likes
I pray 4 dat 2 @dicta dearie...... I jhs ope everi1 cumz out unhurt..... Ride on bro@somhkid
11 Jul 2015 | 14:22
0 Likes
I believe that all the agents sent for this will deliver
11 Jul 2015 | 16:22
0 Likes
Intermission... *spellbound *
11 Jul 2015 | 16:29
0 Likes
Hmm dis is a very hard task buh God will c u tru
11 Jul 2015 | 18:06
0 Likes
Next pls, I just hope dre is no mistake becos dre isn't room for mistakes
11 Jul 2015 | 20:40
0 Likes
Well done guys, arise, fight and defend ur nation. Pls rescue d president alive
11 Jul 2015 | 20:42
0 Likes
****episode 31**** The president sat down on one of the beds inthe room as the sounds of the guns in the distance bothered her. for the time she had been held against her wish, everyone around her including Lucas Radonsolema had been courteous more out of fear of the position she occupied than anything else. She could not believe this could happen or that she would be up at that time of the day wondering and afraid for her own safety. TheTetuans had brought food and even though the only assistant they allowed to stay with her had advised her to eat, she did not take more than two spoons of the well prepared rice they brought. The hospitality they showed was still the same they would have shown her but she was not allowed to go anywhere and restricted to her room. When she was first told, she had delivered a slap to the face of Lucas who although attempted to respond did not. He just looked at her, smiled and ordered that she be taken to the room at the top and watched. The whole day had passed quietly and nothing out of the ordinary had happen. Lucas told her he would be negotiating with ‘Her people’ but he did not come back with the results of the negotiations but with the sounds of gun fire in the distance, she knew what the results was and she understood. She had made the policy of not negotiating with criminals and she knew in the eyes of everyone who would be involved in the negotiations, Lucas had become one. By hold her, he had declared war on Nigeria and she was sure there would be attacks. She was not afraid for her life because she knew her well being was the only reason Lucas was probably still alive and the reason Nigerian planes were not dropping bombs on the palace right now. She knew she had something to do with the gunshots. A thought had gone through her mind that it could have been the rebels but she ruled against it as the palace would be protected by Nigeria as long as she was inside whether or not she was held against her wish. She went over to the toilet and her sat down on achair. She got out and still saw the aide on the same chair and she said; “Do you think there is a way to get out of here?” The aide looked at her like she was crazy and said’ “How is that possible? The hall and the entire palace would be heavily guarded, we don’t know our way around and where will we go?” “I don’t know. We could try to make for the Nigerian camp instead of sitting down here waiting for Lucas to do whatever he wants with us” She went over to her and said; “Ma’am, we should just sit tight and watch what happens. I am sure he would not allow any harm be done to you because he knows the consequence and so he would try to strike a deal with us” She walked around the room, stopped in the middle and said; “I don’t think you have noticed but I am not in a position to strike a deal right now. I might still be the president but any decision I take might just be dismissed and due to the no negotiating policy, I doubt anyone back home would be interested in anything he hasto say” . The aide looked at her and asked; “But do you have any idea what he wants?” “I wish I did, this would be a lot easier if I knew what he was up to or what he wanted. Lucas is one huge puzzle and Kuyi had told me that he is volatile but I waved him off” “Kuyi ma’am?” She looked back at the aide and discovered that she was not cleared for such informationand she said; “Never mind” She started walking around the room again with the gunshots still disturbing the night when they heard footsteps come towards thedoor and they both looked in the direction of the door and kept quiet. She walked towards the door until she was standing directly in front of it as there was another conversation and then the lock turned then the knob and the door opened inwards. A number of men entered the room but none had their guns drawn unlike the former guards who were almost proud that they hadguns and so waved it around every time. One of them said; “Okay, time for us to go
12 Jul 2015 | 04:15
0 Likes
wish them safest escape
12 Jul 2015 | 05:19
0 Likes
Thank God the president have been found alive.....Now u quyz have to be extra smart so as to qet out wid her safe.....Goodluck.
12 Jul 2015 | 05:21
0 Likes
Wish u guys goodluck guys, pls try as much as possible to protect her. Nice piece, next pls
12 Jul 2015 | 09:13
0 Likes
Hmmmm........ Nxt plsssssssssssssssss
12 Jul 2015 | 09:19
0 Likes
wow observing#*****
12 Jul 2015 | 14:40
0 Likes
How sure are we dat those guys are d nigerian rescue team which is to sneak out d president? Well I sit down here gidigba dey wait for next episode
12 Jul 2015 | 14:46
0 Likes
This is 50:50 possibility. Either them or not. next episode will tell. Ride on @somkhid.
12 Jul 2015 | 15:30
0 Likes
Dey wil escape if dey r fast
12 Jul 2015 | 16:14
0 Likes
Next episode will be super hot
12 Jul 2015 | 19:15
0 Likes
Of cos its d rescue team... @least dey re nt with guns pointing in all directn.... I'm here waiting
12 Jul 2015 | 20:22
0 Likes
****episode 32***** She put her hands behind her and said; "I am not going anywhere until I see my bodyguards or evidence that they are fine and okay” “That is not a problem ma’am” one of them said but she did not believe him. His voice was too casual and calm and he sounded too comfortable with the situation and she went to sit on a chair while the guard stood at the door and gestured at her to get up and said; “Your bodyguards are alive and well fed. They are worried about you of course but that should not be your concern right now, you are to come with us” “And where are you taking me” she asked “We are to move you to a secured location until all these issues are sorted out ma’am” “And supposing I refuse to be moved or taken anywhere?” The guard answered but an unusual patience; “I don’t see how you can refuse ma’am. You might try to resist and we will just move you uwillingly” now he was smiling. He continued; “You are respected but this is for your safety and we really don’t have time to waste here discussing it” She went over to the bed, sat down and said; “I am not going anywhere and that’s final” The guard who had brought the guards with him was getting tired of the Nigerian president’s attitude because to him, she was acting like some spoilt toddler when they needed to move fast but to his surprise, the guards who had come for her were being patient and courteous. Some of them had waited at the door as only 3 of them came into the room with them and he reasoned that they must have been a special squad Lucas had arranged for special duties and this was a special duty. He did not fancy their job at all as anything could go wrong and they might lose her which will certainly lead to them hung by Lucas or caught by the Nigerians and shot without questions asked. He looked at the president and her defiance made his anger grew. He said; “Look you pompous troublesome woman, it is either you come by yourself or we will carry you. Both ways, you are going with them” The president looked up and saw that the men were serious and they might try to roughen her up if she did not follow them and she decided to follow them but she thought of something else. ‘Okay, I will follow you but I am bringing my aide with me” “No problem. Can we go now?” She got up and stretched her hand and took the hand of her aide for support as she walked out of the room swiftly trying to hide the weakness she was experiencing in her legs as she knew she could not afford to show that she was soft or scared. She got to the door and saw that there were more guards at the door waiting patiently for her and they made their way through the hall andto the stairway. They all walked down the stairway and then Michael and his team went in the direction of the kitchen hoping to walk towards the back door to the truck which was waiting for them but the guards walked towards the offices which also had Lucas Radonsolema office. Michael noticed this and took a quick look around. He had six men with him since he made another two stay back to watch the kitchen exit. He knew his men and him were out numbered as if a gunfight broke out right there, more guards would come in from the palace itself and there would be trouble so hesimply nudged the president on towards the dinning area. The guards waited when they saw the other men move in another direction and the leader said; “Where are you going?” Michael looked back and said; “We are going through the east wing since the north and west are under attacks” “But you should meet with the general first. He might have some orders for you” “If he has additional orders, he can always radio in. besides, he in a very serious meeting trying to see how the Nigerians can be pushed back. We are to move her safely through this route so no one would notice and be assured of her safety” The captain of the guards thought it was strange but it made some sense. The guns at the distance did not really seem too far anymore and time was going against them fast and if Lucas Radonsolema had sent them,there was no need to waste anymore time so he said; “Am I allowed to know where she will be taken?” Michael said; “No you are not. Nobody must know because this place might be taken and you all questioned. If where she is remains, then she can be used to bargain for your release but don’t worry, the general has a good plan for this” The guard thought about this for a while and waved them off. With the president off his watch, he could rest a little and he will have just her bodyguards who were locked up in the barracks a long distance away to deal with as he watch them head towards the dining room. Both IBK and Izu did not believe it went so well and easy as they at least expected the guards to doubt but Michael’s accent had changed to Tetuan and he sounded too convincing. The rest of them had kept mute throughout the process of getting the president and IBK thought to himself; “This is too easy. Much too easy” They walked into the dining room and saw the members they left there watching and expecting them. They walked straight for the kitchen and towards the back door with the president in between them. They walked out and all moved into the truck without saying a word to one another and drove towards the gate. They picked up John who had kept watch, drove past the road block and kept driving down the road. The guard who had stood watch at the road block saw the truck come in the distance and he hid in the shadows. He did not see any other car or person behind them and he knew it was either the mission had gone verywell or they were all killed and the truck had been taken over. When the truck passed, Michael was sitting beside the driver and he simply waved at him so he knew it was alright. Shade had told him to smash the communications equipment she had given to him and throw it into the fire when she put it on him earlier so he knew exactly what to do. He had already found a dead body somewhere and he put his name tag on the body as he got on a motorcycle and rode away. He already had a meeting point with the Nigerians where he would meet to collect his demands for helping out. Lucas was still in his office and he heard the guns get louder as his men told him from the radio that they were being overpowered and outgunned. He grew more worried as his men were nowhere to be seen and the Nigerians could come knocking at his door atanytime. He decided he had had enough and he got up, picked up his intercom and barkedsome orders into it. he walked out of his office and the two guards with him followed him as he walked towards the residential quarters and he got to the foot of the stairway. He met the captain and he told him; “Go up there and bring the Nigerian president down. We won’t be needing her aide anymore so shoot her but make sure the president is not hurt” The guard looked at Lucas and said; “But sir, you just sent a team to come get her and move her to another location for her safety. They left her barely minutes ago” Lucas looked at the guard and thought he was hearing things; “What did you just say?” The guard repeated himself and Lucas felt the world around him turn around. “Get some trucks and follow them. I gave no such order and I want you to find them or else, I will kill you myself” In the truck, Michael did not say a word to John who was driving until they were past the road block. He waved to the guard, looked at shade who sat between him and John and said; “Send the message to Abuja
13 Jul 2015 | 02:38
0 Likes
d story continues ,is d road always smooth? Stay tuned and find d answer dis story may not appear as updated story for 2day just bear in mind tat it will b updated daily.
13 Jul 2015 | 02:41
0 Likes
nice one
13 Jul 2015 | 04:47
0 Likes
We r waiting 2 kw
13 Jul 2015 | 05:07
0 Likes
Now d president is out of d palace, I hope d journey back home will be safe for dem. Nice write up, next pls
13 Jul 2015 | 05:21
0 Likes
Nice one
13 Jul 2015 | 05:22
0 Likes
Hmm ride on
13 Jul 2015 | 06:24
0 Likes
9ic 1...... M also waitin 2 find out @somhkid
13 Jul 2015 | 06:30
0 Likes
Hmmmmm wise move
13 Jul 2015 | 08:50
0 Likes
OK waiting patiently for the next eps
13 Jul 2015 | 09:17
0 Likes
Lovely
13 Jul 2015 | 09:37
0 Likes
I'm sure d road wont be so smooth.... Cos dat was jez too easy...
13 Jul 2015 | 16:34
0 Likes
U quyz should move as fast as possible cos they miqht wanna trail ya..and dat miqht not qo well for the Niqerians....
14 Jul 2015 | 02:04
0 Likes
****episode 33***** Back in the crisis room in Abuja, nerves were rising and worry had started showing on the faces of those who should not worry. The weight of the mission was bearing down on almost everyone in the room which was caused not by their lack of sleep but the risk of failure. They sat down and were in open communication with the captains leading the both assault team and taking the accounts of the mission. The lack of communication between them and the team sent to get the president was getting them all worried and itdid not take time before the Chief of Air staff, Tony Udais spoke out; “How long are we going to wait for them to send their message?” Ifeoma too had been worried but she was doing a good job of hiding it within her and she could feel the pressure grow within her body. She said; “When they have anything that we should know, they will radio in. right now, the best we can do is pray and have faith in them” Buba said; “Without taking anything away from the DMI, I would have had more faith if my men were the ones doing the extractions, and we came up with the plan. We don’t even have the full details of the plan Kuyi said was so water tight and we are supposed to have faith? I think it is time we broke radio silence and got in contact with them directly” All eyes looked towards Kuyi would did not look one inch worried and he did not reply too. He merely relaxed into his chair and was deep in thought. Tony said; “Kuyi, is there something you want to tell us about this mission? How about a progress report for goodness sakes? I am not used to sitting on my hands and putting everything else out there knowing one mistake can work against me and it will be all over” Agani Kuyi did not answer but Ifeoma gave the needed reply; “The team has been given a set of coded messages to send back. They are to send a different when they have the president and another if the mission failed. Those are the two extremes of this mission and there are also a set of codes for a lot of eventualities that could happen in between and since we have not gotten any yet, I would love to think it is because the mission is still on and they don’t have time to send a message” “And what if they have all been captured?” “We would have known that a long while ago. Sending those messages is a matter of pushing a button and it gets to us so we will be aware” “Why are we bothering with these codes? Wecould just be in communication with them you know?” Ifeoma answered; “We all know Lucas Radonsolema have been investing in devices to listen in on communications around Tetuan and the Presidential palace is not going to be different. We don’t want him listening in and knowing what we are doing so this is a lot better” “Buba then said; “I understand all these and see the need for the silence but what I don’t understand is why Kuyi is so confident and calm about all these or does he know something we don’t” Now Kuyi replied; “If you want to accuse me of anything, it will be better you not be subtle about it as it will just go to waste. I am as in the dark as you on this but the team we sent into Tetuan are more that capable of doing the job we asked them to do and your men are giving them the chance of proving to everyone that they can do it” He paused to drink some water and he continued; “The fact that they have not sent anything in like the Minister of defence rightly said is that the mission is ongoing and there is no reason why we should rush things. I expect them to go in and do this without having to get in a gun fight there” Kuyi was still talking when the lines from the NNS Owuro came alive and a voice said; “We have green light from Tetuan Abuja” The room burst into applause as it was like a huge weight was lifted off them. They congratulated themselves for some time and then Kuyi said; “They will be driving towards a contingent of the Army where they should be protected. I willing to assume the the Tetuans have foundout that she is missing or they are on their tails already so they will be needing as much help as they can get. Those men might be well trained but I am not willing to put them in a gun fight while they are with the president” “You don’t have to worry about that, according to you, they will be heading towards here. Buba said as he pointed to a spot on the huge map laid out on the table in front of them. The army is already positioned to take them in and as we speak is even riding towards them as they might be needing support before they get to them” “There is already transport for her to the shipand then home so it seems like this mission isgoing exactly as it should be” The Vice president who had been quiet said. Ifeoma, got up from her chair and looked around the room filled with men and she said; “Excuse me gentlemen, I have to use the bathroom” As she walked past them, there was a round of applause and she felt a rush of blood got to her cheeks and her legs felt weak. She had been under pressure for so long and at the first sight of good news, she knew she had to leave so as to let her emotions go in private. The ladies in the crisis room was almost never used except by Ifeoma which was because the crisis room was hardly used itself and only few females have actually had business inside except the cleaners. She went over to the toilet and suddenly lost the urge to use it and she walked back to the wash hand basins. She stood in front of one and turned the tap as cold water rushed out of it. She collected some with her hands and washed her face with it hoping it will calm her down a little. Although all seemed well, her heart was still pacing and a fear grew in her mind. *************************** John drove down the deserted roads throughthe streets which were once filled with shops and stalls but were now a shadow of themselves as trading in Tetuan had become more of something done informally. The empty shops were filled with squatters who could not afford the rising price of housing or had to evacuate their former residence due to the fighting between government troops and the rebels. Michael and Shade kept their eyes on the road in front of them and they expected that the Tetuans would have known about the president and would be coming after them. The Nigerian camp was a fifteen minutes drive away and then the mission would be as good as over which was something Michael was looking forward to. Once they were behind Nigerian troops, there would be no way the Tetuans would get to them and she can be on her way back to Nigeria. His mind ran to her guards and he knew nothing couldbe done to help them. They would probably be tortured by the Tetuans and probably killed which pained him but saving those onewould be hell as he knew they will be better protected that the president since those posea threat as they could escape at anytime but the president can’t. They had obviously not envisaged that the Nigerians would come in and get her in such a calm manner which worked for them pretty well. At the back of the truck, the president and her aide sat down at the innermost part and the men around her all had their guns drawn and ready to shoot down anyone who tried to follow them. Izu was the closest to her while IBK sat down directly in front of her. They did not say anything to her about them coming to save her or anything as the back ofthe truck was simply quiet except from the noise coming from the engine and the friction between the road and the tires. Michael spoke into his communicator on a channel they could all hear; “Good morning madam president, I hope you are alright” She did not respond at first but her aide spoke up; “Where are you taking us? You know you can’t get away with this as the Nigerian army will find you and it will be over but you can make a deal with us right now. Instead of driving us to wherever it is you are supposed to, you can just take us to the nearest Nigerian military camp and you won’t be harmed” Michael said; “Well I don’t see how that’s a deal ma’am because that’s where we are taking you. We were sent by the military to get you out in thefirst place and ensure your safety” Only Izu and IBK were looking at her as the rest were more concerned with watching theback to make sure they were not being followed an even in the dark truck, IBK could see the president’s eyes light up a little as sheraised her head, looked around and muttered; “I don’t understand. What do you mean?” “We are not Tetuan ma’am; we are an extraction team sent to get you out and bringyou home so right now, you can relax and enjoy the trip” She looked around still in disbelief and spoke quietly; “But the guards recognized you and you were supposed to be acting under the ordersof Lucas Radonsolema” IBK replied this time in his Nigerian accent; “That was acting madam president. We had to convince them hence the ploy. Just fifteen minutes away is a Nigerian army campand then you will be air lifted back home” “Wow……I never knew this could happen. I mean how was it planned? Who was in charge and when the arrangements were made?” “Don’t worry about all that ma’am. Just know that you are safe and heading home” “What about my guards? They were with me when I was held and they were all arrested, and taken somewhere else” Now IBK kept quiet as Michael replied her; “I would not worry about them. They are soldiers and they are prepared for situations like this. There is also an extraction team knocking on the doors of the Tetuan presidential palace right now to get them outso they will also be home soon”
14 Jul 2015 | 02:40
0 Likes
I ope xo joor
14 Jul 2015 | 06:00
0 Likes
i hope so o
14 Jul 2015 | 06:09
0 Likes
Wow wow wow The true guardians
14 Jul 2015 | 09:24
0 Likes
Hmmm nxt pls
14 Jul 2015 | 09:55
0 Likes
Soldiers re paid 4 dia lives...expecially d ones guardn top personnels.... So i wouldnt worry much abt d president's guards....
14 Jul 2015 | 15:31
0 Likes
Gr8 wrk guys i hope u get to de camp safely
14 Jul 2015 | 17:14
0 Likes
***episode 34**** The president found herself relieved inside but still bothered. Her aide sitting beside her had been stunned speechless and all she did was hold her hand tight. Shade felt a crackling sound from her short range device which was a means to communicate with members of the team and she answered as Michael spoke to the president. When he finished, she looked at him and said; “Sir, something is wrong” *************************** ************************** Lucas walked back to his office and got on the phone. The conversation lasted for some minutes and he picked up another phone which connected with the leader of the team of soldiers he had been expecting to reinforce the guards and he said; “Don’t head back to the palace again; I have more urgent need for you. There is a truck driving along Brick’s street carrying heavily armed men and two women. No wait, make that three women. They should be heading for the Nigerian camp. Make sure you intercept them and capture the women. You can kill the men for all I care and you cannot fail” He hung up and put a call through to the captain of the guards whom he sent after the Nigerians and told them where to go. Michael looked to his side and said; “What is the problem?” “I just got off the phone with our people on the way and they are reporting some unusual traffic down our path” Michael said; “What is that supposed to mean?” This time john answered him; “I think she meant that there is a whole bunch of soldiers in front sir and they seem to be blocking the road ahead” and he pulled the truck to a stop and also switched off the head lights. Michael looked into the distance and saw thatin the dark distance, there were some lights that could only have come from the headlights of trucks but not just one in this instance. The lights were not moving and they just stopped there as though they were waiting. Michael clutched his rifle instinctively and said; “Shade, how are we sure that those guys are hostile?” “Because the Nigerian camp just told me that's not their team out there and scouts along the way confirms the Tetuan colors on the soldierblocking the roads ahead” “Okay keep calm, we can get this all sorted out. Get back in touch with our people back there and see if they can be dislodged” He told John; “You studied those maps, is there a way to go around them so we avoid running into them completely? Any alternate routes or something like that?” John took some moments and then said; ”There is none. This road leads straight down before we get to the next exit. I am suspecting they came in through that exit; the only alternative will have us go around and drive into the main city itself and if they are already onto us, that really would not be a good idea as they would easily cut us off” Shade said; “What do you think we can do now? We can’t shoot this out and we definitely cannot sit here” John said; “Perhaps, we can sit this out and wait for the army on the other side to create a hole for us to pass through” “That supposing Lucas and his men are not hot on our tails already and coming to us from behind in which case we will be sitting ducks when they get here so we have to think of a way to get out of here and fast too” At the back of the truck, the team was wondering why they stopped but were not worried. It was not part of the plan but the held on wondering what was happening. Thepresident noticed that the truck had stopped too and she looked around the truck and saw that the men were as confused at her even though they tried to hide it. Her aide said; “Why are we stopping? Is something wrong?” IBK replied; “We are just stopping to pick something up” even though everyone knew it was not really true The members at the last seat of the truck kept watch into the distance and soon the saw a set of lights moving down the road. First it was a pair of lights and then behind them, another pair of lights showed and gradually the lights increased forming a huge line of what seemed to be a set of torch lights lined up in the distance. One of them spoke into him arm but made the communication restricted to Michael; “Team leader, we have company behind us. Seven trucks approaching fast” Michael heard what he said clearly and looked at john; “We really need to get out of here or we will be in real trouble” “What kind of trouble are you talking about exactly?” “There are a whole lot of trucks coming from behind and heading in our direction. Are you really sure, there is nowhere to pass out of this madness?” “The road is blocked sir, even if we decide to double back, we can’t get to that crossing before running into those guys behind us” “Shade, what are the troops saying?” “They want us to hold on as they are sendingin some help” John said; “Help? That’s going to take forever to get here” “Well they intend to send air support to help out and also evacuate the president” Michael told her; “Better tell them to hurry else she won’t be here for long. Get everyone out of the truck and form a perimeter; we can at least buy some time” He ordered everyone out with their guns drawn and John parked the truck a couple of meters down the road as five of them including Michael stood behind it while the remaining four which included Shade stood in the dark with the president and her aide. *************************** ************************** Ifeoma allowed the cool water calm her face down for a little while and then she did the same thing again. She looked into the mirror and saw her face dripping with water and she allowed a smile escape her lips she thought to herself; “Very soon, we will be out of this mess and we will have to worry about what to do with that tyrant Lucas”
15 Jul 2015 | 02:35
0 Likes
Nice 1....... Well done @somhkid
15 Jul 2015 | 03:50
0 Likes
I know this will happen, let the fight start.
15 Jul 2015 | 11:54
0 Likes
it seem the story just begin still reading hi @tenniebenson it's your man @oisking just saying hi shay u still remember the deal
15 Jul 2015 | 12:37
0 Likes
Yeah i cnt wait 4 dem 2 be out of dis whole mess.... Nw i'm loving dis.... D road cnt be all dat smooth.... Wow!!!! See my hubby ooooo @Oisking where av u been? I've missed u lyk seriouzly... Back 4 good?
15 Jul 2015 | 12:54
0 Likes
Hmmmm getting tougher
15 Jul 2015 | 14:01
0 Likes
i knew they could not just escape so easily
15 Jul 2015 | 17:40
0 Likes
****episode 35***** She looked in the mirror that hung on the wall and wondered how the president must feel in the conditions she was. She had come from a completely civilian background and a family that was not in any way connected to any of the famous families in the country but she fought through being the Governor of her state and then a Senator and now president. She has whipped everyone to shape and for the first time, has fought against corruption with a passion never seen in the country. She had her own flaws in awards some contracts to her friends but she made sure the contracts were done nonetheless. She reached for a towel from the wall and buried her face into it as she wiped it clean. She looked back and was glad she was not used to wearing makeup or else her little facewash could have been a disaster. She never had the time for make up since she was in the military and her superiors had treated all of them like they were the same sex during training and after. She remembered her face as a cadet and smiled again. Her training officials’ definition of gender equality was no discrimination at all. They treated everyone, both male and female as the same thing and the only thing female got that was different were sanitary pads. Everything else was the same. She had to share a bathroom with other cadets and evenliving quarters. She remembered vividly whenone of her mates had tried to take advantage of her one night and tried to force himself onher. She screamed and fought him off. He still did not stop until she delivered a well placed kick between his legs and he howled into the night. That night, she was given a bed at the clinic and the next day she was back to the same place she was while the guy went to serve seven years in a maximum prison. She never asked about him even after her numerous promotions and she became the minister for defence. She had gone through the ranks and had a pretty difficult career but the past hours has been her toughest and she was happy it was almost over. She heard a knock on the door and she took the towel off her face as she turned towards the door and straightened her clothes; “Come in” her voice still had the authority it had when she was the commander of the frigates on the gulf of Guinea and she saw Kuyi standing at the door his face emotionless. “Was I gone that long?” Kuyi stood there for some seconds and said; “I think you better come here” “Is something wrong?” “Well, come listen to this yourself” She put the towel back and walked out of the bathroom. As she walked back she felt the mood in the crisis room drop as their face dropped and she barely walked to her seat before she said; “Okay people, hit me. What’s wrong?” Buba answered; “We just got reports from the camp that the team has been stopped by Tetuan troops on the road and they are blocking their way. They also said the team reported that there are men approaching them from the palace and they are closing in fast on them which means they will be surrounded on both sides” Ifeoma could not believe what she was hearing and she could not sit down. She felt an unusual anger rise within her and she said to Buba; “I thought your men were supposed to patrol those roads and make sure all the exits were blocked off so there are no surprises” Buba was silent as he had no answers. “General, that was a direct question and right now, I would love an answer to it if you don’t mind. I want to know why the exit to that road was not patrolled as planned and this could have happened.” She looked at the vice president whose face showed nothing but surprise and fear; “Get that mad man, Lucas Radonsolema on the line right now and send some helicopters to get those guys out of there since they are closed in and they are not yet under fire and send men to that squad of Tetuan soldiers and open fire on them. I don’t care if you use heavy artillery or tanks, just get the president out of there right now” The vice president said; “Well it is good we are calling Lucas, maybe we can talk to him and allow her pass” “That’s an option" Kuyi said "but knowing Lucas, he will be so pissed, he would not be thinking properly” “Then we give him something to help him think well; have the men loitering around his palace to press forward and remind him of the threat he is under if he does not stop thismadness” The chief of Air Staff Tony said. “Let’s turn up the offensive and remind him of what he is up against” “Only the president can give that order and in his absence, the vice president.” Kuyi said. Kuyi barely finished before the Vice president said; “Do whatever you can do to bring her back. I don’t care if it involves turning Tetuan into a desert” Ifeoma cut in as she spoke into the radio; “Get a bird in the air and get her out fast” Tope then said; “Lucas Radonsolema is refusing our request to speak to him. His aides say he is not available and they don’t know when he will be so I guess we are done with pretending to be nice to one another” “Okay let’s bring down rain on these guys and make them feel a little heat” Ifeoma said as she shot a look at Buba *************************** *************************** Lucas was in communication with his troops and he learnt that they had cut off the Nigerians on the front and at the back. the troops in front of them had positioned themselves and were expecting the Nigeriansto come at them while those who left the palace were closing in on them and they were under orders the take the Nigerian president and bring her back. so far the Nigerians seemed trapped but he knew it can still go against him so he urged them to move faster. He heard his phone ring and instinct told him it was the Nigerians. “They must have learnt that they don’t have a choice and they want to talk” he thought “but it will be better if I have the president in my custody before talking to them” so he had one of his men talk to them and he sat back in his chair nervously. He barely relaxed when he heard an explosion rip through one of the walls of the palace itself and he jumped out of his chair. Even his bodyguards who had stood motionless previously turned to see what caused it. He grabbed his phone and called his captain at the west wind and said; “What is happening there?” “Sir, the Nigerians are pushing forward and moving fast at us” “What do you mean pushing forward? Fire back and keep your line” “Sir since the attacks started, it seemed the Nigerians just wanted to stay here and use light weaponry but right now, they are blasting trough. It is as though they were sleeping before and they suddenly woke up. I am not sure how long we can hold here. They also have some long range shells which seems to be reaching the palace itself” All of a sudden, Lucas understood everything. The troops at his wings were all there to distract him and get the president out but now that she was not there, there was no reason to keep playing around. He expected that soon, they would also attack aerially and the need to get the Nigerian president became more pertinent. *************************** *************************** IBK and Izu were used to automatic rifles but still, they found them heavy. There jobs were mostly done with pistols and hand guns and the heavy artillery were rarely used but in thiscase, it became important, they had opened their backpacks and each man and woman had held on th as much as they can carry. Izu, IBK, Shade and John agent been told to stay with the president while Michael led another team and he stood by the truck with their guns trained towards the trucks approaching them. Shade was to stay in contact with the camp while John was told to find an escape plan in case they needed to leave the place in a hurry. The trucks pressed forward and Michael and his team opened fire towards the lights in front of the lights as the morning silence wasbroken by a burst of automatic rifles. The trucks slowed down a little as in the moon lit sky they saw some men got down from the trucks and returned fire. Bullets came flying into their side for sometime but it stopped and Michael understood one thing. As much as the Tetuans would protect themselves, they still wanted the president alive as they knew she was the only thing that will stop the Nigerian military from an all out offensive against them. He and his team continued firing into the distance and he saw about four of the men who got down from the trucks fall down under the influence of the bullets and he smiled. The trucks had almost pulled to a stop now as more and more men got out of the trucks and he told his men; “Keep firing, we can’t kill them all but we can slow them down” He barely finished talking when they heard the whirling sounds of a helicopter’s blades in the distance. He thought to himself; “I hope that’s our ride” The sound came from the camp and they all felt relieved that help was on its way. The helicopter flew above the Tetuans blocking the road ahead and came towards them. The Tetuans must have seen the helicopter too because they opened fire towards the sky but it was out of reach. John pulled out two flares from his jacket, lit them and threw them to the floor in front of him as the helicopter hovered over the flares a little then came down close to it as Izu, IBK and Shade led the president towards it.
16 Jul 2015 | 02:55
0 Likes
am gradually lossing intrest to complete dis story,there are a lot of ghost reader here,d story still hv a long way to go
16 Jul 2015 | 02:58
0 Likes
M following...... Dnt stp abeg
16 Jul 2015 | 03:18
0 Likes
@Somkhid dnt stop o..... As much as we av ghost readers...we also av d living readers.... Nd u shld knw dat evry story has its own ghost reader(s)..... Continue plz....cos i wana knw aw its gonna end
16 Jul 2015 | 04:59
0 Likes
no dont stop couse everything has a two side nice write up good imagination keep it coming
16 Jul 2015 | 05:17
0 Likes
...Don't stop please.... I'm followinq every bit of vhiz.... Lucas has finally lost the President Thank God.... Now the Teutan palace should be brouqht down with qrenade's.....
16 Jul 2015 | 06:24
0 Likes
Pls don't stop, continue
16 Jul 2015 | 10:11
0 Likes
Pls continue I am following you nxt pls
16 Jul 2015 | 12:30
0 Likes
Nice one
16 Jul 2015 | 12:39
0 Likes
Somkhid your shakara don dey start abi. No let me catch you.
16 Jul 2015 | 14:01
0 Likes
Lucas and tetua are nw afraid of Nigeria army coz they hav called battle on themselves
16 Jul 2015 | 15:12
0 Likes
Somkhid iffa hear!plz dnt stop it oh
16 Jul 2015 | 15:18
0 Likes
next pls
16 Jul 2015 | 15:25
0 Likes
see as dem d ghost reader dea confess
16 Jul 2015 | 15:53
0 Likes
U see ur lyf,finish this story abeg
16 Jul 2015 | 16:13
0 Likes
U see people are following up
16 Jul 2015 | 16:23
0 Likes
Dnt mind dem dat means dey dnt exist n sm of us we exist
16 Jul 2015 | 16:40
0 Likes
Alast d president is in d plane
16 Jul 2015 | 17:39
0 Likes
Somkhid if u stop dis story u wil c me in ur house nw
16 Jul 2015 | 19:40
0 Likes
*****episode 36**** Lucas heard his phone ring and he picked it almost immediately; “Tell me some good news” The voice on the other side said; “Sir they just sent a helicopter to the Nigerians and we think it is going to get the out before we get there.” He replied; “Well make sure she does not get on that helicopter” *************************** *************************** Michael looked back and saw IBK, Izu and Shade run towards the helicopter with help of the helicopter’s flood lights and a smile almost escaped his lips. He said over the sound of gun fire and the helicopter’s blades; “You guys head to the chopper, Dare stay with me and cover them. When they get on, we go after them and we are out of her for good” Dare looked and saw the men run towards the helicopter as the president and those with her started getting on it. At the corner ofhis eyes, he saw something strange from the roof of a house on the side of the road. There was a figure moving with something on his/her shoulder. The figure settled down at one corner and assumed a posture he recognized well. He screamed in the direction of the chopper; “Get back; there is a shooter on the roof” Seconds later, smoke was seen from the roof an RPG ripped out of its canister towards the helicopter. It flew creating a tail of white smoke and went towards the helicopter. Michael saw the figure just as the RPG left the roof and his eyes followed the fast moving object as it ripped into the helicopter and there was an explosion that lit up the entire surrounding
17 Jul 2015 | 05:18
0 Likes
Gush........ President dn die....... Lucas, ua country go turn 2 blood field
17 Jul 2015 | 05:25
0 Likes
I knw say NA me b d ghost reader wen u dey talk!@Somkhid
17 Jul 2015 | 07:32
0 Likes
Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
17 Jul 2015 | 07:33
0 Likes
Abeg continue d story
17 Jul 2015 | 07:33
0 Likes
Its getting more fanimorous day by day.
17 Jul 2015 | 08:24
0 Likes
The Suspense is killing. Too short oooooooo. Next pls
17 Jul 2015 | 10:58
0 Likes
pls continou o..............u ar kilin me here wit d suspence
17 Jul 2015 | 11:41
0 Likes
Lucas,u r in trouble
17 Jul 2015 | 12:16
0 Likes
This is 2 short
17 Jul 2015 | 15:14
0 Likes
shey it means that the president, IBK, IZU, and shade don die be dhat???
17 Jul 2015 | 15:42
0 Likes
Next pls. But pls it shouldn't be as short as these
17 Jul 2015 | 16:22
0 Likes
dis is gonna get really bloody, abeg make dem no kil our presido nd othas o
17 Jul 2015 | 17:28
0 Likes
Lucas ... you really tried but ur end is here, around the corner.
17 Jul 2015 | 17:36
0 Likes
I saw it coming
17 Jul 2015 | 17:45
0 Likes
Abeg o dnt stop. Ama loving it
17 Jul 2015 | 18:00
0 Likes
Lucas u are in a serious trouble
17 Jul 2015 | 18:52
0 Likes
Iffa hear sey presido don die... Ko possible
17 Jul 2015 | 20:01
0 Likes
hope the president wasn't in yet
18 Jul 2015 | 00:46
0 Likes
Dis is serious oo
18 Jul 2015 | 00:47
0 Likes
*****episode 37**** The intensity of light from the explosion made Dare close his eyes involuntarily and even with his eyes closed he could see the light through his eyelids and he raised both hands to cover his efface and he went for theground. He had screamed for everyone to getback and when the RPG hit the helicopter, he could not see the impact as the first thing he tried to save was himself. He felt the sudden rise of temperature as the fuselage exploded and there was a secondary explosion. Pieces of metal flew in every direction and screams were drowned in the explosion as the helicopter hit the ground with the blades still rotating. Michael on the other hand watched the path of flight of the incoming projectile with shockand fear as he ran towards the helicopter while he heard Dare’s voice in some obscure part of his head but he could not make out the words. He was a couple of meters away when it exploded and he fell to the ground under the impact of the first explosion as splitters of glass flew in his direction and he laid down flat on the ground. Under the noiseof the explosion, he thought he the Tetuans who were firing at them stopped firing and for a second, he could not hear anything except the burning. He turned while still on the ground, looked towards the burning helicopter and he saw it go up in flames again as the fuel exploded and again he was forced to turn away and hide his face and after about sixty seconds which felt like hours, he turned and got up, clutching his rifle, he ran towards the still burning wreckage. There was smoke everywhere and he heard voices, some groans in pain while there was an ear piercing scream as it seemed the owner was panicking and in fear. Although he was running, his rifle was still well grippedwith both hands out of instincts and he ran into the blinding smoke which was illuminated by the soldering metal remains of the helicopter. He was running when he heard a burst of gun behind him. He thought of looking back but he did not. The mission was the President and it seemed like it was over. Dare saw Michael ran towards the wreckage wreathed and his first thought was to run towards him but he got down and looked towards the direction where the RPG was fired and he saw that the figure that had shotthe helicopter was till there but this time just standing there and watching them. no other action was made and it just seemed like the figure was making sure that damage was done and then Dare opened fire on the figurewith an accuracy he was trained with. The figure seemed to bow and then stumble before falling to the ground of the roof. Michael kept running and entered the flames as he called out to Shade; “Shade, are you okay? Is the president with you? Is there anyone who can hear me? Please talk to me?” *************************** *************************** Back in Abuja, when the helicopter left the base, they had been informed and they followed the path of the helicopter as the camp was in touch with the pilot and the pilot’s radio was patched through directly so the crisis room could hear exactly what the pilot as saying. He had informed them that heis about to land and get the president and they were all expecting him to confirm the boarding by the president when they heard him say “What is that?....... pull back pull back” And then his voice was lost to static. Nothing else was heard as it seemed that the radio in the helicopter ust stopped working immediately. Startled, Ifeoma said; “What’s happening there? Somebody talk to me” A voice came which did not sound a bit like that of the pilot and said; “We have lost contact with the pilot and we are getting report of an explosion just immediately the radio went off people. It seemed the helicopter was blown up” Again the room went dead. Not even the breathing of the people there could be heard and the only sound in there was the tick tock from the huge clock that stood on the wall. The seconds had gone almost a full thirty seconds before Kuyi’s voice was heard in the room; “When the helicopter exploded, was the president on board? Do you have any reports there?” The voice responded; “Not yet sir, we are trying to get in contact with the rescue team and hear what they have to say but for now, we cannot conclusively say anything about it” *************************** ************************ As Dare shot at the shooter, he looked around and towards the Tetuans coming in the distance but was surprised to see that they had stopped in their tracks as though they were trying to see what caused the explosion or was trying to see who survived and take them out one at a time. He looked towards them and hid behind the truck as he pointed his rifle I their direction hoping that someone would even cough from the smoko
18 Jul 2015 | 03:43
0 Likes
Another suspens ...... Next pls .
18 Jul 2015 | 06:55
0 Likes
Getting more tight and tough. Next.......
18 Jul 2015 | 06:56
0 Likes
Though thougher thoughest.
18 Jul 2015 | 12:24
0 Likes
9c story@somkid.,,bt plzzz i cnt gt d remaining stories dat are hr..its nt complete..i tried gettin help frm d admin bt didnt gt ani reply..
18 Jul 2015 | 13:16
0 Likes
Speechless
18 Jul 2015 | 14:05
0 Likes
@okilo susan make sure u log in 2 ur account first
18 Jul 2015 | 14:31
0 Likes
Hmmmm, hope the president is safe
18 Jul 2015 | 19:00
0 Likes
Now after a long wait and plenny 'o' ghost reading on coolval i major general white eagle reports for duty at this critical point as a light weapon and tank and artillery expert,many years of service and experience in the most tightest of conditions and near death scenarios,after escaping from detention in a high security underground prison located in a notorious military command centre/barracks using plastic handcuffs a weapon,with very tricky abilities and a brain to make out possibility from impossibilities,never dies on a mission or get injured special ability of using a knife to rip out opponents heart without flinching i'm not only interested in saving the president but supporting the good guys to the last ,my full millitary profile would b available to you once am called up.
18 Jul 2015 | 19:32
0 Likes
*Using plastic handcuffs as a weapon*
18 Jul 2015 | 19:35
0 Likes
@somkhid,i still dnt undstnd,@list i cn nly comment if i login in,den my comment is as a result of d fact dt i loggd in bt is dr ani oda login in cus am confusd..plzz,i still cnt fynd d oda stories
18 Jul 2015 | 22:13
0 Likes
****episode 38**** Lucas heard the phone ring and he picked it up; “You’d better have good news for me right now” The voice was a little bit hesitant to talk and Lucas felt fear rise inside him and with that, anger and disgust. “Talk to me Dimmit” “Sir, someone just fired at the helicopter sent to get the Nigerians and it went up in smokes” Lucas felt the world stop and his blood for the thousandth time that night grew colder than ice. His face went white and he could have sworn that his heart stopped beating for some seconds. As much as he wanted the president, he did not want her dead mostly because she was his escape ticket and holding her could help persuade the Nigerians from bombing him but if she died, things would get really crazy as they will just attack out of revenge and not a motive to save her. He spoke back into the radio; “Was the Nigerian president in the helicopter before it exploded? And who fired on the helicopter in the first place?” “We don’t know who fired, we just know it went up in smokes and the explosion was heavy. But whether the president is alive is something we cannot answer. We just know that the helicopter was on the ground for a while. We suspect that she was on board before it was blown. But one thing we are sure of is that at least one of the guards is alive because we heard some gunshots from where they are.” “Okay. Send in a team and see if she is alive and when I mean a team, go through any bodies you find so you can be very sure. Is that clear?” Lucas said. *************************** *************************** Michael found himself lost in the smoke around him and he could feel some get into his lungs. The smoke was not as thick as it was and he could begin to see just his front as first and then it increased. He moved in thedirection of the screaming and he walked steadily towards it. He saw a figure sat down and still screaming. He lowered his rifle and walked towards the person who appeared tobe a woman. He heard her screams turned into slow sobs and Michael Stretched his hand and said; “Madam President, it is going to be alright, I am going to get you out of here” The figure raised her head and Michael saw that it was not the President but her aide. Herdress was covered in sooth and her face was blackened by smoke. Michael thought of leaving her but he could not bring himself to leave her go so he told her; “Take my hand; it is not really good to be out here in this smoke. Let’s move you somewhere where the air is a little bit fresher” She stretched her hand and he took it and held her up strongly as he walked slowly backtowards the clear air and where he left Dare. On getting closer he saw figures sitting downwhile two stood above them. He walked closer and saw Izu, IBK and Shade with the President while John and Dare stood watching over them with guns drawn. He stepped closer to find that Izu had pointed his gun towards him and he said; “Stand down soldier, I am a friendly. Madam President, are you okay?” The president nodded and he said; “I thought it will be cool if you had your aide with you right now” as the aide walked towards her and they hugged. Michael looked at his team and knew they were the only ones who survived. He said; “First of all, Shade, where are we on communications? I noticed that those are down so get working on that. John, I can bet those Tetuans are not going to wait around for much longer so how do we get out of here, IBK, you are in charge of ammunition inventory now, I want a report of how many guns were have left and Izu, you get to be thepresident’s primary guard let’s get this done fast. I would not like to be visiting a Tetuan cell which will be where we will end if we arenot careful and Dare, keep watch.” They all got to work as Izu, told Michael what he guessed had happened. As they were about getting the President on board with Shade and IBK on both sides of her, Izu had the aide beside him and then suddenly they heard a shout telling them to get back amidst the gunshots and they walked back as the helicopter rose a little intothe sky, they saw three guards run towards them and the helicopter pulled back and the RPG rammed into it and it exploded and fell back into the three Two DSS and one DMI agents running towards it. Michael felt sad for the loss but he knew they had to move on and he called out; “John, what are you saying?” "We could go through the street around the corner and hope they are not really patrolled. If we pass through, we can go through the backyards ofthe houses along them and hope to cross thelines behind us to the camp or we can keep going and see if we can get a truck to take us far out and we can get a phone from there” Michael looked and saw IBK holding some rifles.
19 Jul 2015 | 04:42
0 Likes
susan follow dis link to read other stories https://www.coolval.com/forumsss/vforum/sexuality/stories-by-guest-writers/
19 Jul 2015 | 04:48
0 Likes
hmmm
19 Jul 2015 | 06:08
0 Likes
10k God shez alive....... Lucas ua country suppose b blood logged nd nt water logged
19 Jul 2015 | 09:02
0 Likes
hmm nxt please
19 Jul 2015 | 10:20
0 Likes
Gud luck 2 u all
19 Jul 2015 | 11:15
0 Likes
Next please
19 Jul 2015 | 11:38
0 Likes
Tanks@somkhid
19 Jul 2015 | 12:23
0 Likes
God will see u guys through
19 Jul 2015 | 13:08
0 Likes
lucas beware
19 Jul 2015 | 15:32
0 Likes
U quyz dat have survived the attack should restrataqize and complete vhiz Mission before anythinq happens......Am sure the Presido will make it Alive...
19 Jul 2015 | 16:50
0 Likes
bt some of these happenings!
19 Jul 2015 | 19:46
0 Likes
Let the president move out from or I should come and give you a helping hand Few mins more Waiting 4 nxt epi
20 Jul 2015 | 01:31
0 Likes
Let the president move out from There or I should come and give you a helping hand Few mins more Waiting 4 nxt EPISODE
20 Jul 2015 | 01:32
0 Likes
****episode 39***** “I could find these in case we need them” Shade said “the Radio is still not working; I will need more time” Michael said; “You will get all the time you need as we go on. Izu, get the president; we have to get out of here before those guys come. John you lead with Dare behind you and then the Izu. The presidents will then follow with shade and IBK behind her. I will cover the rear. Now let’s move” They looked around for little supplies they could find while the President’s aide helped her clean her body a little. Her dress had the smell of smoke all over it and her face was blackened and the aide tried to wipe it off with a napkin while the others looked at the path John had pointed out. They filed out in the patter Michael had drawn with their rifles in front of them and their fingers on the trigger. The road was a narrow street which could only take one car. They would have taken the truck but John had seen the truck had its parts torn up by incoming bullets when the Tetuans fired at them and so they could not use it. They moved swiftly making sure they could not be seen from the troops on the other side and they disappeared into the shadows of the tall buildings. They walked slow and cautiously as they had to watch all around them. The abandoned buildings due to years of civil war had made the place look a lot more frightening than it should be and the lack of any type of light source except the one coming from the sky did not help too. Sometimes, John and Dare would walk in front ahead of them to scout ahead to make sure they was no danger but the only form of life they saw were rats which seemed to have taken over the business district. The president saw for the first time the effect the war has had on Tetuan as even the main business hub had become something else. Behind them, Michael almost walked with his back turned to them. Although most of them could barely see anything beyond a few meters in front of them but they could not risk putting on any form of light so as not to give themselves away. His eyes were trained behind him and sometimes, he would fall back because he went into some of the buildings to make sure they were not occupied but most of them had the same occupants. At some point, the President’s aide said; “Can’t we just rest a little or spend the rest of the night here and when it is dawn, we can move under the sun and we will see clearly. Anyone can be creeping in front of us without us seeing them” Shade whispered; “Perhaps the dark is good because no one can actually see us and we can have a chance to sneak behind and through the lines of the Tetuans. As for staying behind, the more timewe waste waiting, the greater the risk of the wrong person doing a head count of the bodies back there and realizing that the president’s body is not among the bodies burnt back there and they might just come looking for us” Dare thought he heard something that sounded and head of them and told them to stay back while he goes to check it out. They stood and took cover behind the wall of a tall building as Dare disappeared into the darkness. Michael stood guard in the opened as he tried to keep his eyes on Dare while therest of them waited. They stayed away from the entrance of the buildings and avoiding the windows as they did not know who might be lurking behind the windows of each building they passed sostanding against the wall seemed like the safest thing to do and the president and her aides used the opportunity to rest their legs as they both sat down while they were sandwiched between the members of the team. Dare had been for almost five minutes and Michael was getting worried. He looked into the dark and wished the radio was working and so he walked over to where Shade was; “What is the status on those radios? I will feela lot more comfortable if they were working and I also hate that I can’t see Dare which makes me a lot more nervous? “The radios might not take long to fix but I can’t fix them in the night. The fault seems to come from the one I am carrying, possibly when I fell under the impact of the explosion.I should be able to fix it if I can get some light” “Keep the lights switched off. I am not so sure about this place. When the sun rises, we can get that fixed” Dare walked forward a little and trained his ears to the direction where he thought he heard something and he walked towards it. He looked back towards the rest of the team and he saw Michael standing about the rest of them looking tireless and he smiled. Michael had always acted like some kind of big brother to the rest of them and never showed a sign of fatigue of weakness. His posture was one he was familiar with, one which told him if anything did not check out, he was more likely to shoot first before he asked questions and he felt an ounce of doubt in himself but he had been given a taskand he could not allow fear creep in at that point.
20 Jul 2015 | 04:10
0 Likes
Am still awaiting call up @somkhid
20 Jul 2015 | 06:08
0 Likes
hmmm..... D guys are rily tryin
20 Jul 2015 | 11:49
0 Likes
Wow woooooooowwwwww !!! clapping . . Finally I dor show for here like JAMES BOND!!! . . I love it when it comes to military, the story is always superb . . @somkhid, oya carry go with this Nice story, cus I dor reach here!!! . . I still remain your boy . . JESUSBOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
20 Jul 2015 | 12:26
0 Likes
Dare be extremely careful bc dre may be danger ahead. Gud work guys
20 Jul 2015 | 12:41
0 Likes
am praying 4 all dis to end, de suspense is too much
20 Jul 2015 | 12:48
0 Likes
Still waitin 4 d continuation @somhkid
20 Jul 2015 | 13:14
0 Likes
Nice job, am still waiting for when agent frank of NIA will be included
20 Jul 2015 | 13:55
0 Likes
Awesome hope dare is not up to something sha.
20 Jul 2015 | 14:43
0 Likes
Hope dare didnt run into any trouble sha
20 Jul 2015 | 16:52
0 Likes
What next .......
20 Jul 2015 | 18:28
0 Likes
This story no go give me hypertension
20 Jul 2015 | 20:27
0 Likes
Here @ last!!
20 Jul 2015 | 20:59
0 Likes
最高喔格孤獨關於窺探特思考他喔我看奧胡安博客網
21 Jul 2015 | 04:34
0 Likes
****episode 40***** He swung the rifle to his back and pulled out his side arm and kept walking forward but cautiously. He looked back at intervals to make sure he was not been followed as that could cause trouble for all of them. he kept ducking and walking along the walls from one building to another then he stopped and gave out an almost silent whistle. The whistle was almost inaudible to the human ears but those he had called out knew what the whistle was about. He whistled again and waited along the wall as he expected a reply but still none came and he waited for a little while. About thirty seconds later, he heard a similar call coming from a little distance away and hewalked a little into the open trying to see if hecan make out anybody. He waited and then he let out a whistle of his own into the dark and he waited there with his gun in his hand but it was lowered when a figured appeared in front of him. He did not move, did not raise his gun, instead he let out another whistle as another figured appeared behind the first one and before long, then they became five with all of them holding what seemed like guns with them. The first one walked to him and when he was just at hearing distance, he said; “What’s the status?” “It did not really go according to plan. The target is still alive and the team is still intact. We lost three members but the rest are more or less alive. I managed to trash up the radio but I don’t know for how long” “But what happened with the helicopter?” “Your shooter got a little too excited and fired too early. She was not aboard when he shot” “Fine. So where does that leave us and the plan now?” “We are making our way through the dark and we have no radio but do you want to make a move in the dark or you will rather wait until dawn? “We cannot risk the Tetuans catching up with you so what you should do is have John lead you this way and leave the rest to us” “But make sure you leave them before hell drops or else there is nothing we can do about that” At that, the figure walked back into the dark leaving Dare standing alone in the dark and he turned and made his way back to the team as though nothing happened but he walked faster and hoped they had not gotten suspicious of his long absence. He got back to see Michael still taking the posture he took earlier and watching. Immediately he stepped into sight, Michael pointed his gun at him but he realized that he recognized the figured and he lowered it. Dare looked the same but to Michael, something was amiss. He did not compose himself like he has done earlier but Michael dismissed it as it he was not too convinced and they moved together into the dark with John and Dare taking the lead this time. The team was lead more by Dare since he had scouted out earlier, he would have had more feel of the environment.
21 Jul 2015 | 08:16
0 Likes
abeg no get hbp ooo@tenniebenson u guys are free 2 join dem in dis mission
21 Jul 2015 | 08:18
0 Likes
Following
21 Jul 2015 | 09:59
0 Likes
me no mine if u send me to reinforce dem naa @somkhid, omo na commando tins activated on point⊙⊙
21 Jul 2015 | 13:57
0 Likes
Somkhid, mission way we done dey wait since,
21 Jul 2015 | 14:51
0 Likes
Gosh!!!! I knew dis Dare was up to something.. I've been suspecting him since he pointed out d shooter... Nd nw he is leading dem into d hands of enemies...(Who re nt even Tetuans government)
21 Jul 2015 | 16:15
0 Likes
Hp dey wil succeed
21 Jul 2015 | 16:35
0 Likes
Na wa oh, see betrayal. Dare no go dey do like des ohhh! Its unfair and unbearable wen dre is an enemy in d hux.
21 Jul 2015 | 17:50
0 Likes
Wic kind person z dis dare gan sef.
21 Jul 2015 | 19:35
0 Likes
Ah a betrayal in the team
21 Jul 2015 | 21:46
0 Likes
Sum1 might get hbp d way u ar posting it
21 Jul 2015 | 23:58
0 Likes
***episode 41******* The crisis room was quiet and there was a mood around it that made everyone shiver. The eyes of each individual burned in their sockets as they looked up to one another for explanations then a voice came over the radio; “Abuja, we cannot confirm if the president was on board or not and we cannot send a team in to confirm as the blockade still holds firm. We are about to find a way around thembut it might take some time before we can dothat and the fact that they might have snipersin those building will make it a lot easier” The vice President who had been quiet for a while said; “Your Commander in Chief is out there Major, you get through and bring her back and use whatever means necessary. “ “Yes sir” the voice answered. When the connection went out, the Vice looked towards Kuyi and asked; “What can we do we know now and what can we do?” Kuyi looked around the room and said; “We can’t do much until we know what happened with that chopper. I would advice we send another one out there but I don’t know how much that will do as t might just be shot down too. Communication with the team is almost impossible as the radio is not working so we are blind and deaf but we could send men to slip behind their lines and check. I am sure Lucas will also have men run down that road too” “What do we do now?” “I agree with Buba right now, we hit that blockade and create a hole, it does not matteranymore right now because we are not maintaining peace anymore, Lucas told us he does not need that when he took the President, we are at it seems sir war. Maybe ifwe told Lucas that in strong terms, he will know how much trouble he might be in” Buba cut in; “He might know? I say we hit those guys so hard, they feel like a volcano just went up under their legs” Then Ifeoma got the confidence to talk; “We should go easy on the attacks guys, we really don’t know where the president is rightnow and an all out attack might just make her a casualty” Buba said; “How do we know she is not one already? You and kuyi’s plan has gone from bad to worse and this is the result of it all. The president is probably dead or seriously hurting now this is where we are all because of you and your silly secret plan” Kuyi sat down without replying Buba but Ifeoma could not sit back and watch him drag her through the mud and she replied; “Our plan? You had a part to play which was to make sure the alternate routes into the major road was watched so they won’t get surprised but you did nothing. If you had monitored it, they will all be on their way home right now and we won’t be bothered about whether or not they are alive right now so don’t put this on me general” “Can we all just keep calm and face the real issue here?” The vice President said. “I understand we are all tired and stressed but let’s solve this issue and then we can argue who has what fault later.” “We should all just wait and allow time take its course, we have troops around there and let them do their jobs before we lose hope. There is still a chance the president is alive and we should hold on to that plan” Kuyi turned towards Buba and said: “Then when all is done, we would probably be doing a complete enquiry into what exactly went wrong” The vice president said; “Okay let’s keep this going before the press start hassling us for information” “So what’s the plan now?” Ifeoma said Kuyi turned towards Buba and said; “First we push through that barrier and see who what happened with the chopper then we send in our ground forces to those streets, we monitor the buildings and do a thorough of the whole place to make sure she is alive” “What if she is dead?” “Then God helps Lucas and his army” *************************** *************************** ********************* Lucas was not assured of anything. he had found no need for his chair anymore, the heavy shelling of his house did not help issues get better as the constant vibrations and gunshot did not help his thinking and reasoning. The men at the front had reported that they were approaching the clearing and they did so cautiously. When they got close, he had them put him on a open line so he could get the information immediately they got it. He was not about to wait for anything as the president would decide what he would do next, He walked around the office nervously and occasionally, his lieutenants call his line for some order and he just ignored them, he knew he was playing something with high scales and he had to keep his eyes on the ballor everything would go down quickly. His men at the gates said although the Nigerians were attacking them, they were still not beingcompletely serious and something told him they also did not know the fate of their president. If she was dead, they won’t be shooting guns at him, they would be bombing him aerially
22 Jul 2015 | 02:57
0 Likes
Hmmm . . . . . . . . Still observing
22 Jul 2015 | 09:00
0 Likes
War is approaching
22 Jul 2015 | 10:29
0 Likes
There is a mole in the team in abuja
22 Jul 2015 | 12:46
0 Likes
Hey somkhid can u make it two updates per day?Ryt now am really wondering if d team would make it out complete,but fact remains from look of things only d lst two sss official would come out of dis with d president. Somkhid if it was real i'ld have run into d battle field to prove myself without being called up,nd bring bck d presido
22 Jul 2015 | 14:42
0 Likes
This z serious
22 Jul 2015 | 15:06
0 Likes
Lucas u call 4 war n u will see it
22 Jul 2015 | 16:52
0 Likes
no wonder d plan did not work, Dare u must surely pay for ur betrayal
22 Jul 2015 | 16:52
0 Likes
Uhmmmmm i av a feeling dere is an insider in dat board room.... Tym will tell
22 Jul 2015 | 16:57
0 Likes
Dare z a mole....... Ope sum1 finds out b4 itz 2 late ooooo
22 Jul 2015 | 20:29
0 Likes
Next episode loading 57%%
23 Jul 2015 | 09:01
0 Likes
Ok the team will make it but one of them will die
23 Jul 2015 | 12:58
0 Likes
I guest its VP's handiwork
23 Jul 2015 | 13:53
0 Likes
I am suspecting Buba in dis case, he has a cockroach in his cupboard
23 Jul 2015 | 17:38
0 Likes
No update today? Somkhid do something na? D suspense is killing
23 Jul 2015 | 19:46
0 Likes
*****episode 42**** His communicator came alive as the men approached the clearing and he could hear them walk cautiously. He could hear the breath of the commandant through the radio and the cool breeze blowing against the microphone of the communicator. The static would increase and then stop signaling that the commandant was taking cover, scout andthen run to take another position he heard; “Sir, we are almost at the clearing. We can see a chopper in flames in the distance should we approach?” To Lucas, that was the silliest question in the world and he felt like screaming into the receiver but he knew it would do no good. Hewas their leader and whatever happened, he could not show weakness. He should maintain his strength and appear to be in charge of his emotion so they would also believe they can win. “Yes approach” They moved forward and he heard them walktowards it and soon the commandant said; “There appears to be no sign of life sir” “What do you see?” “The men are searching the area and they can find three bodies around the helicopter, the pilot is there too and there is one body inside the helicopter while another is just beside it. I think the body beside the helicopter fell from it from his position” “Can you see any female body? You reported that there was a woman among those who came for her at the palace counting her, the president’s aide and the president, there should be three females’ bodies. There will also be members of the team there if they areall dead” “Sir, we can’t find any. I will have the men bring the bodies back to the palace for more examinations but it seems these are the only bodies here” Lucas found it hard to contain his excitement,his military training had taught him never to assume or take anyone for dead until a body was found and identified. If they could not find any female bodies then where was she?, they also did not find enough bodies to conclude that all the members of the team are dead Lucas said; “Keep looking, she is probably alive and hiding somewhere with the remaining members of the team. Waiting for the Nigerians to come get them” “I don’t think they are waiting sir, I think theyalready left” the commandant said as he looked ahead of him and saw a little dirty road that lead into the old central business district. “What do you mean left? Was there another helicopter?” “They must have gone through the business district, there is a road we did not take into consideration and except they have a truck or another means of transport, they will be going by road which will mean they will be slow and we can catch up with them. the truck they left the palace in is still here but I guess the bullets damaged it during the gun fight” “Finally some hope” Lucas thought to himself “Go after them, I don’t care if you have to run all morning, I want you to catch up with them and bring them back to the palace” “Yes sir, but they could not have more that a twenty five minute head start. We will certainly catch up with them.” The Tetuans arranged themselves into groups, some went by foot and some waited for three trucks which were brought to them as they prepared to chase after the Nigerians while some were charged with taking the remains of the dead back. *************************** ********************** Michael did not like the odds against them but he had no choice. He was used to dark only when he was the one watching someone else not when he was running froman enemy which could emerge from anywhere. John and Dare were in front but ata reasonable distance and the seemed to know their way to wherever it was they weresupposed to pass. Before, they would move, duck and then try to figure out where to passbut now, they just walked on as though they suddenly remember the roads which to him was not consistent. There were other roads and he sometimes disappeared from behind them to go check them out and he found them to be deserted even though something told him they were not alone. His instincts were hardly ever wrong and he could feel eyes watching him. at every turn, he felt that someone was behind him waitingpatiently but he could see no one. Inside him, he wished the sun would come up fast be thetime was just 3am and that sunlight was a long time away. The darkness also helped them in a way because if they were being watched, the person would have a hard time figuring out where they all were except they could be lead into one spot like sheep into a pent Which seemed like what John and Dare were doing in front. They looked too familiar with the roads and threw caution into the wind. He looked towards the SSS agents who walked directly in front and behind the president and even their figures looked nervous as they turned around a lot to see their surrounding well and at their guns held firm but not John and Dare. Their guns were just hanging from their back as if they were taking a stroll through their own backyard.
24 Jul 2015 | 03:25
0 Likes
Na dem b d mole na...... Nxt oooo
24 Jul 2015 | 04:18
0 Likes
Kokoro ton je efo, inu efo lowa. Micheal pls do something b4 des 2 guys lead u all to death. Follow ur instinct, it helps a lot. Next.............
24 Jul 2015 | 04:43
0 Likes
Micheal, pls do smth fast b4 it's too late
24 Jul 2015 | 05:52
0 Likes
Follow ur instincts plzzzzzz
24 Jul 2015 | 10:44
0 Likes
****episode 43**** Shade was not bothered about where they were going, she was only worried about the radio. The one she carried was a sort of hub for the rest and it was the one that seemed to have the fault which to her was strange. She was supposed to be with the president and her aide but they were sandwiched by the SSS agents with one in front and another behind. They acted every inch like bodyguards and so she had some time to herself. She occasionally looked around and once a while, she noticed that Michael would disappear or take a different road only to double back later and she understood why he chose to walk behind them. She had time to work with her hands on the radio and she allowed her rifle swing down as she went to work in the dark and while walking. Her fingers knew exactly where eachbutton was by memory and she felt every inch of the radio but could not see where the fault could come from. There was a couple of scratches but nothing else was out of place until her fingers felt something strange. The space where the batteries enter had a hole, a space of some sort as though the battery compartment was opened and the lid was not put back correctly and she removed the lid completely. She felt for the battery and realized that the battery was gone. She stopped in her tracks as she tried to remember if she had removed it but she could not. She had no reason to remove it or open the compartment so someone else musthave done that. There was no other time the person would have removed it except when the helicopter blew up and she was unconscious for some time before she was dragged out of the smoke.
25 Jul 2015 | 07:29
0 Likes
Nxt ooooo....... Dis episode z veri short @somhkid...... Mre power 2 ua elbow
25 Jul 2015 | 07:40
0 Likes
Hmmm, war war war
25 Jul 2015 | 10:08
0 Likes
Shade dey missinq Ba3 should make u suspect somethinq so jex let Michael know abt it......
25 Jul 2015 | 10:26
0 Likes
It is getting interesting
25 Jul 2015 | 10:54
0 Likes
Diz too short ooooooo
25 Jul 2015 | 11:12
0 Likes
Very short, somkhid do something kpamurege.
25 Jul 2015 | 11:27
0 Likes
Work of dare
25 Jul 2015 | 20:34
0 Likes
*****episode 44***** Shade was shocked and almost immediately, the shocked turned into fear. She staggered at the thought that someone among them might have deliberately removed the battery so they could not communicate with the base which meant they could be walking into a trap. Her mind first went to Michael but he looked too concerned and something told her it was not him. his body language showed he was aware of a danger but not sure plus if he did not completely check out, he would not be made leader. She looked back and saw that he was gone again. He looked around trying to see if she can catch a glimpse of him but he seemed to have disappeared into the night. She had some spare batteries in her backpack and her hand went to feel where she kept them and she saw that they were still there. She thought of outing one in but she stopped. If she activated hers then every other one will work so she just waited and almost immediately, Michael appeared beside her and whispered; “What’s wrong” he said “What makes you think there is anything wrong sir?” “Your body language changed and you have been looking around a lot, you feel something is happening I should know about?” “No, I was just looking around” “Okay, Shade, but see what you can do about communications, this place is beginning to irk me” “Yes sir” Shade saw that Michael’s pace dropped a little so she could walk in front of him when she said; “Actually, I think I know what’s wrong with the radio” “Can you fix it?” “It was not damaged in the first place” “So what’s wrong with it?” “Someone removed the battery from mine which knocked every other one out” Michael did not stop moving or express any surprise as he simply walked up beside her and said; “Tell me you have spares” “I do, but I don’t want to put one in because whoever did it would know it is working. I would rather we find who removed the battery first and seeing as you did not show any sign of surprise, you must know there is a traitor among us and probably know the person" “I don’t know the person, I just have strong suspicions and I also know we are being followed” “So who is your candidate?” “More like candidates” “More than one? Those SSS boys don’t look the type but what do I know?” “It’s not them, it’s John and Dare, and I think they want to lead us into a trap” “So what do we do?” “For now, we play along. I suggest we don’t let the SSS boys know, we don’t want anyone panicking and we certainly don’t want the president to find out about this” Shade thought for a little as she reached for her rifle and check to make sure the magazine was in and she said; “So you think following them into this trap of theirs is a good idea?” “We don’t have a lot of options right now. I suspect we are already being followed and any move we make might alert them. We should follow for the time being and until we can figure out a way to get out of here. We should slow down a little and see if they will notice. If they don’t, we can slip and find a way to get away from them” Shade looked towards John and Dare as they walked on in front without bothering to look back to those they are leading on “What if we are all dead before we get the chance?” “What makes you think they want us dead? Ifthey did, they just wanted her back? if they wanted us dead, they would have done that already” They were still in their conversation when they noticed that John and Dare slowed down ahead as the team walked towards a huge building which had a large space in front of it. and they stopped walking totally. The company of Izu, IBK, the president and her aide joined her later as Michael and Shadejoined them later and Michael asked; “Why are we stopping?” Neither John nor Dare answered but a voice came from the dark, “Because ladies and gentlemen, you are at the end of the road and I am in charge now” Shade raised he rifle and IBK did the same immediately while Izu moved to cover the president and Michael just stood and watched it play out as John and Dare pulled away from them. From all corners, men appeared with guns drawn towards them and they moved until they surrounded the team completely. “Why don’t you all put down your guns so we can make this expedient?” Michael who had been studying the events said; “Why don’t you tell us who you are and what you want before we talk about putting anything down because personally, I won’t mind putting you down first” Almost immediately, a pair of lights was switched on and it was aimed towards the team and they were able to see those who surrounded them clearly. “Well I thought the lights were necessary since we won’t want anyone wandering off and since you are so concerned with who we are, let me introduce myself” He walked towards the group a little and said; “I am Major Ahmed Toriade, Nigerian special forces”
26 Jul 2015 | 04:19
0 Likes
People are not to be trusted...Dare and John are devilz.....Finqer's crossed...waitinq anxiously to see how thinqz will play out...
26 Jul 2015 | 04:41
0 Likes
hmmmmmmmm
26 Jul 2015 | 05:49
0 Likes
See dead end, pls way out ooo. Definitely dey will lose some members, I hope dre is a way out
26 Jul 2015 | 07:11
0 Likes
Waiting t c aw it all played out
26 Jul 2015 | 08:13
0 Likes
It is getting hotter
26 Jul 2015 | 08:58
0 Likes
Let dea b a way out ooooo...... Shade shuld activate d communication line sharp sharp na
26 Jul 2015 | 09:16
0 Likes
may God save u people ar nt to b trust shade start communicating sharp sharp ooo
26 Jul 2015 | 10:54
0 Likes
I tink sm1 4rm Naija in d meeting wnt d president 2 die
26 Jul 2015 | 11:37
0 Likes
oh my God, I am panicking already, help dis Nigerians God
26 Jul 2015 | 12:30
0 Likes
The operation is too coded for it to flop,there is a snitch in abuja defense cabinet
26 Jul 2015 | 14:59
0 Likes
interesting
26 Jul 2015 | 18:33
0 Likes
******episode 45******* The president’s aide walked from behind the team and said; “Nigerian special forces? That’s great, what took you guys so long?” The president pulled her back; “I don’t think they are here to save us” Michael said; “At least I know who to thank for the death of three of the members of my team when you blew up our rescue helicopter” The major looked at them with a smile on his face as Izu, IBK and Shade had their rifles pointed at them and he said; “You should put down your weapons. There is really no point trying to fight this out as you are out manned and out gunned.” “You must have missed a part of the mission Major, we are to safe guard the president with our lives” Izu said. “Agent Izu, what do you really know about protecting the president, you are just a step about the police and I don’t think I have to remind you that you are in over your head” the major said “But that does not mean we will go down without a fight” Shade said “If you want her, you going to have to go through us” Shade continued “And I am wondering what makes you think we want to hurt the president? We might be here for the same reason you are here you know” Michael raised his eyebrows in mock surprise,looked towards Dare and John and said; “So why do I find myself backed up against somewhere and feel like I am trapped like a monkey behind bars?” “Well it is not really my fault Michael, I am just carrying orders” Dare said as he and john walked away from their side and joined the team which surrounded them and they saluted the major as they walked back towards the trucks “I had a mole in your team Michael and you were too blind to see it, now what kind of rescue team does that make this? You guys are a failure” The president who had been behind Izu and IBK all this while walked through from behindthem and said; “What is your purpose here Major? You are under oath to the president and Commander in Chief of the Armed forces of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and I demand to know what is happening here” The Major said nothing. He just stood just a little distance in front of his team who had their guns pointed at the team and the lights were also pointed at the team too which made it look like they were on a stage and the soldiers were their audience and Michael could feel the end draw close. His eyes was on the Major as he thought of what he would do if he could wrap his hands around Dare and john and he almost wanted to smile at the thought when his eyes caught something around the corner. It looked like little touch lights and they seemed to move breaking the darkness in the distance and he thought within himself; “Now what?” The set of lights were soon joined by anotherpair of lights and then another joined them which made Michael sure that the Tetuans had caught up with them and in his head; he hoped they were not on the side of the force which has had them trapped. So he asked; “You heard the lady major, who are you working for? and don’t tell me you would rather work for that bird brained Lucas Radonsolema” The major looked surprised; “The Tetuans? You think I would allow that idiot boss me around like I am his pet monkey when I could be making better use of myself in the paid employment of someoneelse who would both pay and treat me better?” “That’s surprising” Michael thought to himself happily “So what plans do you have for us Major?” “First of all, put down your weapons and we will talk about what I want to do with you. You all know you cannot get into a gun battle with us and win so please put those guns down” IBK who had been quiet all through said; “Why should we put our guns down? You might just decide to kill us all” “Well actually, we intend to kill you all but it will be a lot more easy to do so while your guns are down” Michael looked to the direction he had seen the lights earlier and did not see the lights again. He tried to imagine the distance they might have gone through but he did not see anything in the distance as it seemed those who had out the lights on had disappeared into the darkness and he felt a sense of failure and disappointment wash over him. He had his rifle just hanging over his shoulder and his hands went behind him andhe pulled the gun into his hands as he said; “Protect the president” IBK, Izu, and Shade formed a makeshift circle around the president and her aide as they pointed their guns at the men surrounding them and they heard Michael say; “Steady men. If we are to end this here, we will go down fighting”
27 Jul 2015 | 01:25
0 Likes
Pam!!! Time for action.....Michael i love ya spirit...no surrender no retreat.... So vhiz one's are not 4rm Lucas Randoselma?? I'm still wonderinq what the president did to deserve all diz bullshit from them.....
27 Jul 2015 | 01:45
0 Likes
Ghen-ghen! Film Don Start... Major, U Aint Goin To Gat Dis Easy Wit Ur Crews And I Pray D Tetuans Get To Them Befor Start Combatin So As To Use Dat As An Advantage. Cnt Wait For D Nxt Episod
27 Jul 2015 | 02:03
0 Likes
The nigeria rescue team is around
27 Jul 2015 | 07:27
0 Likes
Luvly...... No retreat no surrender...... Nxt plsss
27 Jul 2015 | 09:45
0 Likes
Action, Suspense filled and interesting. Next pls
27 Jul 2015 | 11:54
0 Likes
Ghen ghen ghen ghen!!!!!!!!
27 Jul 2015 | 13:18
0 Likes
Nigeria special force going against Nigeria President. trust no one
27 Jul 2015 | 15:35
0 Likes
Next episode loading 70%
28 Jul 2015 | 06:32
0 Likes
No retreat no surrender
28 Jul 2015 | 07:45
0 Likes
****episode 46******* Izu could hear the whole thing happen but he could not believe it. The helicopter explosion had shaken him but him kneeling down with his rifle pointed at people who outnumber his team by almost three to one was not something he had envisaged. The major had said he was from the Nigerian special forces and his accent proved him right and even the team leader had no doubt about it. The Major turned started to walk backwards towards his team and he said; “My mission is simple madam president; you must not return home alive and there should not be any witness so I guess that explains the blowing up of your helicopter and this little ambush” “Steady” Michael said as he expected some miracle to happen or else he would be done for The Major put his right hand in his and brought out a small phone. He dialed and spoke into the receiver; “We have them right here sir should we go ahead with it?” He paused for some seconds as Shade whispered to Michael; “What exactly are we waiting for sir?” “Something I saw in the distance and should be here any time now” “That sign better come soon because the moment this arsehole gets off the phone, we are done for” IBK who had listened to their conversation but silently said; “Whatever the sign is, I hope it is that red spot on this Major guy's chest” Shade said; “What red spot?” “Why don’t you look towards where is heart is supposed to be” Shade looked and saw a faint red glow on the Major’s chest as he spoke on the phone with someone and Shade said; “Michael, do we know anything about that light?” Michael who for the first time that night was surprised said; “I have nothing to do with that and that is not the miracle I was hoping for” He continued; “IBK, how much of a shot are you?” “I am pretty good what are you hoping for?” “This might sound suicidal but if we don’t do this now, we might all end up dead so what I want us to do is simple, when I give the signal, Shade and Izu make for those huge glass doors behind us and take the president with you. We will hold them off right here.” “That’s suicide. You will be killed immediately we make for those doors and have you even thought the doors might be locked?” Izu said “The doors might be locked but they are not bulletproof so I expect you to get inside by all means. You should get through and let’s hope whoever has that red light is a friendly to us. IBK, at my signal, take out those lights. We have a better chance of survival in the dark. You take the one on the left and I will aim at the one on the right.” He paused a bit and said; “Is everyone ready?” Shade said; “How come we did not factor in the aide?” Michael said almost absent mindedly; “We already have our subject and if she can follow you fast enough, good for her, if not, she is on her own”
28 Jul 2015 | 13:42
0 Likes
Hmmm.....the idea sound s cool but very suicidal.... Letz jex hope for the Best...
28 Jul 2015 | 14:42
0 Likes
U will succeed
28 Jul 2015 | 14:55
0 Likes
They wil surely survive this trial.
28 Jul 2015 | 15:54
0 Likes
D idea is very suicidal
28 Jul 2015 | 16:47
0 Likes
Smh @some ppl sha... Oga o.. I jez hope dare nd john re sentenced 2 death by electrocuting....
28 Jul 2015 | 16:57
0 Likes
am afraid o
28 Jul 2015 | 18:52
0 Likes
Ope d idea works shaa...... Nxt...... Meanwhile, nic 1 @somhkid
29 Jul 2015 | 04:52
0 Likes
hope for miracle
29 Jul 2015 | 05:05
0 Likes
hmmm i pray u shuld b safe
29 Jul 2015 | 05:44
0 Likes
Perfect plan......
29 Jul 2015 | 07:23
0 Likes
Dis is so risky
29 Jul 2015 | 09:39
0 Likes
Wow nice plan but sucide plan
29 Jul 2015 | 12:03
0 Likes
That's suicide, but is better to die fighting than just killed like a coward.
29 Jul 2015 | 13:30
0 Likes
fire on d mountain
29 Jul 2015 | 14:57
0 Likes
Military betrayal.
29 Jul 2015 | 16:29
0 Likes
********episode 47****** The Major was still listening to his phone as he was taking orders from someone on the other side while the team thought about their plan. The plan had come to Michael in a rush and he did not have time to think it through. He just knew it might give them a chance to get the president away but there were a lot of things he did not factor into his plans. The spot on the major’s chest was from a gun which be coming from anywhere. There were a lot of buildings around and the shooter might or might not be a friendly. He remembered what he training officer once told him “The enemy of your enemy is not necessarily your friend, it just makes him another factor to mess up your whole existence” and this was the exact case. For all he knew the infrared light might be from the Tetuans creating a territory and trying to get the president back because it is certain that Lucas would not want her to die on his homesoil if he valued his life. Then there was the door to the building. He did not have time to hatch his plane well but he knew the door was made of glass and there might be a chance that it will be unlocked or at least not impervious to bullets.He hoped within him that Shade and Izu were able to get her out even though he and IBK might die right there. It was a risk which was not well calculated but one they had to take nonetheless. Getting away from these guys might just end them in the hands of the Tetuans which although is a whole lot better that being shot dead, it was also not a comfortable situation for him to put his team or the president into. He knew he had to try to make the right decision and being captured was a whole lot better than being shot and executed. He aimed for the light which was almost blinding him and he hoped IBK was as good a shot as he said he is or else the plan might just go sideways. He could make out the image of the soldiers on the trucks watching them and waiting for their leader to give them the order to open fire but he still held on to allow IBK aim well. Izu heard the plan and understood it perfectly but he thought it was not well thought out. The soldiers had already aimed and were unlikely to miss just because the lights went off. He could make out the figuresof Dare and John on the other side watching them and he wondered how it was so easy to betray their own team. He felt angry and lost at the same time. He had being in teams which had moles but no one had ever given him to the hands of someone that will possible kill him before. This was all new to him and the success of the plane was all that mattered. He already knew where the president was and it was just a matter of steps from there to the door but under fire, those steps could mean a whole different thing if the people shooting at them were not distracted and an idea crept into his head. He saw the idea takeshape and he saw how it could work and buythem some more time to get away. Michael and IBK would probably die regardless of his idea but it was a team event and the mission was more important. Shade was more pissed than scared and evenmore pissed to think. She never liked insubordination. She did not even like those who turn around to give them information atthe expense of their country as she thought itwas dishonorable and what Dare and John did was the height of it. She could feel the light blind her but all she could see was Izu clutching on to the president as she provided cover fire for him to get her inside and she hoped that nothing else went wrong. the door has to be unlocked and the plan must. The Major muttered a “Yes sir, I understand”, hung up and out the phone back into his pocket. He looked toward the team and said; “This is it, goodbye” and he turn around to walk backward. Michael saw the chance he had been waiting for and said now. *************************** *************************** Lucas was not comfortable in his office at all. The sound of heavy guns and mortars had added to his misery as it appeared that the Nigerians were getting closer to him and at the same time the men he sent to look for the president had not found her yet. It was a slippery slope which he knew could end up with him falling and that is if his own men don’t turn against him first. As much as he trusted his own people, there was no guarantee that in a bid to safe themselves, they might just decide to cut a deal and hand him over and that scared him more. Each of his decisions had gone from bad to worse and he wondered what possessed him to think his plan might actually work. He knew the plan about the weapon was a completely silly idea but the plan behind getting the arms was a perfectly good one which could have sealed victory forhim. If the plan had gone according to pan, the Nigerian president would have been on her way home and he would have the assurance of victory but now he is looking at defeat andpossible dead right in the face.
30 Jul 2015 | 14:21
0 Likes
At least u knw dat dis means ua own death iv anitn happens 2 d president....... Nice 1 @somhkid....... Drop d nxt bomb shell, we're waitin
30 Jul 2015 | 15:03
0 Likes
i hope u guys will be safe
30 Jul 2015 | 16:44
0 Likes
Not well thought out plan, but I hope d major and his team makes a little mistake to buy u guys more time. Next pls
30 Jul 2015 | 18:20
0 Likes
Pray ur plan works..........................ur hours ar numbered. Serves u right lucas.
30 Jul 2015 | 18:51
0 Likes
I guest d gun aimed at major is from d Tetuan, I hope it pave way for Micheal's team
30 Jul 2015 | 21:00
0 Likes
THIZ IZ VERY HARD TASK, HMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM
31 Jul 2015 | 04:39
0 Likes
surely they will successed
31 Jul 2015 | 06:47
0 Likes
Lucas is afried,bcos.if anytin hapen to nigeria president,his country wil be on fire.
31 Jul 2015 | 07:06
0 Likes
#i_see_what_others_don't_see.
31 Jul 2015 | 08:20
0 Likes
I just hope all d team makes it out alive cos am kinda scared
31 Jul 2015 | 11:32
0 Likes
Next pls
31 Jul 2015 | 14:59
0 Likes
Well i dnt think dey will die....
31 Jul 2015 | 18:36
0 Likes
****episode 48********* There was not just gun shot from Michael and IBK, there were also shots fired from the buildings towards the men who just tried to kill them. She turned completely and ran inside with Michael and IBK who was limping right behind her. Michael saw Izu threw the grenade and he almost smiled in the confusion. The men did not see the grenade thrown at them as they all turned to see why the Major fell. The fact that the lights went put almost immediately was even more surprising as they were stunned and taken unawares when they were attacked from all corners and they wereforced to shoot into the dark. There were lights from automatic rifles all around them and from the buildings in the surroundings too as more and more bullets rained down at them and they had to head for safety as it turned out that they were the ones caught in a trap. With the available light, Michael could see that the President, her aide, Izu and Shade had entered the building and he ran towards them, he pulled at IBK’s arm who was caught up in the shooting and they ran after them, making their way up the stairs and through the doors. They saw Shade waving at them and shouting but the gunfire was too loud and they could not hear her. They ran through the doors and inside the building as they took cover but the shootings outside didnot stop. It seemed like all around them, there were shooting and screams from the Major’s men filled their ears for minutes as Michael said; “We can’t stay here” Shade said; “Who shot the major? I am pretty sure it is not one of us. There was a sniper on the roof of one of the buildings around us and that person obviously wanted us alive” IBK added as he tried to get up and assess the damage to his right leg; “The Major is a little matter, there are shooters all around; in almost all the buildings around and I really wished I know who they are because I know my head cannot take any more surprises” He tried to walk with his leg but had some difficulty and Izu came to his side to help him out. Michael turned to the president and offered her his hand. She took it with reluctance as she ws already tired from the stress and all the running; “I am sorry Madam President but we really have to go” Shade stopped a little behind and looked towards the door as the gunshots had not reduced, instead it seemed to be increasing as Michael said; “Shade, walk up ahead and try to see if there is an exit we can use; some back door or something before Lucas’s men joins the party outside” Shade walked on with a torch in her hands as she disappeared down the hall while IBK looked at Michael and said; “Lucas’s men? What do they have to do with anything?” “Before everything went south out there, I saw a couple of headlights in the distance and that could only be the Tetuan army who were looking for us. When they came close enough to see those headlights, they switched their off and I doubt they would have been the ones in those buildings” Shade came back and said; “There is a door up ahead that leads to the back and into the alley. I don’t know much about the geography here but we can be in the open and perhaps have a head start before those guys figure out they are on the same side” “Okay, move out” Michael said Izu said; “Is there any chance we can get the radio working again so we can at least let them know what is going on over here and they can send someone to come get us?” The President said; “If that officer is a Major in the Nigerian army,then why did he want us killed? Unless some people don’t want me to get back home and if I am right, it won’t really be a good idea to call home for help. Perhaps I should have stayed at the presidential palace, at least, Lucas did not want me dead, he just wanted to do some negotiations” A silence fell on them at that point as they all followed Shade towards the exit while the gunfight outside continued. **************************** ************************ Back in the crises room, the tension was not eased as everyone was trying to get in touch with whoever they could get in touch with until the phone rang. The phone was on Ifeoma’s table so she picked it; “Hello, what is happening?” She listened for a while and then she put it on speaker; “Captain, can you please start from the top once again?” The voice on the other side paused a little then said; “We sent a team around the Tetuans blockade and we discovered that the team got out of the helicopter bombing” At this, everyone jumped but Ifeoma remained seated as she already knew the news that was coming in but she did not have the heart to break it to the board herself. She wanted to burry herself or disappear right there before the news was broken but she had no choice but to sit there and allow him finish. She looked over at Kuyi who just sat down with his face looking as blank as ever. He showed no pleasure or whatever at the news. He merely sat down and waited for the news to come in slowly.
1 Aug 2015 | 04:08
0 Likes
Yes you quyz are makinq so much proqress and datz cool....Itz also a nice decision to keep the latest happeninq's secret cos dat would qive u an edqe over the mole back in Abuja....
1 Aug 2015 | 04:27
0 Likes
D suspense is killing, not all of dem will make it
1 Aug 2015 | 06:14
0 Likes
Cool
1 Aug 2015 | 09:13
0 Likes
u guys are making progress
1 Aug 2015 | 11:13
0 Likes
Frm trouble to trouble, hopes it ends wel.
1 Aug 2015 | 12:53
0 Likes
D story z cokeastic
1 Aug 2015 | 13:22
0 Likes
God will c u guys tru
1 Aug 2015 | 17:34
0 Likes
Hmmmmm...... Nafin 2 say...... Well done.....? Nt yet na...... Nxt
1 Aug 2015 | 18:09
0 Likes
*******episode 49******* Buba said; “So where is the team now? Do you have them with you? How is the president?” The voice rested a bit as the room fell into silence while everyone waited for the news that was about to be told. “We got to the team but we could not get to them in time. The Tetuans beat us to it and they executed the President and the whole team. None of them escaped. I am sorry. We do not have her body yet as they were far behind enemy lines when it happened but we are awaiting orders to press foward” Ifeoma put her head on the huge desk as she could not bear to look up. Her eyes felt heavy with tears and the fatigue of the past hours all weighed on her and she could not imagine that it would end this way. She could not imagine that the president would have died on her watch after a mission that was supposed to have gone perfectly suddenly went wrong and everything else apart from the plan happened. She raised her head and saw that all around the room, eyes were on her; apparently they wanted a reason and explanations but she had none. At that moment, she wished she could say something in her defense or at least, say something intelligence but her emotions had begun to fail her and everyone could see that she was not just scared but was admitting failure. She looked towards the Vice Presidentand said in a shaky voice; “I am sorry sir, the plan was foolproof and it should have gone according to plan but it was a failure and I take full responsibility for this and hence, I am stepping down and resigning my position as the Minster for Defense and will subject myself to any panel of inquiry that is set up to investigate the actions of the team which led to the capture and eventual death of the late Commander in chief” The Vice President looked around as he was taken aback by her sudden resignation and he said; “I don’t know why you are resigning to me Ifeoma, I am not the president” The Minister for Foreign Affairs said; “You are not the president yet sir. In a case like you, you should be sworn in as President immediately” The Vice President replied; “We have not even settled the issue of the dead President yet. We need to get her body back home and get ready for her funeral and then we have to break the news to the press and everyone. How do we even go about all that? Where do we start from?” Olaoye said; “The first thing to do is make sure the country is not without a leader at this trying time. We still have to decide what to do with Lucas and then we have to find out how all these went this way” At this, Buba said; “Accept my condolences sir, I believe I speak for everyone here when I say, we are really sorry about this incident and we will do all we can to find out what went wrong but for now, you have to be strong as the nation will need someone to look up to” There a murmur of approval around the room as they all agreed with Buba and Olaofesaid; “We better wake up the Attorney General and the Senate President” The Vice President said; “The senate president is on a medical vacation remember” “Then he better gets back as fast as possible. You have to be sworn in soon so we can move on and you can be able to take decisions that can move us forward” The Vice President got up, walked around the room a little and said; “We need to get her body back and then someone bet in touch with the army down there and tell them to be ready for a full blown war. Lucas will pay for this with his life” With that he walked towards the door and then said; “I don’t see the need for this assembly anymore, the most of you will probably be fired or redeployed but let me assure you, I intend to set up a panel of enquiry into this event and if anyone is found wanting, that person is going to pay for his or her crime” and he walked out of the room with guards and bodyguards already waiting for him. The Commandant of the Palace Guards, General Quadri Muhammad got up and walked behind the Vice president and one after the other, the room got empty until it remained just Buba, Kuyi and Ifeoma left in the room. Kuyi had barely uttered a word since the news broke and he still maintained his silence until Buba said; “I told you this plan of yours should be revised but you refused Admiral. You think you are still giving commands on your frigate but this is something else. You should have outsourced for men and left this to the army. If that happened, we won’t be in this mess right now” Kuyi said cooly; “I don’t think this is a time to be putting blames on anyone, a lot of things could have gone wrong and until we get an investigation going, we can never tell what actually happened. And I trust your men can retrieve her body before the end of today, it will be a shame to leave it lying there”
2 Aug 2015 | 03:13
0 Likes
Shez nt dead na....... I fink d vice president has sumtn 2 do wif dat trap dey were led in2...... Nxt oooo
2 Aug 2015 | 05:14
0 Likes
Don't trust d Vp
2 Aug 2015 | 05:29
0 Likes
Kokoro ton je efo, inu efo lowaa. Too much suspense
2 Aug 2015 | 11:26
0 Likes
Hmmmm..........the fight for powers has begun,the stage is set.
2 Aug 2015 | 11:50
0 Likes
D president know someone want her to die.
2 Aug 2015 | 12:55
0 Likes
i dnt believe d vp
2 Aug 2015 | 13:21
0 Likes
Am suspecting the vise president hav a hand in the hole issue.
2 Aug 2015 | 15:26
0 Likes
*******episode 50******** Buba did not reply, he just walked out without looking back and closed the door loudly while Kuyi walked over to Ifeoma who was trying hard not to cry in front of anyone. She had hoped it will end well but the reverse had happened. Her head dropped to the desk again and kuyi put his hand on her back as he sat down beside her; “This is not your fault. You did your best but it was not good enough. It is the failure of the collection of the military not you alone” Without raising her head, she answered; “But I am the head of the military kuyi, this will all come down on me and I don’t have a place to hide” “I will be here for you in case you need someone to lean on. it is about to rain hell and we have to stick together” “Thanks but please go. I need to be alone right now” “You should go home Ifeoma, you can get some strength there instead of burying yourself here” “Kuyi, you have done your duty, please go. I really have to be alone right now” Kuyi got up and walked slowly towards the door. He had been trained and had learned never to show emotions but for some reason, Ifeoma was someone he always made an exception for. He had not seen a woman rise that high from the military and her intelligence always amazed him in a world which was dominated by men and sometimes he wondered what it would be like to be in her arms but he never brought it up as it could mean an end to both their careers. He walked to the door, pushed it andwalked out leaving Ifeoma to sit down in her uniform with her head on the huge desk. She remained in that position for almost tem minutes until she heard a soft knock on the door. She was not in the mood to see anyone so she did not answer. She did not even raise her head until she heard an unfamiliar voice; “Good morning ma’am, I have been meaning to talk to you all day” She looked up and saw a young man she had seen but she could not place his face. His hair was scattered and he was not in his uniform; “Who are you, what are you doing here and how did you get in?” “I need you to follow me ma’am” She looked at him with confusion written all over her face as behind him, her own personal bodyguard appeared and signaled to her to come. She got up reluctantly, straightened her uniform and walked out of the room and the young man followed her and the bodyguard walked down the hall into the elevator. “What is this about Charles?” she asked Charles her bodyguard did not reply he just looked at her an put his right index finger over his lips. They got out of the elevator and headed towards the communications office of the building and when they were in, the young man said; “Can you please switch off your phone and give it to me please?” “What is this about?” Charles said; “I suggest you do what he says. He showed me something earlier but I could not tell you since you have been so busy all day” She brought her phone and switched it off and handed it over to the young man who started pushing some buttons on a laptop in front of him and he whispered to himself; “Just as I thought” Now ifeoma was really confused; “What is happening here, start giving me answers” The man looked up and said; “Ma’am at communications, we are tasked with making sure there lines here work fine and we also keep some secure lines for special purposes” “I know what you do young man, what I asked is why you asked for my phone and why you dragged me down here at this time. I am extremely stressed right now and really not in a good mood” “Well ma’am, we conduct sweeps on all the rooms including the phones of selected officials and we discovered something surprising. You phone has been bugged” “What? How can that happen? Who would dare?” “it is not just your phone ma’am, your cars, the conference room, office and your house also carry the same the same type of bugs. We did not discover it early because the people doing it are using the same devices we use and shielded it properly but we were able to isolate it as it runs on a different frequency as ours. We tracked the frequency back to source and we discovered where the trace came from” Ifeoma looked up and signed; “Don’t tell me it is the DMI. I am going to kill Kuyi myself” “Actually ma’am, the trace did not come from the DMI which is even surprising to me. The trace came from the National Security Agency”
3 Aug 2015 | 02:13
0 Likes
Buba is a traitor,
3 Aug 2015 | 02:28
0 Likes
Uhmmmm... Buba has alwyz had a running mouth.. Nd personally i never trusted or liked him... Well... I still wana find out more amazing tinz... Is he d only one? Or someone else?
3 Aug 2015 | 03:00
0 Likes
From the younq man's Information,u should be able to know who is behind all vhiz act.....nothinq from the rescue mission team??
3 Aug 2015 | 05:22
0 Likes
she is dead
3 Aug 2015 | 06:00
0 Likes
Hmmmmm....... Nxt ooooo, I no fit wait 4 lng oooo
3 Aug 2015 | 09:00
0 Likes
am sure d vice president is also involved
3 Aug 2015 | 09:58
0 Likes
National security agency? Who cud d mole be? An enemy to d federation. Next pls
3 Aug 2015 | 10:59
0 Likes
pls u guys should save d president
3 Aug 2015 | 12:33
0 Likes
Abeg oh, where is d next? I dey die of suspense jor...pls mek it fast abeg
3 Aug 2015 | 15:15
0 Likes
Buba/Iro or wareva ur name is..............traitors don't v a gud ending
3 Aug 2015 | 17:03
0 Likes
Next as e dey hot
4 Aug 2015 | 01:59
0 Likes
Its definitely not only Buba but we will find out as d story unfold. Nice piece of work. Next pls
4 Aug 2015 | 04:57
0 Likes
*********episode 51****** The gunshots continued outside as the team struggled through the dark with just one source of light to guide them towards the rear entrance of the huge building. They had thought the building would not be empty as some of those who were shooting at the Major and his team might also be inside the building but to their surprise, it was empty. As they kept walking, Michael occasionally turned to look at the doors they passed to watch their back but even as they passed the various doors, he did not open one out of fear they he might trigger an alarm of some sorts. The building looked like a large purpose built office complex with the large spacious roomswhich can be divided into cubicles and they there were rooms on either side as they came into a hallway. The gunshots had begunto reduce not as a result of the shooters reducing the frequency of shots but they were putting distance between them and thefront doors. The President was starting to show signs of fatigue and her aide was almost sitting down if not for the fact that they were urged on by the other members of the team. IBK’s leg was not getting better; it was still hurting as he continued to limp after the others. Izu had offered to help him walk so he could lean on him but IBK had turned it down. It was not safe. What if they were attacked, all members had to join in the defense and help out and no one could afford to lean on another for help and that would create more problems for the team and the mission itself which was not going well. He still had enough strength to move around but he could feel that his leg was heavy. There had not been time to inspect theleg and see if the bullet in still embedded there or not and there is still not enough timeto stop and do that hence he had to endure the pains. They kept walking until they got to the exit and Shade went over to the door, turned the knob and looked out with her torch turned off and she stepped into the alley behind the building as she looked around to make sure they was no one around to see them. She took a walk down the road to see if there was sign of anyone but no one turned up and she went back to the team as they too made their way out of the building and they immediately started walking out of the alley to the road and then the President’s aide said; “Can we stop for a while and catch our breath? I am tired and I am sure I can speak for the president too. We need to rest or else we risk fainting” Shade stopped but before she could reply, Michael did; “We are all tired and believe me when I say I think we should stop for a rest too but not right now. Perhaps if we put some distance between us and this place and the people after us, we just need to find somewhere safe to set up camp and stay there for a while” “How about the safe house?” Shade said “The safe house is a good idea but it has one significant flaw. If the Major is Nigerian and someone is trying to kill the president, then the safe houses will be monitored and we showing up in one will be shooting ourselvesin the leg. I am sorry people but from here on, we are on our own” They walked until they got to the main street and they turned left away from the building as the gunfight still continued in the distance and they could heard the screams in pain andthe automatic continuous firing of automatic rifles. They walked as a team with lights turned out and hurdled together expecting non friendlies to jump out at every attempt. Michael was lost in his own thoughts as he wondered who shot the major and were occupying the buildings all around them as they walked down the fairly wide street. He then understood why Dare and John had not pointed out the route earlier as they planned that the president could have escaped in the dark so they thought it better to shoot down the chopper and blame the Tetuans and his mind went back and forth as he wondered who could have been responsible for their actions. They had barely walked for ten minutes whenthey heard a noise from behind them. Michael who was at the back of the team as usual spurn around with his rifle in front of him when he saw a shape run across behind them in the distance. “Keep your eyes opened people, we are not alone here” he said as he saw someone else run across the road He kept the rifle high and said again; “Put the President in the middle I think we are being followed and be prepared to make a run for it” He barely finished when he heard a reply in a Tetuan accent saying; “I don’t see how running will do you any good. I just wonder why you would be running from us, if we wanted to hurt you, you would be hurting already as we wouldn't have saved you from those people trying to kill you earlier”
4 Aug 2015 | 06:39
0 Likes
Na wa oh, see tight corner. Praying for a miracle. Next pls
4 Aug 2015 | 06:51
0 Likes
You are riqht #Dicta... Am alxo prayinq for a miracle to happen cos vhiz is takinq a different dimension....
4 Aug 2015 | 08:19
0 Likes
Nxt ooooo...... Kai, d story sweet walai
4 Aug 2015 | 10:47
0 Likes
wahlai na miracle sure pass nw, i just hope dey wil b able 2 fix d communication sistem soon
4 Aug 2015 | 11:14
0 Likes
This wld b a team of double agents
4 Aug 2015 | 11:18
0 Likes
Tight corner indeed
4 Aug 2015 | 11:31
0 Likes
Tetuans taking u guys means death for the entire team except d president. U guys need divine help.
4 Aug 2015 | 11:48
0 Likes
Chaiiiiii!!!!
4 Aug 2015 | 12:16
0 Likes
Wow, dis story has given me lots of hrtbeats, D suspense is killn, pls oh let D President & team be safe...Abeg next pls & be fast about it...
4 Aug 2015 | 12:51
0 Likes
Who isn't scared ryt nw???? Like seriouzly u mean d tetuans???? Gosh! Datz back 2 square 1
4 Aug 2015 | 14:05
0 Likes
I Gues Dt D Tetuans Army Are Tryin To Help D Nigerians Buy Their Way Out!
4 Aug 2015 | 14:14
0 Likes
I just they feel the story
4 Aug 2015 | 15:10
0 Likes
full of suspense
4 Aug 2015 | 15:18
0 Likes
I blve dey wil escape
5 Aug 2015 | 00:56
0 Likes
Hmmmm
5 Aug 2015 | 02:46
0 Likes
**********episode 52******* The gunfight was still ongoing as the shots could still be heard but it was in the distance but the voice talking to them was around them somewhere. More and more figures began to emerge from the dark and the building all around them and they came closer to them as they formed a circle around the president and her aide. Shade heard the voice which was hoarse say; “You should put down your rifles as my men might misunderstand your motive” Michael replied; “What is your motive?” “Our motive will depend on who you are and what you want in these parts” Shade said; “How about you come out of the dark first and then we will decide if you are to be trusted or not as she was sure that the voice was coming from her front but a little bit far away” “Okay, I am coming but I don’t think I need to tell you not to shoot at me” A figured appeared directly in front of Shade with his hands raised up while he walked slowly towards them. Beside him was a female who appeared more muscular than him but they both did not act like a threat to them as the woman beside him said; “We represent the Tetuan Freedom fighters. I am sergeant Kilonsi and this is sergeant Huriwen and we are at your service” Shade said to Michael; “Do you think we can trust these guys?” Michael replied; “I don’t trust anybody in this crazy country” They were caught up trying to assess the situation individually when the President walked away from behind Shade and walked towards them before Shade could get a hand on her “Where are you going?” The President said; “I am Mojisola Nnwachukwu, President and Commander in Chief of the armed forces of the federal republic of Nigeria. I have been held against my wish by the President of Tetuan Lucas Radonsolema and these men and women here are part of an extraction team sent to get me out of here” There was a moment of silence as both Tetuans stood quietly as they could not believe what they heard and the whole team stood beside the president with their guns still drawn but this time, they were waiting for a response from the Tetuans. The President continued; “We have been walking all morning and we are weary, we need shelter and a place to contact home. Can you help us?" The sergeant looked at her and said; “We don’t know much about your situation but we can help you out with shelter, a place to rest and you can use our phone lines but they are not here. What you see here is a scout team we use in attacking the government troops, we can go in trucks and head for our camps and you can make use of out equipments ma’am” He looked back and shouted; “Get the trucks out; we need to leave right now” Michael heard the sounds of trucks as they came out of the different buildings around and they drove without their lights on as he explained it to himself that they were concealing their presence. “These trucks will take you to our camp and you can get all the help you want there. Sergeant Huriwen will lead you to the camp and some of my men will go with you while we continue our duty here.” Michael looked and did not make a move. He simply stood there contemplating whether to get into the trucks or not and he looked at the President and said; “Our decisions have been going wrong these past few hours ma’am but you are still the Commander in Chief and this is your choice” “We have no choice right now, we should go with them and hope for the best” With that, Michael told his team members; “Okay people, let’s get on this truck and hope for the best” #do u guys trust dis team#
5 Aug 2015 | 03:56
0 Likes
It's back again.
5 Aug 2015 | 04:55
0 Likes
Not really, I don't trust dem ooo, I hope u guys get out of that camp alive
5 Aug 2015 | 09:11
0 Likes
I hope dey are what dey claim 2 be.
5 Aug 2015 | 09:20
0 Likes
ehe....me i no trust dem oo
5 Aug 2015 | 11:59
0 Likes
D teutans re @ it again...... Ope dis z nt anoda trap....... Nawa oooooo, bt throw d nxt episode abeg I dy post dy wait 4 am.....
5 Aug 2015 | 13:45
0 Likes
Maybe dey will help.
5 Aug 2015 | 13:51
0 Likes
This looks like a trap
5 Aug 2015 | 15:20
0 Likes
I hope they are nt playin game wit them
5 Aug 2015 | 15:35
0 Likes
I trust them
5 Aug 2015 | 15:39
0 Likes
I hope say no b set up b dis, We'll sha dey shud just Get in nd wait 4 WORST
5 Aug 2015 | 16:14
0 Likes
yea, i trust dem
5 Aug 2015 | 16:53
0 Likes
I sha trust d writer... Dere is a reason 4 everything
5 Aug 2015 | 19:53
0 Likes
next episode loading
6 Aug 2015 | 13:42
0 Likes
They should hope 4 d best
6 Aug 2015 | 15:51
0 Likes
Somkhid no do us like des ooooo, no update for today? Pls na.
6 Aug 2015 | 16:47
0 Likes
pls Somkhid, how long will it take d next episode 2 load.don't keep me waiting
6 Aug 2015 | 17:00
0 Likes
Next pls
6 Aug 2015 | 17:37
0 Likes
Haha @somkhid wetin happen na?
6 Aug 2015 | 17:45
0 Likes
********Episode 53******** Ifeoma felt nothing but anger. She did not know why the NSA would be keeping tabs onher and she did not really want to care about their reason. The NSA’s functions did not include gathering intelligence on their own and they depend on information they get from the intelligence agencies so the NSA spying on her seemed like a big insult and with the state she was in, she was not going to sit down and take it easily. “What type of traces do they have where?” she asked the young IT staff “Your house has been completely bugged with listening devices and all your phones too. There is a spyware also installed on your computers so any mail you send goes to an address set up by them” He paused and said; “Even your car has been bugged to know where you are and where you are going” Her bodyguard Charles looked at the man and said; “Can you take them off? All of them” “If you ask me to, I can get a team down on it right now and we will remove everything before sunise” Charles said; “Then get to it” “No don’t” Ifeoma said “Whoever it is wants to play the hard way, we can always help them” Still looking at the young man, she said; “The two of you should go downstairs and get a me a clean car right now, I have to go somewhere and I don’t want to be followed. If we take out the bugs, these people will know we are on to them and I don’t want them to know. At least not until I get the answers I need” Charles said; “Yes ma’am” The IT staff handed her phone over to her as they both headed for the door and Ifeoma said; “Get me a secure line too; I might need to make some emergency calls” ***************************** *************************** When Kuyi left the conference room, he walked down stairs and barely noticed that his assistance was following him. he was sad and heavy at the turn of events but he could not show it to anyone at least not yet. He knew the Vice President would shuffle the security team immediately he is sworn in as President and a lot of the chiefs will go but hewould remain. He has been the intelligence chief for a while and it will be suicide firing him. He only felt sorry about those who would lose their position as a result of a plan he had. As he walked into the elevator and his aide walked into it with him, he could not help but see a lot of things wrong with the mission but that was not the first extraction he would plan and it was supposed to go perfectly. He was a perfectionist to the core and he alwaysgot his mission right but this one felt wrong in every way. The elevator closed and he noticed the presence of his aide. He turned to her and said; “You said something 7 years ago when I became Intelligence chief, you said I am the most intelligent person they have in the military. Do you still believe that? And please answer honestly” The aide shifted nervously as she had never been asked a question so direct and personal in the years working with Kuyi. He never showed any sign of weakness to anyone and right now, it seemed like he wanted to boost his ego; “I still believe that sir, you are heads, shoulders and feet above everyone else” “And what would you say is the probability that I am wrong?” “Probably 0.001% sir” “Okay thank you. And I am sorry, I have kept you for these long hours, we are facing a badtime as a country” “I completely understand sir” “How’s Ben? He should be writing his School leaving certificate by now right?” The question took her by surprise as Ben is the name of her last born who was about to graduate secondary school. She had never discussed him with her boss but she was notsurprised he knows’ “He is fine, I spoke to him recently and he seemed happy and confident enough” “Oh good, do you intend to have him in the military or like his sister, you would rather have him get a civil life devoid of this madness?” “He wants to be an aeronautic engineer and then join the Air force sir, I hate to say that I tried to dissuade him but I did and he chose not to bulge” “Of course he would not bulge, he is as head strong as his father” Her late husband had been dead for fifteen years and she was past mourning for him but his sudden mention of him gave her chills as she did not think he knew him. he had been a civil engineer and as stubborn as ever. He was involved in an accident one night after getting drunk to celebrate the commissioning of a building he supervised and ended up dead. She said; “He reminds me of him, everyday sir” The elevator got to the ground floor and they both got out. They walked to the front entrance where the car was waiting for them to take them wherever they wanted. The door was opened and Kuyi stood as he allowed and allowed the aide get in while he got in after her. The drive back to DMI was short and quiet as Kuyi did not say a word. He simply brought out his phone and played Sudoku.
7 Aug 2015 | 02:59
0 Likes
Now it's the earlier the better.
7 Aug 2015 | 04:32
0 Likes
Hmmmmm........ Nxt ooooo
7 Aug 2015 | 04:36
0 Likes
next pls
7 Aug 2015 | 04:45
0 Likes
@Ifeoma dat's a brilliant idea
7 Aug 2015 | 05:25
0 Likes
Continue
7 Aug 2015 | 06:00
0 Likes
This is getting more interesting
7 Aug 2015 | 06:26
0 Likes
Nice decision Ifeoma, stay strong Kuyi, dre will surely be light at d end of d tunnel. Next pls
7 Aug 2015 | 08:12
0 Likes
Hmmm diz is taken another dimension
7 Aug 2015 | 13:12
0 Likes
Hmmm.... Ifeoma just wait for the answer and kuye don't worry you are stil the most intelligent in ur area of specialisatn
7 Aug 2015 | 15:17
0 Likes
Ohhhhhh @somkhid abeg post anoda fah... We still gat a loooooonnnnnngggggggg way
7 Aug 2015 | 17:16
0 Likes
**********Episode 54****** They got down at the DMI headquarters and Kuyi got out of the car and headed for the front door as his aide almost had to run to keep up with him. he went past the doors and there was still someone behind the front desk. He looked at him and said; “Get Gbenga on the phone and tell him I need to use a room right now” He waited a little for his aide to catch up with him and they both went into his office. He asked her to come in with him but he did not say anything as he offered her a seat. He just sat down and watched her from where he is while playing his game and soon, the comm. Rang and he picked it; “Hello, what do you have for me?” The reply was short and what he wanted to hear; “The room is ready for you sir” “I will be right down” “He looked at the aide and said, you will be coming with me. I am sorry about the long hours, everything is just coming down” They walked back into the elevator and went down to the floor below the ground floor. This place serves mostly for interrogation and is restricted to almost everyone; in fact a lot of people who actually work there don’t know it exists. The elevator stopped and they both got out with Kuyi walking with a pace that still amazed the aide. They met a man on the way and he saluted Kuyi; “Is everything ready?” As the three of them walked past cells, guards and holding rooms some of which were empty and some were not. They got to the interrogation room and the man who met them said; “Sir who do you want to question? Do you need me to get the person” “Kuyi looked at him, smiled and said; “It is a double questioning" He continued; “Gbenga, get me the person in cell 3A” Evelyn his aide said nothing as she did not know who was in cell 3A but when Gbenga brought out the prisoner she felt her heart rip out. It was her son “What’s going on here sir?” “You will find out soon enough” He was dragged into one of the interrogation rooms while she kicked and screamed. None of the guards moved as they were used to screaming down here just before the soundproof doors of the interrogation roomsclose while Evelyn ran after them screaming that he be left alone. Evelyn’s son was forced into a chair by Gbenga and strapped him into it with leather belts which held his arms and legs in place while Gbenga laid out a bag filled with knives on the table as she was still screaming. The boy looked afraid and he was also screaming; “Sir what are you doing? That’s my son” “I know it is” Kuyi said, “but this is not about what I know, not anymore. This is about what you know and I don’t know” Gbenga, held up a stainless steel knife whose edge shone and reflected the light back and Evelyn’s eyes brightened. She had seen interrogations before and she knew what was coming. Kuyi said; “I want you to picture his face right now and realize that I sent men to go get him for me and I can leave him in a room with Gbenga and have him cut to bits. He would start by pulling out his fingernails and then his toenails. He would then start drawing circles all over his body with those knives on the table and just when the little boy is about to pass out, he would stop and allow his rest. His wounds would be treated and then the treatment would start all over again. But I decided to have you in the room because you alone can save him right now” They were separated by a one way glass wall which made sure the people inside the interrogation room could not see the other room but those observing can see well. Both rooms was connected by radio communication but for anyone in the communications room to speak to the other room, you had to speak into a microphone and push a button. Kuyi pushed a button and said; “Gbenga, you may begin” while he looked at Evelyn’s face. “I just need some answers” Evelyn got on her knees and begged and saidwhile crying; “I have not done anything, I don’t know whatyou want but I would tell you, just ask” Kuyi sat on in one of the chairs while Evelyn came over to meet him and he looked her straight in her teary eyes and said; “What made you help the NSA bug my phones and my office?” She looked at him stunned and she said; “I have no idea what you are talking about sir; I will never do anything like that” Kuyi pushed a button beside the microphone and said; “Gbenga, take out something” Gbenga went to the boy dug the knife into his left thigh and the boy screamed while Evelyn held on to Kuyi’s arm pleading and Kuyi said to Gbenga through the communication link; “Go all out, I don’t have time for this” Gbenga the remove a finger nail from the boy’s right hand while he screamed and Evelyn did too. It was as though the knife was going in through her skin and she kicked and begged. “Tell me what I want to know and I will let him go else, he would continue”
8 Aug 2015 | 03:31
0 Likes
next episode loading.................2%
8 Aug 2015 | 03:32
0 Likes
Na wa oh. Y all des conspiracy na? Next pls
8 Aug 2015 | 05:04
0 Likes
He really sounds like the most intelligent bastard. Careful that you're not torturing the wrong person.
8 Aug 2015 | 06:02
0 Likes
i juz hope so @prescott
8 Aug 2015 | 07:02
0 Likes
ah an...kuyi, abeg smal smal na
8 Aug 2015 | 13:56
0 Likes
Next plzzzz
8 Aug 2015 | 14:12
0 Likes
I trust you kuyi,sharp man!
8 Aug 2015 | 15:18
0 Likes
Yeeh!!!! Finger with knife Eyes close Don't want to imagine that
8 Aug 2015 | 15:54
0 Likes
Wow! Dis is terrible... I dnt get d finger part... Is it dat d boy's finger has been cut? Wat if evelyn knws nothing? Uhmmm.... @Somkhid dat ur own counting tin no good o... Which kind 2%
8 Aug 2015 | 15:58
0 Likes
lolz@tenniebenson d way i count my tinz is diffrent from d way u do ur counting
8 Aug 2015 | 17:30
0 Likes
So watz d percentage nw? Let me give u my own timer @Somkhid
8 Aug 2015 | 17:48
0 Likes
Hmmmm
8 Aug 2015 | 18:41
0 Likes
Next oh plz, can't wait jor...
9 Aug 2015 | 01:48
0 Likes
@tenniebenson gv me ur timer na or do u wanna be my timer
9 Aug 2015 | 04:22
0 Likes
*********Epsiode 55******* Evelyn’s face we was filled with tears and saliva as she watched her 16 year old son tortured. Gbenga pulled out another fingernail as the boy kept shouting and Gbenga hit him on the face. Kuyi said; “Gbenga, what the hell is wrong with you? Don’t hit him on the head, you might send him into shock and block out the pain” “I am sorry sir” Gbenga said Kuyi looked at Evelyn again and said; “You can stop this right now. just tell me what I want to know or you can stay here and watch this happen” Evelyn realized she was face with an impossible situation and so she said; “I was just asked to place the bugs in some places. I did not know what they wanted. They offered me a lot of money and my son a place in the military with accelerated promotion if I helped. I swear that’s all I know” By now, Gbenga had taken out about five of the boys nails on both hands and there was blood everywhere. The boy’s screams did not seem to bother him as he went about it with precision and professionalism. And then kuyi’s voice came; “You can stop for now, get a medic to look at the subject and you take a break” He looked at Evelyn and said; “I want to know everything. How they came to you, where they did, phone numbers, e- mails etc. I want to know it all” She was still on her knees crying when Kuyi’s phone rang. He picked it up and a male voice said; “Where there is light……” It was a old code he was taught as a young spy while in Congo. It was used before sending messages to know if the line was free or not and he replied; “There is no light yet” He hung up and retrieved the number while he got a small phone from his pocket and he called back. The person answered and he said; “All darkness disappears” The voice was silent and Kuyi asked; “Who is this?” He heard a familiar female voice say; “Kuyi, its Ifeoma, I am on my way to your office. I need a place to talk. I think we are all in more trouble than we thought” “Where exactly are you?” “I just pulled up at your front door” “Okay, I will have someone bring you to me”
9 Aug 2015 | 04:29
0 Likes
Gush........ Rilli brutal
9 Aug 2015 | 04:56
0 Likes
Wat is going 2 happen nw
9 Aug 2015 | 05:40
0 Likes
To beat your opponents you've have to stop following protocols, because they're also following protocols
9 Aug 2015 | 06:27
0 Likes
Hmmm... Very interesting, good job @Somkhid
9 Aug 2015 | 09:11
0 Likes
Interesting
9 Aug 2015 | 10:12
0 Likes
Indeed all darkness disappears wen dre is light. Nice one, becoming tension filled with a lot of suspense. Evelyn accepted to be a tool of d enemy, more trouble for u. Hope d president is safe. Wish her safe trip home. I Just pray none of d remaining team members die. Next ooooooo.
9 Aug 2015 | 10:58
0 Likes
what going to happen nxt plz dnt take lng
9 Aug 2015 | 11:09
0 Likes
watz gonna hapen nau....
9 Aug 2015 | 12:07
0 Likes
I Fink A Lot Is Abt 2 B Unfold.Evenly Bcos Of Ur Ojukokoro 4 Money,u Cobalise Ur Son,he Suffered 4 Ur Sin.Hop D President Is Safe.
9 Aug 2015 | 14:23
0 Likes
@Somkhid I dnt mind givn u my timer o.... If I give u..u will update. Evry one hour... I feel 4 d boy... Evelyn should av been punished nd nt d boy...
9 Aug 2015 | 16:14
0 Likes
Nextttttttttttttt
9 Aug 2015 | 22:52
0 Likes
Mistcheeeeeeeew@ all of u saying the boy shouldn't have been tortured,how do you want her to bulge if you put her in pain she might also have been bugged with body bugs nd n.s.a would knw something is fishing,how would she explain her injuries ehn? Tenniebenson and co.
10 Aug 2015 | 03:58
0 Likes
Evelyn see how u allow d poor boy 2 suffer bcos of money
10 Aug 2015 | 06:56
0 Likes
Some people self u come out all the finger nails wey dey there body den no go comply but take any of in family come out one hair for in body, na only in one go dey confess. Such is Evelyn's case. Though I feel for the boy sha. I beg make we here from the president side oh.
10 Aug 2015 | 10:55
0 Likes
I won't really blame Evelyn, considering d fact dat she is a single mother.she didn't wish for her son to be punished for her sin...
10 Aug 2015 | 12:52
0 Likes
@tenniebenson hope u had wat prescot and t dak said update loading 70%
10 Aug 2015 | 14:00
0 Likes
Mtcheeeeeeeeeewwwwwwwwww to u too @Prescott so even if she had been bugged d way she's been confessing d ppl who bugged her wont knw sometin is up? Abi wat is dis one saying? Re u telling me dat it is only when dey purnish her dat d bug will function? Either she's d one been purnished or not... D bug is working.. Nd one way or d other.. She will confess nd doz who bugged her would knw... So datz nt a tangible reason 2 give.... Can u be purnished in dat way d boy is been purnished without confessing? Den dat person must be an animal... Who wont confess when faced with a hell on earth torture? Abegi
10 Aug 2015 | 16:08
0 Likes
@T-dak its true dat when a family member or someone so dear is been tortured cos of one's crime... U will be forced 2 confess... But in dis kind of case even if u re d one been tortured na to confess sharp sharp... Check out d kind of torture d boy is receiving... Can u take half of dat without opening up 2 say watever dey wana hear? U think sey na beans sey some ppl dey confess wetin dem no do 4 police or soldier custody? Abeg make u guyz dey put urself inside d shoes b4 giving ur verdict
10 Aug 2015 | 16:11
0 Likes
Ehn ehn? @Somkhid i see wetin dem post nd i don give dem dia reply.... Na dia own be dat... I still think d boy dsnt deserve such treatment.....punishing d lady will still give d desired result... Let ur counting complete on time o
10 Aug 2015 | 16:14
0 Likes
@Tenniebenson Well u re right but u didn't get it all right. We gat some agents whom are filled with intense high and classified information and on no account will they spill it out. The "POW" Prisoners of War some are just like that, some nails were hammered into their legs and their kneel cap was removed do you knw how painful that was but yet they didn't say anything. . . . Though with what that boy as experienced, he might turn out to be a bone in the neck later in the future cause the sight can't depart from him and the trauma. . . . Well @Tenniebenson the boy shouldn't have been involved in the first place. That's just the thing
10 Aug 2015 | 17:21
0 Likes
Yeahp... D boy shldnt av been involved in d first place
10 Aug 2015 | 18:24
0 Likes
@tenniebenson i dnt think u hv watched any crime investigation movies
11 Aug 2015 | 03:41
0 Likes
*********episode 56******* The drive to the rebel stronghold was smooth, they actually brought a car and asked the president to get in but she chose to stay with her men and she climbed into the back of one of the trucks and was sandwiched between Shade and IBK who was receiving first aid from one of the rebels. Her aide who could not understand why she chose the truck over the car sat opposite them. Izu sat with the driver in front while Michael rode in the truck which took the lead as he wanted to watch the front to make sure nothing went wrong this time. The drive was first slow as some men had to get down to go watch the front and make sure no one was in front of them before the trucks move and they had a lot of stops which kept Michael vigilant and he was always on the lookout for anyone moving in the shadows. The drivers had learnt the route and drove without any lights one so as to reduce the risk of being seen but once they were out of the city blocks and on the major highway, the drive got fast and the headlights were turned on. The drivers drove fast and smoothly and the aide said to herself; “Now I am getting the feeling I am used to when escorting the president” Shade heard her make a sound and she looked towards her saying; “Were you saying something?” “Not really, just that the convoy reminds me of how we travel on a normal day. Although atruck is the last mode of transportation to expect, this does feel like a presidential convoy” The president looked up and smiled at a little as she showed signs of fatigue on her face aad Shade saw it. She turned to the person attending to IBK and said; “How long until we get to the camp?” The medic replied without even raising his head; “About forty five minutes as long as the road is free” “Has there ever been a time the road was not free?” “No, this road is controlled by us. It is always free” Shade turned to the president and whisperedto her; “I think you should get some rest. IBK and I can move to create some space for you to lie down and you can get a little sleep” The President did not reply but shade moved to the far side and there was a gap in between IBK and her and the president laid down and before long, she was fast asleep. Very soon, her aide sat back in her chair and she also started catching up on some well deserved sleep while Shade and IBK sat downwith the medic hoping that everything goes right. Forty-five minutes later, Michael saw some lights up ahead and his hand which had relaxed tightened on his rifle and the driver noticed this. He said; “That won’t be necessary; those are the outerguards to the camp. We are really close” Michael said; “Well, I will be a lot more comfortable if the rifle is at the ready” as they drove towards the little road block ahead, a pair of guards showed up and waved at the driver while they drove straight directly into the camp. The camp looked like any military camp except the soldiers here looked more like children and they had no uniform. The whole place had a dirty look as there were puddles of water everywhere and the clothing of those present were all dirty. Everyone had a old rifle swung around the shoulder and just a handful of them were outside at that time. The little of them who saw the trucks paid no attention to them as they were accustomed to trucks like that coming and leaving at odd hours of the day. The team had already called the camp that the trucks were bringing something important but they did not tell the commandant who they were carrying for fear that someone might be listening. The commander had tried to stay up to see what they were carrying that was so important that they had to break communication to inform him but he slept offimmediately he dropped the phone. He heard the trucks pull up beside his tent and he got out of bed immediately and walked out as theother two trucks parked behind it. He threw a jacket over himself to protect himself from the cold blowing in as a result ofthe rain that fell the night before and he waited as the driver of the truck got down. It was still dark and visibility was but he could still see people got out of the trucks as they were trying to protect the second truck which he did not understand but he stood thinking it had something to do with the call he got earlier and so he waited to see what would happen. Shade gave the President a gentle shake and he told her; “Please get up, we are at the camp already and we need to get off”
11 Aug 2015 | 03:42
0 Likes
@tennie benson,it's important you know dat body bigs have a special hormone sensor,and they transfer torture signals wen the target gets cornered,secondly,like t-dak said,she has seen plenty of torture and her senses would already be numbed so torturing her would bring out nothing but screw up everything,it's best they went for for the boy it's not a time to follow protocols,wen u knw ur commander is holed up behind enemy lines,and you'll be accountable on return,you gotta go all out.
11 Aug 2015 | 03:50
0 Likes
I c something up coming again
11 Aug 2015 | 03:51
0 Likes
Nafin shuld go wrong again ooooo........ Nxt plsssssss
11 Aug 2015 | 04:43
0 Likes
I tink d president and odars are safe dere in d camp.
11 Aug 2015 | 05:36
0 Likes
I guess they are still sage for now
11 Aug 2015 | 05:46
0 Likes
Hope all z rite in dz camp
11 Aug 2015 | 06:23
0 Likes
K case closed
11 Aug 2015 | 07:20
0 Likes
Guess Dey Ar Safe 4 Nw
11 Aug 2015 | 13:04
0 Likes
i just hope dy wil b safe in dis camp
12 Aug 2015 | 02:26
0 Likes
I hope dey 're in d right place.
12 Aug 2015 | 07:15
0 Likes
***********episode 57****** The president’s eyes opened a little and saw Shade looking at her as she tried to sit up slowly, she felt a faint headache somewhere and her legs reminded her that they hurt but she knew it was time to get down and hope she would get the help they all wanted. She moved towards the entrance of the truck with Shade and her aide behind her while her aide has already disembarked alongside IBK. She reached out and felt Shade’s hand onher shoulder; she looked back and heard Shade say; “You have always shown strength and courage as a leader, I am hoping you can do that one more time” “That’s why I was elected” she said half smiling. She got out and Izu helped her down as Michael stood inspecting the whole place. The driver who was still beside him said; “Don’t worry, this place is well protected, Lucas’s men can’t reach here and even if they tried, we will be warned hours before they get here” Michael nodded in the dark but he was worried about something else. Lucas was theleast of his worry as he knew it would be difficult for his men to break through but if the Nigerian army knew the President was there and they wanted her dead, all they would have to do would be to carry out an airstrike and it would all be over. He saw the President helped out and in front of him, he could make out the statue of the commandant of the camp. He had a little information about him and he was not impressed. The commandant although a good strategist, but has a reputation for being brutal towards his enemies. He saw the commandant raise his hands and said; “My brothers, I am happy you have returned safely to camp, you all take a bath and get something to eat but first tell me what sergeant Kironsi meant when he said you arecoming with something of great importance” The president wanted to move forward but Michael stepped in front of her and said; “I will rather we discuss inside you rtent sir, under protection from this harsh cold and you will be told all you need to hear” “Okay, let’s go inside he said, wondering why the man had a strange accent and still what they would what to talk about inside his tent” They all went in except for Izu and IBK who Michael asked to stand outside as he always wanted someone to watch their back and warn them of any impending danger. “You can all take seat down ladies and gentlemen but I must warn you, we don’t have money to buy any weapons if that’s what you want to discuss with me. The Nigerian blockage has been causing trouble for us in terms of bringing in weapons but their presence has also reduced the number of confrontations we have so we really don’t need any more weapons. In addition to the fact that we don’t want more weapons, we also don’t have any money to buy them with” He stopped and looked at the faces of his guests and they did not stir. There was something wrong with the group as they did not look like they were arms dealers. They looked tired and cold so he said; “ I have told my men to bring you all some hot drinks so you can at least keep warm” The President then said; “We are not here to sell guns, neither are we here to spy on you because it must have crossed your mind. I am the President of the federal Republic of Nigeria” The commandant sat back when he heard that. He knew she was in the country and she had met with Lucas Randonsolema and then she was to meet his own leaders but he did not expect that she would be there to meet him and not under circumstances like this. The president was interrupted as one of his men came in to serve them all hot drinks and they all collected except Michael who chose tostand in one corner studying the tent and the commandant guessed that he would be one of her trusted bodyguards; “They all act the same way” he thought to himself while he watched her narrate her story of how she was kidnapped, how she escaped and ambushed and he for the first time in the war, got a little confused. He listened until she finished and then asked her" “Okay, I have heard all you have said, but what do you want me to do right now?” Michael answered; “We need a protected place for her and the rest of us to rest and think of what to do next” “But the Nigerian camp is not far off; you could have asked them to take you there instead” “We have been betrayed by members of our own team some of those our men blew up our helicopter as we told you earlier so we don’t really know who is with us or who is against us for now” The commandant thought for a while and said; “So you mean your own military is planning acoup against you?” “We cannot say that as of now but it seems so which is why we will need you to be discreet and we also need some rest before we make any move”
12 Aug 2015 | 09:21
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmmmmm. In be like say den still safe small.
12 Aug 2015 | 13:04
0 Likes
I Knw Dey Wil B Safe There
12 Aug 2015 | 14:10
0 Likes
It is well oooo, nextttttttt
12 Aug 2015 | 14:57
0 Likes
I hope dey don't turn against u later
12 Aug 2015 | 15:37
0 Likes
Akon- trouble. This is d very beginning
12 Aug 2015 | 16:01
0 Likes
But they need 2 leave that camp as soon as possible
12 Aug 2015 | 18:41
0 Likes
********episode 58********* “Well, I cannot deny you of a place to put yourhead but you must realize that if your own troops come against you, we cannot hold them which means our hospitality will only be for a while. You will have to find a way fast. But in the meanwhile, you can have my tent. I will have extra men go deep to watch the surrounding and check if we have any incoming troops which might be looking for you. I will love to get in touch with my superiors but I think you might not like that and I won’t but you have to make a choice fast” Michael nodded and the President said; “Thank you” “I will send some food to you and some additional mattress. This place might not be as comfortable as you think but it is the best Ican give right now. I will also send for some communications, we have a secure line whichyou can use but if the situation is as drastic as you have mentioned, I advise you to make sure you call the right people as one call to the wrong person, you would be walking into a trap” The president said; “I am grateful” The commandant walked out and Izu and IBK came inside. “How did it go?” Izu asked “It went well, we have a luxury hotel complete with food and a telephone to ourselves but the problem we face is who to call” Shade said “We can call the Vice President” the President said “In my absence, he is the leader and he can explain all this” Shade replied; “It will be great to call the Vice president but what’s the assurance that he has not been compromised or that he is part of all this. This might be a plot to edge you out and take over” “Jeremiah can never betray me” the President said. “He might be ambitious but I don’t think he would want to have me killed” “Well not a lot of people are really loyal these days. Dare and John used to be loyal until theyturned out to be backstabbing backsides” IBK said There was a knock as some men walked in carrying blankets and extra beds for the team. The team kept quiet as the beds were placed on the floor of the tent and the men walked out but they handed a satellite phone to Michael before they left and Michael began to dial a number “Who are you calling?” Shade asked “I am calling a friend in South Africa. If there has been a coup back home, we cant trust a lot of people and we need to be careful” The president asked; “The South Africans don’t have a contingent here so what good will that do?” “He is a DMI official attached to the Nigerian consulate in South Africa and he can get us help fast” The aide cut in; “Cant’ we call the Americans and ask for help?” Michael said; “If the Vice President is in on this, there are chances that he has taken over government and he will be the President and commander in chief which will make her a fugitive. The Americans can’t do much, the most they can do is offer her asylum. That’s if they don’t whisper our location to the army before they get here” Michael heard a click on the phone as the person he called picked and answered with asleepy voice; “This better be good” “Hello Lekan, this is Michael, I need you to send a high priority e-mail right now”
13 Aug 2015 | 04:08
0 Likes
Mistake made
13 Aug 2015 | 04:17
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmmmmmm hope dis guy can be trusted sha. Cos I dey fear for una lifes oh
13 Aug 2015 | 06:01
0 Likes
dnt make any mistake oo...
13 Aug 2015 | 11:14
0 Likes
Pray ur fwend can b trusted oooo
13 Aug 2015 | 11:24
0 Likes
Nafin shuld go wrong ooooo
13 Aug 2015 | 11:35
0 Likes
#GHOST MODE!
13 Aug 2015 | 11:47
0 Likes
Which kind sleepy voice be kiaful o.
13 Aug 2015 | 13:50
0 Likes
I pray u guys make it out alive
13 Aug 2015 | 15:22
0 Likes
let me tell you who 2 call
14 Aug 2015 | 02:11
0 Likes
**********episode 59****** Charles drove through the gates of the DMI and was not surprised that even in the early hours of the morning, there were still people walking around. He drove past the guards to the front of the building and there was someone waiting to open the door for Ifeoma. The guard stretched his hand but shedid not take it as she just got down and waited as Charles got down and came beside her. The guard said; “The director general is waiting for you and as directed me to bring you to him but your bodyguard has to stay here. He does not have clearance” She smiled and answered; “I am not going anywhere without him so you might as well tell me to go back home.” The guard saw that he had no choice and he lead the way to the elevator. The elevator did not go up as Ifeoma expected, instead it went down into the bunker and it opened as she saw cells lined up. They walked past the cells and she said to Charles; “Keep a sharp eye, something weird is going on” Charles dug his hand into his jacket and he felt his service pistol. They got a door; the guard opened it and turned back as they heard Kuyi’s voice inside; “Ifeoma, I thought I told you to go back home and get some rest. What are you doing here?” Ifeoma walked in with Charles standing at the door. She looked around and saw that the room was empty and she said; “I was going to take your advice until I discovered something worrisome” “What could disturb you more than what has been happening?” “I discovered that my phones, office and cars have all been bugged Kuyi and I think I demand to know why” Kuyi smiled and said “I see you have found out but you should not be here, I was not the one who bugged your lines, the bugs came from somewhere else but you already know that” Ifeoma was schocked; “You knew I am under surveillance and you did not tell me?” “Well, what’s the point when they did the same to me? The only difference is that I found out immediately they did and I am trying to find out why they would do such a silly thing”
14 Aug 2015 | 03:57
0 Likes
There's no confidence or trust in this military
14 Aug 2015 | 04:49
0 Likes
It Is Well.Buba Is D Prime Suspect
14 Aug 2015 | 06:26
0 Likes
Its complicated⊙ Need a stronger head to solve the equation.
14 Aug 2015 | 10:49
0 Likes
no trust... Haba!!! Itz 2 short abeg....anyway, kudos 2 yhu
14 Aug 2015 | 11:14
0 Likes
hmmm fighting for power indeed
14 Aug 2015 | 11:34
0 Likes
D episode is getting shorter everyday, y?
14 Aug 2015 | 12:55
0 Likes
d story is getting shorter bcose of some ghost reader here,and lack of u guys viewpoint or predictions
14 Aug 2015 | 16:09
0 Likes
@somkhid no bring that level come oh. We dey enjoy am. Since some peoples view have been expressed may be thats why they are not commenting to avoid repetition
14 Aug 2015 | 16:31
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmm...........
14 Aug 2015 | 18:46
0 Likes
dis so terrible i just pray shuld b in good order on tyme becos i suspect Buba he may b behind everytin
14 Aug 2015 | 19:43
0 Likes
Hmmmmmm....... Nxt ooooo
15 Aug 2015 | 02:28
0 Likes
******episode 60******* Ifeoma was now wide eyed: “You knew immediately? But I should have been told immediately you did so I could have had them removed” “Why would you have the bugs removed? Thewhole point of them listening is so they can listen and since you had nothing to hide, theywas no point in hiding anything” “But you did something about yours so why not about mine?” “I did not know who was involved, this guys fear me and they don’t normally want to confront me but them coming out to directly challenge me like this is worrying and I did not want to overlook it. at some point, I thought it had to do with the budget presentation but right now, it seems something is amiss” Kuyi, pulled a chair close to him as Charles who had his eyes on him tightened the grip he had on the gun underneath his jacket. Kuyi caught sight of this but he did nothing. He pushed the chair towards Ifeoma and said; “I see a storm coming ahead and we might be heading back to the old days where we will need to get all over supporters and friends because I think something crazy is going to happen soon” Ifeoma almost rolled her eyes; “I don’t know how crazy it can get, I will probably be fired and tried for the dead of the late president and then we could send the army in find and kill Lucas. It is really not too crazy” “it is not crazy but who do you think bugged your lines?” “I was told the bugs came from the National Security Agency” “And where is the National Security Adviser?” “He was with the president before she was taken hostage. What has this got to do with anything? Except you are trying to tell me that the NSA was in cohorts with the Tetuans to take the president?” Kuyi said; “It is a possibility. If the NSA was with Lucas, then it would be great that our phones be bugged as it will help him know what we are thinking and how best to evade us” “But it does not make sense at all. Lucas wanted to keep her not kill her at first. And my guys said the conference room was also bugged so Lucas should have known where our team was and what they are up to. It will have also helped him keep the president and get what he wanted. Besides, we are not even sure this is the reason the NSA bugged our phones in the first place” “I am sure that’s why. I pulled phone records of the NSA in the last four months and guess what I saw?” “Why do I think I don’t want to know what you found out as this might just end our lives?” “The NSA has been communicating with the Tetuan embassy in New York. He did not call the country directly so as to avoid anyone suspecting him. So perhaps, the deal was sealed n that way. The NSA had always said we should support the rebels in Tetuan so Lucas asking for more weapons could be hatched that way” “That does not explain a lot. It does not help Lucas at all. With the president dead, he faces a war he cannot win. Plus if the demands were met, did they really think we would have left the weapons with them? We could have just left them and they gone back to destroy them. The NSA is not dumb” “The NSA is not dumb but I am sure he has communicated with Lucas before this madness started and I hope you have screened the people working for you?” Kuyi looked behind Ifeoma towards Charles as Ifeoma did the same and said; “Charles is okay, we have nothing to worry about and what made you think my people may have been compromised?” “Because my personal aide was the one who bugged my phone. I just questioned her and she told me everything” “How did you question her?” Kuyi smiled and said; “I asked nicely and promised her candy if she told me the truth. She was approached by theNSA himself and he promised her son admission into the Defense academy and speedy promotions” Ifeoma did not catch the rest as she was stuck on the part where Kuyi said he asked nicely as somehow she did not see how anyone would confess to a crime like this by just asking nicely but she let it go. “All this does not explain or start to explain how and why the president was killed. If the Tetuans were listening through the NSA’s bug, the president won’t be dead; I think something else is at work. Is there somethingyou are not telling me?” “A presidential jet has left to bring the Senate president back and the Attorney General is preparing a swearing in ceremony at 10 am today. They will be announced the death of the president at 9” “Well that is expected and I am not surprised.But we must speak to the Vice President so he would watch for people within his own cabinet” Kuyi looked at Ifeoma and then Charles and said; “Have you for a second thought that this might just be more than a hostage situation? This might actually be a coup” “I don’t think we should take it that far, the NSA does not have the resources to carry out a coup on his own and we all know that. The military class will just see him as a ‘bloody civilian’”
15 Aug 2015 | 03:13
0 Likes
THIS ONE NAH GOBE
15 Aug 2015 | 03:23
0 Likes
asked nicely indeed...but how can u assuming that the president is dead without seeing the body hope u guys do something to stop that swearing in.
15 Aug 2015 | 03:32
0 Likes
Bloody civilians.......
15 Aug 2015 | 05:05
0 Likes
@Courage they don't have to stop it oh. If they stop it then they are creating more problems for themselves. They should just gi along with their plans to buy time, find the president, then go for plan B
15 Aug 2015 | 07:27
0 Likes
Observing
15 Aug 2015 | 07:33
0 Likes
D Swearin Mustn't Take Place.
15 Aug 2015 | 09:34
0 Likes
Hmmmm, still observing
15 Aug 2015 | 09:47
0 Likes
unveiled
15 Aug 2015 | 10:40
0 Likes
lady Edna is here finally
15 Aug 2015 | 10:41
0 Likes
This is somehow
15 Aug 2015 | 13:15
0 Likes
hmmm dis is really gettin more confusing
15 Aug 2015 | 17:05
0 Likes
Try to whip up something that would delay d swearing in
15 Aug 2015 | 17:24
0 Likes
If dem like den fire katapot of envy. The President is still coming back so make una enjoy am b4 the owner go come.
15 Aug 2015 | 18:18
0 Likes
Its annoying seeing comments like "hmmmmmm" "next pls" "watching" "ohhh" it even makes me loose interest in commenting... When will our ppl learn aw 2 construct words? I hope michael nd his goons will get sometin done b4 10am... Cos it would be difficult if d vice president has already been sworn in... Definitely dere is more to it... Nd its not jez d NSA
15 Aug 2015 | 18:23
0 Likes
******episode 61******* “What if he is just a pawn in the hands of some other people? Apart from you, he is the closest person to the president and he could have been used to get at her” “Now you are scaring me Kuyi, No one plans a coup without the DMI knowing about it because it would be Dead in water” “That’s because all coups have taken place on home soil. If it was planned away from home, on foreign soil where they can always blame someone else, DMI would be in the dark. And who said the DMI does not know, if my own aide could have been compromised, how are we sure my deputy is not? For all I know, he is waiting for my resignation” “This is dangerous to even think of which is why you should have told me about the bugs” “I never thought it could lead to this, with the budget review coming, the NSA might have been looking for reasons to cut funding here and spend on something else. I did not suspect until I heard the president had been held and I immediately sent some of my men to investigate this. I got the result by mail while coming” “Your e-mail account is not monitored? Mine for sure is” “I have a separate one just in case” Ifeoma reached for the chair and she sat down she turned to her back and saw Charles still standing at the door and she noticed that his hand never left the gun and he was standing in such a way that he could see what was happening inside the room and also monitor what was happening outside. She wondered if he could have been compromised too but she took her mind off it as if he is, there is not much she would be able to do and all would be lost so she chose to hope. She looked back towards Kuyi and said; “What do we do? Seems we have been pushed to the wall and we have nothing to do but watch” “I’d be damned if I sat back and watched; I have sent men to dig up all links between the NSA and every high ranking official; phone calls, mails even house visitations that took too long” “And what happens if we get all evidence that there has been a coup? We can stop the swearing you know” “I don’t intend to stop it, I intend to gather allevidences and send it to the senate President” “And if he is with this plan?” A little smile showed in the corner of Kuyi’s lips; “I have some evidence against a lot of senators that would send them to at least fifteen years in prison each but I need evidence first” “And when will that come? if these guys were smart enough to make sure they were not seen, they would also make sure they delete all traces and with the president dead and the Vice blaming the two of us, we have limited time before we don’t have the resources to find anything” “Well the time right now says we have almost seven hours until we would be under a new administration and we would lose our jobs so we better made it worthwhile” Kuyi said “And have your bodyguard relax; no one is going to try to kill you down here” Ifeoma said; “How am I so sure of that?” “Because if I wanted you dead, you’d be dead already” He barely finished his sentence when he heard his phone beep. He brought it out and frowned a little, ifeoma noticed and asked; “What’s wrong?” Kuyi was putting the phone back in his pocket and he said; “I just got a mail from one of my people in South Africa. Seems like he needs something” “Well why not read it and see what he wants” “What is the point? I have more important things to worry about right now” “Well there is little we can do about anything so why not just read the mail and see what they want. But I never knew we had anything going on in South Africa” Kuyi looked at her and said; “We don’t. At least that’s what the South Africans think” He brought the phone back out and he started pushing the virtual keypad and almost without interest until he focused on the screen and sat up. Ifeoma noticed and said; “Kuyi, what’s the message about?” “Wait a minute, this is not right” “What is not right?” “This is a mail from South Africa alright but it was sent on behalf someone else and he wants me to call a number on issues relating to the Tetuan” Ifeoma felt her heart leap. “They want me to call a number from a very secure line immediately I get this message” Ifeoma looked confused; “Maybe they found a link to everyone” “Well let’s see” Kuyi said as he waited for the line to connect
15 Aug 2015 | 20:23
0 Likes
hmmm following
16 Aug 2015 | 02:45
0 Likes
Finally
16 Aug 2015 | 03:53
0 Likes
thank God Oh
16 Aug 2015 | 06:16
0 Likes
Finally........ Abeg make d line connect sharp sharp ooooo
16 Aug 2015 | 07:36
0 Likes
Make the thing connect oh. We need an assurance.
16 Aug 2015 | 08:28
0 Likes
dad great
16 Aug 2015 | 09:01
0 Likes
Heee!!!! Oya make d call sharperly.
16 Aug 2015 | 09:20
0 Likes
Let d line colect shap shap.
16 Aug 2015 | 10:46
0 Likes
make d line connect quick oh, cnt reali wait ai just hope kuyi z nt compromised himself
16 Aug 2015 | 10:56
0 Likes
The call neva connect
16 Aug 2015 | 13:37
0 Likes
Finally
16 Aug 2015 | 23:03
0 Likes
Dis Is Serious.Buba N Co Wil Surely B Brought 2 Book.
17 Aug 2015 | 06:22
0 Likes
Dis Is Serious.D Betrayers Wil Surely B Purnished 4 Dis.
17 Aug 2015 | 06:23
0 Likes
*******episode 62******** Michael knew he faced a lot of problems but he could trust only one person and that would be the Director General of the DMI but he would have problems reaching him directly. There was an option of calling the headquarters directly but if the Major could have been from the Nigerian military then there was a possibility that all the lines wouldbe monitored and so calling home directly was not an option. He had to come up with a new plan and the thought of calling Lekan came to him. He and Lekan used to be partners and then they were split up to work individually. He knew he was in South Africa and since they still kept in touch, he knew his mobile phone number in his head and he called him hopingthat he would pick his phone. He knew Lekanwould probably be out or sleeping at that time but it was worth the gamble. He called and was pleased when Lekan answered. He asked that he sent a mail on hisbehalf with just a simple message which is that the Director General called him. He hung up when the message was sent and he looked towards the remaining members who looked at him unsure of what to say. Izu was the first to find his voice; “Who did you call?” Michael answered; “A DMI agent in South Africa. I just asked him to ask Director Kuyi to call this number immediately” Shade said; “What if the Director is involved in all this?” IBK answered; “IF the Director of the DMI is involved in a conspiracy to kill the President, I doubt we will be alive right now. Why send us in to come save us only to have us killed?” Shade said; “In case you forgot, Dare and John are DMI agents and they still betrayed us” Michael leaned back on a pillar inside the tent and said; “You are also a DMI agent and you are still here you know” IBK said We will just have to trust them and see what happens. Seconds later, the phone rang and Michael answered it while the phone was in speaker. They turned to the president and asked her to be quiet; “This is Director Kuyi, I was told to call this number. Can I know who is speaking?” Michael hesitated for a while as he was unsure of what to say and Kuyi said; “Is anyone there?” Izu said; “This is agent Izu of the SSS. I am part of the team sent to…” He had barely finished when Kuyi cut in; “I know what team you are. What is your status? What is the status of the president?” “We have suffered losses and attacks even from members of our team and we don’t know who to trust anymore” Kuyi paused a little and said; “Why are you the one talking to me? Give Michael the phone please”
17 Aug 2015 | 08:26
0 Likes
there is absolutely no one to trust. Na backyard enemy dey o,the andt wey they eat vegetable na hn body hin dey. Pray everything comes back to normal on time.
17 Aug 2015 | 08:45
0 Likes
Yeah, give the fone 2 Micheal he's the leader of the team n also in a berra position 2 do the talking...... The president is alive. So as long as the president lives the swearin shud nt hold.
17 Aug 2015 | 08:50
0 Likes
Please give d fon to micheal,so dat he will understand it beta.
17 Aug 2015 | 10:35
0 Likes
Good bad news
17 Aug 2015 | 13:03
0 Likes
Abeg micheal collect phone oh
17 Aug 2015 | 15:59
0 Likes
Wa ohhh, somkhid knows how to keep someone in suspense sha! Nice work, keep it up
17 Aug 2015 | 16:07
0 Likes
Nw i shld be expecting comments like "give michael d fone" yawnsssss.. Its easy 2 keep tabs on ppl....cos u re d one watching dem.... But when u re been watched... U re alwyz in d dark... All i knw is dat d vice president won't be d president..
17 Aug 2015 | 17:59
0 Likes
If kuyi gt 2 knw dat d president is alive n try 2 stop d vice p, dey may snd piple 2 attack d team again
18 Aug 2015 | 01:29
0 Likes
@tenniebenson u hv started ur prediction again
18 Aug 2015 | 04:17
0 Likes
Absolutely no 1 2 trust....... Nxt
18 Aug 2015 | 04:29
0 Likes
***********episode 62****** Michael found his voice; “Special agent Michael here” “What is going on down there agent? We heard reports that you have lost your target” “We were ambushed and some of the members of our team turned out to work for someone else and they lead us into a trap” Now for the first time in a long while, Kuyi was surprised. He paused a little, looked Ifeoma in the eye and said; “What did you say again?” Michael said; “Some members of the team had other interests which included the president’s death” Ifeoma who had been quiet since gasped and said; “I can’t believe this is happening” Michael was a little puzzled; “Who is that sir?” Kuyi said; “I am here with the Minister of Defense Ifeoma Nwachukwu” The line went quiet as Michael had expected to speak with just the director and he did not think the minster would be present. Kuyi said; “Hello, are you still on the line?” and still he got no reply. Ifeoma spoke into the receiver; “What is going on down there? Somebody please talk to me” Michael looked around as his team mates gathered around him waiting for what he will do next but he just turned ended the call, turned the phone off and threw it into his pocket and everyone else looked at him shocked and confused. “Okay what do we do now?” IBK said “That might have been a huge mistake, I might have compromised our safety and risked everything we have stayed alive for” Michael said. “What do you mean?” Shade said walking close to him “For all we know, the minister of Defense might be a part of all this. She has the whole military under her and can pull the strings from anywhere. Besides why are they together right now? they are all supposed to be in the crises room” The president spoke up; “I thought you mentioned that your team was picked and sent here as a joint operationbetween the military and intelligence?” “Yes ma’am” “So why would they want me dead? Remember that those on your team really hadto follow through with the initial plan so they can get me in their arms. I still believe that if we had gotten through to the Nigerian camp,this would not have happened” “So what exactly is your point ma’am?” This time the presidential aide replied; “If the Director of the DMI and Defense Minister wanted her dead, she would already be dead. A bomb on her plane, a mistake with her guards, she spent some time with the Nigerian contingent before coming here and she was safe you know” “And then there is the thing that Ifeoma is one of the few people I can trust with my life in my cabinet along with the Commandant of the Palace guards so I think we should call them back” “What if you are wrong?” Izu said “If I am wrong, let me be wrong. At least I would be the one making the wrong decision” *************************** *************************** When the phone went dead, Ifeoma panicked. A call from the team was the last thing she was expecting and but they had called and it gave her some relief but it also make her more tense. She looked at Kuyi who had gotten to his feet and then Charles who still stood by the door unmoved and she looked back at Kuyi; “I think you should call back” “I don’t think I should” he said as he sank back into his chair “They just hung up, there has to be a reason for that, they have something to tell us, the president might be alive or they might need some kind of help” “They have survived this long without our help and they can go long without it. we should learn to trust them” “What do you mean trust them? This is the future of the nation we are talking about here” “The future yes but they must have been facing a lot of issues to make that call to South Africa. That call would never be like that if they were not sure someone is out to get them and there is nothing we can do from here to make sure they get our trust” Kuyi took the phone and called a number; “I need you to trace a call for me. I probably came out of Tetuan and it is a high priority one. Make sure you do that without anyone noticing though” “So now we wait for the trace to tell us where they are? Within that time, they might end up dead”
18 Aug 2015 | 07:02
0 Likes
hmmm... Itz terrible!!!
18 Aug 2015 | 11:26
0 Likes
D suspense is killing, ride on bro
18 Aug 2015 | 11:52
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmmm. This thing go tough oh. **********TRUST**********
18 Aug 2015 | 12:32
0 Likes
Wow, dis is killing me, d suspense is to much jor, abeg be fast. Pls...
18 Aug 2015 | 12:32
0 Likes
Intresting.
18 Aug 2015 | 14:12
0 Likes
So terriblelastic
18 Aug 2015 | 19:21
0 Likes
Hmmmmm
18 Aug 2015 | 20:16
0 Likes
Predicting makes stories intrestn nw, abi? @somkhid Dat was a brilliant one 4rm michael, even though we d readers knw ifeoma could be trusted (based on what we've read) its normal 4 michael 2 be extra careful.... Tough times dnt last..only tough ppl do.. Sooner or later.. D president will get home...
19 Aug 2015 | 01:46
0 Likes
Uh-oh
19 Aug 2015 | 05:03
0 Likes
*********episode 63******* “They are already dead. Don’t you get it? As noble as our intentions might be, if we give them a reason to believe that we are acting against them, they might get scared and run in the other direction. If they are good enough to keep themselves alive right now, I am sure they are save enough to be trusted to continue to do so” “Well by ten this morning, it won’t matter anymore: they will probably drop every bomb they have on the Owuro on Tetuan and if the team is still alive then, they won’t for any longer than then” Kuiy looked at her as she got more agitated and desperate as she was trying to make himget the message from her angle when his phone rang again; “What do you have for me?” “He listened for close to three minutes and he hung up” Ifeoma looked at him expecting some good news “They traced the call. It came from a satellite phone from inside a rebel outpost in Tetuan. I think they might have been captured. I wantto arrange a small extraction team t fly there from Liberia right now: there is a landing strip in the area we can use and our men can drop in on them through parachutes” Ifeoma’s eyes widened; “Why don’t you just call back?” “If they hung up because they don’t trust us, calling back does not help. We also have to look at the possibility that they were captured and the managed to get to a phone and they hung up because the phone was snatched from them and calling them back would be a nice was to tell their captors that they have called home” Ifeoma stood amazed at how good he assessed the situation but within herself she wanted to get the phone and call him. now they had to arrange another team in secret and that was not agreeing with her head at all when Kuyi’s phone interrupted her thoughts. Kuyi signaled to her to move closer t him as he received and put it to speaker; “Hello Michael, this is still the Director and I have the Minister of Defense here” ‘Michael’s voice came back; “Are you two the only two people there?” Ifeoma looked at Charles and said; “Yes we are. There were reports of the death of everyone on the team hence the rescue was deemed failure” “We are in a rebel camp somewhere in Tetuan, we need an extraction team immediately” “I don’t know how immediate you want that extraction because the closest people I have that I can trust is in Liberia and that’s forty five minutes away” “Send it, we are not going anywhere, just tell us the extraction point and we will try to be there” Ifeoma said; “I need to ask you a question agent if that is okay” “You can ask ma’am” “Where is the president?” The line was silent for a few seconds as the President walked slowly to Michael and spokeinto the phone as boldly as she could manage “I am fine Ifeoma, But I would prefer it if I can sleep in my own bed tonight and please call Quadri to tell him I am fine” Kuyi replied: “I am relieved that you are okay ma’am but right now, we are not sure who wants you dead and who wants you alive so we will try to keep this between us.” He continued; “Michael, are you held there against your wish?” “No sir we are not, we are actually guest here” “Good, I will need you to give the phone to whoever is in charge there: I will need a map and some other logistics” Michael repied; “You can’t actually tell me you don’t know where we are sir. I expected you to have traced the call” “I already did and was already planning a hostile drop in but this time, the plans have changed and I will need to know exactly what they can do to help us” *the next episode depend on u guys*
19 Aug 2015 | 07:23
0 Likes
I pray that the enemy is known soon, the president shouldnt trust anybody for now,not even the cloth she is putting on. Pls post the next episode on time.
19 Aug 2015 | 08:14
0 Likes
we need d next episod shap shap,bcos president most sleep on her bed tonight.
19 Aug 2015 | 10:15
0 Likes
oga pls drop am i cant wait anymore d suspence is too much for me
19 Aug 2015 | 15:23
0 Likes
Getting more interesting. Next pls
19 Aug 2015 | 17:22
0 Likes
I jex pray their host don't turn against dem b4 d extration team gets to dem
19 Aug 2015 | 17:54
0 Likes
i just dy shudnt b any betray from any1 again
20 Aug 2015 | 02:38
0 Likes
Pray nafin bad happens again........ Nxt @somhkid
20 Aug 2015 | 04:27
0 Likes
Its going to be tough for dem to return back home unhurt/ complete. Abeg @somkhid upload d next episode b4 suspense kill person
20 Aug 2015 | 07:11
0 Likes
*******episode 64******** Michael looked up at Shade and she knew what to do immediately and she walked out of the tent. Kuyi gave the phone to Ifeoma and he walkedtowards Michael who cleared a path for him. he waved his hand and Ifeoma saw about gather around him while she continued on the phone “We are about to send the team in so you all should get some rest.” She continued for some minutes and Michael informed her that the commandant of the camp was there and she asked to speak with him; “Good morning sir” “Good morning, who am I speaking with?” “This is Admiral Ifeoma Nwachukwu, Ministerof Defense of the federal republic of Nigeria. Iam told you were nice enough to allow us use your camp for the time being” The commandant answered; “It is no trouble at all. We are happy she chose to visit us and you people have done enough for us, I can only attempt to pay back with some kindness” Ifeoma said; “While I express our gratitude, I think I should tell you what we all know already. She can’t stay there with you as each minute she stays, she is in more danger from those who want her dead so we intend to come get her but we will need you to help us out” “What do you need? We need you to provide transportation and escort her to the pickup point that’s all” The commandant said; “That is easy but will do that on one condition” On hearing this, Michael griped his rifle tight, he looked at IBK and Izu and noticed that they did the same while Shade held the president and pulled her back a little “And what are you demands sir?” Ifeoma said her voice shaking a little as she prepared for the worst
20 Aug 2015 | 08:40
0 Likes
Episode 64!!! Yeh I don miss die,,,, na to start to deh read am after my phone is back...
20 Aug 2015 | 10:17
0 Likes
see suspence
20 Aug 2015 | 10:42
0 Likes
On one condition ke? Nextttttttt
20 Aug 2015 | 15:40
0 Likes
rebels will always act like rebels.... always hvin a condition to be met
20 Aug 2015 | 19:42
0 Likes
rebels will always act like rebels .... always hvin a condition 2 b met
20 Aug 2015 | 19:44
0 Likes
This is gething tougher and tougher.
21 Aug 2015 | 06:03
0 Likes
Aka Buba nd d hands of vice presidend is dere bt dey cn neva succeed
21 Aug 2015 | 07:29
0 Likes
*******episode 65****** The commandant suddenly noticed the heightened tension around the camp and the team members were almost pulling off their guns and pointing them and him and he concentrated on his phone saying; “You realize that we are in a struggle against the Tetuan government who has left our people in poverty and hunger. We have been fighting and this has lead to the death of a lotof our women and children, to the closing of schools and has set our economy backward. Iam sure if you were to speak with our superiors, they would want the same thing asthis is what we have been fighting for and this is what we wanted the present to the Nigerian President when we meet with her. All I ask for it that this conflict should be resolved fast” He paused and then continued; “I ask that you use your presence in Tetuan to help us oust the present oppressive administration and so we will be able to start up a new government which will right the wrongs done by this administration and we can finally move on as a people and as a nation. We hope helping you out now will result in your cooperation to help us achieve our goals too since this administration has shown even to you that they cannot be trusted and will stop at nothing to achieve their dreams of killing and maiming innocent people” Ifeoma felt as though a huge weight had been lifted from her shoulder. She was expecting the commandant to make some crazy demands but was relieved at what he said. She already knew that Lucas would be introuble if the president gets back home and that was not a favor to anyone, it would just be something they would do because they want to do it. She breathed out and replied; “I think I can speak for everyone here if I say we will be happy to kick Lucas out of office. We will even enjoy doing it and it will not feel like a favor at all” The commandant said; “Then helping you will be an honor. We just need to know what your plans are and we will get prepared for it” “Ifeoma looked behind as she heard some footsteps and she saw Kuyi walking towards her with Charles still standing at the door he stopped in front of her and asked her to give him the phone, she did and he spoke into it; “We will have a bird in the air soon from Liberia and they will be flying towards you. There is a landing strip just minutes away from you and you should get the team there. When the plane is almost there, we will inform you but you can do us a favor by sending a team there to make sure the place is secure and you can mark the space with some lights to enable the pilot land in the darkness. That is the plan and soon, she will be out of your hands and on her way home” The commandant had no issues with the plan. He already knew the landing site Kuyi was referring to as the rebels have used it long ago to smuggle in arms and so they knew the terrain well. It was also secured butwhat kuyi asked for was not too farfetched as anything can happen in a seconds so he said; “I will lead a team there immediately to check the site while they stay here and rest. When the plane is almost here, they can join us there and the rest would be history” The commandant looked back at the team and said; “I have to go secure the strip, the rest of you can stay here and rest while I sort this out” “I will come with you to survey the area” Michael said. “That would not be necessary, my men are capable of this” Michael said; “From what I have seen these past few hours, I think I would love to see things for myself. Besides I don’t think I would be able to lie down here and wait for the plane to arrive. I will catch some rest while we are onboard and on our way home” The commandant saw that there was no point arguing with him and said; “As you wish, we would leave immediately” Kuyi handed the phone to ifeoma as she asked to speak to the president and he walked out of the room to make sure the plan does not fail this time. He knows he would need to pull it off in secrecy and he could not allow anyone else know before she got into the country. ***************************** ****************************** Lucas walked past the same kitchen the team had passed before and there were cars waiting for him already at the back. He walked briskly to the cars and got into the BMW whose doors were already opened and he sat down as the cars drove off into the morning. Lucas knew it was time to leave his palace as he would be in a lot of trouble if he stayed there; there was a chance that he would either be killed or arrested. He had kept to the plan but it had gone terribly wrong because of the plan. When the car started moving, he got another call from his men on the grounds and he answered it
21 Aug 2015 | 11:36
0 Likes
Hmmmmmmmmmm. I hope that call is not a source of hope for him.
21 Aug 2015 | 13:23
0 Likes
that call might give him de location of the nigerians and thereby making him pursue further
21 Aug 2015 | 13:47
0 Likes
U r in real trouble @Lucas
21 Aug 2015 | 13:48
0 Likes
wich cal cud dat b?
22 Aug 2015 | 03:37
0 Likes
Hope tins goes as planned oooo
22 Aug 2015 | 05:23
0 Likes
Lucas don de run for his dear life.
22 Aug 2015 | 06:49
0 Likes
ai just dat dis flight will really take the nigerians home without any problem
22 Aug 2015 | 08:48
0 Likes
Hmm, dis is becoming real serious oh, d suspense is too much to hold, abeg update fast, d waiting is killn
22 Aug 2015 | 10:31
0 Likes
D bomb go xplode but i don miss
22 Aug 2015 | 16:12
0 Likes
The guardian Don miss sha
22 Aug 2015 | 16:46
0 Likes
*******episode 66******** “What is the update? Tell me you have something for me” The voice replied; “We have tracked down the president and the team that came to grab her. They were attacked as you know but we could not save them sir. There was a explosion as a grenade was thrown in the process of the fight and they might all be dead.” “What do you mean they might be dead?” “They were surrounded and there was an exchange of fire. There is no way they would have gotten out of it alive” “Who attacked them? because I told you to bring them alive” “We are not sure sir but the area is controlledby the rebels and if they had taken the president, they might have killed her to get us in trouble” “Well we are in more trouble than we hoped for right now but can you go in to get her body? That way we can ensure that she is and we would be sure of what we are doing” “Sir the rebels are holding on to the area and are guarding it pretty tightly. We heard that a squadron of Nigerian Army advance team is heading there. They might have gotten news that she is there too so I think we can just stay and watch from far.” Lucas hung up and was scared where he was. The plan had gone wrong and he knew there would be consequences. He cannot fight the Nigerians and he can’t plead for forgiveness so there was only one thing to do. He could leave the country and abandon everything behind. He got out his phone again and called someone; “Hello Marcus, get my wife and children and meet me at the helicopter pad along the road from the river side house. We have to leave the country before hell drops on us” He hung up and sat back into the car. He already had enough money in his foreign account to help him disappear for a long timeand there were a lot of places he could buy a house, sit and claim that he was overthrown. He was lost in his thoughts when the car pulled to a stop. He looked in front through the windscreen and could barely see anything as the cars in front of the car he was in was blocking them and then the low visibility did not help issues at all. Suddenly, he began to see shapes emerge from the side of the road; all of them were carrying guns. The guard in the car just in front got down and attempted to shoot at them and was gunned down immediately. The other drivers of the other cars got down and got on their knees as they were surrounded by the men coming out. They had the cars behind him and the ones in front and it looked as though they were keeping his own car intact. One of them approached his car and opened the driver’s side as the driver was dragged out and the men stood guard as if they were waiting for someone tocome for him. He had no gun on him and he wished he did, he knew it would do him no good but it would still make him a little confidence. Shortly, a man showed up from the shadows and walked towards his car. The men who had stopped his convoy seemed to move out of his way as he saw the man walked to his car, opened the back seat and entered the carto seat down beside Lucas. Lucas looked at the man’s face but he could not recognize him. he said; “Well now you have my attention, what do you want?” The man replied in an accent Lucas knew immediately was Nigerian; “You were given a job to do. How come you have not gotten back to us?” “What job did you give me?” “I was sent by those who asked you to keep her in your house and you could not even do that. Because of that, you have made us risk alot and that is a big issue” Lucas eyes widened and fear came back to him at once; “Look it was not my fault. I did all I could but Icould not get her back” “That does not matter right now. What matters is that, we have taken care of the situation and we have killed her” Lucas stammered: “You you….killed her?” “We had no choice as they were getting awayand because of that, our plans have changed” “So what are the plans? Is there something I can do? He asked as he was getting exicted” “Unfortunately, Mr Lucas, you don’t fit into the new plans. As it stands, you are a loose end and we can’t have that” Saying that, the man opened the car and got out. Lucas wondered what he meant about being a loosed end but he looked out of the window and saw what the man meant. The men that came with him took some steps backwards and they pointed their guns at thecars and the drivers. The last thing Lucas remembered was the sound of exploding gunpowder that caused the sounds of gunshots and in seconds, he was dead as scores of bullet ran into his bodyand those of the men who were with him.
23 Aug 2015 | 02:25
0 Likes
Hmmm... Dat Serves Him Rite,Buh Hpe Dis Is Nt The End?
23 Aug 2015 | 02:41
0 Likes
Nawa oooooo
23 Aug 2015 | 06:05
0 Likes
E b lyk action film shaaa
23 Aug 2015 | 09:03
0 Likes
hmmmm finally he is dead
23 Aug 2015 | 09:14
0 Likes
Wow so he is dead. Now back to the Nigerians wetin dey happen.
23 Aug 2015 | 11:09
0 Likes
Wow, dis is killing the suspense is too much, wht happens 2 d President is my real concern here as its now proven dat sum ppl brk home want her dead @all cost & don't want her home 4 reasons best known to them, na wao...
23 Aug 2015 | 11:26
0 Likes
xo who killed lucas?!
23 Aug 2015 | 11:34
0 Likes
Dis is a great coup, I just pray d president returns home alive. How I pray dat micheal, shade, izu and ibk don't die. I wish u guys safe trip from d rebels camp
23 Aug 2015 | 11:39
0 Likes
So lucas is dead ?
23 Aug 2015 | 11:55
0 Likes
Want 2 kw hw d president get bk 2 her country....
23 Aug 2015 | 12:07
0 Likes
I'm here!!! Many secrets 2 be unraveled
23 Aug 2015 | 15:25
0 Likes
********episode 67****** The commandant and Michael walked out of the tent while the president was on the phone with Ifeoma. She had run the plans by her and assured her that in hours, she would be back home but she did not tell him that the Vice- President was to be sworn in her place neither did she tell her that she had been declared dead by the army who were supposed to go get her. When they finished discussing, Ifeoma said; “Let me get off now and see what Kuyi is up to and she hung up” She walked to the door of the room to where Charles had been standing all through their conversation and she peeped trying to see if she could find Kuyi anywhere but she could not. She looked at Charles and said; “Do you have any idea where he went?” Charles said; “He is in that room over there” “Okay” She still held on to the phone which was a savior to her and she walked out of the roomand in the direction of where Charles had pointed at. Charles walked behind her lookingto the left and right but leaving some distance between the both of them. Ifeoma noticed that Charles was behind her and she was to an extent grateful for that. She wondered if he had ever been approached tobetray her and that thought got her worried. Who knows who had been compromised andwhat people are planning against her? But she knew one thing, there will be a lot of questions to answer when the whole episode is over and a lot of heads are going to roll. She just hoped that the plan goes according to plan. She got to the room Kuyi was in and she could not hear voices from outside, there wasno space at the edge so she could not know if there was light in there or not. She knocked at the door and it opened inwards to some sort of command centre with five monitors on the wall each of them showing maps. One was showing a map of Tetuan with a red spot to show where the camp was and a green one to show where the plane would land. Another displayed a map of the West African sub-region and the rest just showed differentangle of the terrain between the camp and the landing strip. Kuyi was alone on one of the seats inside the room and was alone except for the young person who opened the door for her. she stepped in and Charles came after her, the guard moved to allow her and he stood between the room and the door when Charles stepped forward. “Allow him pass Kuyi said, there is no way he will let her out of his sight anyway” He looked at Ifeoma as Charles stepped in and the door closed and said; “Where did you get this guy?” “Who?” she replied with a puzzled face “Your bodyguard: I might need him around here. Loyalty is something I value a lot” “Send a message to the Navy; I am sure they have a lot of them around” “I am sure they do.” “So what’s the plan?” Ifeoma asked “The plane has left Liberia and is heading towards Tetuan. Let’s hope the NNS Owuro does not pick it up or you will have to call the Navy and pull ranks with them with might just make the whole military suspicious of what we are up to” Ifeoma looked at the screens and saw that on one of the screens, there was a dot which was moving over Liberia “So we are going to be watching them make the trip. Have you thought of where to bring them once they land in the country”? Kuyi looked at her and said; “The plane would be landing at the Airport in Abuja and I intend to drive her straight to herhouse in Aso Rock” “That would not be a problem except that if this conspiracy is deeper that we thought, wewould be delivering her into the hands of those who want her dead. The team in Tetuan already said some of the men acted against them so who knows who else. Buba might be against her and with him goes the army” Kuyi saw wisdom in what she said; “So where do you want to take her?” Ifeoma smiled and said; “Let me call in a favor” as she brought out her phone, retrieved a number and dialed it “What do you mean call in a favor? We cannot risk the security of this” Ifeoma looked at him and for the first time in a long while he saw her smile; “You have your friends Kuyi and I have mine”
23 Aug 2015 | 23:18
0 Likes
9ic1 @somhkid....... Nxt
24 Aug 2015 | 00:08
0 Likes
Owk!
24 Aug 2015 | 04:04
0 Likes
U can't easily dodge a command ship xcept d sonar officer is at sleep, . NNS owuro will get ur signal and d battalion approaching d rebel stronghold will get to dat landing.
24 Aug 2015 | 05:09
0 Likes
Hmmm, I pray all dis planning goes successfully oh. D tension is too much, suspense dey kill me oh, abeg fast next...
24 Aug 2015 | 09:32
0 Likes
4LOING,NEXT.
24 Aug 2015 | 09:37
0 Likes
Nice one, dre is sense in what ifeoma said. Next pls
24 Aug 2015 | 10:28
0 Likes
hmm still observing
24 Aug 2015 | 13:29
0 Likes
*******episode 68****** The huge bed in the room was made and looked very good just minutes before the man occupying it sank into it. Unlike most government properties, this was expensive. The room itself was furnished to taste and would even make a president jealous. There was no conservation of funds when the room was designed and the decorations bought. It was designed for the comfort of the occupant and that was what it was built for. The bed was so big, five people could sleep in it conveniently but in this case just three people were in it and only one of them could actually say he slept there without raising eyebrows from people outside. The remaining two were for his entertainment. He lay between two beautiful young ladies of unknown origins. All he knew was that he had told someone in his office to get him some fun for the night and leave them in his room: where they come from was of little concern to him. The ladies had arrived some hours before he got into bed and they had waited patiently for him to arrive. They had being excited because of the money they would be paid forthe night alone was almost five times the normal fee they receive from the regular guysthey meet at their school hostel so this was a gold mine and the thought that the man they will be with is one with so much power at his disposal was even more satisfying. They watched the television which had over two hundred channels while waiting and had dinner. One of them even fell asleep just after midnight as they were told he was in an important meeting he could not get away from but they would still be paid. Some minutes after 2, they were told he would soon be down and they both made a mad dash for the bathroom as they applied make up and perfume. A good impression was important and if he enjoys them, they might be hiss regulars but little did they know that he almost does not care who comes around to entertain him. as long as he has company he does not mind. His wife had insisted on keeping her job in a private bank so on days he decides to spend the night in the room in the office, he has to have someone or two keep him company. He walked past his office and conference room into the little living quarters provided for him if he did not close on time and fatigue crept into him. he completely forgot the company he asked his aides to bring as the subject of the meetings itself had occupied his mind. The issue was simply too hard for his mind to take in and it was not likely to go away any time soon. As he walked, he put a call through to his wife and she answered sleepily. “Lucky her” he thought to himself and he made his way with just two aides hurrying tokeep up with his pace. He had only one thing on his mind and that was sleep. He got to the door and the aide on his left ran up to his side and told the other one; “You can go on” He winked at the man who did not understand and stood aside. The man was too tired to connect anything as he pushed the door inwards and entered. The aide did his boss the favor of not entering after all, whatever happened from there was not his business. He had also gotten himself a girl and he walked towards his room as he grinned to himself. The man opened the door and was almost surprised to see too amazingly beautiful ladies almost unclad in his bed. They sat up and he casually took off his suit and then his trouser. They came towards his as one said; “Good morning Sir: how are you doing today?” He mumbled a “fine” as the other girl unbuckled his belt and his trouser fell to the ground and he stepped out it. One brought out her phone as she started playing a song from it. the phone had amazing digital speakers and the sound of the slow music filled the room as he climbed into the bed while they started dancing at the edge. The dancing was slow and sensual. It went on for some minutes until the girls heard a sound which sounded odd to them. it was not part of the song they were playing and they heardit again. They looked to the direction of the man and saw that he was asleep and snoring. The girls were disappointed but there was nothing else they could do. One of them tried to wake him by tapping him but he was much too tired to even notice and they were forced to join him in bed. They slept on either side and since they were assured that they will get paid for a job they did not do, they were glad but they were not happy because they did not have the chance to prove anything to him.
25 Aug 2015 | 03:15
0 Likes
Hmmmmm....... I rilli want 2 hear bout d presidentz warfare........ Nxt
25 Aug 2015 | 03:35
0 Likes
In d main tym lol
25 Aug 2015 | 04:52
0 Likes
I dey wait ooo
25 Aug 2015 | 07:15
0 Likes
hmm nxt plz
25 Aug 2015 | 07:58
0 Likes
who are we talking about in dis episod ?
25 Aug 2015 | 12:48
0 Likes
I guess d writer prefers 2 keep us in d dark 4 nw... Still hoping...
25 Aug 2015 | 19:37
0 Likes
Next
25 Aug 2015 | 20:36
0 Likes
*********episode 69******* Sometime later, the man heard a familiar ring from deep in his dreamless sleep and he triedhis bed to ignore it but the ringing was persistent. He woke up and stretched his right hand but it fell on the girl on his side. Even from where he was, the ringing sounded distant and he sat up to figure out where it was coming from. He heard it again and he looked towards the closet in the corner. He climbed on top of the girl on his left and rolled out of bed as he walked towards the closet. The door was opened, the ringing continued and he saw that the phone was in the jacket he wore the night before: the one he took offnot long ago and he brought the phone out. The number displayed on the caller ID was not one he was used to. Only a few people had the number to his private cell phone so ithad to be an important call. He put his hand on the virtual answer button and raised the phone to his ear as he answered; “Hello, who is this?” A female voice answered; “Kareem good morning, how are you doing?” “Who the hell is this?” “Kareem, its Ifeoma” Almost immediately, he connected the name to his voice and he remembered his sister in-law who is the minister of Defense “What do you want? It is early in the morning and I spent my whole night in a security meeting with my commissioners over the recent security issue here and believe me, the last thing I need right now is you on my phone and how did you get my phone number?” “I am minister for defense, I have a lot of numbers and can’t we get beyond my marriage to your brother?” “You called me to patch up differences at 3am? No wonder you sent my brother to his grave. I am going to hang up now and go to bed Ifeoma” Suddenly her voice came back; “Don’t hang up; I need your help with something of the utmost importance” The man was curious “What help can a mere governor do the Minister of Defense?” “Kareem, what I am about to tell you cannot be heard by anyone else” Kareem looked towards the bed at the two ladies sleeping peacefully on the bed and he said; “Hold on” He walked into the bathroom, locked the door and said; “Okay, hit me” “Kareem, there has been an attempted coup” Kareem thought and wished he was dreaming right there and then. Just when he was getting used to democracy coming to stay, a coup from nowhere “The military wants to be back in power?” “I am not sure but the President was almost killed today” “I thought she was in Tetuan?” “That’s where it happened” Kareem saw that the conversation did not link up to him and he asked; “Okay so attempted means they did not get her so she is alive. How does this concern me?” “We don’t know who to trust as I suspect that some high ranking military personnel might have been involved and this is where you come in. We are flying her into Lagos in about 90 minutes and we need you to pick her up and tuck her away somewhere” Kareem’s head spun around a little; “Do you know what you are asking me? The military might be following her if they want her dead” “I can assure you that they are not” “Okay if you want to fly her in, don’t you think someone will notice the presidential plane at the Ikeja airport and the customs will pick her up at the airport?” “We are not using the Ikeja airport and she is not coming with the presidential jet. She is coming in with a small plane with a small team” “What do you mean she is not landing in Ikeja? Is there another airport I don’t know off?” “She will arrive at a landing strip in Badagry: you and some people should be there to pick her up but you will have to leave right now. I am assuming you are at the office in Alausa” “ Okay, send me where I will find her and I will be there” Ifeoma said; “Please go with only people you can trust and be careful” “I have to hang up now to arrange for my cars and everything else” He hung up, dialed another number and immediately it connected he said; “Meet me at the car park right now, we have to be in Badagry soon. And make sure you arrange enough security” He got a shirt and a pair of jeans from the closet and he was out of the door
26 Aug 2015 | 03:29
0 Likes
No comment
26 Aug 2015 | 04:26
0 Likes
Hmmm
26 Aug 2015 | 07:38
0 Likes
Becoming more interesting
26 Aug 2015 | 08:20
0 Likes
Ihe ga eme echi, ya mee na abalia........ Nxt
26 Aug 2015 | 08:50
0 Likes
Dose 2 girlr money nko,wh go pay den.
26 Aug 2015 | 10:00
0 Likes
Ride on
26 Aug 2015 | 11:31
0 Likes
Nyc one,welldone @somkid
26 Aug 2015 | 12:19
0 Likes
i rest my case for now
26 Aug 2015 | 12:55
0 Likes
Hp kareem wn't betray u piple o
26 Aug 2015 | 16:06
0 Likes
*******episode 80******* Kareem got out of the room to find one of hissecurity team sitting on a chair and dozing. Kareem looked at him and shook his head sadly as he thought within himself; “The type of security we have these days” there is always security posted at his door whether he has company or not but the one sleeping right there did not give him any faith in his security team and what he just heard about the president did not help his feelings at all. He waited at the door until he saw his aide emerge from his room and walked towards him. The aide looked at the security sleeping and shook his head as he woke him up with a slight kick The guard jumped to his feet and saluted while the governor simply walked on and he told the aide; “Get the chief of security I want to talk to him” and he started to walk down the corridor The aide brought out his communicator as he struggled to dial the number of the security chief and catching up with his boss. The line was connected and he said; “The governor needs to have a word with you” He got to the governor’s side and handed him the device. The governor said; “Where are you?” “I am on the premises sir. Do you need something sir?” “I have an urgent need to go somewhere and I will need the most trusted of your men to come with us” “You already have them sir, where are we going?” “Unfortunately, I can’t tell you right now but I will need about six cars and I will need you t ocollect the phones of the team that will be driving us cars as I don’t want them to being contact with anyone” The security chief was already used to odd requests and none of the security team of thegovernor was allowed to carry a phone while with him. He said; “Sir none of them carry their phone while with you so that would not be necessary but I would run it by them again” The governor said; “Make sure they are armed and ready to go right now. I am coming downstairs right now” The governor hung up and pointed the phone to the aide who said; “What is in Badagry that deserves our attention right now sir?” “I am sorry I cannot answer that question right now. All you should know is that we are going there and we have no time to waste” They walked down out of the building and they saw a fleet of cars already assembled and the chief waiting beside the cars. The chief came to the governor’s side and said; “This is what you requested for sir” The governor looked at the cars which were all SUVs and none of them was his official car. “Where is my official car?” “Since your demands was odd and the manner you said it, I thought it would be better if we did not go with your official car so people will still think you are here sir. No need letting anyone know where you are if you don’t want them to” “How long does it take to get to Badagry?” “It depends on where we are going there sir” The governor brought out his phone and checked the location of the strip Ifeoma had sent to him and he answered; “I am heading to a the beach, do you know the place?” “I believe I do sir. It will take us about two hours to get there” Kareem shook his head in disagreement; “We have just seventy five minutes to get there or we might miss it” “We can get you there in that time sir, judging from the fact that the roads will be free at this time, I see no reason why not but are you going to tell me why we are heading to the beach right now?” Kareem hesitated for some seconds weighing his options and said; “I think I will rather keep that to myself for now. When we get you will find out for yourself but I hope I don’t have to tell you that secrecy is very important here” Kareem’s aide looked around and said; “Where is the ambulance attached to his convoy? You know he is always goes out with it in case an accident happens” The governor answered before the security chief could answer. Looking at him he said; “We need to be at that beach within that time no matter what happens. In the event of an accident, the remaining members of this convoy are to move on and not stop for anything: it does not matter if the car I am in is the one which is involved. This is more than me here. Do you understand me?”
27 Aug 2015 | 04:53
0 Likes
Game on. Quick respond there 4rm mr kareem as a minute delay cud b dangerous. I hope it all works out 4 gud n 4 the safety of d president.
27 Aug 2015 | 09:23
0 Likes
Why now, d post is too short oh, pls give us more abeg
27 Aug 2015 | 09:45
0 Likes
Yes sire
27 Aug 2015 | 09:59
0 Likes
Finqerz Crosed
27 Aug 2015 | 11:02
0 Likes
Yes sir!!
27 Aug 2015 | 13:17
0 Likes
hmmm m 7til observing
27 Aug 2015 | 13:27
0 Likes
I like the action of this governor.
27 Aug 2015 | 16:15
0 Likes
orders are orders..
27 Aug 2015 | 18:53
0 Likes
Nd I was thinkn kareem would be difficult... Uhmm dnt judge a book by its cover
27 Aug 2015 | 19:54
0 Likes
********episode 81****** The security chief nodded in understanding. He did not totally understand what the mission was or why but he realized that it was important enough for the governor to be willing to give his life for the success and he ran opened the doors. The governor got into the back seat along with the aide while he got into the front and he told the lead driver to move on without telling him where. He just said into the radio he was wearing “We need to get to Badagry and we have no time to waste at all. When we get in the area, I will be telling you where exactly we are going” ***************************** **************************** Michael left the team without specifically putting anyone in charge but they did not need anyone to organize them. the president was asked to get some rest and the remaining members should sleep but they discovered that some of the rebels were already stationed around the tent and they all decided to get some rest before the plane would arrive to take them home. They took a bed each while the one which belonged to Michael. The president and her aide barely hit the mattress before they slept off while Shade, Izu and IBK laid down watch and got startled by the slightest noise. About ten minutes into their rest, Izu broke the silence; “I can’t wait to get to my own bed back homeand pull my blankets over my body. I miss the smell of my room, the feel of my bed and the noise from my neighbor’s stereo.” As he smiled to himself. “Don’t worry Izu, I will get you home before to complete that investigation you were not willing to leave behind” “You would get me home right? If I remember correctly, I have saved you more times than I can remember and I bet that I will still save your backside a couple more times before I piss on your grave” They both laughed it off as Shade wondered what the morning held for them. it was still dark outside and the darkness had helped them a lot and she hoped that it will continued to favor them. She said; “Let’s just hope we get on the ground in Nigeria first and then we can all fantasize about what meal we want to take and the size of our bed” Michael and the commandant went to the small landing strip in truck whose lights wereturned off. The drivers already knew the roadthere by heart as they used to drive there almost every night before the peace keepers arrived. The commandant drove one of the trucks and Michael rode beside him. His rifle was close to him and the commandant noticed it. They got to the landing strip and they got to work as some parts of it had been taken over by weed. Some parts were filled with water and men got to work filling them with water as they worked tirelessly to prepare the place for a landing. **************************** **************************** Back at the DMI headquarters, Kuyi watched Ifeoma while she spoke with Kareem and he said nothing. When she hung up, she said; “There is only one person apart from you I trust right now and it is Kareem. He might have morality issues but he stands for democracy and would never allow himself to be used by anyone” Kuyi said; “But you realize that just one mistake on his side and we could have killed the president by ourselves” “We have no choice to trust in him” she said as she looked to the screen again. She made another call to Kareem as she wanted to make sure he would make it to receive the President on time and was pleased to hear that he was already on his way there. She looked at Kuyi when she hung up and said; “How would the team know when the plane is arriving?” “We call them and tell them and we should do that right now” Kuyi collected the phone and called the commandant’s phone to inform him of the approaching plane. The commandant and Michael sounded relieved when they heard that the plane was less than ten minutes away as they called for the president and the remaining members of the team to meet them.
28 Aug 2015 | 05:56
0 Likes
I jst hope dey arrive safely
28 Aug 2015 | 06:51
0 Likes
I wish d president hapy return.
28 Aug 2015 | 09:24
0 Likes
Ten minutes can give you a black jack
28 Aug 2015 | 15:48
0 Likes
episode 82 ....loading..........................
28 Aug 2015 | 18:34
0 Likes
Where's Lucas going to sef? I just hope his men doesn't sight the metal bird that will pick up Mr. President.
28 Aug 2015 | 21:39
0 Likes
@somkhid wats working you,am waiting for breakfast ?!
29 Aug 2015 | 04:38
0 Likes
I Hop U Guys Ar Nt Bn Spy On.
29 Aug 2015 | 05:08
0 Likes
Pray n hope dey arrive safely oooooo
29 Aug 2015 | 05:31
0 Likes
Hapi flight nd safe landin bak hum n advance
29 Aug 2015 | 06:25
0 Likes
I WISH U SAFE JOURNEY HOME MRS PRESIDENT & D REST OF THE TEAM
29 Aug 2015 | 06:32
0 Likes
I just hope nothing goes wrong again
29 Aug 2015 | 11:58
0 Likes
Pls let the next episode a bit longer so we can enjoy it. Kodos to u
29 Aug 2015 | 17:11
0 Likes
Next update loading´............................
29 Aug 2015 | 17:55
0 Likes
*********episode 82******** The whole team assembled in the bushes some meters away from the landing strip andstrained their ears. Before long, they heard the little sound of the engines of a little transport plane approach from the darkness. The plane had just few of its lights on to avoid being seen and the commandant gave the order for his men to switch on the lights of the trucks they had parked along the strip which created a guide for the pilot as he came down and made a smooth landing. “Stay here while I check it” Michael said to his team members as he climbed out of where he watched and walked towards the plane as the door opened and a man in civilian clothes got down to meet him The man said; “We were told you needed transportation out of here sir, we need to go fast as we don’t want to risk the naval warship out there noticing our presence” Michael looked at him for a few more seconds and then he raised his hands and waved to Shade and the rest to come out. Theteam ushered the president and her aide towards the plane as the commandant of the camp also walked with them and watched as the whole team climbed into it. His men had taken strategic positions along the surrounding to make sure the place was safe and he stood there watching his guests leave and he thought to himself; “With his foolishness, Lucas has won this war for us” The landing strip was long enough for the plane to take off without turning and immediately the plane was in the air, the soldiers on the ground turned off the headlights as the plane disappeared into the darkness ***************************** ****************************** The drive from the governor’s office at Alausa to Badagry was quiet for everyone in the convoy and as the convoy approached the ancient city, the governor tapped his head of security and said; “Are you aware of a landing strip some distance away from the beach?” “I am familiar with the place. I was posted to monitor the activities of some smugglers using that place some years before I was transferred to guard detail sir” “Good because that is where we are heading to. We have to pick up a very important message from some people. It will be better if we stayed some distance away from there and when the plane is on the ground, we can move in slowly” The security chief looked back and said; “Sir are we treating the passengers as hostiles or friendly?” Kareem hesitated a little and then said; “They are not just friendly, they are to be treated as eggs and protected from everyone.Their safety comes before mine and under nocircumstance must anyone know they are in my custody”
30 Aug 2015 | 03:35
0 Likes
I pray they get home safely
30 Aug 2015 | 09:52
0 Likes
Hmmmm, i pray all goes well for d safety arrival of the President, pls make the update longer abeg
30 Aug 2015 | 10:51
0 Likes
nyc job, kareem i pray they land 4 naija safely . . .
30 Aug 2015 | 11:03
0 Likes
I kip my fingers crossed
30 Aug 2015 | 11:16
0 Likes
Tnk God d president ll be save...
30 Aug 2015 | 11:49
0 Likes
I PRAY THE PRESIDENT WILL BE SAFE
30 Aug 2015 | 13:38
0 Likes
Ma fingers re damn crossed........m go ahead, nxt
30 Aug 2015 | 14:39
0 Likes
Ma fingers re damn crossed........ Go ahead, nxt
30 Aug 2015 | 14:43
0 Likes
4LOING.
31 Aug 2015 | 11:19
0 Likes
********episode 83******** Immediately the plane left the ground, Michael made his way to the cockpit to have talk to the pilots. He got the their side at the one who opened the door earlier said; “Good morning sir, is there any way we can help you?” “As you are aware, we have a very important delivery back there and I was wondering what out flight plans are. When do we touch down in Abuja?” The pilot looked back with a puzzled look “Abuja?” Michael was also surprised that the pilot would ask that and he said; “We are going to Abuja right? We are supposed to meet with the director of the DMI aren’t we?” The pilot faced front and said; “First of all, we are not allowed to know the names of anyone you are going to meet or what the package is as we are not cleared for it. we are just the delivery boys doing an extra shift and secondly, we were not briefed about landing in Abuja. We were told to pick you and some package up and drop you in some landing strip in Badagry that’s all” Michael asked; “Badagry? That’s Lagos. We thought we were heading to Abuja and how are we supposed to make our way from there?” “We were told there will be a welcome party waiting there to receive you and we are to leave immediately. That’s our mission and that’s what we intend to do sir” Michael thought to himself for a little while and he went back to his seat inside the plane itself. He went back and found out that all the members of his team were fast asleep including the President’s aide. He went to his seat and just as he was about to settle in, he heard a cool voice; “What seems to be the matter? You came out of the cockpit looking as if someone just died” Michael looked and saw the president wide awake looking towards him; “You should be asleep ma’am, you need your rest” “You are Michael right?” “Yes ma’am” “Well Michael, all through my time as President, I have been told how to behave and what to do. My security team tells me where to go and the protocol officers tell me who to meet and who to talk to but if there is one thing I know, it is when someone around me is bothered. So Michael, don’t tell me what to do, just tell me what the problem is” Michael looked at her and wondered if he should tell her about the change of plans. He wondered how she will feel if she finds out that she is not going home to Aso Rock but somewhere even he does not know yet but he decided she did not need to know “There is no problem ma’am; I guess I am just tired from the mission. It has turned out to be what we did not expect and it is beginning to drain me of strength” “The take the advice you gave to me; rest your head and allow the pilots do their jobs. I am sure once I am home and behind my guards, you will be relieved to take a long vacation. Perhaps you can go somewhere with your wife or girlfriend if one exists” Michael smiled this time and said; “I am not married, I have a girl but I am hardly around so she is probably not my girl anymore” “Do you love her?” “I might, I think so. I am not so good wit affections; I guess it goes with the job” “Perhaps you do and you should find out if you really do. I understand the job comes with stress as I am also a victim of the job and as a result, I am a divorcee who is surrounded with liars I don’t even trust or believe. I have three children who I would love to be with but can’t always be there for as I am always busy so I sent them off to live with their dad who is a huge piece of backside” “You made a sacrifice to lead a nation into greatness and I am sure they will understand you when they are much grown.” “I am not bothered about my kids Michael; I think what bothers me more is the fact that I have this huge bed in Aso Rock and every night I sleep in it alone. Funny thing is that the workers there maintain the room at a certain temperature and in the middle of the night, it gets really cold if you understand me” “Well ma’am, permit me to give you a crazy idea” The President adjusted in her seat and said; “Okay shoot; I promise not to tell your superiors” “One of these days when you get really cold, get a cute member of your security detail and put him to work”
31 Aug 2015 | 16:22
0 Likes
haaaaaa michael lolzz
31 Aug 2015 | 18:12
0 Likes
crazy Michael
31 Aug 2015 | 19:24
0 Likes
Hey @somkhid, you're really doing a great job here. Keep it up. Its really been a while I last visited this site....
1 Sep 2015 | 02:53
0 Likes
@Stanny39 long tym
1 Sep 2015 | 03:13
0 Likes
Hope they are darn safe,its beta they arnt landing in Abuja and i hope the plan wont be noticed by the air naval.
1 Sep 2015 | 03:48
0 Likes
Lol
1 Sep 2015 | 12:04
0 Likes
Silly micheal
1 Sep 2015 | 12:28
0 Likes
What a comic relief!! Promiscuity??
1 Sep 2015 | 16:35
0 Likes
Following
1 Sep 2015 | 18:04
0 Likes
Can't wait for the next, the President will definitely sex Michael
1 Sep 2015 | 18:17
0 Likes
Lolzzz
1 Sep 2015 | 18:26
0 Likes
********episode 84********* The president broke into a round of laughter that could have woken everyone else “Do you know Quadri?” “I don’t think I am familiar with that name” “He is the commandant of the Palace Guards and quiet a fine gentleman if not that he is too serious more than half the time” Michael said; “Well go on, I am listening but I hope it is not some Presidential scandal I am not supposed to know off” “It is not so scandalous. So there was this event at the big house and there was a lot of alcohol going around and when the guests left, I decided to indulge myself in a little drink. Not much, but a little bit to take the edge off and I got drunk. Then I started talking a lot of crap and walking around in circles around the conference room: they rarely allow me go everywhere in the house anyway” Michael nodded “I can understand that” “So my aides came to inform me that I should be getting some rest and well, I was in no mood for bed so I ignored them, started playing music and dancing. The next thing I knew, Quadri came in and told his men to help me to my room with him behind them. We entered and for some reason, I broke free from them fell into his arms. He picked me up like I was a piece of paper and the next thing I knew, I was in a lip lock with him. You should have seen his face as my aides we shocked and even the guards could not do anything. He avoided me for days as he could not look me in the eye, I think he felt something but he has work ethics and can’t go against them” Michael did not believe he just heard what she told him as he simply kept quiet. “Don’t tell me I bored you to sleep agent Michael” “No you did not; I just don’t have a reply to that” “Well I was not expecting one. I know how you security types are and I don’t expect you to break protocol, I just think you are too worried and I thought of taking your mind off work and perhaps help you realize that you can’t keep your feelings bottled in forever” He answered thoughtfully; “Yes ma’am” ****************************** *************************** Ifeoma kept her eyes on the screen monitoring the plane’s route and Kuyi noticed it. “You won’t make it go any faster that it is already going Ifeoma; you should try to get a little rest before they come. We still need the perfect moment to break the news to everyone else and we need to know the people trying to kill her” “I am just bothered and excited at the same time but I guess you are right. If Kareem has her at safe at the governor’s office, we can arrange a press conference and she would address it. With that, everyone has to fall into order” “And the coup plotters?” “We start with the NSA and then Lucas and we can follow the bread crump from there” She heard a familiar ring and found out that it was her phone. She looked at it and it read the COAS which meant Chief of Army staff. Shebrought out the phone and showed Kuyi the phone and who called her. kuyi said; “Why don’t you answer it and hear what he has to say?” “I don’t want to talk to him” “Just answer and listen” She put her finger on the receive button and put the phone on speaker; “Hello general, what can I do for you” Buba’s voice came across but it was cold and serious; “Good morning Ifeoma” Ifeoma was shocked. No one in the cabinet calls her by name except Kuyi and he only does that when they are alone “Excuse me General; did you just call me Ifeoma?” “Well let’s cut the crap, where are you?” “Where I am should not be your concern. I am trying to get some things done and you should be worrying about what happened with the president like you are supposed to” “We both know what happened with the president” Ifeoma was a little puzzled; “What do you mean I know what happened?” Buba hesitated a little and said; “I know you are with that mad man Kuyi and I know the president is alive” Ifeoma felt her heart skip a beat but she maintained her composure “General, I don’t know what you are talking about and you should learn to talk with respect to other people”
2 Sep 2015 | 02:15
0 Likes
Buba is surely the one planning the coup,their fone has been bugged,they shuoldnt have used theirs at all. Anyway lets see as things unfold.
2 Sep 2015 | 03:08
0 Likes
See this Michael o
2 Sep 2015 | 08:20
0 Likes
Hey Mr @somkhid. You're doing a good job, faster pls.
2 Sep 2015 | 15:20
0 Likes
yes
2 Sep 2015 | 15:21
0 Likes
no
2 Sep 2015 | 15:21
0 Likes
yes no
2 Sep 2015 | 15:26
0 Likes
Silly me? yeah
2 Sep 2015 | 15:27
0 Likes
Wow, am getting beta now, the President will be safe with Micheal dere, Ifeoma in action & Kuyi supporting...
3 Sep 2015 | 04:56
0 Likes
I JEX HOPE D PRESIDENT LANDS SAFELY...WATIN B COAS OWN AGAIN NA?.. I TINK ITS TIME I JOIN D RESCUE TEAN ND END DIS ONCE ND 4 ALL
3 Sep 2015 | 06:04
0 Likes
************episode 85***** “I am not in the mood Ifeoma, my men have searched the entire area where the team had been and we could not find the president’s body neither could we find the body of any member of the Team” “Well maybe Lucas got them and he has taken them hostage” “Lucas? He was found dead some minutes ago. His body was filled with bullets on the roadside so I doubt that he has her” “But I thought your men said she was dead, how come all these is coming up right now?” “They said there is a high chance that she is dead but right now I doubt she is and I think you have something to do with it” “Me, what makes you think so?” “Because some minutes ago, the Nigerian warship near Tetuan picked up a signals from a plane. It seems the plane came down near the rebel stronghold and it took off immediately” “I don’t see how it concerns me” “I also don’t see how until I found out that in the last few hours since we dispersed from the Defense Headquarters, you seem to have disappeared and no one can find you anywhere even your own staff can’t find you” “Are you keeping tabs on me General? I do not know anything about the plane landing in Tetuan and so I cannot comment on that issue right now” “I know you and Kuyi are up to something and I want to know what it is right now Ifeoma before this goes wrong” “If I have flown the president out of Tetuan, how is that wrong? You should be excited not coming at me with this tone” “Well whatever tone I come at you with does not matter Ifeoma, what matters right now is that you tell me exactly where you are flying her to and what your reasons are” “General, I don’t have time for this. Maybe you should wait a few hours until she is declared dead and then you will know I don’t have anyhidden motives” Buba said “We can’t afford to take such risks” “We? Who are the we?” “You will know pretty soon but you hand the president over or tell us where she is or you won’t like what happens next” “And what happens next” The line was quiet for a little while as Kuyi and Ifeoma looked at one another. Soon a voice in tears came through and said; “Hello, who am I talking to?’ Ifeoma knew the voice immediately. It was a voice she had heard every morning and the voice of someone she loves so much. It was her daughter. Buba’s voice came back; “Tell Kuyi I said he is not the only one who knows how to grab kids from their school. We actually learnt this from him” next episode loading 2%..........................ur comment serve as d booster
3 Sep 2015 | 07:14
0 Likes
here we go
3 Sep 2015 | 07:31
0 Likes
Buba d number 1 enemy.
3 Sep 2015 | 09:59
0 Likes
haa dis won seriouse bad o,so buba is d enemy....waitin for d next
3 Sep 2015 | 11:00
0 Likes
The whole thing is getting complicated
3 Sep 2015 | 13:55
0 Likes
now u know who wants her dead, waiting to see how u will tackle dis one
3 Sep 2015 | 14:30
0 Likes
Dea Wil Definetly B A Way Out Sinc The Culprit Is Knwn! No Shakinq @ Ifeoma And Kuyi... Meaninq Izu N Michael Has Job To Do Afta Landinq ASAP!
3 Sep 2015 | 14:43
0 Likes
Oh my!!!!!!!!!!
3 Sep 2015 | 15:20
0 Likes
Buba is a looser
3 Sep 2015 | 15:20
0 Likes
Hia! Dis is seriously gettin out of hand, imagine buba holdin ifeoma's daughter hostage jus bcos things didn't work out as planned. And he doesn't wanna accept d fact that he's a loser. Dis is wat we say in ibibio in a situation lyk dis; “omo unam omo ketang awot” meaning- “na dem dey do u na dem u dey tel”
3 Sep 2015 | 15:46
0 Likes
Dis buba is runin nuts.
3 Sep 2015 | 16:39
0 Likes
Buba is mole, wait agent frank 4rm NIA will soon pick u!
3 Sep 2015 | 16:52
0 Likes
Buba is the hand behind all dis
3 Sep 2015 | 16:58
0 Likes
buba in action!
3 Sep 2015 | 17:30
0 Likes
I don't understand all these anymore. Hw could he
3 Sep 2015 | 17:50
0 Likes
Haaa... This whole issue is gettin more complicated than someone can imagine
3 Sep 2015 | 19:19
0 Likes
Buba made me join d team,so am coming after him my self,somkhid get me my favourite weapon leme c d end of thid....Mrs president can land safely while i take Buba out,how about that?
4 Sep 2015 | 02:44
0 Likes
Woteva it is,i knw its gonna end well...hit next episode man
4 Sep 2015 | 02:46
0 Likes
******episode 86****** In the cool morning with the south western air blowing against the West African coast bringing the much needed moisture from the Atlantic which causes the rains over the lands which are known for their all year round rains. The rains are so much in this part of the world; they rival the Amazon forest in Brazil for the volume of moisture that comes in yearly. This coupled with the fact that most of the land in at sea level or under makes the perfect condition of a region called the mangrove swamp. The rains are all year round due to the proximity of the massive ocean. The closeness to the equator also provide that high temperature all year and hence the region gets hot and very humid which is perfect conditions for plants which crawl. The floor of the forest in this region is never clear of undergrowth which the animals which make it their home live and survive on. The beaches here also have a peculiar feature: since most of the land around it has not been developed and unlike the once on the other side of Lagos, there has not been any form of dredging here, the waves rise here. Unlike in other places where the famous wall of Lagos protects from the surges of the ocean, these beaches are as they were long time ago and waves here grow to as high as ten feet and would have been the delight of surfers if only there was a huge population there. It sits on the outskirts of Lagos and away from major commercial activities so there is little or no exposure there. Kareem’s convoy cut through the cool air which created some cooling effects on the glasses of the cars as they sped by trying to make the best time to the beach. Kareem felt a little cold as the wind outside combined with the air-conditioning inside the car reminding him that he was far from the densely populated parts. He rarely came here even as governor as he always delegated his commissioners to do the work there. They drove through the well tarred roads and he made a mental note to himself; “Commend the commissioner for works. These roads are pretty good. It can be a good campaign strategy for me” He saw that the moon was still out as they drove by a little body of water and the beautyof the calmness took him until he heard the voice of the security chief; “Sir we are almost arriving there, the strip is about ten minutes out. Since we are waiting for a plane, I will suggest we put some torch lights on the ground when we get there so the pilots will be guided” “That’s a good idea Peter” he replied “Just pull up some distance away from the site and we can patiently wait since it seems we are a little early” The trucks passed the beach itself and pulled up close to an opening close by. Peter got down as he instructed the driver to pull up near a coconut tree and he looked around for any sight of people but it was peaceful and the only sounds was that of the waves crashing on the shore and the wind blowing softly but coldly. He went to each of the cars and collected the battery powered flashlights they carried and he set them on the ground as he formed an array of lights in a straight line which made the whole place look like a fashion runway ***************************** *************************** Ifeoma suddenly lost it: sweat broke all over her face and she thought she was going to pass out. She slumped into a chair and Charles was close to her side immediately. He came so fast, Kuyi almost did not see his until he was already beside them. Kuyi looked at Charles and he saw concern on his face and he said; “Go down the hall. You will find a water dispenser, she will need it” When Charles walked away, he said to Ifeoma; “I know exactly how you feel” That brought Ifeoma back a little as she looked into Kuyi’s eyes and said; “Is it going to be okay? Those people have my daughter and we both know what they want in return for her. I am lost Kuyi, We can’t give the president to them and they might just kill her to pay me back. What have I gotten myself into?” “We will get her back” “What do you mean ‘we’? We don’t even know where they are keeping her and even ifwe know, we can’t just walk in and demand that they hand her over” “We will get an hostage rescue team to bring her. The best attack squad can be gotten to get her but you need to pull yourself together” Kuyi took her hand and looked into her eyes and he saw for the first time the real person behind the authority and the military personnel he had always known. Behind it all, she was scared, confused and without hope and she had started trembling. She felt his hand in hers and she tightened it. She saw him look into her and for a brief second, she saw a concern Kuyi has never showed to anyone. He looked genuinely worried and almost that he cared not just for the situation that they were in but for her. He was worried about her and at the same time scared that she might lose her sanity. **next episode depends
4 Sep 2015 | 04:16
0 Likes
Depends on wat? Don't kip us waiting plzzz...dis suspense is killing
4 Sep 2015 | 05:04
0 Likes
this is serious n scary
4 Sep 2015 | 05:25
0 Likes
Buba is doomed, get d President 1st, tel her those against her n arrange 4 ur child's release
4 Sep 2015 | 06:09
0 Likes
Buba, iffah catch u ehn...
4 Sep 2015 | 06:15
0 Likes
@sohmkid ur story is entertaining d people reading it...dat is all u shud tink of, hmm?...u are one of coolval best writer don't let ur people down
4 Sep 2015 | 06:23
0 Likes
Dis is too much 4 ifeoma ooo,bt i kw d truth will finally prevail
4 Sep 2015 | 06:24
0 Likes
So dose pple wanted to kill d president b4 and dey fail,so dey kidnap ur dota,ur dota wil b rescue.
4 Sep 2015 | 06:48
0 Likes
Guy, @somkhid post this thing sharp sharp na. pls na... no dey put us for suspense na. abeg... na beg we dey beg. pleassssssse...............
4 Sep 2015 | 11:03
0 Likes
This is a very delicate matter, ifeoma u need 2 kip ur head cool
4 Sep 2015 | 13:04
0 Likes
Ifeoma should trust Kuyi since he keeps tabs on all top-ranking officers including Buba; fishing him out won't be a Herculean task.
4 Sep 2015 | 14:22
0 Likes
boom
4 Sep 2015 | 18:53
0 Likes
********episode 87****** Charles walked in with a cup of water and saw the two of them locking eyes and he stopped in his track. He wanted to walk back but he thought; “She would need this water no matter what sort of tension they have going” and he coughed as he walked towards them. Ifeoma did not let go of Kuyi’s hand as she stretched her hand and collected the cup from Charles and murmured a “Thank you” The water was cold and the warmth from Kuyi’s hand coupled with the water gave her some reprieve. She looked at Kuyi and said; “How do we get my daughter back? Let us get one thing straight, I am not willing to sacrifice the president’s life for her. The president is much larger than her so that is off the table: any other thing, I am ready for it” Kuyi smilled at her and said; “Welcome back.” He let go of her hand and walked towards where he sat previously talking as he moved; “Buba might be the Chief of Army Staff but he is not the smartest of soldiers. He called with his personal phone which I can easily trace. A trace which can help us locate where he is and hence where your daughter is so we can arrange for her to be brought out” Ifeoma replied; “We still have to get a team ready to move in and I don’t know where we can get a team right now except we use the one we already have. Recruiting new people might mean expanding a secure circle which I am not comfortable with” “Good to have my Minster of Defense back” Kuyi thought to himself He said; “You mean use Michael and his team?” “Yes Michael and his team. When they drop the president with Kareem, they can fly into Abuja and we can direct them where to go. Knowing Buba, he would have surrounded himself with an Army so we will need a lot of fire power. we will need a lot of support from everyone we can pull” Suddenly ,a land based phone on one of the table started ringing. Kuyi picked it up and said; “Hello, what’s the problem?” A female voice came answered; “Sir General Quadri Muhammad is at the front desk demanding to see you. He seems quiet furious” “What does he want?” he looked and saw Ifeoma’s curious face and he switched the phone to loud speaker “He is not saying. He is just saying he wants to see you immediately” “Tell him I don’t want to see anyone right now” “He is not leaving sir. I even told him I would get the security throw him out but he pulled rank on me” Kuyi sighed. He knows Quadri has the constitutional backing here. If the president is in danger, Quadri can open and lock doors at speeds even he can’t Ifeoma said; “Put him on the phone” The voice said; “Sir?” “It’s okay, do what she said” Ifeoma gave him a curious look and he did not even flinch: she was his assistant and he was the one who gave her orders. Quadri’s voice came “Kuyi, I want to know what exactly is happening” Kuyi answered; “What do you mean” “You know exactly what I mean. Buba and his military chiefs just took over security of my house and came in with their guys” “That is interesting” Kuyi said “So what’s the problem exactly?” “No one handles security in my house except me. I will not be bossed around by anyone” “Why did you not pull you ranks on them Quadri?” “The Vice-President seemed to be in support” “So you take orders from the Vice-President now Quadri?” “Look I know what you are insinuating and I can’t talk in front of your desk girl so cut the chase and tell me where you are” “I will send someone to bring you, jut give the lady the phone and try to relax” Ifeoma looked at Kuyi and said; “Why are you bringing him down here?” Kuyi smiled and said; “Don’t you see why Quadri is here?” Ifeoma shook her head dumbly “He knows the president is alive” He spoke into the phone; “Have someone bring him to the bunker. I will be waiting” Ifoema said; “How can he know the president is alive?” “The president carries a tracking device. That is how we knew she was with Lucas earlier. The tracker has a limit most of the time and out of the country, it has to be activated to operate. She wears it on her primarily and it but it can be controlled by the military” As he spoke, Quadri entered; “And when that chopper exploded, we lost that signal and that’s why the military thought she was dead. But she has a back-up embedded under her skin that is covered by NIGSAT 1. Some minutes ago, I ran a check onthat and was surprised when I saw that she was almost in Nigerian territories and she was airborne. I knew it was not the morons at my door step who had her because they were too busy trying to swear in Jerry which leaves Kuyi as the only suspect. But you admiral is a surprise. I thought you would be with the rest of them”
5 Sep 2015 | 04:36
0 Likes
Buba,na by force to be the president,ur name sef na something else,no be only buba,na sokoto,ur beta stop all those rubbish u r doing. May the president be safe.
5 Sep 2015 | 08:15
0 Likes
dhiz buba sef shey na by force..hun??
5 Sep 2015 | 13:01
0 Likes
This guy self
5 Sep 2015 | 15:39
0 Likes
Buba want d Vice president to bcom president or mayb he wanna b president???
5 Sep 2015 | 17:37
0 Likes
Michael again?? Those guys are indisposed for the job.. Mehn, they ain't robots!!
5 Sep 2015 | 17:41
0 Likes
Buba and d vice president hmmm dre is no one 2 trust oh, bt am very sure kuyi, ifeoma nd rest can handle them
5 Sep 2015 | 19:23
0 Likes
faster pls
6 Sep 2015 | 14:33
0 Likes
look for another team....those guys are tired
6 Sep 2015 | 16:26
0 Likes
Wheew! I'm here finally.... Letz get dis done with....
6 Sep 2015 | 19:10
0 Likes
*******episode 88****** Ifeoma answered; “Well today is full of surprises” Quadri said; “Now, let’s get serious, I want to know where she is and I want her under my protection as that is the only way I will be rest assured she is safe or we could start a fight here” “She is safe and would be soon but we have another problem” ifeoma said “If the President is safe, how does the rest concern me? If you have problems solve it yourselves” Kuyi went over to the screen and said; “The plane is about to land. I just sent a message to the pilots to drop her and bring the team here and I also found where your daughter is” Ifeoma’s heart leaped; “Where is she?” “She is in Aso Rock and from what Quadri just said; she is tucked behind a lot of soldiers” Quadri looked at the confused and said; “Why is her daughter in Aso Rock?” “Buba is holding her and wants to exchange her with the president” “Then I want to know where the president is right now before you two get the idea that you can make the exchange” Ifeoma said; “We are not making the exchange. We were planning to rescue her with a team but how do we get into your house?” *************************** **************************** Michael did not get a second sleep throughout the flight even when the president went to bed. He kept wondering what welcome party they had in Lagos and when the pilot came to inform them that theywere about landing, he had mixed feelings. The remaining members of the team woke up and michael said; “Look alive people, we are almost home” The pilot called Michael and Michael went to him “Your guardian angel just ordered that you boys fly with us to Abuja after you hand over the package as they has a mission for you” “What do you mean mission?” “I do not know but those are the orders” Michael walked back and said to his team; “We have a change of plans. We are to hand the President over and head to Abuja with the plane. I guess there is something a lot more crazy happening up there and they don’t want us to miss the party” Shade said; “What could be more important?” Looking at the President, Michael said; “There is a welcome party waiting down there and if they are capable, they can secure you more than us. If we are being called out, it is because we are needed and it is prioritized so let’s see what this welcome party is before we decide to accept the mission or reject it” Michael got into his seat as the plane started its decent. The pilot found the array of lights and was glad that he did not have to land in the dark as he pulled up between the lights and the plane came to a stop. Michael went to the door and opened it. **next episode loading 1%.....................**
7 Sep 2015 | 03:31
0 Likes
Its getting more interesting though
7 Sep 2015 | 06:28
0 Likes
welcome home,second battle is to start /.......next
7 Sep 2015 | 06:37
0 Likes
Micheal and his team to face anoda rescue opration.
7 Sep 2015 | 07:08
0 Likes
Welcome home mrs president, nice work boss
7 Sep 2015 | 07:34
0 Likes
This episode short oo
7 Sep 2015 | 07:45
0 Likes
Oh!!!! Guy, wetin dey work you na? @somkhid no dey put us for suspense na. Post this thing fast fast.
7 Sep 2015 | 08:06
0 Likes
Oh!!!!! Guy, wetin dey work you na? @somkhid no dey put us for suspense na. Post this thing fast fast.
7 Sep 2015 | 08:11
0 Likes
Intresting,bt d suspence is too much here ooo
7 Sep 2015 | 08:16
0 Likes
The battle is nt over yet, let see the new dimension the battle want to take
7 Sep 2015 | 09:15
0 Likes
Kontinu
7 Sep 2015 | 09:21
0 Likes
wow....This is sabotage...what would this Buba achieve from this
7 Sep 2015 | 10:20
0 Likes
mission 1 accomplished... . Mission 2 starts right away.
7 Sep 2015 | 11:46
0 Likes
Buba shouldn't be the only focus; surely he has disciple or might just be a disciple.
7 Sep 2015 | 12:39
0 Likes
Buba shouldn't be the only focus; surely he has disciples or might just be a disciple.
7 Sep 2015 | 12:40
0 Likes
another mission again i just pray u ar safe
7 Sep 2015 | 16:20
0 Likes
lets jst wait nd c.,@somkid u try o..u n0 fit ask of me ch0i
7 Sep 2015 | 19:28
0 Likes
**********episode 89****** The cool hair blew into Michael’s face and he got the first feel of the ocean’s breeze. He looked and did not see any member of the welcome party as all he could see were the lights and even in the moonlight illuminated surrounding, there was no sign of life anywhere. A voice called at him from inside; “Is anyone out there?” He recognized the aide’s voice and he was glad he would soon be rid of her “I can’t see anyone out here for now. Perhapswe got here a little too early” Izu said; “If we are too early, who set those lights there?” “I guess we will have to wait then even though I am not comfortable with waiting” IBK looked out of the window on the other side and saw a shape moving in the dark. It looked human and was alone. “I see someone out here he called out. Perhaps they are already here. Let’s hope theyare friendly” Michael said; “I think they are already here waiting for us. The rest of you should wait here, IBK, do you think you can come down with me?” “IBK got up and followed Michael down the stairs. He whispered to him; “Are you really sure about leaving here with them?” “We don’t even know who they are yet. When we do, we will decide if we want to leave her or not” At the bottom of the stairs, Michael noticed that more about three people were walking towards him and he could make out some cars in the shadow of the trees in the back. They walked closer and a man in a pair of jeans said; “Good morning, welcome to Lagos, I am Kareem Nwachukwu” IBK felt his throat go dry as he swallowed “You are the Lagos state governor” Kareem smiled which in the almost dark morning looked weird; “Do you have a problem with it? The minister of defense asked me to pick you boys up, a package and offer you accommodation in my office so let’s get this over with and head home else we might be stuck in traffic on ourway back” Michael looked at him still unsure of what to make of it and he said; “How are we sure?” IBK said “How else would I know you are coming if she did not wake me up from a pleasurable sleep to tell me?” He took out his phone and he dialed the number Ifeoma called him with and almost immediately, it connected “Kareem, what’s wrong?” was the first thing she said “Nothing in wrong, just that your boys here don’t trust me enough so maybe you should talk to them” He handed the phone to IBK who did not make a move to accept it; instead Michael collected it and walked away from them; “Hello, we have arrived in Lagos ma’am; do you really trust the Governor enough with her?” “Don’t worry, agent Michael, he is a friend: you will find that he is as loyal as you are” “Yes ma’am” He walked back, returned the phone and told IBK; “Go get them” Kareem told his head of security; “Bring my car closer and you can head back” he turned to the aide and said; “You will be in another car so you might as well turn back” The aide got the message; it was clear that whatever his boss was receiving, he is not supposed to know about it and he walked on the sand back towards the cars and got into one of the cars while the security chief told the driver of the car to get down while he drove the car towards the plane itself “I heard you have been running around all morning” Kareem said to Michael “We had to get the package out of there as fast and quietly as possible as possible” the remaining members of the team watched as Michael and IBK stood with the people on the beach and wondered what they were discussing. They saw IBK broke up and came towards them while two out of the three men too went back and just as IBK made his way up the stairs, they saw lights from a car approach the plane. IBK got into the plane and said; “Madam President, it’s time we separated: your chariot awaits” She and her aide got and followed IBK down the stairs and shade and Izu walked behind them. the car stopped in front of the stairs and IBK opened the door and peeped into it. the driver did not look back but he knew that shape. “Peter?” The driver heard his name and looked back; “IBK, What are you doing here?” IBK replied; “The same thing you are. I am sorry we can’t talk under these circumstances but soon it will all make sense”
8 Sep 2015 | 02:44
0 Likes
Ibk know d driver 2 well self,so no pro....
8 Sep 2015 | 08:30
0 Likes
Wow!! Where is d light coming 4rm again, hope no battle ensue again! Thumb up nigga but pls more or longer episodes.......@somkid
8 Sep 2015 | 10:12
0 Likes
Still observing
8 Sep 2015 | 10:13
0 Likes
I hope Buba and his team will be kept at arms length about the whereabout of the president
8 Sep 2015 | 11:07
0 Likes
no probs.. keep d ball rolling..
8 Sep 2015 | 11:09
0 Likes
Thank God they landed safely, nw its time to deal with buba nd associates
8 Sep 2015 | 15:18
0 Likes
Nice one
8 Sep 2015 | 16:24
0 Likes
Hey friends.. Click on dis link and tell me what you think. http://jobrize.com/index.php?ref=159673
8 Sep 2015 | 18:13
0 Likes
nxt plzzz
8 Sep 2015 | 18:36
0 Likes
Kudos.....next plzz
8 Sep 2015 | 19:05
0 Likes
Wheew! Quadri has gat nerves o... He dsnt even mind dat he is talkn 2 bosses.. Well.. Its all good... So wat next?
8 Sep 2015 | 19:11
0 Likes
Next episodes loading...........................
9 Sep 2015 | 03:06
0 Likes
Next pls.... we're waiting....
9 Sep 2015 | 03:42
0 Likes
Waiting...
9 Sep 2015 | 06:36
0 Likes
patiently waitinq
9 Sep 2015 | 10:36
0 Likes
Waiting
9 Sep 2015 | 11:29
0 Likes
hw many hours will it take it to load
9 Sep 2015 | 14:24
0 Likes
Keep it rolling pls.
9 Sep 2015 | 18:26
0 Likes
Next ep neva load finish?
9 Sep 2015 | 20:06
0 Likes
********episode 90****** The President hesitated as Kareem and Michael walked towards her, the president looked up to Kareem and smiled “Kareem, it is a pleasure seeing you” “You still have that diplomatic sound in your voice when you try to assure people that everything is going fine Madam President but we have to get going before people get suspicious” The President got into the car and Kareem climbed in after her as her aide got into the front seat and the car drove off. Suddenly, more lights came on in the distance as other drivers got the order to move out and they started to drive off. The President’s car joined the convoy somewhere in the middle to ensure that there were some cars in front and behind them. “Well we have done our job; let’s see what waits for us in Abuja” Shade said as they all climbed into the plane. The pilot came to the back and said; “We can’t leave those lights there except you want the air force to notice and start tracking us” Izu asked; “Can you take off without them?” “I can take off in a hurricane if you want me to” They all got down and removed the lights as once again, the area was only illuminated by the moon and the plane taxied and took to the sky. Kuyi got off his phone and said; “Plane is heading to Abuja and will touch down shortly. We better have a plan before they get here so we do not waste anytime” “I still want to know where you are taking her Kuyi, don’t make me go track her down myself” Kuyi said; “I could care less if you got on a plane and went to Lagos right now. She is safe and that’s what you need to know. Right now, we need to get into that house of yours to get her daughter and we need you to tell us how” Quadri shook his head and said; “You can’t just walk stroll into Aso Rock as if you own the place: you can’t even do it with a thousand men. You will be spotted from a million miles away and she will be dead before you get to her and then there is the issue of you not knowing exactly where she is in that huge house” Kuyi looked up and said; “Actually I know where she is. I was able to track Buba’s call inside the house and it was made in the president’s office itself” Ifeoma said; “Okay Quadri, you said they have men everywhere but you would also have your people inside there. The cooks and everyone else works for you so what can you tell us” “The problem is still in getting your team into the house without being seen which is impossible” Kuyi looked up and said; “We can use the Tunnels” Ifeoma looked back at Kuyi; “What tunnels?” No one answered the question and Kuyi and Quadri were looking into one another’s eyes” “can one of you please answer my question? What tunnels” Kuyi broke the lock and said; “When Aso Rock was built, it was built by the paranoid military which did not really trust even themselves so they built a network of tunnels under Abuja itself which lead into thecity so if anything happens, they can easily move the president in and out of the house safely” “Those tunnels don’t exist Kuyi” Ifoema said “They are just rumors” Kuyi smiled; “Maybe you should ask Quadri here, he knows about them. he can’t deny it” “I cannot and will not talk about the security details of that house Kuyi, not now and not ever” Ifeoma’s eyes widened; “Are you confirming that they exist? Oh God, what else goes on that I don’t know?” “I am not confirming anything. just know that I am not about to do this” Kuyi walked over to Quadri and said; “Tell us where the tunnels are right now. Her daughter will be tortured if we do not get her out of there before we put the president in front of a press conference. They will kill her just to satisfy their lust for vengeance you slowpoke” “And if I do, how am I sure you would not use that information later. Perhaps to get illegal access into the house” Kuyi was furious now. “if I wanted to know where your tunnels are, I would put some guys in your team and find out. I have better ways of getting the information I want.” Quadri sighed and walked over to the controls which control the screens, he typed a series of commands and one of the screen showed a series of passages “Okay. We have a network of them which are all manned by my men. There are exits all over Abuja and they lead to different places in the House. So we can get to most of the rooms we want to. Since you said she is in the president’s office. We can use them and bring your team through the secret stairway which will bring them directly into the Office” *am sorry guys for d little delay#next episode loading 3%.............#
10 Sep 2015 | 12:30
0 Likes
load faster.
10 Sep 2015 | 14:51
0 Likes
Faster abeg
10 Sep 2015 | 16:48
0 Likes
Getting more interested
10 Sep 2015 | 16:57
0 Likes
Pls make it snappy cnt wait 4 d next episode. I doff my hat 4 u. ur head dey dia jare
10 Sep 2015 | 17:03
0 Likes
Nice one boss
10 Sep 2015 | 18:17
0 Likes
Ok ooooo
10 Sep 2015 | 18:34
0 Likes
gbadun d story
10 Sep 2015 | 18:41
0 Likes
superb
11 Sep 2015 | 01:59
0 Likes
i throway salute 4 una oh, u are doing a great job out dre
11 Sep 2015 | 05:07
0 Likes
Your shakara is too much self. We enjoy the story but u deny us the enjoyment we derive in reading.
11 Sep 2015 | 06:34
0 Likes
wel since am part of d team nw,we wnt hesitate to pul a gun at buba bcos we av had enof
11 Sep 2015 | 07:41
0 Likes
Getting bored cuz of slow posting
11 Sep 2015 | 08:49
0 Likes
Still loadiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinng.......
11 Sep 2015 | 10:32
0 Likes
*********episode 91******** Immediately Kareem and the President got into the car, Peter noticed a sign of relief on the President’s aide’s face as she was glad she was among friends or at least people no willing to get into a gun fight at the first chance. The remaining cars of course did not know what they went to collect from the plane and neither did they know which car inthe convoy was carrying the governor. This was a tactic devised by the SSS when carryingexecutives who are likely to be betrayed by their own men. Although all those on their bodyguard squad are men who have proven that they can be trusted, there could still be some event that would cause them to try to betray them so their knowledge is limited on the job. They are not informed of the plans of the person they watch as they are just told to go along with whatever that person says. Only the head of security plans ahead and even chooses those who go where and who do what. They got on the Badagry expressway and the president looked out the window and said; “I have to admit sir, you were the last person I expected to pick me up” Kareem was a little surprised but he managed to keep it in “Well if it makes you feel any better, I did not expect me to be the person they call in an event like this. There are loads of military barracks around they could have gotten you into and yet they chose me. That is still a decision I am wondering why” “Perhaps because they realize that we are both civilian leaders and will understand better. Or maybe if the military turns against us, you won’t follow their orders” Kareem pulled out his phone and said; “Well they are damn right if that's what they thought” “If they thought what exactly?” “That I am going to bow to any military pressure in this circumstance which is why we need to get you into my office” The aide looked and said; “What if they sent a detachment of men to take on your office?” Kareem smiled. “They can do that, but they can’t do it fast enough. Today is a weekday which means people who work around the secretariat will be coming to work and bringing a thousand soldiers to my doorstep will be discovered before they even leave their barracks” The aide said; “What of an air strike?” “They can try that but what I have back up plans for that too: I intend to put the president in front of a press conference as soon as possible to address the nation and tell the people what is going on in their fatherland. This would push fear into the minds of the coup plotters” “And if after that they still come after you?” This time, the president answered; “Killing me with everyone aware will only lead to one thing: civil war. The only way they could have done it and gotten away was if they did it somewhere else and blame someone else. In this case, the Tetuan government would have taken the blame for my death and we would have found a reason to go to war there but if I am in the country and this happens, it is a different kettle of fish altogether” Kareem remembered something important and he dialed a number on his phone, the person he called picked the phone and he answered; “John, where are you?” “I am at the office sir, I just got to your room and I was told that you had gone out early but no one seemed to know where” “I had to go see some pastor my wife arranged for me for security reasons. You know how she gets about these political things and spiritual attacks. I would have toldyou but I was told to keep it secret. Anyway. I need you to do me a favor” “What is it sir?” “Clear out my room. I believe I left it in a mess before I left as I will need a lot of rest and call my chief of staff: tell him to cancel all my appointments for the whole day as I will be busy with special prayers throughout” The president looked at him and said; “Lying to your subordinates are you Kareem?” He smiled and looked at her; “Would you say you have never done that before? Let he who is without sin” Kareem was puting the phone in his pocket when it rang; “Hello, am I speaking to Ifeoma or the other guy?” “We are all here Kareem, how is it going with the president?” “She is right here and we have been gisting, do you want to speak with her”
11 Sep 2015 | 10:59
0 Likes
Intresting,bt scary smtyms
11 Sep 2015 | 11:06
0 Likes
Interesting
11 Sep 2015 | 15:07
0 Likes
really enjoying every bit of d story
11 Sep 2015 | 16:24
0 Likes
phew.. Now I can exhale
11 Sep 2015 | 17:20
0 Likes
Interesting
11 Sep 2015 | 18:03
0 Likes
Wow!!! Interestingly moving
11 Sep 2015 | 18:20
0 Likes
Wow wonderful write-up. Thumbs up somkhid!
11 Sep 2015 | 18:24
0 Likes
Its nt over.
11 Sep 2015 | 18:45
0 Likes
*********episode 92******* A strange voice answered; “Yes put her on the line. It is important I speak with her” Kareem saw that the voice did not sound like that of the DMI director he spoke with earlier and he said; “Ifeoma, is everything okay over there?” Ifeoma answered; “Yes he is Quadri Muhammad: commandant of the Palace guard” “Oh” Kareem said and he passed the phone to the president “Hello, who am I on to?” The president said “Good morning ma’am, I am sorry you have had to pass through all this” The president recognized the voice immediately; “Quadri, how nice to hear your voice and it gladdens me that you are on my side in this” “It is my duty to be on your side and anywhere else would be betraying you. I would love to send some men over to be at your side but Kuyi and Ifeoma are playing this close to their hearts and they are keeping the number of people in the know on a low. I am sure the governor will be a good host” “I don’t think we would need extra men here and if Ifeoma thinks we should keep it on the low, then we should” “Okay ma’am, please give the phone to the governor, we want to have a word with him” She handed to phone over to Kareem who said; “When this is over, you guys realize that you owe me one huge fat lunch right? But I am not sure who will cook it, I don’t trust you military guys that much plus Ifeoma might try to kill me” “Kareem just keep her safe and after this is over, you can make as much jokes as you want” Ifeoma said “Okay, you want to be all serious, I was about to arrange for a press conference when you called me. The sooner we get her in front of some cameras, the better for all of us” Ifeoma paused a little, exhaled and said; “You can’t do that Kareem” “What can’t I do?” “You can’t call a press conference yet” “Why can’t I? and what would I be waiting for?” “We hve another situation here that we are trying to sort out which is why we said the team that brought her should come to Abuja” “What is the situation?” He heard the voice of the one they call Kuyi; “You don’t need to know sir, just realize that the situation is very important” Now Kareem was getting pissed; “What do you mean I don’t need to know? This is a coup we are talking about and the sooner we quash this, the better for all of us” “Kareem, please just wait a little and trust us” Ifeoma said “You know why you called me Ifeoma? Because you know I would not allow anything stop me from getting our democracy back and let it continue on track not even if you ask me to. So you better start talking or you will be watching the president grant interviews in thirty minutes” “They have Folake” Kareem kept quiet for a bit; “Who the hell is Folake?” “My daughter” Kareem felt the pain in her voice as she said that and he pitied her but instead of the pity to overwhelm his anger, the anger grew within him; “You mean those crazy people have my niece? Where do they have her?” “In Aso Rock, and they are threatening to torture and kill her unless we deliver the President to them” “Look Ifeoma, I know this is hard and having you might think Folake is more important but this is the future of a whole nation we are talking of. I know I would be upset if anyone touches my kids too but what is happening here is bigger that Folake” At this Kuyi came in; “And that’s why the president is in your care. You can choose to make that call right now but we just want you to give us some time. This is 6am and we have the location of the girl in the house. We just need some time to get to her and bring her out. I am sure you understand this” Kareem paused for almost a minute and said; “Okay, I will give you some time but on one condition” Kuyi said; “What do you want?” “I want the head of the mad man that came up with the plan to involve my niece in this madness” Kuyi smiled to himself and said; “You will have to queue behind me for that sir as I plan to decorate my shelf with his skull” “Okay do what you have to do and update me and Ifeoma, it’s going to be okay; you are the best military head I know and I know youwill get her out”
12 Sep 2015 | 02:40
0 Likes
getting more interesting, nw dat the president is in safe hands its nw high tym 2 get ifeoma`s daughter out of tha freeking place nd reinstate the president asap...@mr somkhid i throway salute oh
12 Sep 2015 | 05:21
0 Likes
hmmm getting close 2 the bottom ov the matter.nyc 1 @somkhid
12 Sep 2015 | 05:38
0 Likes
I smell trouble for buba nd co
12 Sep 2015 | 05:39
0 Likes
Welldone @somkid
12 Sep 2015 | 05:42
0 Likes
Hey Mr. Kuyi, I'm on the queue too.
12 Sep 2015 | 05:57
0 Likes
Nice one!
12 Sep 2015 | 06:32
0 Likes
getting juicier more and more somkid can't wait
12 Sep 2015 | 06:46
0 Likes
Buba will regreet it.
12 Sep 2015 | 08:58
0 Likes
Somkid nice work, I can't even wait 2 have buba head on my table!
12 Sep 2015 | 10:21
0 Likes
hmmm dis is getting tough
12 Sep 2015 | 11:26
0 Likes
Somkid weldone ooo, ma grandma will gladly marry you....I giv her to u free....story getting more intriguing!!!
12 Sep 2015 | 12:57
0 Likes
@nextangel dnt worry i will marry u and ur grandma
12 Sep 2015 | 13:29
0 Likes
*******episode 93******** With that, Kareem hung up the phone and hit his fist against the roof of the car. The president moved away from him and peter said; “I am sorry sir” “It is not your fault” The President said; “I heard what they said and if they are sending in that team that brought me, be rest assured, they will get her out alive” Kareem shook his head in anger “They better do” ****************************** ***************************** ****** At the DMI headquarters, the room fell quiet as Kareem hung up. Quadri walked up to the controls to call the people over at the entrance to the tunnel to let them know that they would be heading inside with a team soon while Kuyi went over and rubbed Ifeoma’s back. Charles had stood by the door all these while and he kept watch. He did not contribute to the conversation as he did not have much to say but he could see that it was beginning to take its toll on his boss. Her face had shrunk and she looked a lot frailer but still she was able to gather strength from inside of her and he could not help but be full of admiration. Kuyi had previously sent a text to the plane which involved the mission and how it wouldbe carried out. It did not include a map as it would be pointless. He had included the plansthat they were get off the plane immediately it lands and they would be smuggled out of the base by a fuel truck and they would be dropped in front of a park close to the base and they would meet up with the remaining members of the new team. Their mission wasto rescue a girl from the Presidential Villa and also effect the arrest of the security chiefs if possible but the girl was top priority. They would get a new supply of guns, clothes and communication for the mission too. Immediately Michael explained the new mission, Shade said; “Are I missing something here? If we are heading to Aso Rock, why are we stopping at the park?” Michael replied; “We are to meet those that would take us in. The mission is going to be straight forward, go in pick the girl and head out” IBK said; “This must be a joke right? You are saying weare going into another Presidential Villa to get another person?” Michael said; “That’s the mission now people. Are you in or out? If you are out, let me know and we can drop you along the way” Shade said; “I work for the DMI, there is no pulling out forme, it is the state boys I worry about” Izu looked at IBK then back at Michael and said; “I always wanted to see the inside of the Presidential Villa; I guess this is my chance. I will probably die doing it but I guess it will be fun” They all looked towards IBK who had rested his head on the arm rest of his seat and IBK said; “You guys understand you are all crazy right? First of all this mission is not sanctioned by the Director of the SSS, and we state boys as Shade just called us don’t take orders from the DMI” Michael said; “This is not an order. If you want to pull out, you are free” IBK said; “The offer to pull out is tempting but if Izu goes, dies in there and becomes a hero, I would never forgive myself for not protecting his backside and I have also wanted to see the Villa, who knows, I might get the chance to steal a sovenier” *happy sunday fellaz*
13 Sep 2015 | 05:14
0 Likes
First To Coment! Mrnin To U Too. Dis Is Interestinq.
13 Sep 2015 | 05:44
0 Likes
nw let the mission begin
13 Sep 2015 | 06:04
0 Likes
mission 2... Very intresting...
13 Sep 2015 | 08:45
0 Likes
Lol..... I love IBK's pattern of saying he is in.... Let it flow
13 Sep 2015 | 09:36
0 Likes
Lol,pray she is rescued with no hitch.
13 Sep 2015 | 09:38
0 Likes
Wishing you the best of it. Thanks for d. update.
13 Sep 2015 | 10:15
0 Likes
HMMM LET THE PARTY BEGIN
13 Sep 2015 | 10:18
0 Likes
Episode 94 loading..............
13 Sep 2015 | 10:18
0 Likes
Episode 94 loading...........21%.........
13 Sep 2015 | 10:19
0 Likes
nix one
13 Sep 2015 | 10:46
0 Likes
Oh at long last the President is in the Country, prayn for her safety even under Kareem, may God help the team as well to rescue Ifeoma douta
13 Sep 2015 | 11:02
0 Likes
Let it flow boss, and am still waiting
13 Sep 2015 | 11:56
0 Likes
Kudos but too short
13 Sep 2015 | 12:59
0 Likes
Wow...... D real deal z around d corner........ 9ic 1 @somhkid...... Thumbs up dear
13 Sep 2015 | 14:39
0 Likes
Oya leggo
13 Sep 2015 | 15:12
0 Likes
Ride on @somkhid
14 Sep 2015 | 06:21
0 Likes
I love shade way,no polling out for me.
14 Sep 2015 | 08:11
0 Likes
*********episode 94****** Bill Clinton drive Abuja has housed the Air Force base in Abuja For a long time Although it is not fully a complete base with a landing and takeoff strip, it has a strip behind it hidden to almost everyone for emergency lift off. The air base was used basically as a means of housing the Air force personnel. Most of the jets are positioned at the military wing of the Nnamdi Azikwe airport but the strip at the base was maintained for reason alot of people do not know of. Airplanes rarely take off or even ad everyone was not bothered but people always wondered why the strip was always kept in shape and once a while, the air force lands jets there to see how test the conditions of the strip. The jets take off almost immediately without doing much on the ground. The strip was always undergoing cleaning and maintenance to make sure it was in great shape and a small hanger is kept there. The hanger although was in great shape, it was always empty and no one was seen there. The area around the strip itself is restricted to even the most senior officers of the base itself and they all keep off curious asmost people are when they first arrive at the base of the strip, they get bored eventually when nothing significant happens there so when on this Friday morning, they heard sounds of an approaching airplane, most people just ignored it and went about their normal activities. The airplane was tracked somewhere else in Abuja. The airport is divided into the civilian wing while the air force themselves have a base there for their jets. The air force wing has a complete set of monitoring equipment as they have a division which was responsible for the security of Aso Rock itself.This division maintains and enforces the “No Fly Zone” around the Presidential Villa. They are maintained as part of both a wing of the Nigerian Air force and the Palace Guards with more than ten jets mostly the newly acquired F32 jets. They also make sure that the air space around the jet is free any time it takes to air. Captain Olaiwola Eze is the leader of the squadron of jets around on the base and every morning, they take their planes to the air to test the air worthiness of each bird. Every day to them is a potential war as they always have to be ready to take to the air in case there is an attack on the villa. The September 11 attack on the Pentagon had ensured that their importance was moved higher which meant they had their own landing space and a complete hanger. They also had a series of engineers but most of all they had complete access to the Tower at the airport itself and the satellite coverage of NIGCOMSAT1 that the base uses. Olaiwola or Lai as he is fondly called had been off duty the whole night but spent the night in the base since he would be flying early in the morning. He did not need the authorization of his commandant to tell him to test his bird anymore as it had become routine for him forthe past twelve months and he was suited upand ready to fly. He already knew he would be going with two of his team and it would just be the routine and boring take off, testing of the weapons aboard the planes and then land. Then it is back to waiting around for an emergency that never happens. It is a boring job but it enables them sit around all day, work out and play games. Little work, serious pay: that is what they call their job description. He drove to the hanger seeing men scattered all around doing maintenance or something else in the still dark morning and he wondered to himself; “We do all this for one person and one house. Funny thing is that, the president might not even be home right now” He saw one of the other pilots, got out of his car and he shook his hand saying; “Dude, where is Ayo?” “Ayo is already in his bird waiting for us. Seems he did not get any sleep last night” Olaiwola said; “We need to get that dude a girl; his dedication to work is amusing. Inspiring but amusing” They both walked into the hanger as they saw Ayo coming towards them taking off his flight jacket Olaiwaola said; “Ayo, why are you removing your jacket? Are you done already?” “Good morning captain” Ayo said as he saluted him “No point saluting me, we are the same until someone tries to play with our jobs, then you have to follow anything I say. So why are you taking off your jacket?”
14 Sep 2015 | 12:13
0 Likes
first 2 comment nyc 1 @somkhid
14 Sep 2015 | 12:23
0 Likes
I like dis story always puting some ingredient b4 d main event hapen.
14 Sep 2015 | 15:02
0 Likes
Nyc 1 mr somkhid
14 Sep 2015 | 15:38
0 Likes
Nxt oooooo
14 Sep 2015 | 15:58
0 Likes
Which award were u now given @ralz
14 Sep 2015 | 16:37
0 Likes
Nice one, Next
14 Sep 2015 | 17:17
0 Likes
should hav let it reach any action part b4 cutoff..
14 Sep 2015 | 18:39
0 Likes
Gud to go
15 Sep 2015 | 02:47
0 Likes
********episode 95****** He looked towards Marcus and then Olaiwola and he said; “The chief just cancelled today’s drill. He said there will be no test flight this morning” Olaiwola was surprised as the drills had never been cancelled and he said; “Are you sure he said that? Let me go have a word with him and see why. In the meantime, you both get in your birds: we might not be taking to the air this morning, but you have to make sure those airplane’s engines are running just in case something happens” The third man Musa said; “What are the chances of that happening? If the chief says we should not test this morning, I will rather go back home. My wife is off duty and she is still in bed” Olaiwola looked at Musa and said; “Lieutenant, this is an order: stand beside your bird and wait for me” and he walked away. He hated puling ranks on his own pilots but in some cases, it was necessary to do so. He walked over to the chief’s office who was actually a commodore but they all call him chief. He knocked on the door and a hoarse answered; “Come in” He walked in to the smell of stale cigarettes which is the trade mark of the Chief’s office. He saluted and said; “Good morning sir” “At ease Lai” Lai was what people call him as his name is long and a lot of people just preferred using the short form “What is the problem this morning?” “I learnt you cancelled this morning’s test flights and I wanted to confirm directly with you sir” “Well I don’t see the significance of the test this morning. The Presidential jet has not returned from its trip which means the president is not even there so what is the point in burning fuel up there when there is nothing to look at?” Lai’s brain immediately composed a long speech about how it pays to be prepared but those were the type of speeches you gave to those beneath you and not your superiors so he said; “I get that sir but I have informed the morning crew to test their engines even if we would not be flying and we will also move thebirds to the run way and just in case they are needed” “Okay captain. You can leave now; I have things to attend to” As the captain walked out, the Chief said to himself; “You have a long way to go boy. Let’s see how today ends first” Lai walked out of the office but instead of walking to where the planes where he went to the communications centre. He walked in and saw them all strained monitoring traffic. He always enjoyed the room as everyone was always serious and watching the No flight zone. He shouted; “Okay people, who violated the first law of the No Flight Zone?” They have just two laws there: the first says “Don’t fly near the NFZ” and the second one says “Don’t fly into the NFZ” A voice answered; “If someone did, would you just be arriving here?” he shook hands with those at the door and said; “Since no one did, why is every one straining their eyes and watching the monitors or did someone fly a kite close to you protected zone” “This is no joke abeg. Just another plane which is heading to the Air force base” Lai said; “Does anyone know why we test the strip on that base? We just land planes there once while and take off without reason.” No one answered because they did not really know but they kept watching the plane as it went down and landed then they got their eyes off the monitor and went back to doing nothing. The communication crew had just four people working there and the atmosphere was always lively One said; “Lai, are you not supposed to be in the air right now?” “Yes I am but we are not flying this morning: the chief says the weather is bad for my health so we will just be testing the engines and keeping the birds warm” with that he walked out to his plane
15 Sep 2015 | 06:34
0 Likes
following gr8t work @somkhid
15 Sep 2015 | 06:57
0 Likes
Go on following u!!
15 Sep 2015 | 09:15
0 Likes
i give position of coolval 22 best writr,u b badosky
15 Sep 2015 | 12:45
0 Likes
Somkid nice work but d episode is shorter
15 Sep 2015 | 12:57
0 Likes
Still following
15 Sep 2015 | 13:02
0 Likes
We dey gbadun you boss
15 Sep 2015 | 13:50
0 Likes
also following ya gr8 work bro.....thumbs up
15 Sep 2015 | 14:13
0 Likes
More, more, more....this was short. Next pls...
15 Sep 2015 | 14:14
0 Likes
Always following.
15 Sep 2015 | 14:33
0 Likes
Still following......
15 Sep 2015 | 15:15
0 Likes
maybe d chief is working in favour of d team coming 2 Abuja
15 Sep 2015 | 15:48
0 Likes
Is dis gonna be like all in a circle? I hope we won't spend a year on it too
15 Sep 2015 | 19:49
0 Likes
@tenniebenson u won't spend a year reading dis story
16 Sep 2015 | 04:21
0 Likes
*******episode 96****** Immediately the plane on the ground, the lights were switched off and the surroundinglights at the strip also went off at the same time and Michael got out immediately. As theygot out, the pilot said; “This is where we part ways. If I am asked about you, I will simply deny your existence so I suggest you people get your own story” They got out and there was someone waitingfor them at the foot of the stairs and they were lead to a wastes truck. The man openedthe back and said; “Get in quickly, we have to switch on the lights very soon or else people might suspect something” They all got in, the man got into the front andthe team felt the truck, barley a minute later, they heard the plane take to the sky once again. Inside the truck, it was clean and it did not look as if, it had ever been used to move any waste in recent times. Izu said; “Yesterday morning, I was flying in a private jat and right now, I am riding in a dump truck” Michael looked at him smiled and said; “I have been in worse” he looked at IBK and said “How’s the leg?” “It is healing. It was just a flesh would and it is not something I can’t walk with” Shade said; “Are you sure?” “I am fine now let’s concentrate on what we want to do; how do we get into the villa?” “We are supposed to meet up with those that would get us in at the entrance and I assume they will also come with our weapons and communications” Izu said; “I will rather have Shade here handle communications. We know how it turned outthe last time” The truck stopped not more than five minutes later and they all wondered what was wrong. The door to the back opened and they found themselves looking at five mean looking faces. Michael got up and walked out. He stretched his hand towards one of the men and said; “Good morning, I am special agent” He was cut short by one of the men who said; “Your name is not important and we don’t even need it to work together. Please come with us” In the still dark morning, Izu looked around and noticed that they were not too far from the base. Infact he could bet they were still inside the base itself. They walked towards another truck park and where it opened, the inside was lined up with all sorts of weapons and the man who interrupted Michael said; “Okay, take whatever you know you can handle but can carry along. The Villa is heavily secured and we expect to run into a lot of bad guys so we will possibly be shooting our way and also running our arses” There was a man inside the truck sitting behind a table and he said; “When you have chosen your toys, come here and get your radio” They did not spend ten minutes getting geared up and Michael said; “Okay, we are ready to move. How do we get there” The leader of the other team said; “How do you get where?” “The villa” Izu said The truck which they took their guns from moved forwards a little and one of the men lifted a drain cover which showed a hole large enough to contain just one person at a time and the leader said; “Welcome to Aso Rock” **story continues after getting enough coments loading 1%...........................*
16 Sep 2015 | 08:52
0 Likes
First To Comment.cant Wait For The Actions Inside Aso RocK.
16 Sep 2015 | 09:10
0 Likes
I hope dey succeed here
16 Sep 2015 | 09:13
0 Likes
Welcome to aso rock indeed. Nice write up. Kudos to team micheal, u guys did a great job in rescuing d president, I believe in u guys, though it is tough but I know u guys can do it. Expecting d main hit
16 Sep 2015 | 14:32
0 Likes
Nd comment u wil get
16 Sep 2015 | 14:56
0 Likes
hmmm
16 Sep 2015 | 18:31
0 Likes
Post dis tin abeg...
16 Sep 2015 | 18:50
0 Likes
*******episode 97******** Ifeoma looked towards Kuyi and said; “Okay Kareem might give us some time to work inside the house so we need those boys to move and move fast. It is almost 6am which gives them less than two hours to get in and get her to safety” “Well that’s true. I am already setting up a communication link with the Palace guards down there. Let me link you up with them” “Agent Michael, where are you right now?” Michael’s voice sounded a little skeptical as hesaid; “Sir we are staring down a very dark hole and we are waiting for their explanations. I thought we will be going straight to the Palace through the gates, no one mentioned tunnels” Quadri said; “You can go through the gates but be assured that you will be dead before you get past the first gate. My men are reporting an increase in the security in the house and on the orders of the Vice President, my men and I have been relieved so we can’t sneak you in,which means you will have to go in stealth mode. Remember you mission and stick to it. The house is actually bigger than you think soI will stick to the Palace guards with you. They know their way more” “I wish you luck men.” Kuyi said as he looked at Ifeoma’ anxious face ****************************** ************************** Shade looked around as everyone was looking down into the hole in the ground and she said; “The first person to say ladies first gets a punch in the face” The commander who not seem to get the joke as he got down the hole and started to climb down while the others formed a sort of ring around them to shield to hide them from view. The other watched him as he went down and when he got there, he, he did something and they could see a light source coming from under the ground. They could see the tunnel well from the top and they saw that it was a well cut out hole in the ground and on one side, there was a stairs they coulduse to go down. Izu went first down the tunnel as he was the lightest of the team and then IBK and Shade. When they had gone, three agents from the Palace Guards went down the tunnel to meet them and then Michael went in last. Immediately Michael hit the bottom of the dry tunnel, the top was replace from the top and the truck which held the weapons came backand covered it up. The tunnel was not too far from the surface and after the mouth which appeared small, they all discovered that it was wide at the bottom and it stretched down in front of them into the dark. The light that the commander had switched on only seemed to work for the vertical tunnel as the front was just as black as night and for a while, IBK started to feel the temperature increase nd the air was very stale “When the mission is over, you can reach the people on the surface on channel one on the communicator so they will open it as it is mostly opened from outside for security reasons. It can also be open from inside too but that would involved you pulling this lever”he pointed a huge red level that hung to the back of the cylindrical hole. “By pulling that lever, it powers a switch which forces the cover to pop open.” “What of the truck parked on top, how does that move?” Michael asked “The lever operates a trap door which moves the ground on which the truck stands so both the truck and cover moves. I am hoping that would not be necessary as that would increase the chances of people realizing that something like that exists here and someone might get curious enough to check it out” “Okay thanks for the orientation, now let’s get going.” Shade said The commander led them into the dark tunnel for a few feet using a torch light in his hand, he located another lever, he pulled it down and the tunnel was illuminated to show a very way ahead of them. The tunnel was so long, the end was out of sight as it converged after some distance “How are we supposed to make it through that today?” Michael said The commander pointed to a cart sitting in front of them and said; “You don’t actually expect anyone to walk that distance do you? The tunnel’s exit had to be somewhere far from the House so if the president got out, she will be some distance away from hurt in the case of a coup as they would focus on the House” Izu looked at the cart which had enough seats for all of them and said; “How fast does this goes?” “We will be under the House in a matter of single digit minutes” *next episode loading*********
17 Sep 2015 | 04:02
0 Likes
wish them luck nyc 1 @somkhid
17 Sep 2015 | 07:27
0 Likes
d team will rescue d girl b4 9am and d president will save her office
17 Sep 2015 | 07:36
0 Likes
nyc
17 Sep 2015 | 08:20
0 Likes
I lost ma fon inside dis huz help me find am abeg.........9ce write up dud
17 Sep 2015 | 08:51
0 Likes
Great content, but the episodes are getting shorter.
17 Sep 2015 | 09:10
0 Likes
Gud lock .
17 Sep 2015 | 10:22
0 Likes
Oya oooo
17 Sep 2015 | 10:31
0 Likes
I pray dey cm bk in peace nt in pieces,welldone @Somkhid
17 Sep 2015 | 10:36
0 Likes
Interesting, pls next episode in a single digit minute.
17 Sep 2015 | 11:05
0 Likes
Nice write up next plssss
17 Sep 2015 | 11:22
0 Likes
thumbs up to the writer.
17 Sep 2015 | 12:27
0 Likes
NYC WRITE UP BRO
17 Sep 2015 | 17:01
0 Likes
Gud luck with ur mission guys
17 Sep 2015 | 19:34
0 Likes
9ic1..... I ope u guyz succeed....... Nxt @somhkid
18 Sep 2015 | 01:24
0 Likes
*******episode 98******* “And how are you so sure they work?” He gestured for them to get into it as he answered; “They are tested regularly to make sure they work at all time. The cart is electronically powered from a power source different fromthat of the house so even though the power at the house is cut off, this will still work.” The all got in and he pushed a series of buttons on the controls of the cart. The cart started moving: slowly at first and then gradually, the speed increased slowly and until it got to a speed which made the lights hanging above their heads seem like a continuous stretch of light and not in an array like they really were. The tunnel was in a straight line except for a few curves which they encountered and it was maneuvered without the cart turning or even needing anyone to control it. The cart simply went forward and the passengers held on to whatever it was they could find inside it. It was relatively tall enough to prevent any of them from falling out but that did not give each of them the feeling that they could fall off. Soon the cart’s speed started to slow down and then gradually, it got to a stop just in front of a wall that showed an end to the tunnel itself. They all got off and walked the little distance remaining to the end and just before getting to the wall in front, Michael said; “Is this the only tunnel here?” The commander of the guard’s team said; “I can’t answer that question sir” Just at the end of the wall, there was ladder attached to the wall which forms another form of vertical tunnel and they all climbed it to the top into a little room the room was lit by a single bulb and it showed different doors but the leader went to just one and he opened it and said; **************************** ***************************** Ifeoma had the longest ten minutes of her lifeas they all sat down in the room which they has turned into a crisis room and waited for the team to arrive at Aso Rock. They could not talk to them while the cart was moving as it went too fast to support any form of radio communication o they waited and prayed that nothing went wrong. Ifeoma looked into the monitors and said; “If those tunnels are under the ground, how is it possible that we can reach the team through radio?” Quadri said; “Fibre Optic cables have been laid on the internal surface of the tunnel itself to ensure that” “And how sure are you that they are secured?” Quadri answered; “They will need the password from me to get in” “Can it be hacked? Kuyi answered this time; “All forms of communications can be hacked but you have to know it exists before you can think of hacking it and just a few people actually know the tunnels exist and fewer know of the communication links” Ifeoma was not really interested in the tunnels but she found that asking those questions helped her take her mind off her daughter and what might be happening withher where she was as it scared her and she needed to keep her mind busy so she won’t drive herself insane. She was about to ask another question when she heard Shade’s voice over the radio; “We are out of the cart and making it through the passages. We should be in the office in a short while” Ifeoma tried to keep her voice casual but it was beginning to show how worried she was more and more as she said; “Okay, just try to keep it together and make sure you take extreme caution” “We will get her out ma’am; you can be sure of that” “Thanks” was the only reply she could think off’ ****************************** **************************** “This door leads directly to the President’s office where we think she is being kept.” “How are we sure she is kept there?” IBK said “Not too loud, I am not sure it the walls separating us is sound proof. We can’t be sure but we can take a look into the office to see who is there” The leader made a sign to one of his men andimmediately, the man walked along the wall with his eyes trained on the wall itself “What is he doing?” Izu asked “Just wait” The agent kept walking until he got to a section of the wall and he dug his fingers into the wall. He pulled it to the side and the whole team froze as they found themselves looking into the eyes if an army personnel who was carrying his gun and looking directly in their direction.
18 Sep 2015 | 03:53
0 Likes
getting cold feet already
18 Sep 2015 | 04:15
0 Likes
i jst pray no one shuld get hurt........... ride on
18 Sep 2015 | 04:42
0 Likes
Hmmm, story getting longer!!
18 Sep 2015 | 05:14
0 Likes
Hmn another suspens
18 Sep 2015 | 05:46
0 Likes
Hmmmm vhis is getting more interested cnt wait 2 see the team get her out
18 Sep 2015 | 07:10
0 Likes
I trust u guyz on ds
18 Sep 2015 | 07:15
0 Likes
I know how ifoma fell.
18 Sep 2015 | 08:30
0 Likes
nix 1 @somkhid #muah# bt dnt tell ur wives ooo
18 Sep 2015 | 15:00
0 Likes
Oh nt again
18 Sep 2015 | 19:21
0 Likes
another suspense cuming up
19 Sep 2015 | 02:29
0 Likes
Nt again plz
19 Sep 2015 | 03:01
0 Likes
*******episode 99******** As the convoy pulled into the governor’s office, a thought began to creep into the governor’s mind. He saw no reason why the issue should be kept a secret as that could be used against her politically and also describedas a lack of will or incompetence on her part but he weighed it as they decided to hold up calling a press conference until the could have gotten Ifeoma’s daughter. The more he thought about it, the more risky it got in his head as he began to see that if those who were planning the coup suspects that she is in his company, they might just try to eliminate him too and claim that he was part of the plot to kill her or find some lie to justifyan attack on his office. He looked at the president who had begun to drift into a sleep and he shook her; “I think we are making a mistake ma’am” She looked at him with sleep in her eyes and said; “What mistake?” “If we decide to wait until Ifeoma gets her daughter out, we might be allowing ourselves lose the opportunity to seize the moment when we can. If the military knows you are with me, a simple air strike on my office will ensure that no one else knows but if you appear in front of cameras on live television to tell the whole world that there has been a coup, to ensure your safety” “But how about her daughter?” “They already have a team on its way to get her: and you have already shown confidence in them which means they are efficient so we can trust them” By this time, the cars had all entered the garage and as the security team gathered around the cars while the drivers did not come down and no one attempted to come near any of the cars “So what do you think we should do?” “We call a press conference right now. It will take less than five minutes to put you in frontof cameras. It might not be live as we won’t tell them why we are calling it but I can assure you that immediately you get in front of them, it will go live” “But what do I say?” “The president’s aide looked back from her seat and said; “You tell the truth and ask for support from the people. They voted you in and they need to defend their votes once again” she looked towards Kareem who nodded his head in agreement and said: “I am concerned about Ifeoma’s daughter” Kareem said; “The girl is my niece, I love her as much as I love my kids but the country is more important right now and we cannot afford togamble with the country’s security over one person” The president looked at her aide, at Kareem and said; “Okay how long will it get you to arrange them?” Kareem looked at his watch and said; “Just enough time for you to change your clothes and freshen up” Her aide said; “How are you going to explain the makeup and new clothes? If she is really going through what she is about to tell them, she needs to retain her look and they will understand better what she is doing and why” “Okay I will do the press conference, arrange it” Kareem pulled out his phone and called someone. When it connected he said; “Listen carefully, I don’t care how you do this,I am at the garage right now and I want you to set up a press conference in the time it will take me to walk to the conference room” The voice replied; “That is easy, the chief of staff was supposed to meet with the press at 7am today and theyhave already set up their equipment so just walk on and we will have it done” Kareem hung up and said; “Peter. We need to get out of this car and head to the conference room, I hope you realize that some of your men might be compromised so we need those you trust most for security and we need to do that fast” Peter did not reply, he simply brought out his communicator and said; “I will need 3, 4 and 6 for escort. The rest of you can get out of your car and go wait at the lounge” Suddenly all the drivers came down from the cars and they all walked away except three ofthem who walked towards the Governor’s car.
19 Sep 2015 | 04:13
0 Likes
kareem hp ur plan wont backfire
19 Sep 2015 | 04:42
0 Likes
Na wa ooo, getting tensed up
19 Sep 2015 | 05:06
0 Likes
More suspense filled, next pls
19 Sep 2015 | 06:15
0 Likes
Something will definitely happen befor or after the press conference.
19 Sep 2015 | 06:24
0 Likes
it's a good decision bcos d coup plotter might do something b4 dey rescue d girl
19 Sep 2015 | 08:33
0 Likes
Next pls!
19 Sep 2015 | 09:29
0 Likes
Interesting.
19 Sep 2015 | 16:25
0 Likes
HMMM
19 Sep 2015 | 16:34
0 Likes
Nxt
19 Sep 2015 | 18:13
0 Likes
*******episode 100******** IBK found himself looking directly into the soldier’s eyes and he froze immediately as he did not know what to do. He felt his heart stop for a little bit as the whole world seemedto stop right there and then. He opened his mouth and closed them immediately as beads of sweat broke all over his face and he felt the blood within his vein go cold at that instant he tried to move but he was rooted tothe ground and practically paralyzed and the soldier swung his gun in front of him. All of a sudden, something strange happenedas the soldier pointed the gun and smiled at them and then turned around as he started walking around the room. IBK looked towards Michael and the rest and saw that they has the same experience as him and they all seemed amused except the leader of the palace guards. He seemed to be aware and was not surprised at the reaction of the soldier. Izu expected the leader of the Guards to move forward to acknowledge the presence of the soldier but he just stood looking into the room and the soldier also acted like he could not see any of them. He just walked away casually and continued as if nothing had happened and that was when Izu understood what just happened; “You could have at least warned us you know” IBK looked at Izu stunned and said; “You knew the soldiers are expecting us?” “No but it is obvious he did not actually see us” Shade added “It is a one way mirror so the soldier just posed in front of a mirror to see how he looks and that got you spooked” Izu said “I was not spooked, just surprised that’s all” “Cut the chit chat” Michael said “This is the office” the guard’s leader said The all looked inside and this time as a way to see how they can get in. “I see her” IBK said “She is over there behind those two soldiers standing there” At once, they turned their attention to the direction and they saw the soldier standing in a corner in the far side of the office. The office was not too big but it had enough space and there were six soldiers inside the office with each of them carrying a rifle swung over their shoulder. There were two standing directly in front of a girl in a bright colored shirt and a pair of jeans. Her face looked exactly like that of the minister of defense and they did not have to have studied the pictures sent to them before they saw it. Another two soldiers were standing beside the door, one sat on a chair behind a huge table and there was the one who was staring at the mirror. He was still walking around and saying something to the rest of them. The one sitting on the president’s chair laughed and put his legs on the table and the leader of the guards shook his head. “Okay, focus” Michael said “I am expecting that this mirror has a sort of mechanism which makes it open and we need a plan to take this boys out without alerting those outside. That assuming that there are some there” The guard’s leader said; “The mirror slides to the side” Michael said; “IBK, how is you shooting eye: is it still as sharp as Tetuan?” “It is still available” IBK said “Okay, when I give you the go, take out the soldier beside on the right side of the girl; our right I mean. Izu deal with the one on theright, Shade and the guards can handle the ones at the door. Leave the other two to me” he looked at the guard’s leader and said; “Slide open the door a little, I have to get in before we start shooting and I don’t think I have to remind any of you that you should use your silenced hand guns instead of your rifles” They all acknowledged and Michael said; “Open the door slowly” The guard who had pulled the cover held a finger over a button on the wall and looked towards Michael who nodded but raised a finger to tell him to hold on. Michael looked into the room and noticed that the soldiers at the door was facing away from the mirror, the two beside the girl were busy saying something to her while the one who was walking around had stopped and had gotten into a conversation with the one who sat on the chair. He stood on the right hand of the soldier sitting, the mirror was on the left of him and he was looking at his partner. The door was directly in front of him which was to the left of the team but a little bit far off and the girl was sitting on one of the chairs as the slidiers turned their backs on the mirror.
20 Sep 2015 | 03:25
0 Likes
Now guys let the action begin, no time for dillydalling as everyminute count. Gudluck on d takeout.
20 Sep 2015 | 04:13
0 Likes
Haaaa,cnt wait 2 read d nxt episode
20 Sep 2015 | 06:38
0 Likes
Let them start immediately!!! My Adventure With My Street Chicks....Ep 4 coming up by 7pm
20 Sep 2015 | 10:09
0 Likes
Let d action begin
20 Sep 2015 | 11:30
0 Likes
Welcum to war front guys!
20 Sep 2015 | 11:50
0 Likes
guys you can do it without anyone outside suspecting you.
20 Sep 2015 | 12:11
0 Likes
Becoming more intense. Good work @somkhid. Next pls
20 Sep 2015 | 13:07
0 Likes
next pls
20 Sep 2015 | 17:18
0 Likes
LET THE PARTY BEGIN
20 Sep 2015 | 17:48
0 Likes
Action time
20 Sep 2015 | 18:18
0 Likes
***********episode 101***** Michael thought to himself; “This better go well” He raised his hand and heard a quiet whirling sound as the guard pushed the button and the door pulled slid towards his left a little. The speed at which it opened was small and as soon as it was opened enough, Michael rolled on the rug towards the chairs directly in front of him. He was hidden from the soldier at the door by the arrangement of the chairs and from the ones talking because the soldier standing had his attention on his counterpart and the other one was blocked by the hug desk. Michael crawled towards the back of the deskand the girl he stopped when he got to the end of the chair which decorated the office and by now, he was hiding for the guard who was standing by a chair opposite the desk. He poked his head out and he saw the girl’s face’ the girl also saw him but he put a finger over his lips and the girl looked away from him understanding that he would not want her to look directly at him. Michael looked back towards the mirror and raised his hand for the remaining members of the team to come out. IBK and Izu came jumping out first as the mirror did not open slowly this time but it slidto the side immediately. The soldier standing caught their movement in a corner of his eyes and he turned to look at what happenedbut Michael stood up instantly with two state silenced state issued 9MMs. He fired the guns immediately as both men fell to the ground asthe bullet hit them at almost point blank range Immediately Folake saw a strange man crawling through the furniture, she knew it something was wrong and when he put his fingers on his lips, her heart warmed up a little. She wanted to look directly at him but was afraid that the soldier might wonder what she was looking at she turned her eyes towards the door. Moments later, she saw two men jump out of the wall and the first thing she did was to lie down on the chair she had been sitting on. Izu and IBK watched Michael crawled towards the desk and saw his signal for them to emerge. They knew they could make no mistakes and when they walked out of the hidden room, they came with guns drawn, took their aim and fired immediately. The guards did not have enough time to look behind them as they thought something else made the girl lie down. IBK and Izu chose their targets and continued firing. Immediately IBK and Izu went out of the room, the guards went out. They did not jump or crawl rather they walked calmly out of the room with their guns out and shot at the guards at the door. The door was bulletproof and soundproof so they did not have to worry about the bullets going into the other side. All the soldiers did not have enough time to respond to the surprise as hot pieces of lead were pumped into their body continuously. They did not even have enough time to say anything which might alert the soldiers which might be outside the door. The guards went to secure the door and make sure their targets are dead while Shadestayed back in the room. Izu and IBK went to carry the girl who did not raise her head evenwhen she heard the sounds of bodies falling to the ground without struggling. Izu said; “It’s going to be okay, your mum asked us to come get you so just come with us and you will be safe” The girl got up and Izu carried her towards the room with IBK following him Michael walked to the desk and took a laptop sitting on it. He put it under his arms and walked over to Shade who still did not come out of the room. Izu carrying the girl with IBK behind him entered the room and they waited for Michael and the remaining members of the guards to go with them but Michael stretched the laptop to her and said; “Make sure no one except the Minister for Defense or the Director gets this and get the girl out of here” “Are you not coming with us” Izu said “This is where you mission ends. I have been sent to do other things while here” Shade noticed that the Guards team did not make an attempt to come towards the room and she said; “You are going with them?” “Yes” “Then I am coming with you” IBK said “We have ran through the streets of Tetuan until this point and I am not about to allow you get killed on your own” “You are not cleared for this mission” Michaelsaid “Well I am giving myself clearance” IBK said indefiance “If you are going on a separate mission, I am going with you” Michael saw that he could not win the argument and he said; “Okay you can come and I will brief you on the way” “I hope you realize that I am coming too” Izu said walking out off the room “Someone has to take the girl back” “Shade can do that” Izu said. “ Besides, I have not taken a souvenir yet” Michael shook his head and he looked towards Shade; “Please tell me you don’t want to come too” “I will take her back, you boys have fun” Shade looked, smiled and then pushed a button beside the one the guard has pushed and the mirror came back to its position
21 Sep 2015 | 06:41
0 Likes
Too much suspense. Next pls...
21 Sep 2015 | 07:05
0 Likes
oya na 99.9% loadin
21 Sep 2015 | 09:51
0 Likes
Michael is going to make some arrest, so Shade shuld gird up her loins.
21 Sep 2015 | 10:21
0 Likes
Tnk God, though its not yet over but I'm hopeful dey will succeed
21 Sep 2015 | 13:50
0 Likes
Crazy dudes
21 Sep 2015 | 14:02
0 Likes
Tnk God u hv rescure d girl,which u gud luck in d remain assignment
21 Sep 2015 | 14:50
0 Likes
Ope u guyz return unharmed ooooo, nxt
21 Sep 2015 | 15:54
0 Likes
Wao!!
21 Sep 2015 | 16:11
0 Likes
Vhis is gettin more twisted day by day nice work @mr somkhid
21 Sep 2015 | 16:53
0 Likes
Go on
21 Sep 2015 | 18:09
0 Likes
Coooooooooool.
21 Sep 2015 | 19:00
0 Likes
Bravo..,
21 Sep 2015 | 20:04
0 Likes
I trust d rescue team.
22 Sep 2015 | 11:28
0 Likes
Next pls.
22 Sep 2015 | 12:17
0 Likes
*******episode 102******** Kareem looked at the president and said; “Are you ready for this? It can get mad out there” “I was ready for it the day I was declared winner of the presidential elections” The aide looked back and said; “I will be at hand to try to help answer the difficult questions; you just started and explain it like you did at the Tetuan camp” Kareem said; “Peter, conference room please” Peter got out of the car and saw the three SSS agents around the car; one of them on his side while the other two took positions at thetwo doors on the other side where the President and her aide were. He looked around and said; “We are heading to the conference room right room, and there is a very real chance that the house might not be safe as there might be bad guys around so I don’t think I have to tell not to allow anything take your sight away” They all nodded and Peter awaked to the door where the aide sat and opened the door. The security agents moved a little forward with each of them dipping a hand into his jacket to hold the service gun there. The aide got out with her hair fried and her make up almost washed out. She did not have time to go in front of a mirror like she always does so she did not know what she looked like. She got down and walked over to the door where the president was seated and she opened it gently. The guards did not bother looking at who was coming down from the car. Some of them had thought it was the governor and for some reason he felt threatened. When theaide got out and walked towards the door, one of them moved around to see if anyone was around and then he looked back and theaide and nodded. The door opened and the president got out of the car and close behind her was the Governor. Peter looked around as the guards came around them and he said; “Okay, move out” The two guards walked in front of them and the third one walked behind the group as they made their way through into the garage and through the corridor into the conference. The conference room had been set up earlier for a press chit chat between the press and the chief of staff on the recent work going onthe new Eko Atlantic project. The press conference was not supposed to be a live broadcast as most reporters just film it and use the clips on their subsequent new updates later. A lot of the members of the press were already used to the usual briefing and it had become one which they just attended for formality. The members of the press present on this morning however had more questions for the chief of staff as the project was taking too long and finances needed explanations and so the attendance was strangely high that morning even though it was early. Everyone in the room waited as they expected they were expecting the chief of staff. Suddenly, the door on the right side of the room opened and one of the guards walked in. While there were walking towards the conference room, he had called the remaining security team around the office itself to tighten the security and make sure that all the essential points in the office was secured. He also called the mobile police office in front of the office and asked that all roads leading into the office was sealed and security turned up to the maximum. The guard held the door as stood beside it as the remaining members of the group walked in fast. Peter nodded to the guards and they went to stand by all the exits. Most of those inthe room were expecting the chief of staff but when they saw the Governor walk in, they were surprised and then someone walked behind him. The face looked familiar to most of them but it seemed impossible that it would be there at that time and they stood surprised not knowing what was happened until a reporter from Channels Television said; “Is that the president?” It was as though what he said opened the eyes of everyone present and they turned their attentions to the governor and the president as they walked slowly to the podium with the presidential aide behind they and the cameras from the press flashed while some among them made quick calls to their head office to inform them of the situation.
22 Sep 2015 | 12:39
0 Likes
I hope all will be well in d conference room
22 Sep 2015 | 13:57
0 Likes
Very interesting though
22 Sep 2015 | 15:29
0 Likes
This is just the beginning
22 Sep 2015 | 16:01
0 Likes
hmm i hope dis wil nt go wrong
22 Sep 2015 | 16:38
0 Likes
Nextttt
22 Sep 2015 | 17:01
0 Likes
next episode loading very soon
23 Sep 2015 | 13:35
0 Likes
We're waiting
23 Sep 2015 | 22:23
0 Likes
Nextttttttttttttttttttttttttttt. U want to kill us wit suspense abi?
24 Sep 2015 | 01:37
0 Likes
Next episode
24 Sep 2015 | 04:12
0 Likes
*******episode 103******* The governor walked to the stage with the president and they both stood in front of them. he took a deep breath and spoke into the microphone; “I know this is unusual as you are expecting someone else but this press conference is a lot more important and I will advise that you put it through as a lot of people would want to hear this too.” He paused and looked around the room in the midst of the flashing cameras as hushed whispers as calls were made by the reporters. He continued; “Ladies and gentlemen of the press, I present to you the Commander in Chief of the Federal Republic of Nigeria” Kareem stepped back a little while the President walked forward to the microphone and she felt a cold shiver run up her spine. She could not afford to look sideways to her aide for support and the flashes from the cameras stuck her eyes. She was used to this sort of treatment but she was sticky with sweat and she knew her hair was out of place. Her clothes were dirty and for some reason, she felt she was not too confident. The room was noisy and she could not seem to find her voice and so she coughed into themicrophones and the room fell into a silence and she started talking; ***************************** ***************************** Shade closed the door and pulled the girl towards her. She placed the laptop into her backpack as she hurried down the way them came though and was frequently looking back to ensure that the girl was behind her. She got to the stair and she told her; “Just climb down and I will be right behind you” The girl climbed down then Shade came after her. At the bottom of the wall, where they had left the cart, she dug out her communicator and dialed tried contacting the Minister of Defense. The line did not go through the first time and she tried again and at the same time, she instructed the girl to climb into the cart and she got in after her The call got connected and she heard Kuyi’s voice “What is going on?” he said with his voice maintaining his usual calmness “Sir, we have gotten the girl and I am on my way back to with her” And the mention of her daughter, Ifeoma jumped; “Can I speak with her now? is she right there with you?” I am looking at her now and she is secured ma’am, we are about to make the journey back with the cart so it is no problem” Kuyi asked; “Did agent Michael give you anything to give to us?” “He gave me a laptop to take back” “Keep that with you and don’t let it fall in the wrong hands agent Shade” Ifeoma was suddenly startled; “What do you mean he gave you a laptop, is he not coming back with you?” “He said he was on a sanctioned mission inside the house, Izu and IBK volunteered to go with him and I was instructed to take your daughter to safety and also bring the laptop” Ifeoma tried to keep calm and she said; “Okay agent Shade, just get my daughter to safety” When the line went off, Ifeoma looked at Quadri and said; “What other mission do they have inside the house?” Kuyi answered her; “You do realize that we can’t leave the house. We sent the men in as part of an advance team of men to take back the presidential palace” “At what cost? That place will be crawling with security forces and they might lose their lives” Kuyi said; “They know the risks and stakes involved in this. Michael was told that there would be no extraction team for him and his team” “So you sent him and his team members to their death?” #next episode loading#who can predict what will happen next
24 Sep 2015 | 04:14
0 Likes
Michael and his team will have to wear d dead security men uniform just as dey do in Tetuan
24 Sep 2015 | 06:20
0 Likes
nt feeling well abt the press conference
24 Sep 2015 | 06:50
0 Likes
May God save micheal and his team, its going to be tough over there. Wish dem safety
24 Sep 2015 | 07:11
0 Likes
Next Pls...
24 Sep 2015 | 07:42
0 Likes
May be Shade and the girl will got get caught .
24 Sep 2015 | 09:54
0 Likes
what ever,they must not die ooo @ somkhid. And Ifeoma's daughter must be safe o.
24 Sep 2015 | 11:13
0 Likes
take ileya meat chop @somkhid
24 Sep 2015 | 12:18
0 Likes
I smell danger both for the president, the minister's daughter and even Micheal and co
24 Sep 2015 | 12:46
0 Likes
I cannot guess o... Oya drop d next thing
24 Sep 2015 | 16:15
0 Likes
Next pls, if I guess, it might be wrong. Pls update d next episode as e dey hot
25 Sep 2015 | 02:40
0 Likes
*******episode 104******* “I did not send the whole team in. just Michael and the Palace guards the others followed him for reasons bests known to them” “That still does not excuse the fact that you hid that piece of information from me. And what is their mission exactly?” Quadri said’ “To ensure that Aso Rock Villa is taken out of the hands of the hostile forces and that all unauthorized personnel are subdued” Ifeoma looked at Quadri and said; “Have you lost it? How many of them are there and how many men did you send in?” “They will be reinforced soonest” Kuyi replied “And what is the deal with that laptop she is carrying?” Quadri answered this time; “The president uses that laptop and who knows what information is on it so we had them send it here” Ifeoma looked at Kuyi and said; “Why do I think there is more to that laptop than personal information?” Kuyi smiled at her and said; “Well I guess you will have to take my word for it” Before Ifeoma could ask another question, Kuyi’s phone rang and he answered it immediately. The voice was urgent and brief; “Sir, you should be watching Channels Television right now” And the voice hung up the phone. Ifeoma looked at Kuyi and said; “What was that about?” “Someone just asked me to tune in to a TV station: seems something major is happening” Kuyi walked to the controls and changed the monitor watching the airspace and flipped the channels until he got to the right channel and he pushed the okay button. Ifeoma had been looking at Kuyi’s fingers and then she moved her sight towards the screen ahead. What she saw almost made her faint. *#what did Ifeoma see that almost made her faint# sorry for the short update
25 Sep 2015 | 04:13
0 Likes
The president of cos
25 Sep 2015 | 06:33
0 Likes
Next pls .
25 Sep 2015 | 09:18
0 Likes
hmmmmm every step is getting more intresting
25 Sep 2015 | 09:38
0 Likes
Mayb her daughter has been recaptured or the presido is still addressing the nation
25 Sep 2015 | 10:32
0 Likes
D president on live tv.......?
25 Sep 2015 | 11:39
0 Likes
Madam president
25 Sep 2015 | 11:41
0 Likes
Next
25 Sep 2015 | 11:49
0 Likes
Hmmm in micheal we trust
25 Sep 2015 | 12:50
0 Likes
nxt
25 Sep 2015 | 13:16
0 Likes
live broadcast showing d president ....
25 Sep 2015 | 15:00
0 Likes
Well done bro. Wetin Aunty Ifeoma come saw oh
25 Sep 2015 | 16:15
0 Likes
The Presido, making her speech in the press conference.
25 Sep 2015 | 19:05
0 Likes
next
25 Sep 2015 | 19:56
0 Likes
*********episode105****** Ifeoma muttered to no one in particular; “What is going on there? Who put her in front of a press conference?” Kuyi who looked as shocked as Ifeoma did but he did not move said; “Are you serious or this is some kind of joke? She is supposed to be hiding not displaying herself to the whole world or did they think this would not be televised?” Quadri did not react: he looked satisfied enough that the president was safe but he could also not understand why she was addressing the press. Kuti looked back into the controls as he struggled to find the volume controller so they can listen to what she is saying. “Can you turn the volume up a little bit Kuyi” Ifeoma said “No one wants to do that more than me believe me. This place was not designed to be an entertainment centre” He finally found the controls and he turned it up to the fullest and the president’s voice came through the speakers; “And from Tetuan, I and the extraction were flown into the country in darkness by an operation planned by the combination of the Directorate of Military Intelligence and the Defense ministry. I stand her, my life is in danger. The presidential office in Abuja been held by this renegade soldier and it is possible that they have hostages. We don’t know what their plans are yet but we intend to make sure theydon’t.” She paused and looked at the press who were too delighted to be getting what seemed like the story of the century and they could not even believe that they were getting it live. Most of them had called their studios that the president was addressing them and they were not believed. Most of their studios just decided to wait and watch what would happen but the Lagos state television had the capacity to show it the conference live anyway so immediately she got on the podium, they switched their programming to it and all other stations joined in. The cameras kept flicking away as they all struggled and tried to get the best angle to capture reaction images and also the way the president stood, talked and the way she acted. These were stuff that would make the web pages of their official websites and also the front pages of newspapers all over the country the next morning. The lights kept getting into the president’s eyes and for a moment, she blanked out due to fatigue and stress but she suddenly snapped out of it and continued; “We have tried to communicate with these people but they have turned down all of our talks and are bent on carrying on with these treasonable acts. The very fact that they attempted to take the life of the president is grounds enough for them to be labeled terrorists and taking the Presidential villa also says that they do not intend to stop or go back on their attacks. As a result of this, I am forced to take steps to ensure the continuation of our democracy and also make sure that the country does not fall into complete anarchy” She took a deep breathed in and out and held on to the podium for support, and she continued; “I am announcing the immediate termination of the functions of all service chiefs and that of the inspector general of police. I am also announcing the placing of all security outfits under the control of the minister of defense. She will be coordinating all the actions of all military and paramilitary bodies until further directions from the office of the president and I am making a passionate appeal to all military officers who have been forced to join this criminal act to come forward with information on how we can stop these attacks on the nation. I am also appealing to the nation to keep calm as we are in charge of issues and it will be dealt with soon enough” As soon as she said that, she took another time to breathe and then she resumed; “I realize that a lot of people afraid and a lot of people might be worried as the democracy we have fought for all these years is about to be taken and shoved into the ground but we will survive this and this is just a time to test our strength and our resolve to stay true to ourselves. It is in time like this, that we come out strongest and we stand up above all obstacles and we will continue to be a nation but that will only happen if we stand up to oppressors and bullies and decide that we would not be forced to accept and bow down to their wiles” *story continues# next episode loading
26 Sep 2015 | 05:06
0 Likes
next pls
26 Sep 2015 | 06:17
0 Likes
Bia Somkhid Keep D Suspence In Check...Abi U Want Make Person Get High B.P?
26 Sep 2015 | 08:00
0 Likes
I wan piss abeg I fit shit join self, somkid go on
26 Sep 2015 | 08:24
0 Likes
Interesting. Next
26 Sep 2015 | 10:05
0 Likes
D president adressing d nation cont.
26 Sep 2015 | 13:58
0 Likes
Next please .
26 Sep 2015 | 15:42
0 Likes
Ride on pls
26 Sep 2015 | 16:31
0 Likes
load faster na!
26 Sep 2015 | 18:01
0 Likes
Nice one next
27 Sep 2015 | 03:37
0 Likes
********episode 106******** “What did she just say?” Quadri asked as he looked around the room at Kuyi. Charles was still standing at the door but had moved a little to enable him see the monitor. His movement caught Kuyi’s eye and he said; “Charles, you might as well leave the door. No one is going to try to hurt her here. Besides the speech is over” Ifeoma on the other hand sat down on a chair in front of her as she felt a headache that has been in her head all through the day but has been dormant suddenly came up andthreatened to rip her head into bits. She held on for some seconds still looking at the screen as she watched the president walk out of the press conference without answering any questions from the press. She walked out with Kareem, her aide and some security personnel and for Ifeoma was filled with admiration and her faith in her boss was renewed “Can someone just answer my question” Quadri said while Kuyi walked over to the controls and turned the channel to one of a 24 hour news program. He seemed to completely ignore Quadri and he walked towards the controls to make sure the volume was at a point which was alright to leave it and still maintain conversations in. He looked towards Quadri who was looking at the both of them in a confused state and said; “The president just fired all of us and placed all military outfits under Ifeoma” “What do you mean fired us? Like we are no longer in charge of our duties?” “Except she says so, we are not” Kuyi walked over to a chair there, sat down and raised his legs in the air. He started somesort of mock whistles as he played the tune of Fela’s zombie and at some point muttered some of the words. Quadri was still confused. He looked at the both of them who were still sitting down and said; “Are you both not even considering that they might be an attack on wherever it is they heldthat conference right now? They might send troops there to kill her” “I guess the president saw a point we did not see” Kuyi said “And what will that point be?” “If we keep her hidden, there is a risk someone can know and she can be killed but with her opening up to everyone, she does not have to be hidden to be protected. She has just fired everyone of the coup plotters which leaves the responsibility to the soldiers themselves to choose who they want to obey. Buba and his friends might have lied to the their junior officers to get them to move in but now that we just have to let them know and they can make a choice and choose a side.” “That amounts to nothing Kuyi and you know it. First of all, the soldiers don’t probably know that this proclamation has been made and secondly, what makes you think they even care?” “Then we make sure they hear and we make sure they care/ we make sure they know the consequences of what they are doing and that by the continued occupation, they are violating the laws of this countriy and going against the oaths they have sworn” Ifeoma said standing up Then she looked at Kuyi and said; “And why are you sitting around?” Kuyi smiled and said; “Did you not get the memo? I have been relieved of my position, no one will obey me now. you are the boss of all” “And I am reinstating you as director so get off your backside and get to work Kuyi, I need whatever defenses we have around the Palace and I want them now. Get in touch with the commandants and the low ranking officers too and make them get the point here. Tell them that their continual support of whoever is calling the shots right now will get them hanged for treason in the long run” She looked at Quadri and said; “There are automated sound systems within the house. I want you to send a message to whoever is in charge of that and tell him or her that we need to start broadcasting that message to everyone in the house without delay and oh Kuyi, immediately you have a sizable number of men, I want them to marchin on that house and bring it back to normalcy” Quadric was wide eyed and he said: “You intend to send men into Aso Rock for a confrontation? That might end up in a lot of damage” Kuyi said; “Damages can be fixed. These people need tobe made an example of. Where are those head hunters of yours?” “Awaiting directives on when to move in: it will be difficult for them to do that right now as there are armed personnel walking around” Ifeoma said; “Don’t tell me that the tunnel the team used is the only one you have under that house. I want every tunnel there filled with men and ready to move into the house when we give the order” “When you give the order you mean. But what exactly are you planning?” “An all out assault from all angles” Ifeoma said. She looked towards Charles and nodded.
27 Sep 2015 | 07:06
0 Likes
[b][/b] next episode loading[color=#006600][/color][b][/b]
27 Sep 2015 | 07:09
0 Likes
suspense finxa nxt
27 Sep 2015 | 12:09
0 Likes
those guys are in trouble woman power
27 Sep 2015 | 14:37
0 Likes
Waiting 4 d nxt episode welldone @somkhid....
27 Sep 2015 | 14:48
0 Likes
Enjoying dis story wellaaaa. Thumbs up!
27 Sep 2015 | 15:35
0 Likes
Wow....... Na nw una dy talk........ Actions tnz on point........ Wu no knw go knw.......... Tnx dear @somhkid 4 d update........ Mre data bundle 2 ua fone
27 Sep 2015 | 16:01
0 Likes
I just hope this end well
27 Sep 2015 | 16:35
0 Likes
Now I'm finally here,say hello to the man of the Year... #Obago • • permission to fall in sir!
27 Sep 2015 | 19:42
0 Likes
Gtin more interestin
28 Sep 2015 | 03:04
0 Likes
4lowing.
28 Sep 2015 | 10:37
0 Likes
*********episode 107******* Olaiwola had just finished checking his plane for air worthiness and he was satisfied as theplane passed the test. He had barely finished when he got someone call him from control about an important development happening and he rushed over. He walked in without knocking at the door and said; “What’s so important that you folks did not see when I came earlier?” “We are seeing some movement over the airspace around the house Lai” “Is the chief aware?” “We sent him a message but he told us to ignore it as it is just routine from the Air force” Lai was confused “The Air force doesn’t go into our airspace, that’s completely wrong and unacceptable but what exactly are you seeing?” “About five gunships have taken position at different points around the house and we have reports of troops moving in too” “Okay, I heard all that, why are you telling me this? It might be a military action you know. You people need to stop acting like there is a coup or something” “A military action we are not told about previously?” “The chief knows about it and has ordered us to stand down so you guys should take a chill pill” They were in the midst of the discussion when someone ran in and changed the channel on the TV. The president showed up on the screen in the middle of her speech while everyone watched the screen attentively. The speech was almost over when Lai decided he had had enough and he said; “Okay I have heard enough of this. Someone get in touch with all our pilots and tell them we have an emergency and to prepare to get in the air immediately. I have to see the chief” While he walked to the chief’s office, he was joined by his wing man Ayo who came running to his side; “I heard there has been a coup, how did it happen?” “There has not been a coup, just a bunch of wishful dreamers who think they have carried out a coup” “But they have the house” “The president makes the house Ayo, right now, wherever the president is, is the Presidential villa even if it is a cave but I still want to have a word with the chief to get some clarifications, I hope your bird is in good shape” “It is ready to fly anytime you want sir. Let me go stand by it” “She is on the runway already right? You don’t need to go there, just come with me, I might need a witness here” They got to the chief’s office and Lai did not bother knocking. He simply walked in to meetthe chief having a cup of tea and listening to so corny old music” “Don’t you knock anymore Captain and what are you doing here, I don’t remember calling for you” “Is there a need to call for me sir? I hope you just watched the president’s speech” “Oh that, don’t worry about it” Lai was confused but a part of knew what was happening and he just did not want to believe what he thought “Why should I not worry sir? The president just ordered that we are to take actions against the some people who have attacked the house. The house we are supposed to protecting instead of sitting around doing nothing” “Look here captain, this department is under me and while it is, it will carry out its activitiesas commanded by me. That is your duty; your loyalty is to me and I command that you stand down” “You are asking me to stand down and watch a coup sir?” “I am not saying that captain; I am saying youshould go home and have a good rest” The chief got up and walked towards the two of them “Look times are changing and soon they will be a new authority. This authority will have control over all and you will be compensated for this. Trust me, at some point, you will thank me for asking you to step down and do nothing” Ayo could not believe what he just heard but he could not do or say anything. he just sat down and watched the exchange between Olaiwola and the chief Lai said; “You betrayed the president? Is this what you are telling me?” “I did not betray the president; I am doing what is best to survive and in times like this, you have to stick with the part that is guaranteed to win” “And that part is who sir; the criminals?”
28 Sep 2015 | 12:05
0 Likes
wow cnt wait for d party to start
28 Sep 2015 | 12:47
0 Likes
Hmmmm, Trouble... Lai take action immediately, all military commands are now under the DMI not your captain.
28 Sep 2015 | 14:03
0 Likes
Just following.
28 Sep 2015 | 14:36
0 Likes
Hmmm, it is getting more serious
28 Sep 2015 | 15:30
0 Likes
Still observing..........
28 Sep 2015 | 16:42
0 Likes
Leadership is not easy @ all
28 Sep 2015 | 17:20
0 Likes
The president will win by God's grace
28 Sep 2015 | 17:25
0 Likes
Trust nobody ooooo. Na wa for power o, people can do anything for power. Next pls
28 Sep 2015 | 17:35
0 Likes
wow wow wow
28 Sep 2015 | 19:21
0 Likes
We shall see, who got the power
28 Sep 2015 | 22:39
0 Likes
@somkhid pls continue naaa.
30 Sep 2015 | 13:52
0 Likes
Finally am here ... this story is really interesting and breathtaking .. thank God am here sha.. and I pray IBK and d rest will be safe
30 Sep 2015 | 18:22
0 Likes
Mehn! Nd its really boiling.... I've been suspectn dat chief all along
1 Oct 2015 | 06:19
0 Likes
Next now! We've been waiting for long.
1 Oct 2015 | 16:05
0 Likes
*********episode 108****** “They are not criminals, they are people who want a change in the country and that way is by a change in those who control things around” “There is way to do that sir, it is through the ballots and we are on the right track for the right time. I can’t even believe that you would allow some people try to do this sir. It is not the place of the military to effect changes in government unless in extremely dire situations and I do not see one right now chief” While he spoke, two men walked in and stood at the door behind Ayo and him but he hardly took notice as he was too busy with his speech. The chief heard all he had to say and said; “Well after hearing you, I think you will not change yet but you will eventually but for now, you should take some time out and rest your head” “I won’t sit around and take that sir. Even if I have to get into the air on my own I will not allow this” The chief smiled at him and said; “I am sorry but my orders come from someone else and I have been told not to put or allow a single plane in the air until further notice” He nodded and the two men behind Lai pulled out guns from their jackets and pointed them at him and Ayo. Ayo turned around to face them with his face white and his hands shivered while Lai did not bother to look back at them. “You won’t get away with this sir” “We have captain and there is nothing you can do about it. The house is taken and we control the military. It is a matter of time before everyone else sees the truth” he told the men with the guns “Take them away” Lai and Ayo were led out of the chief’s office and through the hanger itself and everyone turned to watch them being led away but they did nothing. The chief walked behind them to ensure that everyone else realize thathe was still in charge. They walked through the planes and the officials stood helplessly as they watch their best men being led away where they did not know but they were bound to obey the orders of the chief and the thought that it could be them being led away scared them off. Lai walked past Musa who had just arrived from a early breakfast of pap and he stood back too but when he looked into Lai’s eyes and he saw something that scared him. Lai was asking for help from him but as much as he had the same thoughts as Lai, he did not think violating a direct order from his commanding officer was a good plan so he nodded and moved out of the way. Lai saw the look on Musa’s face but he did not read it correctly he thought the nod was that of support and so as he walked past a plane, he got hold of a wrench that sat on one of the wings and he swung it around as fast as he could. The wrench caught the first man with the gun squarely in the face, the gun flew out and the second one turned his gun on Lai. Musa saw the man move and raise his gun and in a minute of madness, he jumped forward and grabbed him from behind making the man shoot his gun but into mid air before the gun fell to the ground and slid away. Musa who was considerable bigger wrestle the man to the ground and they started a fight on the ground while the man who Lai struck with the wrench had gotten back up and the first thing he did was to throw a couple of well place blows into Lai’s mid section. Lai bent over as the pain of the punches hit him squarely and for some seconds, he was blinded by pain while the chief stepped back a little while the men engaged themselves in separate fights and the rest watched.
2 Oct 2015 | 02:53
0 Likes
*******episode 109******** Lai recovered from the pain and realized that he still had the wrench in his hand and he swung it upwards aiming for his attacker’s face but the man carefully stepped back and threw another series of punches at him as Laikept swinging the wrench without hitting anything. Ayo had taken refuge when the gun went off just like a lot of people and he watched the brawl from a distance but he realized that if he stood around, it might not end well so he grabbed a screwdriver and ran towards Lai’s attacker. Another punch struck Lai but this time, it wasdirected at his face and he stepped backwards. He felt blood trickle down his nose and a peculiar pain from his side. He stepped back, looked up and saw that his attacked had a gun in his hand. He looked around trying to keep his balance and he found himself looking into the barrel of the gun and a voice which became that of the Chief said; “Shoot him” He closed his eyes expecting the gun to go off but instead of a gunshot, he heard a shout in pain. He opened his eyes and saw that his attacker was on his knees with a large screwdriver sticking out of his neck and Ayo standing above him. Musa wrestle the man to the ground and for some seconds, the just rolled around on the ground and when they came to a stop, Musa was on top of the man, he delivered a series of well placed blows from his huge fist on hisface and in a matter of seconds, the lights started leaving the man’s face. He heard the chief’s voice saying; “Shoot him and for a moment, he thought he was the one to be shot and he turned to lookback but he saw the other man who came to arrest Lai lying in a pool of blood. He got of his opponent and he turned towards the chief who was looking at Lai’s bloody face scared for his life. The chief attempted to turn and run and he was stopped by other officials who stood around while Lai and Ayo were led away he said; “Get out of my way you morons” but they did not bulge and then he heard Lai’s voice “Chief, you are removed from your duty as the commandant of this department on suspicion of treason” Lai continued; “Take him back to his office, lock him there and have someone stay with him.” He continued; “As you all know, there has been a coup against the president and the house is under attack. Now the president has placed all military bodies including this one under the minister of defense so I want control to get in touch with them, call all pilots as I want all planes to be in the air right now”
2 Oct 2015 | 02:55
0 Likes
Am sorry for d late update sometin came up. Next episode loading
2 Oct 2015 | 02:56
0 Likes
Bravo :-)
2 Oct 2015 | 05:37
0 Likes
Nice work lai, musa and ayo. Next pls
2 Oct 2015 | 06:00
0 Likes
Following.
2 Oct 2015 | 07:40
0 Likes
This is interesting. Thumbs up!
2 Oct 2015 | 09:09
0 Likes
Nice one
2 Oct 2015 | 10:12
0 Likes
Nice work man
2 Oct 2015 | 11:23
0 Likes
Gud of u @lai,u r a gud example
2 Oct 2015 | 11:27
0 Likes
This one na real fight oo, nexp episod pls
2 Oct 2015 | 13:19
0 Likes
wel done...
2 Oct 2015 | 15:24
0 Likes
nyc work bro
2 Oct 2015 | 19:20
0 Likes
*********episode 110****** He continued; “As you all know, there has been a coup against the president and the house is under attack. Now the president has placed all military bodies including this one under the minister of defense so I want control to get in touch with them, call all pilots as I want all planes to be in the air right now” He stood and saw that everyone was still looking at him and doing nothing so he said; “What are you all waiting and standing around for?” Still they were looking at him and then he felt blood trickling on his face and he put his hand to his face and realized that some places the punches struck him, were oozing blood. He brought the hand to his face and said; “This is what we signed up for and we knew the risks involved just we never believed that it will come this soon or ever come but it is here and we have to go ahead with it so people, let’s get to work” At that, everyone scrambled into different directions and Lai went towards Ayo who was still shocked standing over the man he killed. The man laid there in his blood and Ayowas almost shivering as he could not believe he just did what he did. Lai patted his shoulder; “Thanks bro” Ayo muttered; “I am sorry, I did not mean to” “Well both ways I don’t mind that you did that. Actually, I preferred you did because it could have been me lying down in blood if you did not take action” Lai pulled him away from the body and as they walked he said; “Are you okay? Do you think you can get in the air today because I am going to need the all of you in the air right now: “Yes sir, I can do that; I am more comfortable with that anyway” Musa who had dragged the man he beat up called at Lai; “Captain, are you sure you are well enough to be flying right now? I wouldn’t want you blacking out on us” “And leave you boys out there to go hunting on your own? Hell no” The three of them walked on to the runway where their jets were positioned and were met by another pilot standing beside her jet. Faith was the only female pilot of the whole squadron and one of the seven pilots in the Air Force. She at first did not like the posting to Presidential watch as she was more pleased with flying to hot spots with peace keeping troops because she enjoyed shooting and the thrill of the danger but in the presidential protection, the most they do is to make test flights and watch out for incoming potential threats. Lai got in his plane and watched as the officials and engineers clear the runway and he heard the voice of the controller on his radio “Hawk 001, you are cleared for takeoff but do you care to tell us what the plan is?” “The first thing you should do is get in touch with the defense minister and ask what they want us to do, get in touch with the other pilots and tell them there is no off duty today until this is solved and please get me in communication with those helicopters you said are in that air space, I won’t want to blow them out without giving them the chance to get out first” He looked in front and he said; “Okay Musa, you know the drill; I go first, Ayo comes second and Faith comes behind. Musa you take my right and Ayo takes the left while Faith watches our Six” “Why do I have to watch your six?” “This is not test flight anymore Faith; I don’t have time for your sexism” The response to Faith was clear; “Yes sir, do you know what they orders are yet?” “Get in the air and circle the house for now. When we are in touch with the minister, we will know what else to do” ************************** **************************** Kuyi said to Ifeoma, “we could send everything we have at them but we will also need a coordinated response from the ground troops around the house or else we will just be sending them in there to their death” “You sent in Michael and the Presidential guards did you not?” “They went in through the tunnels; it is much easier that way. Getting men in there from the front gates will most likely end up in some serious blood shedding. The house itself is a fortress which is able to withstand invasion for a long time. The men I sent in just have to snatch and grab some people and drag them back here not go in and wage war against them. if I know Buba well, he would probably have gunships in the air and a couple of tanks stationed around to prevent anyone from entering.”
3 Oct 2015 | 03:24
0 Likes
U guys need 2 take action
3 Oct 2015 | 05:33
0 Likes
Hmmm.....Really a fight 4 power.....still observing though
3 Oct 2015 | 05:55
0 Likes
Let there be no war over there abeg
3 Oct 2015 | 06:15
0 Likes
Next pls....
3 Oct 2015 | 06:20
0 Likes
F0loing.
3 Oct 2015 | 07:30
0 Likes
Its show tym guys let the hell break loose on them
3 Oct 2015 | 07:54
0 Likes
This is becoming more serious oh, chaiii, D suspense is truly killing, abeg post next fast, cant wait jor
3 Oct 2015 | 10:16
0 Likes
What of cap. MEGATRON.?
3 Oct 2015 | 15:29
0 Likes
somkhid thumbs up
3 Oct 2015 | 18:32
0 Likes
Next plssss
3 Oct 2015 | 20:47
0 Likes
I knw they are going to succeed in their mission ..gudluck guys
3 Oct 2015 | 21:07
0 Likes
Next pls, becoming more intense
4 Oct 2015 | 07:07
0 Likes
*********episode 101******* “So what do you want from me?” “I think we should slow down with the all out assault and watch what happens first else we might have a lot of dead men littering the streets of Abuja” “Waiting means they can keep gaining confidence and amass support you know” Quadri said “They might just make this a total coup and damn the consequences” “That’s if they have total support of the military and the next few hours will decide that” Ifeoma said. “Well, we could try getting in touch with high ranking officers we know and make them see reason if they have defected and if they have not, we can call on them to go out and condemn this” Suddenly Ifeoma’s phone rang, she looked at the number calling her and discovered that it was from the office. She kept it on the table and left it there. Kuyi said; “Answer you phone Ifeoma and save us the noise” “The phone is bugged and the call is from the office, I don’t know who it is or what they want” Quadri suddenly became excited; “Perhaps it is Buba and the likes wanting to surrender” “We can never tell until you answer the phone Ifeoma” Ifeoma carefully reached for the phone and she tapped the screen and the phone got connected; “Admiral Ifeoma here” “Good morning ma’am, I have a call from an the Air force and they say they need to speak to you” “What base please?” Ifeoma asked curiously “They did not mention but they said it is urgent” “Okay just give me their number and I will call them right back from my location” She grabbed a pen from the table as the number was called to her and she hung up the phone. She looked up to Quadri and said; “Seems the Air Force wants to talk, I don’t know what but we can figure that out when we call back” She passed the paper she wrote the number on to Kuyi who went over to the controls anddialed the number; “This number does not belong to the Air Force he said” “How are you so sure?” Ifeoma asked “Because it is not registered on my monitor, it is reading as a number from the Palace guards” Kuyi looked towards Quadri “I don’t know about it, I have no links with the air force and I can’t explain this” Quadri shot back The phone rang through the speaker in the room for just five seconds and a female voice answered; “Good morning, who is this?” Ifeoma stepped towards the controls and spoke directly into a microphone there; “This is the minister of defense; you called my office to talk to me” “Good morning ma’am, this is the presidential Guard air support squadron: we just watched the president’s speech and we are asking what we can do to help” Quadri walked to wards the microphone and said; “You are air support right? That’s good; can we be on to your commanding officer?” Ifeoma looked at him confused but he signaled to her to keep cool. “Sorry, I don’t recognize this voice” “I am General Quadri Muhammad; Commandant of the Palace Guards” “I am sorry sir but I am not authorized to speak with you. The president’s directive was to deal with the minister directly and no one else." Ifeoma cut in; “You can speak freely please go on and answer his question” “Our commanding officer has been deposed and restrained ma’am” “Why did that happen?” “He ordered us to stand down and support the coup and it did not go down well the rest of us. That is not the top of our worries, the problem right now is that we have multiple violation of the No Fly Zone and some ground troops are moving on the house. We had reported this to the chief but he ordered us to ignore. Now that we know what’ happening, we need orders ma’am” Kuyi looked towards Ifeoma and coughed a little which told Ifeoma that he wanted to add something. Ifeoma said; “I want to put the Director of the Military intelligence on” Kuyi came towards them saying; “Good morning, I am aware that you have a squadron of fighter jets for air support right?” “Yes sir and they are getting in the air” “Okay, can you patch us through with the jets; we will need to see things from their perspective” “Okay sir, I am patching you through to the captain right now, he is in the air already”
4 Oct 2015 | 10:25
0 Likes
First to comment....time for some action
4 Oct 2015 | 10:48
0 Likes
Can't wait 2 knw wot happened next nd pls where is Shade?
4 Oct 2015 | 13:11
0 Likes
oya let d real action begin, what about Micheal and his team
4 Oct 2015 | 15:33
0 Likes
Time to teach dem a gud lesson, bt where is micheal nd d rest of the team, i just want the party to start nw
4 Oct 2015 | 16:26
0 Likes
kkk nah!following strictly
4 Oct 2015 | 16:26
0 Likes
Still Running Around D Bush. LET THE GOD DAMN BATTLE BEGIINNN!!!!!!!!!
4 Oct 2015 | 17:26
0 Likes
mehn..... See suspence
4 Oct 2015 | 18:16
0 Likes
Let d action begin
4 Oct 2015 | 18:22
0 Likes
Wait a minute, where is the minister's daughter and the president, weldon
4 Oct 2015 | 18:25
0 Likes
waiting as usual.
4 Oct 2015 | 18:34
0 Likes
gosh wen it seems tu b endin z its very beginin,
4 Oct 2015 | 19:01
0 Likes
Just folloing.
5 Oct 2015 | 07:21
0 Likes
********episode 112****** Shade put the phone back into one of her pocket and got into the cart with the girl. She looked back up the tunnel they descended from and she thought of the guys she left behind. “Crazy junkies” she thought to herself, she held the girl tight and she pushed the button she saw the team leader push while they were coming that way. The cart made a screeching sound but it did not move. She looked towards the wheels confused as she did not understand why something like that would happen. She pushed the button again and the same thing happen. The girl said; “Maybe you pushed the wrong button” She looked back surprised as the girl crawled towards her and the control panel. She shookoff her surprise and said; “What are you doing? Sit back there” “Relax, I am an engineering student and this cart has a simple mechanism. The button you have been pushing is most likely the one you used when coming. It won’t work if you wantto move in the opposite direction” She pushed the button below the one Shade had been pushing and the cart started moving slowly. The girl smiled at Shade and Shade pulled her back into the cart as the cartstarted slowly and then, the speed increased gradually until it got to top speed. The cart went for almost the same time as when they were going into the house and just before the end of the tunnel. They both got out and Ifeoma spoke into her radio and a light appeared at the top of the man hole and a face peeped through; “How about the others ma’am? “ “The decided to stay back for a little sightseeing” She turned to the girl and said; “Can you climb up? We still have a long way to go once we are out of this tunnel” She nodded and started climbing up while Shade went after her. she got to the top and the agents who had been waiting stretched their hands and pulled them out of the hole. She reached for her communicator and tried to contact the Director. Michael watched Shade closed the mirror behind her and he saw his image in the mirror and IBK joined him in front of it in amazement. “Okay, what’s the mission and how do we go about it?” IBK said
5 Oct 2015 | 08:16
0 Likes
everybody has his or her own usefulness
5 Oct 2015 | 09:57
0 Likes
Congrat shade & ifoma's dota.....
5 Oct 2015 | 11:03
0 Likes
Interesting
5 Oct 2015 | 11:19
0 Likes
Weldon
5 Oct 2015 | 11:30
0 Likes
agent shade needs back up
5 Oct 2015 | 13:18
0 Likes
I cnt jux wait 4 d action to start
5 Oct 2015 | 14:39
0 Likes
I knew the g will be safe .. but am scared about what will happen to the rest
5 Oct 2015 | 19:59
0 Likes
Following strictly
6 Oct 2015 | 12:34
0 Likes
The best story I hv ever love waiting 4 anytime is dis Guardians, pls make ur updates fast & long cus d suspense is really killn
6 Oct 2015 | 13:13
0 Likes
*********episode 113******* “Not so loud Michael said. There might be guards behind that door and we don’t want them coming in to find us here yet. The reason the Presidential Villa is always taken in the advent of a coup is that you can communicated with every military base from here which will be disastrous and we are to take out the communications here out completely. The laptop I sent Shade with would have been important to them but we need to hit the communications room.” “How do we get there?” The leader of the Palace guards Lieutenant Segun said; “It is downstairs, on the far left side of the building itself; if we take that out, communications from here out will be limited to handheld devices which makes it less official” Izu whispered; “You know we are going after communications and you had to send Shade back? She is better at these things” “Our orders are to blow them up not put them off: putting them off is going to take forever to do so we strap a couple of explosives to the servers and run in the opposite direction” Segun said Michael said “The more we stand here and discuss our strategy, the more we run the risk of losing our element of surprise He walked towards Segun and said: “What are we looking at outside there?” “Really long and wide corridors and if we will move, we will have to make most of our kills silently and try hard not to be seen and oh don’t hesitate to finish anyone off as the more people we leave alive, the more people left to raise an alarm” “Okay then, I think it’s time we left this room and go ahead” Michael said One of the guards opened the door a little and peeped into the corridor. The door was large and heavy but it also had a mechanism to make it light. The hinges of the door was perfectly lubricated which ensured that it was almost silent when it was opened. He poked ahead out the door for some seconds and he closed it back immediately. He looked back towards everyone and said; “There are five men outside in the corridor. Each of them armed and not joking around.” Segun added; “The corridor outside this door is short but it is wide and they might not be close enough for us to use knives” “Okay then, time for silenced guns. Wait whatabout cameras; are they going to be a problem?” “They will and that’s why immediately we step out of here, we have to get to the communications room fast, there is no question about whether we will be seen or not but we the guards might not know soon enough that they are in trouble if there are no gunshots” Michael said as they pulled out handguns supplied before they entered the tunnel: eachof them having a silencer attached to it and the waited at the door as the guard opened the door silently Michael and Segun were at the door and Michael held his hand up for them to wait until the go first. He looked towards Segun and nodded when the door was completely opened and he slowly stepped to the side allowing the others look in front of him too. The presidential office is at the end of a corridor so everyone looking in the direction of the door would see it opened but it was also wide which ensured that each of the guards watching the office had a different place to stand. Out of the five standing in the corridor, just one was looking towards it as the rest was confident that one little girl could not over power the guards watching her and no one envisaged. The guard whose face was turned towards the huge door also happened to be the one in front of the other guards as he seemed to be narrating a story to the others and immediately the doors opened, he stopped and was about to say something to them when Michael raise the gun in his hand and pulled the trigger hitting him twice in the chest and once in the head. The other guards turned immediately, they were regular soldiers who were not expecting any attack so their first thought was not to grab their guns and it turned out to be their mistake. Michael was pulling the trigger when the guards turned and Segun stepped to the side giving the men still inside the office a view of the corridor and the men standing in front of them.
7 Oct 2015 | 03:15
0 Likes
Very hot......
7 Oct 2015 | 03:35
0 Likes
Nyc wrk
7 Oct 2015 | 05:24
0 Likes
Really interesting.......
7 Oct 2015 | 07:49
0 Likes
dat is interesting
7 Oct 2015 | 08:19
0 Likes
Let the party continue am jex loving it lyk dis
7 Oct 2015 | 08:30
0 Likes
I pray the mission is accomplish
7 Oct 2015 | 09:01
0 Likes
Correct power tursle be dat, next
7 Oct 2015 | 13:10
0 Likes
Power does corrupt
8 Oct 2015 | 09:13
0 Likes
Cary go am here with u.
8 Oct 2015 | 11:16
0 Likes
********episode 114******* Izu and the rest already had their guns pulled in front of them and immediately Segun stepped to the side, the corridor was filled with muffled sounds of and the men fell to the ground one at a time as they were shot by people who rarely missed. Segun did not bother to look around: he went ahead of the team to the front end of the corridor. To his left was a window overlooking the lawn and at his right a long corridor which lead straight down to the elevators and the staircase which they needed to take. Along the corridor were offices which stood on both sides and their doors were tightly shut but he did not trust that they will be empty. He signaled to the rest of the team to follow him as he saw Michael shoot a man who was gasping for breath in the head. Michael looked up and nodded to him. Segun walked to the long corridor and opened the first door; it was shut while Michael opened the second. It was opened, he stepped in and saw that it was empty and they all moved towards the end of the corridor very quickly when they heard a peculiar beep. The elevator in front of them was had lights showing as it was coming up. The stair way was beside the elevator but Segun doubted that they would get to it before the elevator got to their floor and the doors opened. He did not know who was in it and s far as he was concerned, it was none of his business. He stopped moving and pointed his gun towards the door of the elevation in expectation that the door would open and he would let off a couple of round but Michael ran to him and pushed him out ofthe way. Michael saw the elevator beep first but he also saw the lights better that Segun and knew that it would soon open. The other were still checking out the rooms behind them and he knew if the elevator was filled with soldier, they could not stand a chance against them so he pulled him and they ran towards the elevator doors. They got there just in time for the doors to open and they stood with their backs against either side of the elevator. Izu and IBK had stepped into one of the offices to check for presence of anyone who might have been held of a soldier and just like the other ones, it was empty. Izu heard increased footsteps just outside the office and he went towards the door to see Michael and Segun running towards the elevator and for a brief moment he wondered what was happening until he saw the light above the elevator and he stepped back into the office. IBK saw Izu step back and the first thing he did was tighten his fist around the gun he was holding. He walked towards Izu and Izu signaled to him to get back but he was not about to. Izu helf the door which opened inwards and he went to it and peeped out to see the elevator door open slowly and he put back his head. The doors to the elevator shot out a little more that the wall so Michael and Segun standing on both sides had a little cover and when the door opened. Four people got out of the elevator: three men carrying guns and another who was in the middle of them. The man was pushed along as they walked and the soldiers did not bother to lot look sideways. *who can guess wat happen next#
8 Oct 2015 | 11:51
0 Likes
Take the three men down ?
8 Oct 2015 | 12:10
0 Likes
I'm tire of guesting
8 Oct 2015 | 14:51
0 Likes
Up next pls
8 Oct 2015 | 18:34
0 Likes
Do you say I shuld guess?...I no knw.Next episode plz.
8 Oct 2015 | 18:36
0 Likes
Next pls
9 Oct 2015 | 05:36
0 Likes
Unpredictable. Next
9 Oct 2015 | 11:50
0 Likes
I knw exactly, dey killed d soldiers nd allowed d captive to find his way
9 Oct 2015 | 11:56
0 Likes
see as i day fea like say i join the fight
9 Oct 2015 | 18:29
0 Likes
I trust my boys .. they will surely take those soldiers down
9 Oct 2015 | 19:22
0 Likes
*********episode 115****** When they walked past Michael and Segun, the both of them looked sideways and waited until the elevator doors closed before they started moving in the direction of the two men but quietly enough so the men would not know they are being followed. Two of the soldiers were engaged in a conversation with themselves; “Where exactly are we taking this guy to?” “I think we are supposed to take her to where the girl is and leave her with the guys there” “I don’t even understand why we have to bring him all the way up when we could have just kept him in one of the offices here and locked him in. this place is so big” “We are to receive orders not think them through man, do as they say and we can never go wrong” “Never go wrong but do we even know what we are doing here? We are not supposed to be walking around Aso Rock like this, perhaps our superiors are up to something” “Well we are not sure so we should just follow their directives until we do. Personally, I think they are planning a coup and we are part of their plans” “If they are planning a coup, then this might be dangerous” “What do you mean dangerous?” “What if the whole thing fails? We can all be in serious trouble” “How will it fail when the Chief of Army staff, the Chief of Air staff and the Chief of Naval staff are all involved? They have taken control of this house and soon, the country will recognize them as the new leaders” “I just hope so” The continued their discussion and the soldier would occasionally push the man in their midst, urging him to walk faster and meet their pace as they passed the numerous doors on the sides of the corridor. One of them looked at a door and felt uneasy “What if there are people behind these doors” “There can’t be anyone there, we checked everywhere this morning and no one was found there. This house has been taken down completely and easily” IBK and Izu stood behind the door of the office they were in and they heard the conversation the soldiers were engaged in and they wondered why Segun and Michael had not done anything yet. They listened as they heard their footsteps pass through the front of the door and kept moving then Izu opened the door a little and took a peak outside to see Michael and Segun coming towards the men quietly. Michael saw Izu put his head out and he pass him without a word or a nod. He looked back at Segun who appeared to have the same plan as him. Michael dug his right hand into his back and pulled out a sharp knife and approached the men faster while Segun walked a little slower to enable him go in front of him while the soldier continued their chat. Segun spoke into the communicator microphone at the back of his hand and the door to one of the offices in front to the soldiers opened and one of his team members came out. The soldiers stopped andraised their guns at him as one of them asked; “Who are you and what are you doing here” Michael picked up his speed and broke into a run towards the little group while the Presidential guard member raised his hand up and got on his knees and said; “I work here as a cleaner don’t shoot me please” The soldiers at the back put his hand on the right shoulder of the man they were leading on while he looked to try to figure out what to do with the person in front of them not knowing that Michael was now close enough to touch him. Michael’s left hand went in front of him towards the soldier’s face as he covered his mouth and he slashed the throat with his right hand. He held on tight and was sure not to make any sound neither did he allow the soldier to make a sound as the soldier went into a sort of spasm and his body fought as life gradually slipped out of it. Michael held on to the soldier making sure he did not make a sound but the man had felt the soldier’s had suddenly leave his shoulder and he looked back to see a horrific sight as blood oozed slowly from the neck. He did not catch the cutting because Michael was fast with it. He tried to shout but saw the look on Michael’s face and he kept his screams muffled.
10 Oct 2015 | 04:47
0 Likes
nice job there Michael
10 Oct 2015 | 05:27
0 Likes
Na wa oh, slain dem both bc dey are evil and part of d coup plotting. Nextttttt
10 Oct 2015 | 05:36
0 Likes
Nice 1 Michael......Next pls
10 Oct 2015 | 05:43
0 Likes
Na WA oo no comment abeg
10 Oct 2015 | 06:01
0 Likes
Next
10 Oct 2015 | 06:55
0 Likes
Good job.
10 Oct 2015 | 08:04
0 Likes
another kidnapped. who's dat guy?
10 Oct 2015 | 09:16
0 Likes
SA Humble (Secret Agent Humble) Reporting, "D Coast Is Clear But Mission Nt Yet Accomplished" *Enuf Of Army Slangs Abeg* What Is D Nxt Phrase Bcos Dis Z Shoot @sight Bt Codedly.
10 Oct 2015 | 17:11
0 Likes
*****episode 116**sunday special* Segun had seen silent kills in his days but the one he just saw Michael pull of had to be one of the best because the soldiers who were not far away from Michael did not even notice that their counterpart was dead, they had their attention on the person in front of themand considered him more of a threat. He ran towards them with a gun in both hands and then slowed down into a slow walk. Michael released the body and it hit the ground with a silent thud. It was quiet but loud enough to make the soldiers suspect and they both turned their heads to the sound to the sound behind them and before their eyes could register the sight of the man standing behind them, Segun opened fire on the both of them. The Presidential guards like the DMI always chose the best men and their personnel were always professional who rarely missed a shot so at that distance, Segun had no problem with putting bullets deep inside their skulls. The bullets at that range did not find their heads strong enough to hold them in and they flew out from the other end and embedded themselves in the wall on the other side just missing the window by a little distance. “You are one mean dude” Michael said He simply nodded in acknowledgment of Michael’s compliments “Where did you learn to shoot?” “Nigerian Army, I was recruited from there. And that was some nice kill you did there” The remained agents including Izu snd IBK came out of the offices they were in and Michael looked at the man; “Who are you and why were they holding you?” “I am Johnson Tanwa: a reporter with Channels television” “So what did they want with you?” “They did not want anything, I just told them that their plans will fail and someone would resist them and they tried to kill me but they said it was not necessary that I be killed so were instructed to hold me somewhere” Segun looked at Michael, it was obvious they could not take the reporter with them but leaving him to walk around could also spell doom for him so they Michael said; “Go into one of those offices and find somewhere to hide. Inside the toilet, bathroom or somewhere but whatever happens, do not come out if you value your life” The man stood up and looked around still confused as to which of the office to get into and he was left standing there. The bodied were dragged into an office and they all made their way to the stairway. They stoppedat the top and Segun looked down. They had three floors to go and there was a possibility that there would be soldiers guarding it but there was also a chance that they have been picked up by a camera so they could not waste time. Segun lead the way down the stairs always looking in front of him while both his guns athis side but he was ready to shoot them at first chance. They got half way into the first floor and the stairs took a turn towards the right. He stepped to the first one and saw no one there so he continued down until he got to the end of the stairs. He looked to the left and the right and the hallway was empty except for some soldiers who were walking in the opposite direction. Looking back at theothers, he signaled that they hurry up and he turned to the stairs again. They went down and got to the next floor which had a office of the Palace guards and the first thing, Segun noticed was that the corridor was filed with soldiers. He had expected this to happen but he did not think there would have been so many soldiers there. He pulled back and went towards Michael; “I think we have pushed our luck this far: there are soldiers all around us now and we might not be able to slip away” “How many are they?” “Enough to ensure that this is suicidal” “But we can still surprise them right?” “Sure I don’t think they are aware of our presence yet. Sure the cameras would have picked us up but I doubt these guys have been told else they would have made a mad dash for us” Michael took a deep breath and said; “I guess it’s time to bring out the big guns and hope a sizable number of us survive to make it to the servers”
11 Oct 2015 | 10:31
0 Likes
God saved ur arse @Johnson.next
11 Oct 2015 | 13:06
0 Likes
God ll be wt u guys..wellldone @somkhid
11 Oct 2015 | 13:20
0 Likes
I hop so nd wish u guys best of luck
11 Oct 2015 | 13:43
0 Likes
@somkhid........u rock joor, Next on point
11 Oct 2015 | 14:25
0 Likes
Mickey God wil help u nd ur team mates none of u shall die
11 Oct 2015 | 15:28
0 Likes
He shouldnt dare shout or loose his life as well
11 Oct 2015 | 17:37
0 Likes
i like dis michael die...
11 Oct 2015 | 18:26
0 Likes
Phase 2 Shoot At Sight Nd Might. Loving D Action
11 Oct 2015 | 19:10
0 Likes
Operation Open Fire. Survival Of D Fitest. 1 Tin Z Sure Wich Z Dat At Least 1 Person Must B Injured.
11 Oct 2015 | 19:13
0 Likes
All of u will survive it,face dem.
12 Oct 2015 | 08:43
0 Likes
finaly,am here......... Keep the good work @somkid
12 Oct 2015 | 18:34
0 Likes
********episode 117******* Lai taxied, positioned his jet just on the runway and made his way as the jet burnt its engines and he gained enough speed to allow him take to the sky and he kept climbing which was also a way to wait for the remaining pilots to climb into the air after him. he knew the Air force base would be able to monitor his movement immediately he was in the sky but at that point, he did not really care or perhaps he did not factor that thought into his plans and he simply decided to risk it and take the chance that they would assume he was part of the plan to take over. Either way, he knew there was a huge chance that they will have to shoot their way out. He looked at the picture of the girlfriend he had back in Lagos and he said; “I hope I will be coming home to you soon angel, this might just be the end of me and my career” He looked to his left and he saw the remaining members of his squad coming towards him already in formation in mid air. “Okay people, I have told you the plans and we also have the risk of coming under attack from the Air Force from the Airport so look alive and I can’t guarantee that you will be coming back home today” Faith said; “I caught my Boyfriend cheating on me with a flight attendant last week sir and I have been on base since then; the prospects of going home does not look interesting to me” Faith has risen and passed top of her class from the Air Force and in the early days was involved in transportation and shuttle in the Air Force but immediately she applied to be a fighter pilot, it made a lot of people uncomfortable as it was regarded that a woman could not be strong enough to handle the rigors of supersonic flight and theintense decision making in the advent of an air battle even though she had passed every test and defeated almost everyone she came up against in a dogfight. She built a reputation with the Air force and could land a plane almost anywhere in whatever conditions so when her applicationto fly fighter jets was denied, she did not understand why. She had passed the physical examinations and had everything set out but it seemed they were not going to put her in and so when a chance opened for pilots into the presidential fleet, she applied to be transferred there but when she heard of the president’s air protection detail, she could notreject the offer and she was also not denied. She had never gotten the chance to get into any real fights but she preferred it to flying transport planes and the likes. At least here she could get in planes which were actually armed and that thought excited her. “Okay, we are coming towards the NFZ soon guys, it might get bumpy” Lai said over the radio and suddenly he heard his radio come alive “Hawk004, this is control; we have the minister for defense waiting on line for you” “Great job control, patch her through, Lawd knows I would really need someone to tell me what’s going on here” Lai waited as the connection was being made and he looked out of his plane wondering what the day would hold for him. The day had started quietly but right now, he was sitting inside his plane armed as usual but this time, he was ready to fire on anyone. The thought that he could have been shot heightened his senses and made him more aware that the issue was a lot more serious that he thought. The radio came through and he heard the Ifeoma’s voice over the radio “Good morning who am I speaking with?” “This is Captain Olaiwola Eze, Palace Guard air support ma’am. Can you please tell me what’s going on out there?” Ifeoma said; “Well not much that you have not seen on theTV this morning captain. I am here with the Director of the Directorate of Military Intelligence and the Commandant of the Palace guards” “Well it is a good thing we still have some of the big bosses on our sides. I am sure control must have told you we are looking at aircrafts in the No Fly Zone which is not allowed so what do we do about it” “How many aircrafts do you have right now Captain?” Kuyi asked “We have ten aircrafts in all and four in the air right now, the other six will be deployed as soon as possible; just see us as an advance squad”
13 Oct 2015 | 02:25
0 Likes
********episode 117******* Lai taxied, positioned his jet just on the runway and made his way as the jet burnt its engines and he gained enough speed to allow him take to the sky and he kept climbing which was also a way to wait for the remaining pilots to climb into the air after him. he knew the Air force base would be able to monitor his movement immediately he was in the sky but at that point, he did not really care or perhaps he did not factor that thought into his plans and he simply decided to risk it and take the chance that they would assume he was part of the plan to take over. Either way, he knew there was a huge chance that they will have to shoot their way out. He looked at the picture of the girlfriend he had back in Lagos and he said; “I hope I will be coming home to you soon angel, this might just be the end of me and my career” He looked to his left and he saw the remaining members of his squad coming towards him already in formation in mid air. “Okay people, I have told you the plans and we also have the risk of coming under attack from the Air Force from the Airport so look alive and I can’t guarantee that you will be coming back home today” Faith said; “I caught my Boyfriend cheating on me with a flight attendant last week sir and I have been on base since then; the prospects of going home does not look interesting to me” Faith has risen and passed top of her class from the Air Force and in the early days was involved in transportation and shuttle in the Air Force but immediately she applied to be a fighter pilot, it made a lot of people uncomfortable as it was regarded that a woman could not be strong enough to handle the rigors of supersonic flight and theintense decision making in the advent of an air battle even though she had passed every test and defeated almost everyone she came up against in a dogfight. She built a reputation with the Air force and could land a plane almost anywhere in whatever conditions so when her applicationto fly fighter jets was denied, she did not understand why. She had passed the physical examinations and had everything set out but it seemed they were not going to put her in and so when a chance opened for pilots into the presidential fleet, she applied to be transferred there but when she heard of the president’s air protection detail, she could notreject the offer and she was also not denied. She had never gotten the chance to get into any real fights but she preferred it to flying transport planes and the likes. At least here she could get in planes which were actually armed and that thought excited her. “Okay, we are coming towards the NFZ soon guys, it might get bumpy” Lai said over the radio and suddenly he heard his radio come alive “Hawk004, this is control; we have the minister for defense waiting on line for you” “Great job control, patch her through, Lawd knows I would really need someone to tell me what’s going on here” Lai waited as the connection was being made and he looked out of his plane wondering what the day would hold for him. The day had started quietly but right now, he was sitting inside his plane armed as usual but this time, he was ready to fire on anyone. The thought that he could have been shot heightened his senses and made him more aware that the issue was a lot more serious that he thought. The radio came through and he heard the Ifeoma’s voice over the radio “Good morning who am I speaking with?” “This is Captain Olaiwola Eze, Palace Guard air support ma’am. Can you please tell me what’s going on out there?” Ifeoma said; “Well not much that you have not seen on theTV this morning captain. I am here with the Director of the Directorate of Military Intelligence and the Commandant of the Palace guards” “Well it is a good thing we still have some of the big bosses on our sides. I am sure control must have told you we are looking at aircrafts in the No Fly Zone which is not allowed so what do we do about it” “How many aircrafts do you have right now Captain?” Kuyi asked “We have ten aircrafts in all and four in the air right now, the other six will be deployed as soon as possible; just see us as an advance squad” #ur coment is wat is pushing me forward#
13 Oct 2015 | 02:28
0 Likes
Now is the time for a shootout #anticipating
13 Oct 2015 | 05:03
0 Likes
Oh gawd........ Cnt rilli wait again........ D lng anticipated action
13 Oct 2015 | 05:29
0 Likes
Oh gawd........ Cnt rilli wait again........ D lng anticipated action...... Faith I ope u survive nd lead a hapi lyf 2 show ua cheat ov a boifwend dat he made a gr8 mistake by cheatin on u
13 Oct 2015 | 05:32
0 Likes
tnks 4 d update
13 Oct 2015 | 06:24
0 Likes
Am at ur back,dey go.
13 Oct 2015 | 06:36
0 Likes
Tym 4 Formation Nd Battle Stractegies 2 Fall In....Battle Almost Redhot....Abeg No Spies, Btrayas Nd Camouflagas In Dis Tym Of Action Bcos It Can B Destructive....Mission Report On Agent Shade Pls
13 Oct 2015 | 08:06
0 Likes
hmm lai in action
13 Oct 2015 | 08:12
0 Likes
Let d shootout begin
13 Oct 2015 | 08:59
0 Likes
I jex hope u come back safely Lai & co
13 Oct 2015 | 09:05
0 Likes
Let the full action begin
13 Oct 2015 | 13:56
0 Likes
Wished d episodes would be longer. Good job though. Now lets secure the palace boys
13 Oct 2015 | 14:46
0 Likes
Good one, go on......TBC
13 Oct 2015 | 14:47
0 Likes
Nice one but am still angry cause I want 2 be the 1 that kill buba
13 Oct 2015 | 16:22
0 Likes
permission to fly with you into combat hawk004...... Ride on sir
14 Oct 2015 | 02:56
0 Likes
Next plsssssss
14 Oct 2015 | 07:34
0 Likes
********episode 118****** “Are you armed?” “Yes sir, we are armed and ready” “Okay, get in contact with those gunships in the air and ask them to leave immediately; no land but leave the area and return to your base have some of your people follow them there to make sure that happens” “And what if they don’t obey the directive sir?” “You are the President’s Guards Captain” Quadri said “You know what to do” “Are you asking me to open fire on them sir? I will need that to be given as a directive “ Ifeoma paused and Kuyi looked at her. her face was losing more color as the pressure from the different events starts taking toll on her. she folded her hands in front of her and kuyi was about to say something when she replied; “That’s an order captain, if they refuse to leave shoot them down” Kuyi said, “we also learnt that there are ground troops possible heavy artillery down there so be careful and we might need you to cover for a possible ground incursion” “We will be here sir, just tell us when and where you want us and we will be but let’s handle these birds hovering around first, we are in sight of them” Ifeoma said; “Okay, Godspeed, wide skies and good hunting to you. We have other issues to deal with here but we will be in touch to see what you have achieved” In Lai’s experience, missions like this one would have been done with the big bosses listening in on all the conversations between the pilots but this was different. The actually trusted them to do their parts while they handled some other things and he said to himself; “This is a lot more serious that I thought” He spoke into his radio which was still connected to the control room back at the base and the other pilots: “Okay people, we are going in: if they agree to drop out, Musa and Ayo will escort them back while Faith stays with me, you heard what the Minister said, they will need us back over here so let’s make this work. I want to make contact with these birds” He looked towards the helicopters and he knew they were armed. There was no doubt but they did not anticipate their coming so they were not prepared for a fight and even if they were, there was no way they stood a chance against fighter jets. Even if there werejust two jets, it will still be enough to take them out. “He dialed his radio so every aircraft within range could her him and he said; “This is Captain Olaiwola Eze, Nigerian Presidential Guard; Air support and you are all in violation of the No fly Zone. You are to gain altitude and will be escorted to a base where you are to get down and you and your crew will be placed under arrest. You have sixty seconds to reply before we open fire” Musa looked as they approached the helicopters and he could see them clearly on his radar. Four distinct dots indicating them and he said to himself; “If they decide not to comply, it will be too easy to take them down” He thought Lai was too courteous in his speech but it was standard procedure to warn them before engaging as this was not awar situation. But within him, he hoped they don’t comply ***************************** ***************************** Michael put the hand gun back into the hoister and drew out his rifle and the others did the same. There was no way they could cross into the next set of stairs without being seen by the soldiers guarding the hallway and it would come down into a gun fight andit was better to be prepared. He and Segun stood at the edge as they waited for the others to get set and they gave him the go ahead. Michael pulled a gas grenade from one of his pouches, pulled the pin out and he saw Segun do the same. Seemed like they had planned what to do ahead and they rolled it quietly towards the soldiers and waited. Seconds later, the gas erupted and the corridor was engulfed in smoke and the soldier started coughing. “Go” Michael said to the team and the Palace guards lead with Izu and IBK behind them as they crossed into the next stairs.
14 Oct 2015 | 09:19
0 Likes
Action tym
14 Oct 2015 | 14:58
0 Likes
Bravo
14 Oct 2015 | 15:18
0 Likes
Following, nice one.
14 Oct 2015 | 15:33
0 Likes
Abeg, action jor, no need to dull 4 dos stupid hungry power brokers
14 Oct 2015 | 15:46
0 Likes
this is black hawk reporting Sir... Three unkown birds aproaching,permission to move out........ Ride on @somkid
14 Oct 2015 | 16:48
0 Likes
Guy pls 2update at a time. I will be most grateful. Nice one, next pls
14 Oct 2015 | 16:48
0 Likes
Next........
14 Oct 2015 | 17:36
0 Likes
Wow!! Now let's do this, all work no play make Jack a dull boi
15 Oct 2015 | 02:36
0 Likes
its action time
15 Oct 2015 | 02:53
0 Likes
Nyc wrk guy,always trust u
15 Oct 2015 | 03:23
0 Likes
hmmn. .. no comment for now . just waiting for action
15 Oct 2015 | 04:16
0 Likes
Action tym.
15 Oct 2015 | 06:21
0 Likes
********episode 119****** The soldiers were trying to avoid the smoke when one of them suddenly realized that the smoke was from a canister which was thrown at them from the staircase and he opened fire in that direction. When the soldier shot, all the Presidential guards agents with Izu and IBK had already passed and were making their way down but Michael and Segun were still trying to make sure they passed through. Due to the smoke in the soldier’s face, he could not aim well and he just took the shot in the direction of the staircase and hoped that he hit something or someone. Michael heard the shots come from the within the smoke and he quickly ducked and drew pointed his own rifle towards them and opened fire. Segun who had made his way tothe other stairway could not go and leave Michael back so he ducked and also opened fire into the smoke. Their bullets did not reallyhave any prior aim but in the midst of the confusion, the soldier did not bother to hide and some of them got stuck by the bullets. They screamed as the smoke began to clear out; Segun saw that some of the soldiers had taken cover behind a door while some were struggling on the fool due to bullet wounds. He signaled for Michael to come and he opened fire in the direction of the soldiers again. The soldiers ducked giving Michael justenough time to get to the other stairway and they both headed down but suddenly stopped when they head another round of gunshots just around the corner where the IBK, Izu and the remaining guards had passed. The soldiers at the first floor were told to be ready as there might be trouble coming from the gates as their commanders had expected that the assault would come from outside the house but they did not know about the tunnels and that there might be an attack on them from within so they focused their attentions on the gate. The left just a handful of men to man the ground floor in case one of the workers in the house decide to be unruly and needed to be whipped into shape. The morning had gone well with them and they did not really know why they were there or how long they were going to occupy the house; all they knew was that they were told to make sure no one gets through and interrupt things. They heard the gunshots upstairs and they get restless as some of them were sent up the stairs to go check what was happening but they were met on the way by the first of the guards and they were gunned down before they could fall back. The guards ran through their bodies and directly to the ground floor where they engaged the soldier in a gunfight along with IBK and Izu. Michael and Segun ran down the stair and saw that some of their men were already hit while some were injured and still more soldiers poured in from the gates as they were told ofthe fight going on. Segun saw the impending danger in staying there to fight them and immediately he got tothe end of the stairs he said; “We can’t keep this up or else we will be trapped here for a long time. It won’t be long before those boys upstairs start pouring down and heading towards us so we will have to move towards the control room as fast as possible. Michael threw his head around the corner and he could count about ten soldier positioned with their guns drawn waiting forsomeone to emerge from the stairway. “What do we do now?” Segun said to Michael“We can’t stay here as we will be sitting ducks and time is running against us ****************************** **************************** Lai flew around the house and circled the helicopters waiting for a response from thembut they did not give him a response as the seconds kept ticking away. They made their tuned towards them and approached them ready to fire when he heard a response from one of the pilots; “Hawk 004” we want to make contact with our superiors and we will get back to you in a short while” Lai felt insulted, he could not believe they would actually try to buy time, he had expected that they either complied with him or they opened fire but this was something new and he could not allow them dictate how it will go to him
16 Oct 2015 | 03:55
0 Likes
ride on bro
16 Oct 2015 | 05:24
0 Likes
NEXT
16 Oct 2015 | 06:11
0 Likes
This story pass war self
16 Oct 2015 | 06:18
0 Likes
Next please.
16 Oct 2015 | 06:34
0 Likes
Hmmm
16 Oct 2015 | 06:44
0 Likes
Nice one.
16 Oct 2015 | 08:10
0 Likes
Nice one. NEXT PLS
16 Oct 2015 | 09:26
0 Likes
Abeg shey dis one na world war ni
16 Oct 2015 | 11:30
0 Likes
Lai don't allow dem dictate to u. Stand by ur decision and engage dem in a shootout. May some of micheal's team make it to d control. Becoming more fierce, next
16 Oct 2015 | 11:58
0 Likes
This is realy action film. *micheal n co dnt panic backup is on d way* who calls 4 backup? doesn't matter, wat matter's they nid backup n they nid it fast or else? Well it's abt 2 go ugly trust me. Ehe! Where's dat guyman numba sef? Which guyman r we talkin abt, it's johnny-bravo.he is d backup.
16 Oct 2015 | 16:18
0 Likes
hmmmmm.... What a blood bath
17 Oct 2015 | 16:48
0 Likes
open fire at dem, do not waste time
17 Oct 2015 | 18:53
0 Likes
*******episode 120****** “I have given you enough time to decide and that time has elapsed” The voice returned; “This is the air force Captain; would you openfire on an aircraft of the Federal Republic?” “Watch me” Lai said as his team got back into formation and he turned off communicationsto the helicopters which ensure that he couldonly speak to his own squad members “Okay people. Hold on and let me tell these guys I mean business” He looked back at the picture he stuck and said to himself; “I hope I am doing the right thing” He aimed below one of the helicopters hovering around and he pushed a button and a burst of bullets left the guns on the wings of his jets towards one of the helicopter. The bullets flew past the helicopterand shot right into the ground but he made sure some of the bullets hit the helicopter butnot enough to cause damage to the helicopter. “You missed?” Musa said over the radio “That was a warning shot.” Faith said as they pulled around and flew back towards the house once again Lai switched on the radio again as he started talking into it towards the helicopters again; “That was a warning shot, you are ordered to do as we told you or I will be forced to put you to the ground very soon” He had barely finished when Faith heard a beeping sound from her controls, she checked it out immediately and was surprised at what she found out. She could not do anything but say; “Guys, I think one of those Helicopters just locked on me with a missile” Ayo said; “Is that some kind of joke, I am getting the same reading here, Captain, it seems these guys don’t want to go down without a fight” Just as he finished talking, a missile ripped out from one of the helicopters and headed towards them.
18 Oct 2015 | 03:04
0 Likes
I've told u earlier 2 open fire, dey will turn a deaf ear
18 Oct 2015 | 08:07
0 Likes
The beginig of a new fight.Nice right up @somkhid
18 Oct 2015 | 11:13
0 Likes
@somkhid i think i should give you an award for this narration but first i want to ask you how many books have you published because with the way you write this story it seems you have a high rank with the writers in Nigeria.
18 Oct 2015 | 11:20
0 Likes
Wats going 2 happen nw @lai nd co
18 Oct 2015 | 12:38
0 Likes
What's going to happen next ooooooo
18 Oct 2015 | 12:42
0 Likes
U sud av open fire instead of warning them
18 Oct 2015 | 12:43
0 Likes
i hope this don`t result to a "am hit may day,i repeat may day "...... Ride on hawk004
18 Oct 2015 | 13:03
0 Likes
Huh.....Finally am back on board.... Seriously,i did'n t know vhiz story would be viz much and Intrestinq..Thumbz up bro @Somkhid ...mehn the commentz here was too much that i had to read it frm ya profile...u cn imaqine dat... Ride on plz....
18 Oct 2015 | 13:10
0 Likes
Make it next episode longer plssssssssss!!!
18 Oct 2015 | 13:39
0 Likes
I jux hope ntiin bad hapun 2 lai n co
18 Oct 2015 | 15:03
0 Likes
Wow, let the strike begin . Next episode . Next . Episode . Next episode . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST !!
18 Oct 2015 | 16:51
0 Likes
Guyz kul down, Lai, is ontop of his game,,,very soon dey wil all crash on d ground, i trust Faith
18 Oct 2015 | 17:12
0 Likes
thnk God i meet up since all dis days,nxt plz,welldone@somkhid
19 Oct 2015 | 07:03
0 Likes
@wiseman long tym bro
19 Oct 2015 | 13:18
0 Likes
@Pizzaro welcome bro,am sorry for tat let d story continue @hameyeenat welcome my babe i felt ur absence
19 Oct 2015 | 13:18
0 Likes
Thankz bro....itz qood to be back.... :-) :mrgreen:
19 Oct 2015 | 13:28
0 Likes
*******episode 121****** “What in the world” faith exclaimed “This bird just shot at me Captain, I am going to break formation and try to shake off the darned missile” With that, Faith pulled up and a trail of smoke from the missile shot at her followed her up. She pulled vertically upwards as she tried to take the missile of its present height which might be dangerous for the population down below and she climbed with the missile fast on her back “This thing is laser locked, deploying flares” A series of lights emanated from the back of her aircraft in several directions and she flew away from the outburst and the missile went after one of the flares as exploded, illuminating the early morning a little. While Faith pulled up and tried to lose the missile, Lai, Ayo and Musa decided they had had enough and turned on the helicopters. “Okay boys, seems we will have to take these birds down our way: remember that there will be people below and the people inside it are still Nigerian army so try to immobilize and have them hit the ground so they can be helped” “You should have told them that before they decided to shoot at me” Faith said “Those guys could have turned me into an early breakfast, I am going after the slowpoke who shot at me, you boys can pick one out of the others to shoot at” Faith who had already broken off from the rest earlier headed towards the helicopter which shot at her from above and started aiming for the hull of the helicopter. Her eyes focused on the tracker on her screen as it automatically focused on the helicopter and immediately she had a lock, she said; “Permission to fire Captain” “As you wish” “I love this job” Faith said. She pushed the red button on her controls and she heard the sounds of gun fire as the guns on her F28 came to live shooting bullets at high velocity into the helicopter which was too slow to even notice that it had been fired on. The helicopter looked like it would take the bullets without damage for a while and then suddenly, the fuselage burst out into smoke and it started to fall down. Immediately, the fire started, Faith stopped shooting at the helicopter and pulled up but turned a few distance away to make sure it was going down and not capable of causing damage to anyone again. Lai saw Faith pull away from the rest of them on his radar and he was not bothered about it, during the dogfights they have had, Faith showed that she had the skills to shake off anything and it won’t be much of a problem to her. He said; “Okay boys, let’s take on each and do what we have to do but shoot to immobilize and not completely destroy, I don’t want too many deaths from the sky” “Well, let’s hope another one don’t shoot a missile at us else we won’t be here discussing going easy on them” Musa said “Okay enough talking put those birds on the floor right now” They all broke their formation and they each picked a helicopter and opened fire on them just about the same time that Faith went on in and opened fire on the helicopter that fired on her and they all opened fire. Seconds later, the helicopters were all in smokes and falling to the ground all around them and the jets went back into their formation and went around accessing the Grounds of the house itself. Lai noticed that the helicopter that Ayo had shot was trying to control its fall and was swirling round and round while moving sideways. It kept going sideways instead of avertical drop and Lai went towards it in the hope of shooting at the tail as he saw that it might crash and kill everyone on board but the helicopter went down more and more and kept swinging to the sides until its tail swung into the house itself and took part of it out. The tail rammed into a window and part of it stuck into the main building which held the helicopter for a bit and then the tail broke and the hull crashed to the ground. some of the occupants saw the danger the helicopter was in and while the pilot struggled to bring it down with minimum damage, had jumped out and rolled out of the way before it hit the ground and they could be seen running around the grounds. Some of the troops stationed around the house saw the helicopters go down rushed towards them and offered to help while some looked up at the jets flying round to see if there are anymore threats around. There were some tanks stationed around the houseand the soldier on the grounds started opening fire on them with their rifles. “Captain, seems those guys down there are not friendly at all. Do you think we should engage?” Faith asked
19 Oct 2015 | 13:29
0 Likes
Hmmnn.... I think this is more dangerous Dan I thought
19 Oct 2015 | 17:08
0 Likes
Good to go
20 Oct 2015 | 01:50
0 Likes
Interesting. Next pls
20 Oct 2015 | 05:24
0 Likes
Hmm....Very danqerous battle here....I pray Madam President is still save wherever she is cos if she qetz missinq aqain than means u all are back to square 1...
20 Oct 2015 | 05:53
0 Likes
Please don't ssstttoooppp.
20 Oct 2015 | 06:00
0 Likes
Is Hard Than What I Think Earlier
20 Oct 2015 | 07:22
0 Likes
Sharperly sharperly
20 Oct 2015 | 09:50
0 Likes
@somkhid, nah so bro but I dor show like James Bond . I love this story and the fighting,, I want to join them to fight,,, @sofia, @pizzarro, hope you guys will allow me? . I'm sure the fall of the helicopter into the building will aid Michael and his team escape!!! . . Oya, let it role bro, I dey your back!!! . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
20 Oct 2015 | 10:22
0 Likes
Hmmm, dis is now more serious dan tot, I guess full action is required here to flush dos enemy out of dere power drunk, D suspense is killn sha, abeg oh, post d next epi fast...thanks...
20 Oct 2015 | 12:33
0 Likes
crap!! ...am scared like am engaged in that air fight (#laughing)........ "Permission to pour rain on those tanks hawk004"
20 Oct 2015 | 15:26
0 Likes
9ice update bro!!
20 Oct 2015 | 15:40
0 Likes
Its party time lets rock it guys
20 Oct 2015 | 17:22
0 Likes
********episode 122***** “No don’t, they will need bigger guns to hit us with so we can keep stalling for now until we get more orders from the Minister” Musa said; “When you mean bigger guns do you mean those truck mounted machine guns they are shooting at us?” Lai pulled back up and noticed in the morning lights that the men on the ground had opened fire on them with some guns mounted on trucks and he also noticed that there were tanks stationed around the houseready to shoot at them. He said: “Okay those change the dynamics of things” He pushed one of the communication buttons and said; “Control, where are the remaining birds? It is about to get real up here” The reply came almost immediately; “Johnson and Wale are about to get in the airwhile Abdul is waiting is getting geared up. We got a call from the Air Force telling us to stand down some minutes ago but we told them we are under direct orders from the President. Seems they don’t have the same orders we have sir” Lai said: “Okay good job. Now get me through to the minister, we need to ask for clearance to shoot back at these guys. In the meantime, Faith, Ayo and Musa, stay out of reach of those guns” Ifeoma walked around the room nervously, she had just gotten word that her daughter was with DMI agent Shade and they were heading to a secure location but the mission in the house was still ongoing. “Have they gain access to the communications room yet?” “I doubt it; I am still tracking communications between the house and a lot of military installations across the country, looks like they are trying to get the Air Force to get the jets to monitor the skies above the house” Kuyi said “In that case, we have to warn the pilots there or get them out before they are ambushed” “The Air Force seems to be resisting, the Chief of Air Staff has been on line with the base at the airport for the sometime now and still they are not agreeing to send in air support” “Why won’t they?” Quari asked “Perhaps they watched the president this morning and don’t want to get into a situation where they might be hanged for treason” Ifeoma said “Especially with the presidential guards taking to the air” “Okay what’s next?” Ifeoma asked Kuyi looked at Quadri and said; “Where are those hunters of yours?” “They are in the tunnels just under the grounds but they say the military presence is too much, they have tanks down there and are bringing out anti aircraft guns” “We better warn those fighter jets out there” Ifeoma said “Kuyi get me that captain on the line right now. they should know what they are up against” Kuyi quickly got to work on the controls trying to get to the control room of the Presidential guards Air support and he noticed that they were already calling. He looked up and Ifeoma and said; “They are on the line already” He pushed the button to allow them communicated and static came through the speaker as Lai’s voice same through the static; “This is Captain Lai, we took down the helicopters as they fired on us first but now, the troops on the ground have pointed anti aircraft guns at us. What do we do?” Quadri said; “You and your team should get out of there or stay out of range for now until it is safe to go in” Ifeoma looked at Quadri and shook her head.She said; “Captain, can you take out the guns, tanks and troops? We have a ground force waiting to move in but they are a disturbance as they make the mission too dangerous to call”
21 Oct 2015 | 03:57
0 Likes
Please cont, good job.
21 Oct 2015 | 04:52
0 Likes
Wow . I'm always ready to read the next episode . Abeg open fire on them jare let the fight begin!!! . @somkhid, weldone bro,,, 5 stars for your story . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
21 Oct 2015 | 05:18
0 Likes
shoot anyfin shoot able
21 Oct 2015 | 06:38
0 Likes
Next please... :-)
21 Oct 2015 | 07:33
0 Likes
Wow, I love dat que from Ifeoma,let d capt clear dem abeg
21 Oct 2015 | 08:31
0 Likes
This story is killing me softly.
21 Oct 2015 | 13:43
0 Likes
"hawk004 pour rain of bullets on `em"........ Next please
21 Oct 2015 | 16:02
0 Likes
********episode 123****** “We can take them out easily ma’am but ask your troops to stay around for the time being, they don’t want to be anywhere near there when we drop hell on those guys downthere” “Okay they will stay away” and the line went dead. Kuyi looked at Quadri and said; “Don’t be too quick to talk” Ifeoma said; “The tunnel, will your troops be safe while the jets drop bombs on the soldiers?” Kuyi answered before Quadri could “The will be fine and comfortable where they are” “Okay then, we wait for them to clear the place out and they can move in the secure the rest of the house” Lai said to his team members: “Okay we have orders to take these guys out and mow that lawn so get into formation andlet’s get this right. First we use the missiles at long distance and we go ahead with the machine guns. Aim for the tanks and the trucks with your missiles and we can allow the guns take care of the men” A strange voice answered over the radio; “I hope we are not too late for the party captain” Lai knew the voice and he checked his radar to confirm it; “Wale, so good of you to join us. Johnson, where have you been all day? We finally get a chance to shoot some bad guys and you come late” “We are here now sir, what’s the plan?” Wale asked “We are taking out those tanks and guns down below; I know you heard me on the radio so let’s do this right” The all swept over the house one last time and they turned around in unison as they all were on the same line and they concentrated on their controls each pilot trying to get locked on the tanks and truck. “Okay people, if you have gotten your targets,fire at will” Lai said and he pushed a button on his control immediately, two missiles disengaged from the jet and flew downwards towards the tanks trying to focus their guns on the six jets coming towards them. The remaining jets did the same thing and the missiles found their target turning the green lawn into a series of explosions which sent men and machines flying in different directions
22 Oct 2015 | 06:36
0 Likes
good job
22 Oct 2015 | 19:09
0 Likes
******episode 124****** The once green grounds with fountains turned into a hell of some sorts as the missiles rammed into the tanks and trucks without missing one. The soldiers not in range of the missiles and the explosions could not also stand still as the force took them to ground or they just had to run for cover. The sounds of the explosions could be heard from almost every corner of the house and even the soldiers inside the building it had to take cover to prevent splitters of glass from hitting. The whole building vibrated under the first set of explosions and when the missile hit their targets and then the secondary explosions came from the explosion of the tanks themselves as the explosives the targets were carrying also went off but individually and that set off another set of explosions which turned the bright day on the grounds into a red one. There were several fires and the remains of vehicles smoldered on the floor and hums remains littered the floor. The planes flew above the grounds where they had turned into an inferno in a matter ofseconds and they dropped some more bombs on the artillery stationed at the south wing of the house. Those ones already knew that there was an imminent attack and some of the personnel had moved out of the way but some brave one had stayed behind and some even opened fire on the planes but theycould not reach them as the planes came in hot and heavy. The guns were trained at the jets but the jets already knew about their presence sp when they came clear of the house, they opened fire with both missiles and guns. The missiles tore open the heavy machine while the guns tore into the bodies of the soldier operating them. Screams of wounded and dying soldiers as they called for help which was notforth coming since they had locked most of the personnel which included medical teams in temporary holding cells and they did not bother to bring theirs or the little they came with were also affected by the attacks. “Okay people, good work” Lai said “Let’s do one more sweep and we can be absolutely sure that we have taken them all out before we report back to the Minister; if she has a team ready to go in, let’s make their jobs as easy as we can. With that, they turned around and while coming back, they noticed some of the soldiers were getting up Musa said; “Do we allow those guys walk away so we take them down?” Lai knew that was not a comfortable question for him to answer. These men were until some minutes ago on the same side as he and if not that they were given orders which they had no options but to follow those orders to the letter. They could have been sitting the morning out in a barracks somewhere and living the boring life of a soldier in peace time but they were called outand they could not say no. it saddened him because some of the men did not even know what they were doing. They could have been lied to or not told what they were going to do there and they might not have watched the same broadcast he did which helped him make the decision he took but still he could not allow them live. The ground assault being planned will work better if the soldiers were completely out of the way and that was the orders he got and like them down there, he had little choice but to obey them. He could choose to fly away buthis conscience would judge him; the democracy was a lot more important than thelives of the soldiers and he spoke into the radio in his head gear as coolly as he could to remove all hints of emotions or doubt from his voice;
24 Oct 2015 | 02:47
0 Likes
Please don't tell me he's abt to shoot Michael,Izu and IBK...
24 Oct 2015 | 02:57
0 Likes
Nope, it's not over yet
24 Oct 2015 | 04:46
0 Likes
Nice one there,hope u do not hurt Micheal & Co dere oh...awaiting next epi pls
24 Oct 2015 | 04:58
0 Likes
it must not be IBK, Izu and co
24 Oct 2015 | 06:27
0 Likes
coded
24 Oct 2015 | 06:44
0 Likes
Hope Michael ..Izu and Ibk will not die sha
24 Oct 2015 | 11:34
0 Likes
Nice party dre
24 Oct 2015 | 15:33
0 Likes
"affirmative captian,pin all who are guilty of felony"..... Ride on somkid
24 Oct 2015 | 17:11
0 Likes
So much action.... Fire on @somkhid
24 Oct 2015 | 17:43
0 Likes
*clearin Throat* Wahala Dey Ooo If......Comment Reserved.....(Awaiting Moderation)
25 Oct 2015 | 19:50
0 Likes
********episodes 125******* “We can’t allow them stay alive and be a problem to the troops moving in on the house people; take them down too” “Well you guys know what time it is then” Johnson said Faith replied; “Yeah target practice time” There was excitement in her voice which further dampened Lai’s mood. Perhaps they did not see things from his perspective or perhaps they were so bored with dogfights that the opportunity to fire on anyone was too much to pass even if it meant killing their own people “Fire at will people” Lai said even though he knew he could not bring himself to do that. He still had the zeal to fight and kill but killing his countrymen was not in him. The guns from the jets echoed through the area and bullets ripped through the bodies ofthe men who were all trying to get to safety or some incredibly silly ones who tried to shoot at the planes. The pilots did not seem bothered at the commotion happening downthere but they tried as much as possible to make sure they don’t shoot into the house. They flew over the south wing and into the north wing where the men were already picking themselves up and they opened fire too. Lai flew above keeping an eye on the ground below him, he saw that the helicopters they had shot down were just lying on the groundand men were running away from them and in no particular direction. The jets around him wasted no time in shooting at them and all he could do was shake his head and think; “This is what happens when people try to force what is not coming” He pushed the communicator and said; “Control, get me the minister” “She is online and waiting already” Ifeoma came through; “Captain, what is the situation right now?” “The ground threat has been neutralized so you are free to send you men in right now though I don’t see them anywhere” Ifeoma answered; “They are around there waiting for you to do what you can for us, they will move in immediately just please don’t fire at them” “There is not much for us to fire on, I will head back to base to refuel; two of my squad members have enough fuel to continue to hold a perimeter and we I hear there are three move coming over to help them out until I get back” “Okay Captain, do what you must” Kuyi said
26 Oct 2015 | 02:43
0 Likes
Keep on.
26 Oct 2015 | 04:50
0 Likes
Am jex curious to know how all vhiz would end sha...Next please..
26 Oct 2015 | 06:24
0 Likes
interesting next please
26 Oct 2015 | 06:32
0 Likes
Yeah, @somkhid, do what you must to keep updating, I'm always at your back!!! . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
26 Oct 2015 | 07:26
0 Likes
********episodes 126******* Michael looked over to the rest of the men and he whispered to Segun; “We will have to take this risk. We knew what we were getting into from the start and we all realize that not all of us will make it back alive but we have to take out that communications room at all means so get ready to move” Segun saw the truth and he looked towards his men. They were trained to give their lives and he knows that none of them has a doubt in his mind about him or his orders and even if the order meant suicide, they would follow his command. He had tried to find easier ways to carry out their mission but there was no easy way; they had to give some lives as sacrifice and this is what it came to. “Okay people, we are going out there and shooting our way down the stairs, I can’t guarantee that anyone will survive but we can’t stay here; you are to provide cover for the DMI agents and help them create a hole through to the next series of stairs and let’s hope they find their way. It has been an honor serving with you boys” The guards did not say anything, most of them just nodded and it amazed IBK. He had stepped up to lead teams into difficult spots but not something like certain death and their bravery and commitment made him feel a little bit uncomfortable and the fact that they would be risking their lives to allow them finish a mission and leave in peace was more moving for him. He checked his weapon and saw Michael looking at Izu and him. They both nodded and saw Segun about to leap into the open when they heard a lot noise that sounded like gun fire coming fromoutside. They all moved their guns instinctively towards the stairs think it was towards them and then they realized that the guns were coming from outside. Michael peeped and saw the soldiers run towards thewindow to see what was happening but he could not see anything from where he was. The guns seized for a few seconds and there was a series of explosion which came continuously and the soldiers were all talking excitedly and pointing to the sky from the window where they stood. Some of them stood as though they wanted to shoot but it would have been pointless and that’s when Segun saw a chance; the soldiers were all distracted by what seemed to be happening outside and he dashed into the open with three of his men behind him and he opened fire on the soldiers without any warning to them or provocation. The soldiers had no chance as they had already hurdled themselves into one spot which made them very easy to target at and fire and while Segun and his team fired on them, Michael lead Izu and IBK as they slipped behind them and got to the next set of stairs and ran down with their guns drawn as they expected soldier to appear in front of them. The soldiers Segun and his team fired on might have been unprepared for the attack but they were still soldiers and the ones behind still got a chance to turn and shoot at them, they hid behind their colleagues who were having bullets shot into them and they fired back in the direction of those shooting at them. A bullet grazed past Segun’s ear and it sounded like a really fast mosquito and in the midst of the ction, he did not really notice. The hallway was filled with different sounds as explosions from outside mixed with screams from the soldiers they had shot inside and the gunfire from inside and outside the house combined to give a very good example of chaos even as two men behind Segun fell to the ground. Segun did not bother looking behind to try to help themas he continued shooting until the last of the soldiers fell to the ground. He turned and ran after Michael with the remaining two of his men. Michael was in front with Izu and IBK closely behind him and as they got halfway down, the stairs took a turn and he turned with it without looking at what was at the other side and he ran into two soldier who were looking in the direction of the window in front but also seemed to be taking cover from whatever it was happening outside. Still running, Michael opened fire on them from behind without a moment’s hesitation. Izu saw Michael turn and he heard the gunshots. He immediately feared for the worst and he charged down towards him blindly only to see Michael walking in between two dead men and he felt IBK run into him from behind.
27 Oct 2015 | 11:25
0 Likes
I don land this is agent Gooddysmart sent 4rm south africa 2 help in dy mission.... Permission 2 fall in @somkhid
27 Oct 2015 | 15:27
0 Likes
well done @Somkhid
27 Oct 2015 | 16:51
0 Likes
@somkhid u have been hanging me on air since, if I don't join in killing all this traitors, I will fight u.
27 Oct 2015 | 17:03
0 Likes
Party time
27 Oct 2015 | 22:09
0 Likes
I cant bliv how tense i am reading this. @somkhid u good joor
27 Oct 2015 | 23:26
0 Likes
Wow, ds story is something else. Ds is d toughest story I've read here. D way d writer analysed and organised d story is amazing and wt gr8 wisdom. @Donwalter, u ar too much. Keep it up. The story should actually win a coolval award. Hahahahaha! I pray Michael and co, Lai and co and every other person supporting d Presido, will come out of ds "guardians fight" alive.
28 Oct 2015 | 10:04
0 Likes
@Cheta please he's isn't Donwalter he's somkhid...."action thngs activated"
28 Oct 2015 | 17:15
0 Likes
@Fynboy, noted and correction taken. I actually 4got it's Somkhid, and I gave donwalter my complements. @Somkhid, pls 4giv me. I'm sorry 4 not being careful enough to notice my mistake earlier. U're one of my best writers, keep it up.
29 Oct 2015 | 01:09
0 Likes
********episodes 127****** “Sorry” IBK said with the both of them stopping in their tracks as they saw soldiers who were watching an event happening outside suddenly noticed that even with the commotion outside, there was also gunfire happening inside the house itself and they turn at different speeds but Michael was already at the bottom of the stairs and he opened fire. Izu and IBK ran down the stairs and they took positions where they felt was not really exposed and they too opened fire while the soldiers fired back at them. Segun and his two remaining men ran down the stairs, reloading their guns as they ran and they heard a set of gunshots around the stair. Segun skipped the remaining stairs and jumped down to the halfway point and turned. He saw the bodies of the two men Michael had shot earlier and he passed between them towards Izu and IBK who had taken positions and were in a gun fight with some people in the hall. The communications room was to the right but the hall ran to the left and it was long so he imagined that it was filled with soldiers and at that point, there was no point applying stealth. It was obvious they would have to shoot their way through if they will make it to the communications room and he ran towards them with his two guards behind him. In the corner of his eyes, IBK saw Segun and two of his men descend the stairs and he kept his eyes on the soldiers who kept running towards the stairs in huge numbers. He began to wonder how they will make it through when he saw the most surprising things. The tail of a helicopter tore through from the floor above them and tore directly into the floor they were on. The windows were smashed and the tail blades of the helicopter were still revolving at to speed while the thick glass of the window tore under the intense impact of the massive tail. Some of the soldiers were ripped to pieces by the blades and some were crushed by the debris falling from the floor above them and the hall was suddenly filled with smoke and Segun saw a chance. He pulled out a grenade and removed the spin. He threw it above the tail and towards the soldiers on the other side and then he ran past Michael pulling him in a gesture that he should follow him. His guards continued to fire but it was not effective as the tail was blocking the bullets from either sides to go through. IBK and Izu were too pre- occupied to see the grenade Segun threw but they saw him run towards the right and they followed them closely leaving the guards behind. A couple of feet after, they heard an explosion and the impact caused the already strained tail of the helicopter to hear and detach from the rest ofas the tail broke off and the helicopter fell to the ground from outside. The grounds outside were lower than that on the inside sowhile the tail had already hit the ground on the inside, the main body of the helicopter had some distance to go before it hit the ground outside. The two remaining guards saw that their shooting did not really matter anymore and they stopped as they ran after the team headed straight for the communication room. Segun got to the door first and he threw his body against the door. The door swung apartand Michael ran in ready to shoot at anyone inside the room but it was all empty. The two guards stood at the door and watched it while Segun said; “How long is this going to take?’ “We need to find the main servers, blow them up and we are done. Do you know where they are?” Segun asked “I don’t know” Michael said “I did say we should have brought Shade along; this is her area of expertise and we might just be stuck” IBK said Michael started walking around and he saw to huge towers with revolving blades stationed above them; “I think I have found them” Michael said The others ran towards him and Segun said; “How are you sure this is it?” “Yes this is it” “How are you so sure?” IBK asked in doubt “I have blown up something like this at the South African embassy in Liberia when we were making the blind so I know exactly what I am doing” “Okay, how do we go about it?” Izu asked looking towards the door as if he was expecting anyone to barge in “We set charges and blow it sky high” Michael said “Is this thing not part of our National Security Protocol?” IBK asked
29 Oct 2015 | 09:33
0 Likes
Gettinq more nd more Intrestinq....i love the way vhiz story is analyzed...it makez it even more real....Nex plx...
29 Oct 2015 | 10:17
0 Likes
I am waiting patiently for the nxt episodes....urnestly I luv diz tori pass how naija police take luv #20...@somkhid gud job guy kip it up.
29 Oct 2015 | 12:31
0 Likes
damm!!... Its just like watching a movie,with all the action going in my head..... @Ride on somkhid
29 Oct 2015 | 16:10
0 Likes
Fucking interesting
29 Oct 2015 | 18:08
0 Likes
I can't just stop reading every episode . My guess was right,,,,, I knew that the effect of the helicopter will aid their escape!! . @somkhid, ride on bro . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!! !
30 Oct 2015 | 05:42
0 Likes
Wow! Too bad i cnt follow dis story aqain.... Cos i dnt even knw where i stopped.... Bye
30 Oct 2015 | 14:30
0 Likes
********episodes 128****** “You want to stay here and ask that, be my guest but this thing is going down right now” They all brought out the charges they were carrying in their back packs and they started fixing it and attaching it as one single explosive device. Michael did the wiring together while Izu, IBK and Segun placed the bombs on different spots around the two massive serves with their blades still rotating. It took some minutes but soon, they were done and they all went to meet Michael who was done with the wiring. “Okay what now?” Segun asked “I have set the timer to some seconds so please step back and let’s hope it works” Izu looked at the hurriedly prepared detonator Michael made and saw that the timer was counting down from thirty seconds and he stepped back and ran towards the door. The other saw him run and Segun asked; “How long is the timer supposed to read before it goes off?” Michael looked at him and smiled; “You really should do what he did because the timer is at thirty seconds” At that, they all ran towards Izu and just as they got there, there was a massive explosion inside the room. There was smoke everywhere and pieces of metal flew in all directions. They walked towards the place where they placed the charges and saw that although the structure of the servers was still intact, there were holes all over as the servershad suffered catastrophic damage and even the blades above it were ripped out and on the ground. ****************************** **************************** Ifeoma looked over to Kuyi and said; “When do we send in those ground troops of yours? Or you want us to wait until they regroup?” “That is left to Quadri” Kuyi said “He has them on speed dial” “What’s their mission again?” Kuyi answered; “They are going in the take care of the soldiers inside the house and also carry out the arrest of the coup plotters. It is a crazy mission but someone has to do it” “Okay how soon can they go in Quadri?” Quadri said; “They are just waiting for your go ahead and that’s all. So do we have a go?” She was about to respond when there was a bleep and a voice said “Control this is special agent Michael” Kuyi hit a button so he could respond to their calls; “This is Director Kuyi, what’s your status?” “We have taken down the communications, but we lost two men” Ifeoma walked over to the controls and said; “Are you safe where you are right now?” “We are not really safe, there are a lot of men in this hallway and they might be coming for us soon” “Okay where are you?” Ifeoma said “We are still in the communications room, a helicopter crashed in and blocked us from them but I don’t know how long that would keep them” “Okay Agent, sit tight, we will see what we can do for you” Kuyi looked and Ifeoma and said; “Why did you ask them to sit tight? It might take Quadri’s guys some time to get to them” A smile crept into Ifeoma’s face and she said; “I am not talking about Quadri’s men you know” Quadri who had been on the phone came towards the two of them and said; “I have given them the order to move in, about thirty specially trained men who are taught to shoot first and ask questions later. It is only a matter of time before the house becomes a graveyard of some sorts”
31 Oct 2015 | 05:36
0 Likes
Hmmmm
31 Oct 2015 | 07:52
0 Likes
Intrestinq...U quyz are doinq a very qood work nd i beleive u'll succeed at the end...Next please....
31 Oct 2015 | 08:29
0 Likes
i pray make una com out alive and one piece o
31 Oct 2015 | 08:55
0 Likes
How, don't wanna miss any episode cus dis story dey too interesting , pls next oh
31 Oct 2015 | 09:12
0 Likes
Very good, next pls
31 Oct 2015 | 20:58
0 Likes
are you counting me out?... Huh?.... "permission to join the thirty battalion"...... Ride on
1 Nov 2015 | 03:01
0 Likes
wow wow wow looks like am back for this interesting story ride on @somkhid
1 Nov 2015 | 11:25
0 Likes
Omg! am jux enjoying vhiz party pls dnt let it stop, bt am stil waiting 2 hear mrs president nd kareem oh
1 Nov 2015 | 11:47
0 Likes
Getting rili intriguing!!
1 Nov 2015 | 15:25
0 Likes
********episodes 129****** Ifeoma looked ahead of them and said; “Kuyi, get in contact with those jets; I need to have a word with them” “What do you intend to ask them?” Kuyi replied “That is my business right now Kuyi, just get them on the line” Kuyi pushed the controls and seconds later, he was through to Lai’s jet “This is captain Lai; what can I do for you now?” “Are your men still in the area?” Ifeoma asked “We are not leaving until all this is completely over” “Well I need you to do something for me right now” “I am under orders to do what you want ma’am” Ifeoma looked over to Kuyi who stood and was watching her with uneasy eyes “I learnt an helicopter crashed into the lower parts of the house can you confirm that?” “Yes one of the birds we shot down had its tail cut up in a window and tore through a floor” “Well we have personnel on the right side of that tail which will be your left and they are about to be ambushed by soldiers coming from the right so we need you to do something about it. the lower floors facing the outside does not really have walls just windows and it will work in our favor if you would clear the lawn as you boys call it” Quadri’s eyes widened as he could not believe what he just heard “You want us to shoot at the house ma’am?” “It is not really the house right now is it? The house is where the president is and right now that is somewhere in Lagos. That building is a threat to the sovereignty of the nation we swore to protect and every step will be taken to get it out of the hands of the enemy” “Okay ma’am, just have the men stay out of range and we will try our best” “Thank you captain” Ifeoma said and the line was disconnected. “Have you lost your mind?” Quadri asked with his voice a little bit raised “You can’t have them open fire like that, who knows who might be hit” “At this point, I really do not care who they hit as long as they get those guys and secure the house, I am okay with it. The longer this madness goes on, the more we risk the country falling apart. We are already lucky enough to have some of the military stay withus and that the president went in front of the cameras first. What happens if some of the military decide they want to support them and decide to attack the others? We get a civilwar on our hands” she paused for a little while and continues; “I am doing the best I can and choosing the lesser of two evils by doing this. This is what they signed for and we might argue that some of the soldiers don’t really understand what they are doing but I am sorry, it is a little bit too risky to try to reason with them” Kuyi looked at Ifeoma with admiration and henodded; “In cases like this, we have done our best and what is best is to squash this insurgency for the future of this nation even if it means taking down the house completely” Quadri was about to say something when one of the phones on the table which the controls were started ringing. Ifeoma looked for Quadri and said; “Kuyi, are you expecting a call from anyone?” “I am not. It might be another military station wanting to know what the hell is going on since you have directed that all your calls be sent here” “But how many of such calls have actually being directed here?” “Well this might just be the first anyway” “Okay can someone just answer the phone?” Quadri said “The ringing is beginning to get to me” “We need to know the reply we will give so we don’t give the wrong orders” Ifeoma said ignoring Quadri “So what’s the order?” Kuyi asked “Why are you asking me?” Ifeoma said “You are in charge of this remember? Presidential order on National Television” “And I am putting you in charge of military co-ordination Kuyi. I am not trained for situations like this. I can handle oil thieves, personnel transport to troubled spots and so on but this is a different ball game. This is close to war and you seem to be more comfortable with it than me so you handle that and I will supervise you” “Okay if that’s what you want I can do that” Kuyi replied “Just answer the phone” Quadri said almost screaming and his voice made Charles who had been standing unnoticed by the door look at him Quadri noticed that the guard had his eyes on him and he said; “Don’t give me that look; I am in the protection business too. It is not like I was threatening her”
2 Nov 2015 | 05:31
0 Likes
Ohhh, I need action, shoot any body,,,,,, even ants, I don't care . @somkhid, why are you keeping us in suspence??
2 Nov 2015 | 07:19
0 Likes
I wonder wen all this will stop o.. anyway .. I believe u guys shall succeed
2 Nov 2015 | 08:42
0 Likes
Wow, serious business is going on here oh, real action pack, abeg do increase d length of d ep na, it's too short & takes too long to post d next...just remember say suspense dey kill oh...
2 Nov 2015 | 08:44
0 Likes
Abeg, where d episode 130 dey? I no see am oh, but u did say ep 129 & 130 na
2 Nov 2015 | 08:52
0 Likes
Intrestinq....Ifeoma,Kuyi and Quadri...u quyz should be careful...cos any mistake miqht ruin every damn thinq u've suffered for....Goodluck..!
2 Nov 2015 | 11:44
0 Likes
I guess d caller is one of d coup plotter
2 Nov 2015 | 11:55
0 Likes
Pls let the action continue 2 flow, i dnt want a dull party oh shoot anytin shootable, @oga somkhid nice job jawe
2 Nov 2015 | 15:40
0 Likes
nice write up @somkhid,more greeze to ur elbow
2 Nov 2015 | 16:00
0 Likes
Thrilling but wia is Ep 130 na?
2 Nov 2015 | 17:43
0 Likes
Where episode 130?
3 Nov 2015 | 18:11
0 Likes
[B] episodes 130 is still loading [/B]
4 Nov 2015 | 11:47
0 Likes
[B] ********episode 130***** Ifema smiled and nodded at Charles telling him that it is okay and then she turned to Kuyi; “Answer the call” Kuyi pushed a button and said into the microphone cooly; “This is Director Kuyi, who am I speaking with?” The response came from a voice which sounded in a hurry and the voice seemed to be breathing heavily and hiding a growing concern “This is Major Concas Kasla, Tetuan Army; can I speak to the person in charge of the Nigerian military? I just called your presidential villa and there was not reception and then I put a call through to your defense headquarters and I was redirected here” Ifeoma was surprised. The Tetuans were the last people she expected to call her and even though she was curious to know the reason behind the call, she was also cautious as she did not know the motive behind the sudden reaching out “I am in charge here and you called me, what do you want?” “I checked with our intelligence sir and you are listed as the Director of the Directorate of Military Intelligence which is in charge of intelligence but when we watched your president on Television, she ordered the Nigerian military answer your minister of defense and she is the one I will deal with” “And what gives you the right to call this line and demand to speak with her?” “We have information that she will need” “I doubt we need any information from Lucas” Kuyi replied “The information I have is not from Lucas and I refuse to say any more until I can reach your minister for defense” Kuyi looked back at Ifeoma and ifeoma crossed her hands over her bosoms. Her posture had not changed much from when she was a junior officer and standing for hours to salute a senior officer required. She spoke without moving as she thought what could be so important. “This is Admiral Ifeoma Nwachukwu. I am sure you can now speak your mind Major” The voice seemed unsure “How am I sure I am speaking to the right person?” “Didn’t you call my office and they directed you here? I have a lot on my plate thanks to your boss and I would love to get back to it if you don’t mind” Although she was uncertain, her voice carried authority and a whole lot of anger and resentment she felt towards the Tetuans for being the ones who started the whole thing “Okay ma’am, I am sorry but we cannot be too sure as we don’t know who our friends are any longer” “Okay what do you have for us” Kuyi said “I want to inform you that the president of the Republic of Tetuan is dead. he was found killed in a motorcade not far away from the presidential palace here, killed by an elite group of the Nigerian military” “That’s funny” Kuyi answered “What is so funny sir?” “You are reporting that Lucas is dead and you just want us to believe that right? We would need to see a body and a whole bunch of other evidence to accept that because right now, I think he is trying to save face” “Well sir, you can send me an e- mail address and I can send you a video to support that or better still send that address to this” He read out an email address that Kuyi typed into a keypad and sent an email immediately. “Okay, I am sending you a video of the evidence right now. I will wait and allow you watch the video and come to your conclusions” Another mail came in after a few seconds and Kuyi, opened it. It had an attachment in form of a video file which Kuyi put on the screen. The video showed bodies taken out of cars and from the back of one of the cars in the middle, the body of Lucas Radonsolema was pulled out and the camera zoomed on his face as though they were trying to prove thatit was him, his body was removed and movedinto another car in the presence of security. “How are we sure that is Lucas Radonsolema?” Quadri said “for all we know, this whole thing might be staged” Kuyi turned to Ifeoma and said; “This is messed up. That is Lucas for sure; I can guarantee it. the question is what this guy wants” Ifeoma replied; “There is only one way to find out; put him back on” Kuyi put the major back on and said; “Okay we watched your little movie, please realize that there is no price on Lucas’s head” [/B]
4 Nov 2015 | 12:11
0 Likes
@somkid can u plz post very epi link in d first page
4 Nov 2015 | 12:50
0 Likes
@kingson1 i will see wat i can do
4 Nov 2015 | 13:05
0 Likes
Uhmm... Lucas R.I.P - Rest In Pieces man bt i would have loved the Niqerian troops to deal with you Bitch!!
4 Nov 2015 | 13:22
0 Likes
@somkid ok, i we be very happy if u can do it
4 Nov 2015 | 14:40
0 Likes
getting more interesting than i thought
4 Nov 2015 | 15:58
0 Likes
Follow follow d do me
4 Nov 2015 | 16:34
0 Likes
nyc 1
4 Nov 2015 | 17:57
0 Likes
hmmm rest in pieces man
4 Nov 2015 | 18:34
0 Likes
[color=#000099] *******episodes 131*****[/color] [B] “Well I was not asking for anything sir, you should realize that since the president is dead, I am assuming office as the leader of the republic of Tetuan and I seek your support” Ifeoma said; “Is this some kind of joke? We have a huge issue on our hands right now and you want us to help you with your ascent into power? Sorry but you picked the wrong timing Major” “And even if we were to support you, we are looking at an end to the conflict in Tetuan which means a joint government with the opposition fighters” The major answered; “I totally agree that we need a joint government with the opposition, too much lives has been wasted on the conflict here and we don’t want a conflict with Nigerian on our hands too so we are offering to help you resolve yours” “And how do you intend to help us” Kuyi asked “Our men have caught some Nigerian forces that don’t seem to belong with the peace keeping troops. They attacked a small group of Nigerians in the city earlier today and they said the team they attacked had the presidentwith them so we know that they might have been in collusion with Lucas Radonsolema” Ifeoma stiffened where she stood and she said; “Okay, keep going” “It was not easy questioning them but the ones we caught alive said they were ordered to kill the President and the team sent to retrieve her and were led by a certain Agent Dare.” Ifeoma felt her heart tear out of anger as she remembered the name well. He was among the team sent to get the president and he lead them into an ambush according to the reports Michael had given. Now he had been caught. She looked over at Kuyi whose face seemed to be expressionless but his eyes was far away from them all. The major’s voice continued; “We are continuing questioning and we want to share information with you as a sign of goodwill to make you know that Lucas Radonsolema acted independently and we wish to help you get to the bottom of your crisis and build a new relationship between both partners” Kuyi said; “I want access to the interrogation. Put it on a video call and allow us ask them questions ourselves” “I want to too but I am afraid, you might disapprove of our tactics, they are crude in some way” Ifeoma looked towards Kuyi and she said; “Oh I am sure we can handle whatever level of gruesomeness you use in questioning people, but we need to hear what they say directly and ask our own questions” The major said; “okay ma’am, hold on, let me set up a video call” [/B]
5 Nov 2015 | 03:34
0 Likes
Yeah, he was truly killed by the Nigerian group
5 Nov 2015 | 03:41
0 Likes
interesting, pls where is d VP and Buba?
5 Nov 2015 | 05:09
0 Likes
Finally . They have been cut, I hope they torture them very well!!! . . @somkhid, ride on, I dey your back . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST,!,,
5 Nov 2015 | 08:57
0 Likes
Dare was foolish to av accepted to kill the president....Mtcheew!!! I think vhiz Major is clean to do business with...xo Ifeoma u can trust him if u wish to...
5 Nov 2015 | 10:40
0 Likes
Wow, dis is more dan serious oh, pls ride on jare
5 Nov 2015 | 10:56
0 Likes
Problems go soon start. E don sele
5 Nov 2015 | 14:29
0 Likes
Ride boss
5 Nov 2015 | 14:59
0 Likes
i swear this story is one of the best you would find on coolval...... Dammmm!!! So captivating,full of suspence,dramatic,full of bugaboo and egreious........ Ride on sir
5 Nov 2015 | 18:01
0 Likes
somkhid i dey your back ride o bro
6 Nov 2015 | 04:20
0 Likes
[b]******episodes 132***** Darkness they say is usually associated by cold and then there is a feeling of loneliness that goes with it in a fashion that tends to break down the soul and make the spirit weak. The course of the dementing feeling is usually not felt until the thought starts creeping that you are not just alone but you are also not going to be for a long time and the only voice you will hear or face you will see in a long while is not that of friends. Not that of people who cares about you, you would even at some point pray to have people who are indifferent to you but that does not come with certain cold and darkness. The cold that comes is that which isfrom within, a cold that comes as a result of amind in darkness as you look into a hopeless situation and realize that you will not be saved and the only voices you hear until you pass on are those of people who are bent on hurting and violating your humanity in every cynical way you can imagine and more. The lights on the screen flickered for some seconds and Shade looked on at the screen expecting to see something but she did not know what she was expecting. The past hours has been one which has exerted a toll on her mentally and emotionally so she could not really prepared herself for what she might or would be seeing, instead, she decided to wait and allow her curiosity go to bed. She decided it whatever it was would appear on the screen will be dealt with by herbrain and it will sieve it out on its own but she was terribly wrong. Static first showed up on the screen and thenthe picture started to gain focus slowly with audio messages also coming with the same static that could be linked with the video “I am sorry for the quality of this video, internet reception is proving itself a little hellish for us” the voice which has been communicating with them said Kuyi replied; “Well we can’t see anything at all” “We are fixing that” Seconds later, the screen which problem fromthe other end was fixed and the screen showed the images being sent to it from miles away. Ifeoma looked up at it and wondered if her morning could get any worse than it already was. The screen showed a little room which looked more like a cell and the first that hit Ifeoma about the room is the color disparity that came to the screen. It was unpainted so the walls had the gray color of concrete but the roof was while and the ground had the same color as the room but it was illuminated by a bulb which hung overhead and gave a touch of red to the room. On the wall, there were different spots or patches and they looked like a kid had a go with a paint brush inside it, the same went for the floor but the patches on the floor was more like pools of a liquid or spots where ink dropped onto the floor. There was a man dressed in only his underwear seated on a metal chair. The chair had a leg rest and his feet were on it but he was not just seated, he was strapped to the chair at almost every point so his body was incontact with the metallic body of the chair and in some places, it was crushing into it. The straps itself did not look healthy as they pulled the body into the chair so much; it wasenough to break the skin of the man. Two men were also in the room with the man on the chair there face was covered by hoods; one help a little hand held device and the other just a bottle with some kind of liquid inside it. They stood around the man on the chair and were just trying to appear as casual as possible and trying to go about their normal activity. In a corner of the room, there was a table, the contents of the table was not really clear but they shone like glass in the little light the bulb provided and Ifeoma knew they had to be stainless steel. Perhaps they were knives and other dissecting equipment her brain told her but when she looked at the face of the man on the chair, she realized that this was a different type of thing which she is not used to. His eyes were completely dilated as though he was pregnant and his body seemed to be pale: almost taking the same color as his eyes,his eyes brightened and his body stiffened as though he was stabbed and his nervous system was sending massive bolts of signals to his brain but she could not see and source of physical contact from the outside except the straps that were used to hold him down. She thought he was strapped on the nails butthe ground was almost clear of anything and there was no indication of bleeding which will have been the case if he was sting on nails and she remembered that he was being questioned. There would really be no point strapping him to sharp objects which will make him bleed to death. [/b]
7 Nov 2015 | 17:11
0 Likes
who could dat be?
8 Nov 2015 | 05:45
0 Likes
I don't get dis episode, is this man John or who ever that is the Mole in Michael's team in Tertuan??
8 Nov 2015 | 08:58
0 Likes
Please update the next episode nah . @somkhid, I didn't get anything from this episode, no action, only description . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
8 Nov 2015 | 10:20
0 Likes
errrrrrrm...... Don`t just get the settings of the scene
8 Nov 2015 | 11:12
0 Likes
[b] ******episodes 133****** She almost concluded that the man was faking the expression on his face until she saw him bite his lips for about 5 seconds andthen suddenly, a scream escaped his mouth. The scream did not get to them as the audio was not being sent yet but that did not mean she could not see him in pains. The expression showed in his eyes was so intense that even without the audio piece, they knew he was in unbearable pains. She could not see what caused the pains until shenoticed two little black ropes that ran on the ground and their ends were tied to the chair at their ends and she understood what was going on. The realization struck her just like the bolts of electricity that were passing through the body of the man strapped into the chair and she felt her stomach twist. In the midst of the man’s scream, the audio attached to the video worked and the room they were in was filled with screams as the man struggled to get in touvh with the pains his body was subjected to. Suddenly, the scream dropped and it came in micro bursts as the electricity was obviously cut off. His body relaxed and his eyes dropped a little bit. “Okay, that was some kind of entrance” Kuyi said “And now that you have showed us your improvement of the electric chair, what are we to do with it?” “I told you it did not really look good but you said you can handle it” Quadri said “That man is a citizen of the federal republic of Nigeria and a member f our armed forces; what makes you think you can treat him like that? The situation brings him under the category of a prisoner of war and you have no right to torture him” The Major replied; “I am sorry but certain steps have to be taken to ensure the safety of our country I am sure Mr Kuyi agrees with me” “Whether I agree or not does not matter one bit, what does right now is that you give us whatever information you seem to have or you allow us speak with him and then we cansee what we will do about your ambitions foryour country” Kuyi replied Quadri shot a look at Ifeoma and saw that even though she was not talking, she was visibly shaken by what she saw and he expected her to say something but she just said; “Can you stop with the electricity? We have some questions for him and it will be better ifwe can ask him when his mind is clear” Kuyi replied; “I think that’s why the electricity is good, he will be awake and his senses heightened and he is less likely to forget anything” “Okay Major, let’s get this over with, put us through with your prisoner and lets hear what he has to say” “Okay ma’am, you have been patched through; let us attach some audio feeds so hecan hear you too” The Major replied The three of them stood each lost in their thoughts and Charles just stood by the door as he had always done watching and waiting for when he will be needed A few seconds later, they heard the Major’s voice again; “Good morning everybody. Agent Dare, we are joined by some people who want to have a word with you and perhaps they can help loosen your tongue” Dare heard the voice clearly but he had stubbornly decided not to say anything and his reply was almost automated; “I will never say anything to you” One of the guards in the room hit him across the face. The blow struck him squarely on his left chin and it cause Ifeoma to gasp for air as the blow was sudden and it almost felt as if she was the one that was hit. Kuyi took his hand of the button he was holding which will make sure that no one else could hear what they say and he said to her; “Are you alright?” “Yes I am” “Are you sure? These things are never pretty and if you want to take a walk while I handle this, it will be okay but I don’t want you shutting off in horror right now” “Continue" Ifeoma said Kuyi pushed the button again and pushed another which was to record the conversation and then another which will make sure he does not have to hold the button while talking and he said calmly into the microphone “Agent Dare, Department of State Security; Agent number 7556654769 designation: protection, explosives and geographical survey am I right”[/b]
8 Nov 2015 | 15:42
0 Likes
@presh really ??
8 Nov 2015 | 18:02
0 Likes
hmmm don't understand this new chapters but anyway nice one @somkhid but i never see you for my crib o
8 Nov 2015 | 19:52
0 Likes
Ifeoma dnt jex have any pity 4 Dare ooo...cos he's a devil...Nex please....
9 Nov 2015 | 01:12
0 Likes
dammm!!... This is getting more interesting
9 Nov 2015 | 01:20
0 Likes
@presh, you are right o, you know that oga @coolval nah Ajebota, so him no like all this stuff weh we the ajekpako like . @somkhid, ride on bro, . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!
9 Nov 2015 | 01:37
0 Likes
Goodus to the way you put each episode link on the front page of the story,, ride on @somkhid . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST
9 Nov 2015 | 02:33
0 Likes
hmm
9 Nov 2015 | 04:26
0 Likes
dats nyc make him confess
9 Nov 2015 | 05:05
0 Likes
@kingson1 and @tenniebenson [b] u can follow the story nw d link of each episode is in d first page [/b]
9 Nov 2015 | 05:43
0 Likes
Owkay
9 Nov 2015 | 06:36
0 Likes
Ok oh, next please & make it long abeg
9 Nov 2015 | 10:41
0 Likes
[b] ******episodes 134***** Dare looked up in amusement at the voice he heard over the speakers in the room. He triedhard to make out the voice but it did not match any. The accent was Nigerian and mostimportantly, the voice seemed to know him from the DSS as his designation was not something everyone has access to and his number can only be gotten from the DSS itselfbut he did not say anything and he was hit again by the same guard who said; “Are you deaf?” Kuyi looked at Ifeoma and saw that she did not react this time and he spoke again; “Can we please refrain from hitting him? I don’t want him blacking out and to be honest, I don’t like your electric shock therapy being used to jolt him awake” The guard seemed to flinched a little and he walked away from Dare as though if he was closer, he might not be able to resist hitting him again Dare looked up as though he would see whoever was talking to him. Whoever it was could see him through some cameras in the room. He is used to the kind of interrogation from a distance but not associated with a chair and he had never being the recipient. Kuyi spoke again; “Agent Dare, I think I can call you Dare right?” Dare nodded “Okay, good that you are responding to me” Dare’s voice came through the speakers. The voice was weak and showed that he was trying to show it off as strong. It carried pain,anger, bitterness and confusion all rolled up in one sentence “You seem to know who I am but I don’t know you” “Okay, fair enough. My name is Kuyi Aliyu Director General of the Directoral of Military Intelligence and I am here with the Minister of Defense” At the mention of these two names, Dare’s head dropped the little distance he could afford to drop it while restrained in the straps which held his body to the chair. “You are supposed to be part of a team on anassignment to Tetuan for something important Dare, what happened to the mission?” “I am not at liberty to answer that question sir” was his reply “You are not at liberty to reply? I am going to need you to tell me why agent” He kept quiet for a while and then he said “Does it really matter?” Kuyi wanted to say something but he say Ifeoma walk towards him and he kept quiet. She said; “This is Admiral Ifeoma Nwachukwu, agent I am aware of your present predicament but you need to understand that you are held in Tetuan for a reason you might not know” “And what’s the reason?” “Lucas Randolosema, the Tetuan president has been murdered. He was found dead on a roadside some minutes ago and they did you are part of a team that did it. Under these conditions, you will not be treated as a prisoner of war but as whatever it is they like and they can continue to torture you until they get tired but if you talk to us and we understand what is happening, we might be able to get you out and bring you back home” She paused and so her words can sink in and she continued; “We need you to tell us everything that has happened and what plans it is that you were hatching else we won’t be able to negotiate arelease for you” Dare raised his head slightly and said; “I am a DSS agent ma’am, I am trained in interrogation and your words about helping to realease me are not something I believe somuch. You just want to hear what I can tell and you would leave me to their mercy” Ifeoma said; “Why would I do that? Whether we like it or not, you are a DSS agent and you were on a sanctioned mission by the Military, you might have deviated but you were following orders and the worst we can do to you in a dishonorable discharge but as the situation stands, you are being held for taking part in acoup that killed their past leader and also destabilized their country. Out r diplomatic powers won’t come into play and you’d be left all alone to face the consequences but if you talk to us, you will be released to our custody and we can talk about a reduced jail term for you” ___________________________________ There was some silence now. Kuyi looked at the screen and he could notice that Ifeoma’s words were having the desired effect on Dare. He went into a thoughtful gaze but that was not his concern. He knew the agent would sing, if the Tetuans could not, he could.He would pay a visit to his home and hold his family until he gave him something but he was not sure about what Ifeoma said. Dare’s actions have could only be described as treason and he would most definitely be hanged but not she is talking to him like they could make a deal and life would go on as if nothing happened which could not be allowed. If Dare was released by the Tetuans, he would be coming straight into the custody of the DSS, but since the crime was done outside the country, the DMI would be in charge of the case and Ifeoma had no right to promise him anything except of course she was doing that just to loosen his tongue which was difficult to determine as she had gone through so much, it was difficult to read her emotions. The silence went on for some time and Kuyi saw that Quadri was beginning to get uncomfortable with it, he must have expected the man to be broken already and he would have been spilling his guts. An interrogation was not something he envisaged. Of course he has his methods of getting information and they were basically the type of stuff the Tetuans are doing but he had a twisted sense that only the Nigerian military should be allowed to that to a Nigerian hence his initial outburst and Kuyi could understand that sense of protecting your own even if you want to kill him with your hands. They did not wait so long as Dare started talking; “I was approached by the Director of the DSS, he asked John and I to meet one of his men just after we were briefed about the mission to Tetuan and we were to ensure that we gotthe president out and then lead the team intoa trap and they will be finished off there” Ifeoma took a deep breath and said; “How did you know where to meet up with the team and how did you know the way? You have never been to Tetuan before” “The reason I was brought into the team was because I am an expert in studying maps and I tend to recreate entire cities in my head. I was shown where and where we will assemble and the rest was easy. We carried miniature transponders so our locations could be monitored at all time.” Kuyi came in, “So you played along until you got the president?’ “Yes sir” “How about the helicopter? The president was supposed to be on it, how come it was blown?” “The whole plan was to kill the president and make it look like it was done by the Tetuans so we could not kill her with the rest of the team watching. We could not also risk having a gun fight with the remaining members of the team so when the helicopter was called for, John sent a signal to the team waiting in the dark and they shot it down but they did so a little bit too early and the president was not aboard yet and in the commotion, John took out the batteries in the central communicator so communications was impossible. We then had to lure them into the city itself was the team where waiting and we tried to executed them there but we ran into an ambush by the rebels and the slipped away. We were in the middle of the fight withthe rebels when the Tetuan army swooped in on us” “Okay, that’s gotten but what happened with Lucas?” Kuyi asked “He was never in our plans, infact I only heard of his death after I was caught and brought here. I had no idea he was to be killed or what his mission was, we were just told to frame him up and make it look like he orchestrated the president’s death” Ifeoma said; “So if I am getting you right, you are telling me that you don’t know about Lucas’s death?” “Well if I was never a party to that and I don’t know what happened; there might be another team out there who did it but I was not among” [/b]
9 Nov 2015 | 12:59
0 Likes
hmmmmmm,,,,, getting more interesting than i thought
9 Nov 2015 | 13:55
0 Likes
Anticipating....Nice 1 bro
9 Nov 2015 | 14:09
0 Likes
keep it rolling
9 Nov 2015 | 15:19
0 Likes
Mehm....Gettinq more nd more fascinatinq...i love the way Ifeoma handled it...dat really made Dare talk...Nex plx...
9 Nov 2015 | 15:25
0 Likes
all this are happening in a night?.....hmmm what a long night...may be seconds are going by hours..the planes fly in milliseconds while the cars run 400km/ph ....well its an action packed story...ride on somkhid
9 Nov 2015 | 16:26
0 Likes
wow dhiz iz gettin more sweat
10 Nov 2015 | 04:38
0 Likes
okay, I guess Lucas's death is a change of plan.
10 Nov 2015 | 14:06
0 Likes
Hmm, this is more dan action film oh, kudos 2 U, abeg update fast sha, suspence dey kill percin jor
11 Nov 2015 | 01:23
0 Likes
[b] ******episodes 135***** Kuyi then said; “What was the exit plan?” “What do you mean exit plan?” “Well you were going to kill the president right? How were you planning to get out of there?” “We were ordered to claim that we got into a shootout with them, the other team members and the president were killed while we got away” Kuyi then asked; “Do you know anyone else who might be involved in this; an high ranking official?’ “I do not, we only know our contact and we spoke to the director who told us that it was a sanctioned mission from the military. We were promised to be paid off and other stuff though” “Yeah that’s normal” Kuyi said ‘Okay dare, it has been nice talking, we will bein touch soon” Ifeoma said and Kuyi cut off connection with the interrogating room so only the Major could hear them. “So what do you make of this?” The major asked “Well, at least we know what their plan was and that there might be another team of Nigerian soldiers out there that killed you president” Ifeoma said “I thought so but catching them is not top on my list right now; he was a bad man who almost ran the nation into the ground” “Okay what is top on your list?” Kuyi asked “We want to negotiate” “What do you want?” Ifeom asked “Your troops have been shelling our presidential palace for a while now and your peace keepers have turned into an offensive force overnight and are attacking us on all angles. We plead with you to stop them as it is clear that this coup originated from your own people. It would be unfair to punish us for it” “So you want the Nigerian army to stop its offensive right? That can only be done by the president you know” “Your president placed the military under your command ma’am, you can help us” Ifeoma thought for a while and looked at Kuyi who nodded his head and she said; “Okay, I will do that but it will take a while. And I am only issuing a stand down; they will defend themselves if they come under attack and they are not retreating to their camps. They will remain wherever it is they are but they would not shoot at you got it?” “That’s good enough ma’am” the Major said Then Ifeoma said; “One more thing” “What?” “Stop interrogating that agent and move him to a secured location, give him food, clothing and water and be prepared to send him home as soon as we ask you to and that goes for any other military or civilian personnel you are holding. If any Nigerian is going to be tried and tortured, it will be done by us” “Yes ma’am, I will make those arrangements immediately” With that, she noded and Kuyi and he cut off the connection “Kuyi, I want you to get in touch with the commandant of the Nigerian Peace keeping trrops in Tetuan, let’s honor our agreement and see what we can make of this mess” [/b]
11 Nov 2015 | 03:35
0 Likes
nice move, well done @Somkhid
11 Nov 2015 | 08:46
0 Likes
what about ifeoma's dauther self? They never reach home?
11 Nov 2015 | 14:51
0 Likes
Dare I pity u...ya lust 4 money and ya qreediness has landed you in trouble...sorry sha..datz a lesson...
11 Nov 2015 | 17:14
0 Likes
getting more interesting.... Ride on
11 Nov 2015 | 17:28
0 Likes
Oh yeah....somkhid nyc write up....can't blve it's jst a fictions story...nyc 1
11 Nov 2015 | 17:53
0 Likes
Wow going anoda direction
11 Nov 2015 | 18:39
0 Likes
Nice one dere Ifeoma, lets hope d commandant is not part of d coup ploters
12 Nov 2015 | 00:11
0 Likes
hmmm dre will always be a group behind a group
12 Nov 2015 | 04:27
0 Likes
Wow, I can't just get enough of this story even if you post every hour, I won't mind @somkhid . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
12 Nov 2015 | 05:43
0 Likes
hmmm observing
12 Nov 2015 | 17:54
0 Likes
[b] ******episodes 136***** Lai got off contact on the radio and knew what he had to do. If the minister said she wanted him to shoot on the House, there wasnot much he could do but do as she says. Shewas already in charge of the military and as far he could tell, she had a very important reason why he could do that and he could not let them down. He knew it was in moments like this that every order had to be followed to the letter. He thought about the pilots and the other soldiers in the helicopters and he said a quiet prayer for them. it was bad enough that they have a coup and this type of crisis on their hands and now they will have to fire on their own troops who might just be following orders and not know any better. “Those guys might just be me” he thought to himself as he realized that they were just following orders which they were sworn to obey and they could not have disobeyed it and they were being punished for it. He maintained his plane in the air and looked down to see the members of his team taking out targets on the grounds. They were obviously enjoying the action as they rarely had the chance to shoot at anything in a long while and they did not see it from his view. He turned his plane to the left checked his fuel and decided he can carry out the order before heading back for refueling. When the helicopter shot at Faith, just one thing came to her mind and it was the events that happened when she still troops and supplies to peace keepers in troubled spots for ECOMONG and the Nigerian troops. That was the only time other aircraft shoot on her and sometimes, those came in form of anti aircraft guns and missiles but she always hadescorts which took care of them or she just made sure she stayed out range and made sure she was very careful but that was another situation altogether but she had gone through simulations and dogfights to know what to do but that did not reduce the feeling of fear and a high rush of adrenals in her but she quickly kept it in control When she dealt with it, the rest was very easy; helicopters are not that fast which made them easy target and the fact that they had shot at her first made the rules of engagement change, she did not see them as Lai did anymore she say them as hostiles which must be taken out at all cost and that was what guided her. The soldiers on the grounds were easy pick for them. they all knew the house itself has a defense system against aircraft but the controls were with the president so they was nothing to be bothered about in that regards. She suddenly heard Lai’s voice over the radio; “Okay, you guys heard what the boss said, Faith, come with me, we are to mow the lawn on the right side of the tail there and let’s make it a clean sweep. The rest of you, take out those anti aircraft guns down there, I don’t want to lose a man to these guys down there” “Yes captain” they chorused Faith broke up from the rest as she saw Lai pull up and she joined him on the right. She was had her left as her weak side and just a few people knew that, Lai knows perfectly so she knew he won’t object. Lai saw faith on his right and he smiled, she had always been strong when watching the right not like there was any potential danger from the right but he was more comfortable having her watch where she was strongest. The other planes focused on the most dangerous targets on the ground as the two of them started their descent and flew towards the house. “Okay Faith, you heard what the minister said, we are supposed to aim to the right of the tail and no more so let’s keep it there” “Yes sir” she replied. She was not happy with him repeating orders like she did not know what she was doing but it was necessary to avoid mistakes. They went down towards the house and she said; “Target acquired” “Double check that target, remember we are shooting at everything right of the tail, I don’twant a mistake” She almost cursed under her breathe. She hated when people tell her to double check as it creates the impression of her being incompetent but there was not much she could do I this case so she took her aim again and it was still good “Target acquired again sir” “Okay Faith, let’s go in; just follow my lead” They both went towards the house and the remaining jets gave them support, in the corner of her eyes, Faith saw that some of the soldiers had brought some heavy artillery but they were being easily dealt with as Musa sank some bullets into the soldiers carrying them and the weapons themselves. The lawn had become a field of confusion as different things were happening at the same time but it was happening to those on the ground. The helicopters were still smoldering and so were some of the armored vehicles they had blown up. It was gradually turning into a huge field filled with parts of machinery and bodies all turned up in one. The floodlights were still on outside the house and that combined with the light from the rising sun gave the entire place a beautiful color to the horizon if not for the heavy sound of gunfire and the field full of dead men. Both planes flew towards the house and Lai said; “Okay open fire” Faith had already locked on and she just pushed the buttons on her control and her jet burst into a sound of gunfire as bullets flew out of her twin guns at amazing speed and shattered the glass in the building in front of her the bullets would even go through walls if they are not so thick so it was no point of anyone hiding behind anything. In seconds, the hall is going to be filled with dead people. Lai pushed the shoot button but he almost did with his eyes closed it he could not help but imagine that behind the glass was a hall filled with innocent soldiers who were just following orders and right now, they would just waste away. He had a job to do and that he had to do and he knew that the faster they carried this out, the faster the issue will be resolved and they won’t avoid spilling more blood. They both got close to the building and pulled up. There was no point going back for another wave as they had both covered the entire place and to him, it was a success. He reported back to the control room; “This is captain Lai, the hall has been cleared right; feel free to send your men in” Ifeoma sighed relief and said; “Thank you captain” “Some of the squadron and I will be headed back to base to refuel, another two jets just joined this so we will be leaving four here to do what you want and maintain the tempo” “Thanks but I doubt we will need air support until something really drastic happens, we are sending in ground troops right now to take charge of the house but keep your people stalling in case we need them” Kuyi said “Sure thing sir. Over and out” Kuyi looked around the room and said; “Well I guess it’s time to send in the head hunters and also send in then so we can finish this” “And tell them I want Buba and his mates alive. They will have to answer for their crimes against the state. Death is too mild for them” Ifeoma said “Okay Quadri, send in your men” Quadri pulled out his phone and sent a text to someone and seconds later, a hole openedon the grounds of the house and a head poked out to see what was going around it, most of the soldier had given up trying to shoot at the planes at that time and since most of their heavier artillery had already been blown up, they opted for finding places to hide while the wounded crawled and also headed for safety thinking the planes were going to open fire again. They had seen the jets shoot at the house and they realized that for the planes, there was no red line to be crossed as they will do whatever it took to take back the house. The head that peeped out of the hole crawledout to reveal a huge man armed with an automatic rifle and he kept looking around ashe stood close to the hole he crawled out of, soon someone else got out of the same hole in the same gear with did not look like a uniform and more of them poured out until they were almost 30 men all standing aroundthe hole, there was not much resistance fromthe soldiers around ho were either too busy trying to escape or get medical help. The menran towards the entrance of the house unhindered except for a couple of shots to some soldier who decided to test their capabilities [/b]
13 Nov 2015 | 01:41
0 Likes
The battle continues.... Abeg who left his bomb here should come nd carry it oh.
13 Nov 2015 | 04:33
0 Likes
following
13 Nov 2015 | 06:01
0 Likes
Loving this story, Suspense filled nd thrilling
13 Nov 2015 | 06:33
0 Likes
Intrestinq.... @Lovesickjude ah don carry am ooo.... Lol
13 Nov 2015 | 07:20
0 Likes
my snacks don finish o and i don't wanna leave my seat anybody care to give me some
13 Nov 2015 | 17:20
0 Likes
****episodes 137***** “Head hunters are in position” Quadri said “Okay, I also sent a message to Michael and his men that the coast should be cleared for them” Michael had stood by the door with Izu waiting for a moment when the soldier would break through and come for them. They knew it would not take long before they climbed the tail and come towards them and it was better not to be caught napping. The minister had told him that she would do something about the soldier on the other side but he did not really believe that; except they had an overwhelming force that can take them out. The two guards who stood by the door stoodthere and watched it from the outside and when they saw a head poke over the helicopter’s tail, they knew it was about to start and they prepared their rifles but something strange happened. All of a sudden,there was a burst of guns from somewhere outside and the hall was filled with screams of agony and pains. The sound was so loud that Michael, Segun, Izu and IBK ran out to see what was happening. They looked at one another in disbelief but still could not say what was happening. It went on for some seconds and then as suddenly as it started, it stopped. Michael looked confused and wondered what sort of trick it could have been and his radio came alive “Agent Michael here” he said still looking forward “We have tried our best to clear up the hallway for you and your men. While we cannot guarantee that the threat has been completely neutralized, we hope it has been greatly reduce so you can go ahead and finish this gentlemen” Kuyi’s voice said “Okay sir” Michael disconnected it and said “Okay people, seems we have been given a clear field and we have been ordered to effect the arrest of the leaders of this coup solet’s move it and I am not sure they got all the hostiles so please keep those eyes of your peeled and watch out for bad guys” He looked at Segun and said; “Conference room; which way is it?” “Down the hall, we get to the entrance and we down, not difficult to find” “Okay then, let’s move out” He turned to Izu and IBK who both stood behind and said; “I can’t ask the both of you to come with me this time, I hope you understand that; this can get rally messy” IBK answered; “I doubt if it can get as messy as walking intoTetuan and grabbing someone from the presidential palace, I think that was a lot messier actually so we are in” “Okay then, keep your eyes peeled and create a perimeter at all instance: we don’t want to be surprised by an ambush” They all checked their weapons and approached the broken off tail cautiously andat each moment, they turned to look at their backs and sides. Michael lead the team with Segun beside him while Izu and IBK had the rear and the two Palace guards took the sides. They got to the stairs they came down from and it was empty except for a guard who was injured and groaning. One of the palace guards already had his gun pointed at him and then decided against it. They got to the tail of the helicopter and Michael climbed over. He got to the other sideand it was filled with bodies. He looked up to the entrance and it was just empty and bodies in different positions littered the hall. he tapped the tail and Segun came over to hisside, then the two guards and finally Izu and IBK. They all had the same reaction Michael had except that Izu spoke; “What happened here? Seems like someone came with with some huge fire power” “Look at the windows” IBK said, “whatever did this came from outside the building and I think we better hurry just in case they feel they should come back for another sweep to get those they might have missed” “Great idea, let’s move but keep your eyes opened” They walked slowly until they got to the entrance to the house itself and all they could find were soldiers crawling inside with different types of injuries trying to get inside. They did not waste any time trying to understand what was happening so as not toarouse suspicion. Segun led them through the halls that lead in front of the entrance directly towards the conference room Walking they went through the hall, they saw that there was no need to be on guard as although the injured soldiers had reduced, those on guard seem to think that everyone was the same and they did not think there would be a force from the opposition present to pose a problem for them. They saw a pair of doors in front of them and Segun leaned against the wall. Michael joined him and said; “Why are we stopping here?” “The conference room in behind those doors but I don’t think there is a way of getting inside without the soldiers raising suspicion” “Just follow my lead” Michael said They walked casually towards the soldiers and when they got there, one of the soldiers at the entrance said; “Where do you think you are going?” Michael said; “We were told to help increase the guards here with the recent attacks and all” “Then stay here” “We were told that you are to ensure that no one gets here while we join the guards in the lobby” Segun cut in The soldier looked at them for some seconds and they stepped aside reluctantly not because they did not believe them but because they did not like the fact that they had to stay and keep watch outside while they went in. the front was beginning to lookand feel unsafe and it would be a lot more convenient if they had some more doors between them and the outside which was kept watch on by jet fighters which just shot at them some minutes ago. Segun led them as the doors opened and they entered a large lobby. There were chairs all around which looked like where visitors would sit down to wait until they are attended to. In the lobby were 4 guards who looked at the new people and took their eyes off them. They looked tired and sleep deprived but still sharp and did not look like they could be caught unawares. The doors closed behind them and Izu heard a familiar click which could only mean the door was locked. Now they were stuck in a room with four mean looking guards and they had to get past them to get where they needed to go. The soldiers did not bother introducing themselves as it dawned on Michael that they were probably not from the same place, just abunch of soldiers selected out of others to watch a place and he was relieved. Two of them were seated on the chairs while the other two roamed around the lobby probablyin boredom or were trying to check them out. He was afraid to look towards Segun because exchanging looks might give them away but he realized that he had no choice and he looked towards Segun. Segun had been waiting for Michael to at least acknowledge him immediately he entered the lobby so as to at least come up with a plan. When they entered, he had exchanged quick glances with his men and they had developed a plan between themselves. They were really used to one another as they formed the same team and really don’t have to talk but Michael and the DSS agents were not part of that click and communication with them tended to be difficult. At last Michael looked towards Segunand Segun simply nodded at him and looked away. Michael caught the look Segun gave him but he did not understand it. It was a little bit vague to him but he knew that Segun was upto something and whatever it was, it would happen soon. He allowed his hand fall to his sides and he felt the sidearm which had a silencer attached to it to be sure it was in place and he expected and thing to happen next
14 Nov 2015 | 02:51
0 Likes
[b] ghost readers should continue wit wat dea knw best 5 or 6 episodes to go [/b]
14 Nov 2015 | 03:32
0 Likes
@somkhid u ar truly a gud writer...can't wait to see the end of dis movie oh sorry dis story.
14 Nov 2015 | 04:58
0 Likes
Ride on brother, we got ur back.
14 Nov 2015 | 05:01
0 Likes
5 GBOZAA FOR U. Dis ur tory gud wellah. Next episode abeg
14 Nov 2015 | 06:17
0 Likes
guy move on,i no b ghost reader..... ..next epsd
14 Nov 2015 | 06:59
0 Likes
Intrestinq....Can't wait to know how vhiz will all end....Nex please
14 Nov 2015 | 09:53
0 Likes
Those ghost readers d spoil moral jawe. Nice write up my co.
14 Nov 2015 | 12:34
0 Likes
i belive your story like anything when comot from TB joshua mouth..after you na you.........ride on,nothing do you
14 Nov 2015 | 15:57
0 Likes
interesting nxt plz
14 Nov 2015 | 19:06
0 Likes
Ride on
15 Nov 2015 | 01:03
0 Likes
ah qat a lot tu say
15 Nov 2015 | 02:13
0 Likes
[b] the next episode comes up later 2day [/b]
15 Nov 2015 | 03:36
0 Likes
i hope they outwit those guys
15 Nov 2015 | 05:58
0 Likes
Oya bring them on bro @somkhid . I dey your back gidigba, gba gba . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!
15 Nov 2015 | 08:18
0 Likes
So We Wil Be Through Soon
15 Nov 2015 | 09:56
0 Likes
Waiting 4 more
15 Nov 2015 | 10:01
0 Likes
[b] ******episodes 138***** Kareem had stood and watched the presidentmake her speech and somewhere in himself, he found more strength in her than he expected. He imagined what she must have gone through in the past hours and he wondered if he would ever be able to go through all of that and still maintained his cool. He wondered if the stakes were high, he would be able to deliver what leaders were made of and also be able to be what and who the people expects from a leader. He saw her go to the podium and address a nation about an issue she did not totally understand or prepared for and the most amazing thing was that she pulled it off beautifully and did not even make any error. There were a few signs of fatigue on her faceand sometimes her voice dropped but never did she lose the strength in her resolve or didshe showed weakness which would suggest that she was not in control of the situation even though he knew the control hung in thebalance and anyone could have it. He was surprised and thankful that the nation could have such a leader and saw what the voters saw in her when they voted her in as president. All that was minutes ago and he sat down in a room in his office right next to his own room which he gave to the president to use so she can get some rest and he wondered when he would get the phone call he had been waiting to receive for a long time. He had expected that Ifeoma and the other military guys would resolve the issue fast andget it over with so he kept vigil over his phone so as to be sure that when they call that it is done, he would be able to breathe easy. Immediately the president got off the podium, his official line went off in a ringing frenzy as everyone wanted to know what was happening. He had to switch it off and then his personal line rang and it was his wife “Hello” her voice came over the phone showing that she was quiet unsure of what she wants to ask “Hello sweetheart, how are you?” he replied trying to sound as casual as possible “I just watched the press briefing: is it true?” “Yes it is true but everything is under control and I am fine” “Are you sure everything is under control? Do we need to be worried?” “Sweetheart, just be there for the kids, nothing is going to happen. Just that there might be some more security people coming over to look after you and they probably won’t allow you go to work or allow the kids go to school but that’s just until we are able to bring this thing is over so don’t worry” “If you say so dear” she answered and her voice started shaking “I have to go right now, there are a lot of things I have to take care of here so I will get back to you later” He hung up wondering if it would really be okay. He directed peter to send security to hishouse as he remembered that Ifeoma’s daughter was abducted and was glad to hearthat Peter had done that already Peter had taken over security of the entire building and together with the rest of his men had put the governor’s office on lock down and even the street that lead to it was kept under and closed to everyone. The workers who worked at the governor’s officewere all turned back home as the security forces assumed another turn towards them. this was no more the Governor’s office, it was state house. “How did we come to this?” He thought to himself. ****************************** The Lagos police was probably the most equipped in the country and since the state had put in special funds to finance their operations, they had better crime fighting equipment and as soon as the president stepped off the podium, the Mobile policemenat the barracks opposite the governor’s office spurn into action, manning the streets and making sure nothing evaded their sight allowing not even a detachment of the Army through. Kareem sat watching the wall that separated him from the most powerful person on the continent and could almost feel the tension around his house. He could feel the eyes of the whole world turned on his little street which did not really get on the news much. He feared to put on the television as he feared what they might report so he just sat down on a chair and waited: hoping that very soon, he would hear some good news. Across the hall, he knew there were guards everywhere: Peter had told him that they were sending every member of staff out including the cleaners so as to be able to tell who they can trust or not. Peter seemed to have changed from the security Kareem directed around as he took charge of everything. All that was done already and he simply sat down waiting and hoping that something would show up when a noise jolted him out of his thoughts. [/b]
15 Nov 2015 | 11:10
0 Likes
Yeah nice story
15 Nov 2015 | 15:06
0 Likes
Huh so much Suspense!!! What noise is it aqain nah..?? Biko,Nothinq should qo wronq now ooo...
15 Nov 2015 | 15:16
0 Likes
Keep it rollin..,
15 Nov 2015 | 15:46
0 Likes
The suspense is getting out of hand.
15 Nov 2015 | 15:51
0 Likes
bob fire on.. Nothing do you,you firm like dick when erect..ride on
15 Nov 2015 | 16:16
0 Likes
PLZ OH, NTIN MUST APUN 2 OUR PRESIDENT OH;
15 Nov 2015 | 16:17
0 Likes
guy d suspense is killing me
15 Nov 2015 | 21:46
0 Likes
HAVE YOU EVER CONSIDERED PUBLISHING YOU WORKS? If the answer to the question above is YES, then this post is for you. ARE YOU A WRITER? DO YOU KNOW A WRITER? DO YOU KNOW SOMEONE WHO KNOWS A WRITER? If YES, then this post is for you as well. WriterHelpDesk is a Nigerian owned publishing company whose aim is to help young writers achieve their dreams of becoming published writers. We understand that majority of the writers here are students and with the latest surge in the internet market, WHD is here to help young writers at a near free price. OUR OFFERS; *Publishing your works on two major Nigerian online publishers and one American publisher *Designing two bookcovers to that effect which one would be used in publishing and the other given to you as a bonus *Complete editing of the work to make it error free *7-day free publicity to boost sales *The last part it, after publishing you book's dashboard will be linked to your bank account. So, from time to time, you can make withdrawals. All these at a near free price. You would be amazed at how much it costs. You could even reduce the cost by negotiating with us. The best part is; its the end of the year. We have a 50% Xmas promo going on. Think about it; 50% off the normal price. HURRY NOW!!! Contact us today via; [email protected] or 08166920449 on whatsapp
16 Nov 2015 | 03:43
0 Likes
i'm enjoying d ride. pls continue @Somkhid
16 Nov 2015 | 04:52
0 Likes
Noise? abeg make e be rat oo Don't want anyfin to happen to my Presido
16 Nov 2015 | 07:21
0 Likes
[b] ****episodes 139*** He was actually hoping to hear that sound but he did not really believe that it would come and he came back to reality. He looked at the phone on his laps which was still ringing and he reached for it and he pushed the green button which connects the phone and said; “Hello, who is this?” A cold voice he did not recognize answer with some level of uneasiness with it; “Is this Governor Kareem?” “Who is this and how did you get this number?” Kareem asked without surprise. In cases like this, he did not find it surprising that people close to him might have given outhis personal line to members of the press There was a little pause and then the voice replied; “This is General Buba Rasak;Chief of Army staff and I believe we have some things to discuss” Kareem sat up and his eyes suddenly gained some strength that he did not believe he had. “How did you get this number?” “Is that really important right now? I found it expedient that I speak with you and I found ways to get to you; now can we discuss the issues we want to talk about? We don’t have a lot of time” Kareem felt his initial worry reduce a little and he began to find his voice; “I don’t think we have anything to even talk about general so if you would excuse me” He was still talking when Buba answered; “I am still talking here Kareem, I know you think that staying on the side of the President might help you career or make you look good in front of the camera but you need to realizethat soon, she will not be the leader and the person we choose will be. That person will control all the nation’s resources, don’t you think you should be on that person’s side instead of staying behind someone who has been pushed out of her house? You are a wise man, think about it” Kareem had expected the general to say something similar but he did not really expecthim to be that blunt about it. he took the phone away from his cheek and hit the record feature on the screen and then out the phone back to his ear; “What do you want me to do to get to this side you are referring to?” “We don’t want you to do anything, just hand the president over to our men and that’s it, you will earn our eternal gratitude.” “I don’t quite understand you general. I am suppose to hand her over to who exactly because I don’t see anyone here but people loyal to her” “I can have my men come over to pick her up,all you have to do is look the other way” “And how do I explain that to the people of Lagos who elected me into office general? Tell them that you sweet talked me into it or what?” “Well you can say the soldiers broke through your security and took her by force” “So in other words, you are telling me to hit my face on a wall and tell the whole country that I gave the president up to a bunch of thugs because I was punched in the face? First of all that’s silly and secondly, that is just insulting. It seems you people did not plan this and you are just making things up as you go which makes you failures and I do not and will never associate with failures” Buba replied; “You seem to think we are failures but on thecontrary, we are the winners here, we have the presidential villa and almost all the militaryleaders are with us” “The presidential villa is just a house, without the president, it is nothing but stones and sand. It is bad you don’t realize that, I hope when Ifeoma eventually catches up to you, you would realize this” “Look Kareem, Ifeoma cannot catch us, we are beyond her reach and as we speak, more and more people are supporting us. I am just asking you this so that you can hand her overwithout getting hurt but since you want to play it this way, I will just send my men in andgrab her by force” Buba threatened “I dare you to come for her, your men won’t even get past the security at my gate” He was expecting Buba to reply with another threat but instead, he heard some movement on the other side and then Buba said; “Who are you and where are you from” just before he hung up. Kareem looked at the phone again and he checked his call log as he looked for the number Ifeoma used to call him earlier and he pushed the green button again to initiate the call.[/b]
16 Nov 2015 | 11:54
0 Likes
Hmm...am vibratinq ooo...Kareem i hope ya men can be trusted cos they are the only people that can qive u away within seconds...*followinq*
16 Nov 2015 | 12:39
0 Likes
Nyc try @gov kareem
16 Nov 2015 | 14:50
0 Likes
bob.... See tension,the suspence too much so tay i nor day read some lines,i just wan know watin happen next.......
16 Nov 2015 | 16:03
0 Likes
kareem no need to worry becos he can't do anything again, d special agents don catch him already
16 Nov 2015 | 16:35
0 Likes
No time to escape o for you @buba, Abi nah I no even know o . @somkhid, ride on bro, I'm always on your side o . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
16 Nov 2015 | 16:45
0 Likes
Buba is in deep trouble now, I guess he has come face to face with the agents ifeoma sent. Buba your days are numbered
16 Nov 2015 | 18:30
0 Likes
gov kareem u really tried, i fink micheal nd co av finally catch up with buba; anyway am still 4lowing nyc story at oga somkhid
16 Nov 2015 | 22:32
0 Likes
Hmmm, dis one strong oooo, D tension is dam too high....but wait ohhh, it seems Micheal & co dun land @ dat Buba's hiding place....abeg, ride on, u too gud, no delay next episode oh @somkhid
17 Nov 2015 | 01:40
0 Likes
Buba Don Enter Am
17 Nov 2015 | 03:43
0 Likes
Interesting story. This is on of the best on cool val. Nest episode please.
17 Nov 2015 | 07:19
0 Likes
Finally catch up........pray everyfin ends soon nd well
17 Nov 2015 | 07:59
0 Likes
Yes Michael, IBK, IZU n Segun don enter BUBA's office yepa!!
17 Nov 2015 | 08:30
0 Likes
[b] ****episodes 140 **** Segun walked towards the nearest soldier and walked past his side, immediately he had passed him a little he pulled a knife out of a holster on his side and dug the knife into the lower back of his side. The knife was so sharp, it could cut through paper went through the side easily and was already embedded inside the soldier before he felt the pain and when he did, Segun was holding on to his body so he could not turn or give a blow to free himself as the pain hit his brain through his nervous system. The two guards who were seated were the first to see what was going on between Segun and the soldier and the instinctively raised their weapons but they were a little too late as the two Palace guards were prepared for them, they produced silenced hand guns from nowhere and shot them in quick successions. The fourth guard had space but when he tried to react, he found himself looking directly into the nozzle of the silencer attached to Michael’s side arm and heheard Michael’s voice “You even attempt to make a move and you will be the next victim of this madness. Now put your arms up” The soldier was about to do that when Segun walked towards him and shot him between the eyes “What did you do that for?” Michael asked “We can’t afford to keep prisoners; if we decide to let him live he might raise an alarm and alert the guards outside which will put us in trouble so let’s get this over with” Michael shook off the feeling that crept over him and walked towards the door saying; “So behind this door is the conference room right?” “Yes, the Federal executive meeting are held here and I have no doubt that the leaders arein here” Michael looked towards Izu and IBK who had taken position beside the door they came through and said, lock that door; we are all going in together. I hope everyone is ready” Izu nodded and so did IBK “Okay, I will do the talking once we are inside so no one should jump the gun, we are goingin to make arrests and you are to follow my lead” IBK looked confused; “How are we supposed to make any arrest? It’s not like we can walk them out of here youknow” “Once we have them, we radio back to the minister and they will send in ground support” “Okay, but I am still not sure” IBK replied Michael did not bother reassuring him because he realized he had a point but they had gotten to a point where they could not turn away from and they have to press forward The two Palace guards stood at either sides of the doors and Michael stood directly in front of it with his rifle drawn Segun stood beside him and the duo of Izu and IBK stood behind but a little distance away. The guards forced the door opened and Michael found himself walking into a huge and spacious room with a table in circular form but the circle was not closed. The roof was high and the floor rugged red. Directly infront of him was a huge insignia of the Nigerian coat of arms on the wall just behind a seat which a man sat in. The table was non ending from one end to another and was thesame height all through and behind the table were chairs which were almost touching the wall. The chairs were not all occupied but it seemed like those sitting in the room were inthe middle of a very serious discussion. Michael went in with his rifle raised and he entered with Segun right behind him. Izu andIBK also ran in at the same time and Michael said; “Directorate of Military Intelligence, you are all under arrest for treason” The men all looked shocked to see them and some of them jumped out of their chair but the man seated on the chair directly in front of Michael whose chair the Coat of arms was said; “Who are you and where are you from?” He appeared to be holding a device and he pushed a button on it and Michael said; “I want to see all your hands in the air right now, no one is to make any sudden move else you will be shot where you are. Am I clear?” The man seated on the huge chair said; “What is the meaning of this? Who let you people in? do you know who you are talking to?” Michael said; “General Buba Rasak, I did not realize I was in your presence. I have been mandated to effect your arrest and move you to a holding facility where you will await trial for charges which include high treason and attempted murder” [/b] #watch out for d next episodes to found out what happen at d conference room but that depends on ur comments lol#
17 Nov 2015 | 11:50
0 Likes
Mhen the suspense here is intense... @Somkhid we're waitinq ooo....
17 Nov 2015 | 13:09
0 Likes
@Somkhid, pls don't kill us wit vhis suspense
17 Nov 2015 | 15:53
0 Likes
[b] ****episodes 141**** Another man stood up close to Buba and said; “How did you people walk into this place? I am the Vice president and acting president ofthe federal republic of Nigeria and I order that you put down your weapons” “Your name is on the warrant too Mr. Vice President” Segun said. “You all just seat pretty and wait until your transportation to jail comes” Buba made an attempt to walk away from where his chair was and Michael raised his rifle at him “General, I won’t be so fast to make quick movements if I were you” “Look here agents, I don’t know if you are doing this out of some kind of misplaced loyalty or you are were sent here but I wonder how you intend to get out of here; the entire place is surrounded by guards and there is no means of escape” Izu said; “We will get out how we came sir, you can bet you new prison cell on that” “So let me get this straight, you intend to arrest the military chiefs and walk out of a secured location without one of our men standing and keeping watch shoot you in thehead? You must have been dreaming people”a voice said “And you would be?” Segun asked “Admiral Emeka Johnson, you fool. Chief of naval staff” Michael smiled and said; “You are a long way from the water Admiral and from the looks of things; you are also far away from reality. You and your band of coup plotters have been outlawed and the president is sitting pretty somewhere safe while you are clinging on to a house falling apart and being heavily shelled. Now you all are heading to jail but personally, I would prefer to shoot you all right now and get it all over with” “I am the Vice President, I have constitutional immunity; you can’t arrest me” the vice president said “You do? I must have missed that memo but don’t worry, when you get the chance to call your lawyer, we will clear it out but right now you lot are ours” “Okay, you got us, so how do you intend to get out of here agent what’s your name again?” Michael smiled at him and said; “Do you think you can survive it if I told you my name general?” Segun stood by the door and watched the questions go on and he wondered what Michael was up to with the conversation but he seemed to be in control of the issue so he just waved his gun around and followed his lead “I can handle anything “ Buba said “Are you really sure you can? Some things can send you into cardiac arrest you know and I as a person would not want to see you getting medical treatments from the Nigerian state before you are jailed and subsequently hanged for your parts in this” The Vice President at this point had started tofeel some fear in him and he said; “Look perhaps we can talk about this, maybe discuss how we will be left and we will compensate you handsomely so your efforts are not in vain” “Would you just shut up Kuje” Buba said and then he turned to Michael and said; “Who are you son?” “First of all, I am not your son, my father had more honor than you are here showing” Michale walked slowly towards where Buba sat down and he said “The name is Agent Michael Olowo. I led the team to get the president out of Tetuan and you sent your dogs to kill us” He continued; “Now I know you must be waiting to know how we got out and made the trip from Tetuan and back here but there are more important things waiting which must be done first and that includes your incarceration” Buba stuttered; “You… a.r.rrr..you are the team leader? That is impossible” **************************************** Ifeoma had decided to sit down on one of the chairs available in the room and she said to Kuyi; “How are we sure the boys are okay now? They should have reported back to us” “We can’t have them report in if they don’t have anything to report in. we might have knocked out the communications system in the house but there might still be some devices that are able to capture our communication and that might be dangerousas we don’t want anyone else listening” “This silence is killing me” she said to herself and then turned to Quadri “What is new with your hunters?” “They have taken the field completely and they are making their way into the house, very soon, they will have total control of the house and we can end this” [/b]
18 Nov 2015 | 05:59
0 Likes
The long awaited finale is close by,d last episode depend on u guys loading 1%
18 Nov 2015 | 06:41
0 Likes
Nice write up man.....keep it up....pls release d next episode asap
18 Nov 2015 | 07:34
0 Likes
I beg wen will dix story end gan self...... Am waiting 4 it to end b4 starting my own reading
18 Nov 2015 | 07:59
0 Likes
Hahahahahaha . @somkhid,,,,, 1 %, this unfair o but it's blue sha . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
18 Nov 2015 | 08:22
0 Likes
this is awesome. The suspence is becoming unbearable. God bless u as u go on.
18 Nov 2015 | 08:46
0 Likes
Ohhhh, am glad Buba & co are in soup, so lovely, best action story so far on coolval...but u almost kill me with suspence ke, even rite now sef am havn a hrt attack, abeg drop d next epi fast
18 Nov 2015 | 09:29
0 Likes
Micheal I love your way die
18 Nov 2015 | 09:32
0 Likes
I don vex sef 3% lol
18 Nov 2015 | 09:42
0 Likes
Hmm, I pity all this coup plotters
18 Nov 2015 | 09:46
0 Likes
cnt wait to read d last episode.welldone @somkhid
18 Nov 2015 | 09:54
0 Likes
I cant wait bro.
18 Nov 2015 | 10:08
0 Likes
Buba,Kuje and Johnson..una be coup planners...una neva start...una end is here
18 Nov 2015 | 10:32
0 Likes
Swt@ plz b fast abt it..... D suspense z killing @somkhid
18 Nov 2015 | 11:12
0 Likes
what an interesting story. Thumbs up @somkhid
18 Nov 2015 | 11:37
0 Likes
@Mray because of u i will make it 7% lol
18 Nov 2015 | 12:15
0 Likes
i cnt wait to start reading d nxt epsd,d suspense is killing me,nxt plz@somkhid
18 Nov 2015 | 13:41
0 Likes
Oga @somkhid u don do well
18 Nov 2015 | 16:00
0 Likes
See eh, Mr @Somhkid if you dont come and finish this story now, i will go and rescue Gen Buba myself. Dont you know am d original Commando? One man army. . . . Guy abeg cum do this thing na b4 bp kill person for here
18 Nov 2015 | 16:07
0 Likes
@lovesickjude because i am afraid of u, loading;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;12%
18 Nov 2015 | 16:13
0 Likes
well well well done @Somkhid. waiting 4 d final epic
18 Nov 2015 | 17:24
0 Likes
Lollzzz...abi 70% @somkhid
18 Nov 2015 | 18:06
0 Likes
Mission Target Found, Permition 2 Execute. Somkhid Na We Dey Ur Bck Since Na Bcos Say I Keep Quiet Small........I Dey Advice Make U No Keep D (L) Factor 4 My Name Hungry Ooo Oya Load D Grand Finale Sharp Sharp B4 Ermmmm...........
18 Nov 2015 | 18:18
0 Likes
@somkhid please come finish it i go give you something when you are through
18 Nov 2015 | 18:24
0 Likes
@youngfellow wat do u wanna give me @mray next episode sef never reach 80 loading::::::::::::::::::: 30%
19 Nov 2015 | 02:10
0 Likes
@youngfellow wat do u wanna give me @mray next episode sef never reach 80 loading::::::::::::::::::: 30%
19 Nov 2015 | 02:11
0 Likes
@youngfellow wat do u wanna give me @mray next episode sef never reach 80 loading::::::::::::::::::: 30%
19 Nov 2015 | 02:11
0 Likes
@youngfellow wat do u wanna give me @mray next episode sef never reach 80 loading::::::::::::::::::: 30%
19 Nov 2015 | 02:15
0 Likes
Haba, only 30%? BP dun increase oh abeg no kill percin....Anyway, kudos 2 U 4 making my day...Oya waiting jare, see as i dey cum brk every minute to check...
19 Nov 2015 | 02:29
0 Likes
@somkhid Oya come lemme grease ur palms so it will load faster.... U know, the way the Vice Presido wanted to grease Michael's palm to look the oda way
19 Nov 2015 | 02:29
0 Likes
my bp hav high @somkhid post d next asap
19 Nov 2015 | 04:00
0 Likes
Wow! dis is a very nice story all of u are in trouble, abeg oga somkhid pls dnt kip us waiting oh
19 Nov 2015 | 04:37
0 Likes
Nah wow, . Because of me as the COOLVAL YOUNGEST,, @somkhid, increase it to 100% . .I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!
19 Nov 2015 | 07:57
0 Likes
@somkhid you go sit by my side for my new story for high table you will be served lots of alomo to make your spirit high cause the story is kind of scary
19 Nov 2015 | 08:44
0 Likes
next episode loading
19 Nov 2015 | 09:29
0 Likes
next episode loading lol
19 Nov 2015 | 09:30
0 Likes
[b]*****finale**** “I hope you told them that we have some men and they should not be hurt?” “The team has Segun, one of our most decorated and recognized men with them. The hunters should see him from a mile away. Plus they have also been told so have no fear” Ifeoma wated to say something else when her phone rang. She looked at it and at first and then she brought it out and looked at thecaller Identity. “it’s Kareem” she said aloud and she threw it to Kuyi and Kuyi immediately connected it to the loud speaker before answering it “Mr Governor, Kuyi here; is there a problem?” Kareem seemed kind of shaken to Ifeoma butshe waited and listen as she learnt that it wasalways good to allow people get to what is bothering them by themselves as they tend tocover all the angles that way “There is no problem here. Where is Ifeoma?” “I am here Kareem” Ifeoma said “Okay, what is the situation? Have you gotten your daughter to safety?” “Kuyi looked towards Ifeoma and she said; “She has been rescued and is resting in a secured location. She was also not touched orhurt in anyway” “Okay that’s great but something weird just happened here” “Now we are getting to it” Ifeoma thought “What’s going Kareem” Kuyi asked “General Buba Rask called me just now” At the mention of that name, Ifeoma almost jumped from her seat and even Quadri who seemed uninterested put down the little mobile device he was using to track the movement of the head hunters and listened “What did he say?” Kuyi asked “He asked me to release the president to him. He said some of his men will be coming to the Governor’s office right now and I should hand her over to them” “What did you tell him?” Quadri asked “I told him to eat my backside” “You used those words?” Kuyi asked not believing what he heard “Of course not” Kareem answered “Where is your family?” Ifeoma asked.” Hope you have taken steps to make them secured” “That was one of the first things I did” “So how did the conversation end?” He hung up, seems someone was disturbing him where he was. Anyway, I recorded some parts of the conversation and I am sending it to you right now. it might come in useful to you” “Okay Kareem, send it in. we can use everything we can find right now. By the way,how is the president doing?” Kuyi said “She has been sleeping since the press conference. There are guards all over the house and the roads so it is pretty secured. No one is going to touch her in here” “Okay send the conversation, I am thankful for this and I assure you, it will be over soon” Ifeoma said The phone was disconnected and Quadri said; “What does this mean?” “It could mean a lot of things but right now, we have to trust the teams we sent in to do the job for us” Ifeoma said ***************************************** Michael smiled at Buba and said; “I am the one leading the team you sent your men to kill in Tetuan general and this is my revenge on you” “You still have but figured out how to get you, your men and the people you arrested out of this house without being shot in the head by my guards” Michael opened his mouth to say something when they heard a thud on the door behind them. they all turned towards it and then there was another thud as it was clear that someone from the outside was trying to break their way through inside the conference hall the thuds then came more frequently and suddenly the doors flew opened and a bunch of soldiers in red caps walked in with their weapons drawn. Izu instinctively raised his gun and planted his foot on the ground as he got ready to firebut he heard Segun”s voice “What is going on here? How did you boys get in?” “We were sent in by the Commandant to secure the house and give you support sir” You know these guys?” IBK asked “These are part of a presidential rescue team” Segun answered “So what’s the statusof the house right now?” “We have some hostiles still walking and resisting but we have managed to gain majorparts of the complex and we have air support. We also have some ground troops from the barracks pouring in so in a matter of minutes, the house should be completely ours” Michael looked at Buba and said “You were asking how we would get you out, well we have a whole load of trucks prepared, and all you have to do is pick one. I have to make a call to the minister of defense and tell her all this is over. ***************************************** Five days later, most of the events had settled from and the country had started picking itself up from the ground. there were arrests going taking place from all corners as people who were part of the coup were arrested. The investigation was lead by a joint task force lead by Kuyi and the DMI as most of the issues fell into military jurisdiction and he was the only one trusted enough to take over the investigations. The Presidential jet was flown back into the country the morning the crises was resolved and along with it was Dare and a lot of other soldiers who had been part of the plans to kill the president in Tetuan while a platform was set in motion for the resolution of the civil war in Tetuan and the Nigerian peacekeepers were given another mandate which was to ensure that both parties continue negotiationand to make sure armed groups don’t rise anymore. There were massive reconstruction works to restore the presidential villa to its state while the vice President was impeached through a unanimous vote by the senate. The president decided to wait for sometime before she chose one but she top on the list was the Lagos state governor. Kareem had sat down in his office thinking of ways to convince investors into the Eko Atlantic City project that the country is stable when his phone rang “Hello” “This is the President mr Governor” “Oh Good morning, how are you doing ma’am?” “I am fine” “So why are you calling me?” “As you are aware, I will be needing a new vice president and I could not think of anyone else but you to take the job” Kareem was both flattered and honored “Me? Do you realize that we are from different political parties? And if I should agree, I would have to quit my office and alsomy party?” “I am aware of that but I am sure that is a small price to pay” Kareem though fo a while and then said; “It is actually not a small price ma’am, you see ,I a looking at going for the post of president I the next election on my party and being your vice would not really work well for my ambitions” “I completely understand. So we are back to being political enemies and attacking one another in public?” she asked “We never stopped being that ma’am, ***************************************** Ifeoma had gotten used to shuffling betweengoing from the defense headquarters to the DMI headquarters as she wanted to get update herself. Kuyi had proven to be good atquestioning. Of course some of the methods were not approved by her but a lot of the people he was questioning could never be tried inside a court as they know too much and so they did not simply exist. Quadri had disappeared immediately the president touched down in Abuja as he made sure he did not leave her side. He personally ran her security and a suite at the Transcorp Hilton was converted into the Presidential villa until the House was completed. She also realized that some of those who planned the events could not be caught because they don’t know about them and sheraised it up with Kuyi and Kuyi simply said; “As long as there are people like you who areready to guard the existence and continual ofwhat’s right, they will remain in the shadows.A rise of the guardians will have been seen bythose who might want to cause trouble and Ican bet they would not want us to unleash our fury on them” That made her smiled as she had never knew Kuyi to be philosophical. As she rode back to her office with Charles driving, she looked up towards the sun and smiled” [b/]
19 Nov 2015 | 10:48
0 Likes
[b] THE END [/b]
19 Nov 2015 | 10:51
0 Likes
[b] I would love to thank everyone who has made this work a success. This has been the most difficult piece of anything I have ever written and to everyone who spurned me on,I say thank you. I know I cannot completely mention your names but I can at least name some of you @pizzaro @tenniebenson @mray @youngfellow and some of my fans i can't remember ur names nw and to d ghost readers [/b]
19 Nov 2015 | 10:58
0 Likes
Waw! Waaww!! Waaww!! At last......glad at d turn out of events........Kareem sud v go 4 d post abi wat givs him d assurance dat wen he contest in d next election he ll b elected? Interesting n full of suspense frm beginning t d end....... Nice write up @somkhid Waiting 4 anoda blockbuster frm yu soonest
19 Nov 2015 | 11:15
0 Likes
[b] i would like to start a new story but i will like u guys to vote for ur preference d story wit d highest vote wins (1) "thorns in my boot.....a soldier travail" a story of a young man dat faced a lot of hardship and how he later made it in life (2) "the saviour:the adventure of athanasius" A young Nigerian secondary school boy is teleported mysteriously to a strange land of strange people of a different race. He discovers that he has a mission there, he was sent to save the land. "From what? How? And why?" were the various questions that ran through his mind. Find out how this inexperienced young school boy faced the challenges. This story is full of action, suspense and comedy. Voting ends tomorrow nite invite ur palz also to vote [/b]
19 Nov 2015 | 11:17
0 Likes
[b] i would like to start a new story but i will like u guys to vote for ur preference d story wit d highest vote wins (1) "thorns in my boot.....a soldier travail" a story of a young man dat faced a lot of hardship and how he later made it in life (2) "the saviour:the adventure of athanasius" A young Nigerian secondary school boy is teleported mysteriously to a strange land of strange people of a different race. He discovers that he has a mission there, he was sent to save the land. "From what? How? And why?" were the various questions that ran through his mind. Find out how this inexperienced young school boy faced the challenges. This story is full of action, suspense and comedy. Voting ends tomorrow nite invite ur palz also to vote [/b] @mray come bak and vote
19 Nov 2015 | 11:18
0 Likes
Waw! Waaww!! Waaww!! At last......glad at d turn out of events........Kareem sud v go 4 d post abi wat givs him d assurance dat wen he contest in d next election he ll b elected? Interesting n full of suspense frm beginning t d end....... Nice write up @somkhid. Mur kerosene t ya stove Waiting 4 anoda blockbuster frm yu soonest
19 Nov 2015 | 11:24
0 Likes
[b] i would like to start a new story but i will like u guys to vote for ur preference d story wit d highest vote wins (1) "thorns in my boot.....a soldier travail" a story of a young man dat faced a lot of hardship and how he later made it in life (2) "the saviour:the adventure of athanasius" A young Nigerian secondary school boy is teleported mysteriously to a strange land of strange people of a different race. He discovers that he has a mission there, he was sent to save the land. "From what? How? And why?" were the various questions that ran through his mind. Find out how this inexperienced young school boy faced the challenges. This story is full of action, suspense and comedy. Voting ends tomorrow nite invite ur palz also to vote [/b] @mray come bak and vote
19 Nov 2015 | 11:28
0 Likes
I vote No2. Kinda lik d synopsis @somkhid
19 Nov 2015 | 11:38
0 Likes
Wow! Wow!! Wow!!! @Somkhid That was so so Intrestinq nd Captivatinq ...You've jex earned more nd more of my respect...Weldone boss! . . Concerninq the stories u jex hiqhliqhted... I would av loved u updated the two at once but since u said we shld pick one,I qo wid number two...Can't wait!!
19 Nov 2015 | 12:12
0 Likes
@Skookum @Invincible @Vict-vames @Tenniebenson @Khola46 @Ritagold @Emmyrexx @Roes @Wyse-one @Sonshine U quyz should come nd pick the next story u want #Somkhid to start ooo
19 Nov 2015 | 12:17
0 Likes
Due 2 d short enlightenmnt abt d stories above,I prefer:(2) “the saviour:the adventure of athanasius”
19 Nov 2015 | 12:36
0 Likes
Wow! Wow!! Wow!!! Atlast am here nice work @somkid kudos mam . I love d second story
19 Nov 2015 | 13:06
0 Likes
Welldone,more grease 2 ur elbow @Somkhid,i vote 4 no 2
19 Nov 2015 | 13:08
0 Likes
Wow! Wow!! Wow!!! Atlast am here nice work @somkhid kudos mam . Bring d second story on man
19 Nov 2015 | 13:08
0 Likes
at last d story av end,dis so interesting,nice1@somkhid
19 Nov 2015 | 14:05
0 Likes
Wow what a wonderful story. Thanks @somkhid
19 Nov 2015 | 14:05
0 Likes
i choose thorns in my boot....nd i commend u for d jst concluded story
19 Nov 2015 | 14:25
0 Likes
Wow atlast, 4 me i vote 4 no 2
19 Nov 2015 | 15:10
0 Likes
great work done,nd for d vote i wil lyk to go fo..b..@somkid
19 Nov 2015 | 15:21
0 Likes
I go with the second story
19 Nov 2015 | 15:30
0 Likes
mehn....i rate this story "FIVE STAR".... Kudos man..... this is one of the most interesting story you may find here
19 Nov 2015 | 15:38
0 Likes
Wow! mr somkhid i throway salute oh, more grease 2 ur elbow, i fink i vote for story number 2
19 Nov 2015 | 15:51
0 Likes
AT LAST, A JOB WELDONE. I Choose No 2
19 Nov 2015 | 16:03
0 Likes
Nice work @somkhid but am not happy with u. I pick the (2) “the saviour:the adventure of athanasius”
19 Nov 2015 | 16:35
0 Likes
the saviou please
19 Nov 2015 | 17:40
0 Likes
the saviour please
19 Nov 2015 | 17:41
0 Likes
Thats was really GOOD. Kudos bro
19 Nov 2015 | 17:41
0 Likes
i vote no2 o @somkhid come start ASAP MAKE WE NO FIGHT O
19 Nov 2015 | 17:41
0 Likes
Am voting for the second story. THE SAVIOUR
19 Nov 2015 | 17:45
0 Likes
Finally finally . @somkhid, good one, you are great, I really do appreciate your stories . @somkhid, I vote for the first one jare . . I still remain your boy . . JESUS-BOY JNR . . DE . . COOLVAL YOUNGEST!!!
19 Nov 2015 | 18:18
0 Likes
Thanks for the wonderful story @Somkhid As for your next story, please give us "The Saviour"
19 Nov 2015 | 21:16
0 Likes
9ce wrk somkhid, i vote number 2
19 Nov 2015 | 23:56
0 Likes
follow dis link https://www.coolval.com/forumsss/topic/the-saviour-1-the-adventures-of-athanasiu/#post-390131
20 Nov 2015 | 00:42
0 Likes
WOW! WOW!! WOW!!! finally it has ended @somkid u'a d best writer hav ever met online and as for the voting i vote story 2
20 Nov 2015 | 03:31
0 Likes
Wow. Finally, its finished. Let's give it up for "the saviour"
20 Nov 2015 | 08:22
0 Likes
Wow, lovely, i enjoyed dis story to the end, more greese to ur elbo
20 Nov 2015 | 11:53
0 Likes
Thumbs up bro, awaiting ur next story.
20 Nov 2015 | 17:05
0 Likes
bravo...thumbs up!!!
21 Nov 2015 | 15:22
0 Likes
@Somkhid Kudos to u, so sorry I'm late 2 d polling booth. anyway, I want both at same time *lol*
22 Nov 2015 | 11:56
0 Likes
this story was awesome
25 Nov 2015 | 02:56
0 Likes
U r a grt writer,ur story wx ful of suspence n vry thrilln.
20 Jan 2016 | 09:18
0 Likes
Dis story is so intresentin, kudos to u
7 Feb 2016 | 12:14
0 Likes
Wow i wish all these fictions are realities and Nigeria had such an awesome squad, hmmm one of the best story have ever read thanks
18 Feb 2016 | 16:59
0 Likes
Good story, voting all
13 Mar 2016 | 08:59
0 Likes
Nice story
18 Jul 2016 | 15:07
0 Likes
Following next please
18 Jul 2016 | 15:08
0 Likes
Nice story
22 Jul 2016 | 09:22
0 Likes
K
13 Nov 2016 | 10:43
0 Likes
Wat a nyc story n ending @somkhid u de best wid blockbuster stories
26 Nov 2016 | 09:47
0 Likes
Great work
19 Jul 2017 | 10:06
0 Likes
wow nice write-up
13 Mar 2018 | 08:48
0 Likes
Good one
13 Sep 2019 | 05:34
0 Likes
I finally took out time to read this story and I really enjoyed it...
31 Oct 2020 | 12:06
0 Likes
More ink to your pen... Good work... Probably the best writer so far
31 Oct 2020 | 12:07
0 Likes

Report

Please describe about the report short and clearly.

(234) 9121762581
[email protected]

GDPR

When you visit any of our websites, it may store or retrieve information on your browser, mostly in the form of cookies. This information might be about you, your preferences or your device and is mostly used to make the site work as you expect it to. The information does not usually directly identify you, but it can give you a more personalized web experience. Because we respect your right to privacy, you can choose not to allow some types of cookies. Click on the different category headings to find out more and manage your preferences. Please note, that blocking some types of cookies may impact your experience of the site and the services we are able to offer.